BOTANY

OF

THE FÆROES

BASED UPON

DANISH INVESTIGATIONS

PART I

ILLUSTRATED WITH 10 PLATES, AND 50 FIGURES IN THE TEXT

(PUBLISHED BY AID OF THE CARLSBERG FUND)

COPENHAGEN LONDON

DET NORDISKE FORLAG JOHN WHELDON & CO.

MDCCCCI

:i^

«'

PRINTED BY H. H. THIELE

iJdm

CONTENTS

Page

EuG. Warminc. : Histoi'ical Notes oii the Botanical Invcstigations of llie Fiuroes 1

C. H. Ostenfeld : Geogiaphy and Topography (5

— Industrial Conditions 20

— Geology 24

— Climate 32

— Phanerogamae and Pteridophyta 41

— Phyto-geographical Studies bascd upon observations of »Phanerogamae

and Pteridophyta« 100

C. Jensen : Bryophyta 120

— Phyto-geographical Studies based upon tlie Brj'ophyta 185

F. BoKGESEN : Freshwater Algæ 198

Ernst Ostrup : Freshwater Diatoms 260

— Phyto-geographical Studies based upon the Freshwater Diatoms 291

E. Rostrup : Fungi 304

J. S. Deichmann Branth : Lichenes 317

Separate copies were published of pp. 1 — 197 February 15th., — of pp. 198
—259 April 3, — of pp. 260—303 April 20, and of pp. 304—338 April 30.

Part 11 will contain: Marine Algæ; Marine Plankton; Marine Diatoms; Vege-
tation on Land and in the Sea; Agriculture and Gardening, etc.

t%"

,,.J«

HISTORICAL NOTES 0\
THE BOTANICAL INVESTIGATION OF THE FÆROES

BY

EU G. WARMING.

THERE are hardly any records concerning the vegetation of the
Færoes earlier than the 18tli century; as what Lucas Debes,
Rector of Thorshavn (1651), tells us is very little. But we have a
few notes on the subject dating as far back as the latter period
of the 18th century. Thus two Færoese piants — Scilla verna
and Anagallis tenella — are figured and described in the Flora
Danica for the years 1771 and 1794 respectively, and later on several
others were figured, especially after Lyngbye's visit to the Islands.
In the years 1781 — 1782, Jens Kristian Svabo visited the Færoes
at the instance of the Danish Government for the purpose of inves-
tigation, with a view to publishing a physico-economical descrip-
tion of the Islands. His MS., consisting of seven large volumes in
quarto, has never been published, but it is to be found in the
Royal Library, Copenhagen. In it he deals amongst other things
both with the piants and with the agricultural conditions of the
Færoes.

Nicolai Mohr, a native of the Færoes, is said to have studied
botany, but his Natural History of Iceland (1786) contains only a
very few notes on piants from the Færoes.

In 1800 a larger work on the subject was published by Jørgen
Landt — for several years a clergyman in the Færoes — who while
pursuing the divinity course in Copenhagen had also made a study
of botany. It is generally supposed that Mohr contributed to this
work, and also that Landt in writing it made considerable use of
Svabo's MS. He enumerates in it over 300 species of piants, some
of which must, however, according to Rostrup and the new in-
vestigations be omitted or at least considered doubtful.

Botany of the Færoes. 1

2

The next and more important contribiition to oiir knowledge
of the vegetation of the Færoes we owe to the well-knoAvn algo-
logist H. C. Lyngbye, who visited the Færoes in 1817. The results
of his investigations with regard to the Algæ were pubHshed in
his »Hydrophytologia Danica« and in Horneman's »Dansk Plante-
lære« (vol. I. Copenhagen 1821, vol. II. 1887).

In 1821 W. C. Trevelyan spent 5 months in the Færoes, travers-
ing the islands partly in company v^åth the Danish geologist,
J. G. Forchhammer; but it was not until 1835 that he published
his notes on the flora of the Færoes based partly on his own and
partly on Lyngbye's collections. In these notes the number of
phanerogams and cryptogams is brought up to 573.

In 1831 the well-known traveller and collector, Count F. C. /^ofce/?
of Aalholm made the tour of the islands; his diaries (June 24th —
Oct. 23rd) have not been published, but they are to be found in
the archives of his estate. (See Ostenfeld I. p. 149).

Con tributions of a different order were made by Ch. Martins,
the naturalist of the Corvette »La Recherche«, which visited Thors-
havn 25th — 30th June 1839, whence he made shorter excursions
to Sando og Nolso. Besides an uncritical list of piants, he gives
us the hrst general phyto-geographical comparison of the floras of
the Færoes, Iceland and the Shetland Isles, from which he
draws hypothetical conclusions concerning the origins of the
Færoese piants.

With the exception of a good, popular description of the
natural features of the Færoes by P. A. Holm (1855), 30 years passed
before any really new contribution was made towards the know-
ledge of the vegetation of the Færoes; when in 1867 the Botanical
Society in Copenhagen set on foot the first systematic botanical
investigation of the islands. On behalf of the Society E. Rostrup
(the well known mycologist, now Doctor of Philosophy and lecturer
at the Veterinary and Agricultural College, Landbohøjskolen,
Copenhagen), and C. A. Feilberg (medical student, now Professor)
made researches on the islands in the same year, Feilberg from
the middle of June to the beginning of October and Rostrup from
July 22nd to Sept. 2nd. Only some smaller islands were left un-
explored. In »Botanisk Tidsskrift« (1870) Rostrup made a critical
revision of all earlier lists of piants and of the collections in Co-
penhagen, and in co-operation with some specialists published an
entire list of the flora of the islands, based partly on the revised

lists of piants and collections, and partly on his own collections
and investigations. He also gave the first oecological descrip-
tion of the vegetation, hesides a comparison of the Færoese flora
with those of the nearest adjacent lands. The number of phan-
erogams was now brought up to 309 and that of cryptogams to 612.

In the following 25 years only a few stray contributions were
made, partly by residents in the istands, e. g. Muller, judge and
revenue officer (Thorshavn); Kissmejer, district-physician (Vestman-
havn); Patiirsson, agriculturist (Kirkebo), whose collection of algæ
vsras determined by N. Wille; and partly by visitors who spent a
shorter or longer time on the islands, e. g. A. Feddersen (Aug. 1886
at Klaksvig on Bordo); Dr. Keilhac, the German glacial -geologist
(1883); the Misses Copland and fijWey (1890); and H. C. Møller, medi-
cal student (1889).

But in 1895 new investigations which had long been contem-
plated were carried into effect at the same time as the Danish
General StafT were visiting the islands for the purpose of surveying
and making charts. Those — in most cases specialists - — who
took part in these new investigations were the following: — F. Børge-
sen and H. Jonsson (algæ) ; Chr. Jensen (mosses) ; ,/. Hartz (lichens) ;
C. Ostenfeld (phanerogams); and Eug. Warming (biological investiga-
tions, oecology). The researches were carried on in the followdng
order: —

1895. F. Borgesen from June 8th to July 21 st.

1896. Chr. Jensen from May 7th to Aug. 15th and F. Borgesen
from May 7th to June 15th.

1897. C. H. Ostenfeld, J. Hartz and Eug. Warming from July 15th,
the latter to Aug. 8th, the others to Sept. 4th; and H.Jonsson from
Oct. 26th to Dec. 9th.

1898. F. Borgesen from April 4th to June 16th.

1899. F. Borgesen from June 24th to July 16th.

1900. F. Borgesen from June Ist to June 24th.

All the islands were investigated, including the Nordreoer which
had previously been very little examined and were now explored
especially by Ostenfeld and Hartz.

The investigations embraced all the different branches. With
regard to the marine algæ, F. Borgesen visited numerous stations
along the coasts and in 1899 and 1900 he dredged the deep seas
from a cruiser stationed there for the protection of the fisheries.

Besides the contributions to the flora brought home in these

1*

years by occasional visitors, e. g. Ostenfeld from his visits to the islands
in 1895 — 96 as a member of the Danish Deep-Sea Expedition in
the »Ingolf«, and the officers belonging to the Danish General Staff,
among whom we may mention Lieut. Lomholt and Lieut. Heiberg-
Jiirgensen, a Swedish botanist, H. G. Simmons, also wrote several
important papers on the flora and made the first attempt at a
description of the algæ- vegetation with regard to its formations.
He visited the Færoes in 1895, somewhat later than Borgesen and
traversed the islands partly in company with him and partly alone
from July 12th to Sept. 13th. He made collections especially of
marine algæ.

I may also mention that the above-named visitors to the is-
lands in 1895 — 1900 took photographs of the vegetation and land-
scape, and the officers of the General Staff, especially Captain K. Rime-
stad, also took a series of excellent photographs of the islands.

On the basis of this rich material we have thoroughly revised
the list of the flora and studied the vegetation of the Færoes.

The writings of the above-mentioned authors and some others
are named in the following list only in so far as they deal with
the whole of the flora or the nature of the isles, papers treating
of single classes of piants being mentioned under these classes.

Aj-thiir Bennett: Iceland and Faroe Botany. (Journ. of Botan3^ 1896 Aug.)

F. Børgesen og C. Ostenfeld Hansen: Planter samlede paa Færøerne i 1895.
(Botan. Tidsskrift, 20. Bd. 1896, pp. 143—158). (Ostenf. I.)

L. Copland and Caroline Birlg : Notes on the flora of the Faeroes. List of
piants obtained bj^ the above, by J. C. Melvill. (Journ. of Botanj', vol. 29, 1891
pp. 179—185).

Debes, Lucas Jacobsen: Faeroae et Faeroa reserata. Kiobenhavn 1673.

Flora Danica: a. 1771,1794, 1818, etc.

Forchhammer, G.: Om Færoernes geognostiske Beskaffenhed. Kongl. Danske
Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter. Bd. 2, 1826.

Geikie, James: On the Geology of the Færoe Islands. (Transactions of the
Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. XXX, 1880.)

Graba, Carl Julian: Tagebuch, gefiihrt auf einer Reise nacli Faro im Jahre
1828. Hamburg 1830.

Helland, Amund: Om Færoernes Geologi. (Geografisk Tidsslirift. 1881).

Holm, P. A. : Skildringer af Naturen paa Færøerne. Planteverdenen. (Tids-
skrift f. populære Fremstillinger af Naturvidenskaben. 2. 1855. pp. 200 — 212).

Hornemann, J. W. : Forsøg til en dansk økonomisk Plantelære. Kjobenhavn
1821—37.

C. Jensen: Beretning om en Rejse til Færoerne i 1896 (Botan. Tidsskrift,
21. Bd. 1897, pp. 157—219).

Johnsirup, F. : Om Kullagene paa Færøerne samt Analyser af de i Danmark
og de nordiske -Bilande forekommende Kul. (Kongl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Over-
sigt 1873.)

J. J. {Jakob Jakobsen) : »Færoerne« i Salmonsens store illustrerede Konversa-
tionsleksikon. Vil. Bd. pp. 343—347. Kjobenhavn 1897.

F. Kurtz: Verzeichniss der auf Island und den Faer-Oern im Sommer 1883
von Dr. Konrad Keilhack gesammelten Pflanzen. (Abhandl. des Botan. Vereins
der Provinz Brandenburg, 36. Bd., 1894, pp. 150—158).

Jørgen Landt: Forsøg til en Beskrivelse over Færøerne. Kjobenhavn. 1800.
479 Sider, 1 Kaart og 2 Tavler.

Lomholt, J.: Færoerne. (»Nord og Syd«. Januar og April 1898. pp. 225 — 246,
401 — 435, med mange Illustrationer).

Lyngbije, Hans Christian: Tentamen Hydrophytologiæ Danicæ. Hafniæ 1819.

Lyngbye, H. C: Anmærkninger til Mackenzies >A short account of tbe Faroe
isles, Edinburgh 1815«. i J.Collins »For Historie og Statistik«. 1. 1822. pp. 119—165.

Martins, C/j..- Essai sur la vegetation de l'archipel des Féroe, comparée å
celle des Shetland et de Tlslande méridionale. (Voj^age en Scandinavie, en Laponie
et au Spitzberg de la corvette »la Recherche«. Geographie physique, t. 11.) pp. 353 — 450.

— — Conclusio/is et resumé dun mémoire sur la vegetation de l'archipel
des Féroe, comparée a celle des Shetland et de llslande méridionale. (Ann. d.
Sciences nat., III. Sér., 1849, t. XI.).

JV. Mohr: Forsøg til en islandsk Naturhistorie. Kjobenhavn 1786.

C. Ostenfeld-Hansen: (Ostenf. I.) see F. Borgesen and C. Ostenfeld-Hansen.

C. Ostenfeld-Hansen : Fanerogamer og Karkryptogamer fra Færoerne samlede
i 1896 (Botan. Tidsskrift, 21. Bd., 1897; pp. 11—17). (Ostenf. 11.)

C. Ostenfeld: Fanerogamer og Karkryptogamer fra Færoerne, samlede
i 1897. (Botanisk Tidsskrift, 22. Bd., 2. Hefte, 1898, pp. 139—144.) (Ostenf. III).

E. Rostrup: Færøernes Flora, en floristisk skitse, hovedsagelig grundet på
udbyttet af rejser på disse oer, foretagne i sommeren 1897, af cand. phll. C. A.
Feilberg og seminarielærer E. Rostrup. (Botan. Tidsskrift, 4. Bd. 1870, pp. 5—109).

H. G. Simmons: Några bidrag til Fåroarnes flora. I. (Botan. Notiser, 1896,
pp. 65—75), II. (ibid. 1897, p. 69).

H. G. Simmons: Om Alchemilla faeroénsis (Lange.) Buser oeh dess arts-
rått. (Botaniska Notiser, 1898, pp. 68—74.)

Suabo, Jens Kristian: Indberetninger, indhentede paa en allernaadigst befalet
Reise i Færoe i Aarene 1781 og 1782. Haandskrift paa det Store Kongelige Bibli-
othek i Kjobenhavn. (Ny Kgl. Samling Nr. 1950).

Trevelyan, W. C.: On the Vegetation and Temperature of the Faroe Islands.
(Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal for January 1835. t. XVIII. Reprinted with
corrections, Florence, 1837).

Warming, Eng.: Tabellarisk Oversigt (Videnskab. Meddel, fra Naturhist. For-
ening i Kjobenhavn, 1887).

Willanme-Jantzen, V.: Færoernes Klima. (Geografisk Tidsskrift, 15. Aarg. 1899).

N. Wille: Om Færøernes Ferskvandsalger og om Ferskvandsalgernes Spred-
ningsmaader. (Botaniska Notiser, 1897, Separat pp. 1 — 61).

'r""

GEOGRAPHY AND TOPOGRAPHY

c. H. OSTENFELD. «^

Introduction. Far out in the North Atlantic Ocean, between
Scotland and Iceland, lie the Færoes, a small group of islands.
They lie here completely isolated where the warm waters of the
Atlantic mingle with the cold polar current from off the east coast
of Iceland; hence the frequent fogs which envelop the islands and
are a terror to sailors on account of the dangerous cliffs, which
are entirely concealed from their view by the wet mist. Storm and
rain predominate here and only rarely are the islands seen in calm,
clear weather. But on these occasions the view is most lovely.
Nobody who ha,s stood on one of the mountain heights on a bright
summer day and let his eyes wander over the numerous isles and
the narrow sounds with their smooth, blue surfaces, can easily
forget the sight. The sharp, fantastic cliff formations, their blackish-
brown rocks alternating with the gently sloping sides clad with
fresh-green vegetation, stand out harmoniously and yet clearly against
the deep blue waters of the ocean and the azure sky; no land is
to be seen on the horizon and only at rare intervals does a solitar}^
sail become visible. On a day like this one can understand how
the old Norsemen in their pursuit of freedom and independence
came to settle down here and inhabit these islands. It is the descen-
dants of these Norsemen who form the greater part of the popu-
lation at the present day. On Sydero, however, an Irish (Celtic) element
can distinctly be traced and according to old writings, the
Irish were the first to inhabit the islands. They are said to have
been entirely driven out by the Norsemen, but this statement is
contradicted by the faet that the inhabitants of Sydero are small
and dark, while the majority of the inhabitants of the other islands
are tall and fair.

The population of the Færoes is aboiit 15,000. Politically, the
Islands belong to Denmark, forming a province (Amt) administered
by Danish officials. When the Færoes lost their independence
(about 1035) they were incorporated with Norway and continued
so even after Norway was united to Denmark, and not until
1814, when Norway was ceded to Sweden, did the Islands become
more closely united to Denmark.

Geography. The group of islands extends from 62° 24' N.
Lat. to 61° 26' N. Lat and from 6« 15' W. Long. to 7° 41' W. Lons.

l-'ig. 1. Lille Diinoii. S>dcro in the l)ackt;iuiuKl. (After a photogiaph by F. Burj;i,-.sLnj.

and the distances from the neighbouring shores are as follows : —
from the Shetlands about 300 km., from Scotland about 375 km.,
from Iceland about 450 km. and from Norway upwards of 600 km.
The islands are 18 in number (of which 17 are inhabited), besides
some small islets. Most of them are elongated in form and lie
from N. W. to S. E.; all those to the north lie alongside each
other on a line about 75 km. in length from E. N. E. to W. S. W.
Of these, those lying farthest east (Fiiglo, Svind, Videro, Bordo,
Kano og Kalso) are known as the Nordreder; west of these are
Ostero, Stromo with Nolsd, Hesto and Kolter, and Vaago with
Myggenæs adjoining it on the west. To the south of this
group, nearly due south from Strdmo lie Sandd, the islets Skud,
Store Dimon and Lille Dimon and the large and most southerly
island Syderd. The extent of the whole group of islands from
north to south is some 112 km. Lastlv, some 5 — 6 km. from the

8

south coast of Sydero a small rocky islet, cailed Munken, rises
out of the sea, tapering upwards to a point. As all these islands
taken collectively only cover an area of some 1325 sqiiare km. the
separate islands must necessarily be small, and only a few of them
exceed 100 square km.: the largest, Stromo, is 373,5 square km.;
then follows Ostero with 286 square km.; Vaago 178 square km.;
Syderø 153 square km.; and Sando 114 square km.^

Fig.

\ois6. The east part of the istand ; the N'orclreoer in the Ijackground.
(After a photograph by F. Borgesen).

Nature of coast. The nature of the coast differs considerably
on differens sides of the islands; to the north and west, the slopes
are steep often rising vertically from the sea to a height of 4 — 500 m.,
thus makin,^ the coast nearly inaccessible (Fig. 2); the precipitous
sea-cliff on the west side of North-Strdmo , where, e. g. Mylingen
rises almost vertically from the sea to a height of 6 — 700 m., is
particularly imposing; this is also the case with Kodlen, a cliff at
the north end of Ostero. The west coast of Sando is further quite
inaccessible, and along the whole of the long narrow west coast

^ Nearly all the figures given in this part have been taken from an article
»Færoerne« in Salomonsen's »111. Konversationsleksikon«, vol. VII. 1897, p. 343
(Jakob Jakobsen) and from Lomholt, »Færoerne« in »Nord og Syd« 1898.

of Sydero there are only three piaces where a landing can be ef-
fected. Characteristic of these precipitous north and west coasts
facing the open sea are the numerous isoiated rocky islets — the
so-called »Drangar« — which occur along them, and of wliich, e. g.
»Risen« and »Kællingen«, (the giant and the old woman) are well-
known. Here we may also mention that on the way to Saxen
on North-Stronio, there is an extensive view into a narrow inlet
bounded on the one side by the lofty, precipitous coast and on the
other bv an isoiated wall-like rock.

[•■. 3. Sancld. A flat stictch of sand in the curve of Sandsbugt (Sands Bay). The sea in the background
with Lille Dimon, Store Dimon and Skad. (After a photog'rapli by O. Effersoe).

Very different is the character of the east and sonth coasts,
which are indented by numerous fjords of varying depths; the
clifYs as a rule slope gently down to the shore, and even if inacces-
sible piaces occur rather often they are less in extent and not so
lofty and imposing. The southern part of Ostero and Soiith-Strdmo
are typical examples of the more rounded forms which the islands
attain here where they are more sheltered and where the force of
the waves is less felt on account of the geological structure of the
country (se Figs. 3, 13, 16).

Physiognomy of the mountains. The peculiar feature of
the mountains themselves is their terraced character; they look as if
they had been constructed by piling flat blocks upon each other, begin-
ning with the largest and ending with the smallest, the sloping sides
thus forming a jagged line of terraces while the top is a plateau (Fig. 6).
Almost all the mountains on the Færoes exhibit this appearance,
as upper plateaux occur nearly always, even on the highest, and

10

the mountains terminate in crests or peaks only oii the narrow Islands
(se Fig. 17). The slopes consist of steep walls of bare lirown rock, the
so-called »Hamre«, broken by ledges, which latter however are not
flat but sloping, on account of the fallen blocks and débris which
have accnmulated there in as large masses as the law of gravitation
will allow. These slopes which alternate with the steep walls of
brown rock (Hamre), are cailed »Lier« or »Brækker« (Figs. 4, 5). In the
course of time such qnantities of rough débris have accnmulated in

Fig. 4. StrOino. Stigafjceld scen fiom N. \V. The top part of the moimtain consists of mimcrous terraces
of basalt rock. Below these débris and detached pieces of rocks are lying" in wedge-like masses on the hill-
side. Further down again basalt rocks are distinctly seen and gently sloping hill-sides (Li). From the
niiddle of the foreground and to the left runs the top cleft of Dalagjov.
(After a photograph by K. Rimestad).

the lower parts of the mountains as to conceal with a few exceptions
all the »Hamre« and to form slopes which are generally clothed
with grass. But higher up the steep brown walls of rock are almost
always conspicuous and on the intervening sloping ledges, made
up of loose débris a solitary plant is only rarely to be found. As
a rule the basal part of the mountains up to a height of 3 — 500 m.
have rounded contours or outlines and are covered with grass.
Above this basal part tower the bare, lofty, isolated rocks separated
by passes (Skard) of which only a few are at a higher elevation
than the above-mentioned grassy base. The passes occur at the

11

lowest elevations on Sydero and Sando and at the highest on the
Nordreoer, North-Stromo and North-Ostero, and the same applies to
the relative heights of the mountains. The greatest elevation is
reached on Ostero, Slattaratind attaining a height of 882 m. Some

Fig. 5. Siromo Terrnce of Ixisalt rocUs (Hamre ) on the S. W. of Stifiafjæld. The rock is nlternately

sloping and vcitical. The lowest slope is the longest, the top ones are but very imperfectly developed.

(Aftcr a photograph liy K. Rimestad).

other high mountains are Villingedalsfjæld on Videro (844 m.), Nakken
on Kuno (820 m.), Blankeskcmlefjæld on Kalso (742 m.), Rejafjæld on
Ostero (765 m.), and Skjællingefjæld and Orvesfjæld on Stromo (768 and
784 m.). On Sando and Sydero none of the mountains are above
600 m. [Nakken and Kvannafjæld on Sydero go up to some 550 m.).
Partly on account of the greater height and steepness of the
mountains which only allow of smaller Iow-lying areas between

12

them, and partly because the grassy slopes do not extend so far up,
the northern Islands have a gloomier and more sullen aspect (Fig. 6)
than the southern with their rounded outlines and green vegetation.
Sounds and fjords. The Islands are separated by narrow
sounds and penetrated by fjords, both of which must be regarded as

i

Kig. G. Vidcru. Malinf/sfJicUl (730 ni.) jjartly siiow coverecl. The church spire rises out of the decpest

part of the valley. Hig'her up enclosed fieids with ditches. Then gentlj- sloping hill-sides up to about

300 m. Small plateau at the top and numerous basalt tei-races. (After a photograph by K. Rimestad).

submerged valleys. Most of the sounds occur between the northern
group of Islands, as, e. g. the long sound, Siindelaget between Stromo
and Ostero; Kalsofjord between Kalso and Kuno; Haraldsund be-
tween Kuno and Bordo and Kvannasund between Bordo and Videro.
The fjords occur mostly on the east coast of Sydero and Stromo
and on Ostero and Bordo ; the longest fjord is Skaalefjord on Ostero.
Valleys. There are also many valleys among the mountains;
they may be divided into two classes: — long valleys or hollows

13

(Langdale) and circjne-valleys (Bunddale). The latter class con-
sist of smaller valleys which terminate in an amphitheatre; they
are framed in by walls of rock on three sides and open on the
fourth. As already mentioned, these walls of rock slope up-
wards in successive terraces thus forming a corresponding succes-
sion of valleys rising tier upon tier, bounded by encircling or
elliptic walls of rock, and gradually broadening until the highest
plateau is at length reached, the whole vallej' thus resembling a huge
amphitheatre. As examples of typical cirque-valleys we may mention
KvanhaiHjen (Fig. 8) and Hovedalen on Sydero.

. 7. Sydero. Kvalbodalen (the valley of Kvalbo). Showing the rectory in the foreground, the sandy
interior of the fjord, and the dale sloping gently upwards. (After a photograph by K. Riniestad).

Now, if we suppose the head of the cirque-valley to have been
removed, e. g. by marine erosion, the valley will be open at both
ends, the bottom at the end originally open forming the lowest part
of it, and the whole sloping upwards towards the head which has
disappeared, whence there is a steep and abrupt descent to the sea.
In this way must have been formed the greater part of the broad
hollows (Ejder) which cross the islands extending from the heads
of the fjords. Sydero especially abounds in such broad valleys or
hollows (Ejder), its narrow alongated form, its indented east and
unbroken west coast doubtless accounting for this faet (Fig. 7).

But all the Ejder are not broad valleys like the above; a few
of them must be classed under the head of long valleys (Langdale).
The long valleys extend across the islands in longer or shorter hollows ;
the highest point, a flattened col or water-parting, generally occurs

14

in the middle of the valley which slopes downwards from it on
either side and often terminales in the head of a fjord. These
long Valleys have doubtles been formed by two cirque-valleys the
heads of which have coalesced, the rock-barrier which at once sepa-
rated the valleys and formed their heads having been demolished
in course of time, leaving the low flattened col or water-parting.
As examples of long-valleys or hollows proper may be mentioned
Skaale fjorddalen on Ostero leading from the head of Skaalefjord to
the head of Fiindiugfjord, its highest elevation being only 60 m.

Fig. 8. Sydero. »Kvanhaugen« seen from a cleft of rock above the valley. Shows the typical cirque-

valley with its lake; the inner side of which has flat samly shorcs, while the outer side is boiind in by

cUfTs. The sca in the IjacUgroiind. (After a photograph l)y Warming).

above sea-level. Another long hollow occurs on Stromo crossing
the island between Kollefjord and Kvivig, its water-parting being
some 100 m. high. If the istands were partially submerged to a
depth of some 100 m., Ostero and Stromo would be divided each into
two separate istands. In Bordo even less would be needed to convert
Klaksvig and Bordovig into a sound, which would isolate the southern
part of the island, as the hollow (Ejde) which connects these two
inlets (Vigs) is very low (some 10 m.) This valley belongs to the
few Ejder which may be described as long-valleys.

While most of the tjords are submerged cirque-valleys, the sounds
are submerged iong hollows, and Siindelaget, e. g. need only be raised
some 10 m. to connect Ostero and Stromo, as its lowest part is

15

()— 8 m. below sea-level. The other sounds are also of the same
nature.

Streams. In all the valleys there are streams and collections
of water, none of which however attain to any considerable size on
account of the short distances. The numerous small streams are

I'i}> 9. Siideri). Kvanhaitgen seen from the lake. Showing the steep, but gently sloping' clilT, at the top
the vertical basalt rocks. (After a photograph by Warming).

fairly full of water, at least at times, and have an appreciable effect
on the mountain slopes and the bottom of the valleys, as they
carry down great quantities of débris and sand which accumulate
in the latter (Fig. 9) and at the heads of the fjords, the shores of which
are therefore sandy and flat (Fig. 7), while at some piaces, e. g. at Sands
on Sando such quantities of sand have accumulated as to have been
formed by the wind into small downs (Fig. 3). The lower courses

16

of the streams usually flow gently and ^Yithout sudden falls; oiily
in a few piaces small waterfalls occur over a cliff which rises
abruptly out of the sea, as at Bosdalafos on Vaago, \Yhere the
outlet from the large lake Sorvaagsuatn falls into the sea from a

^

^^'

•^

,- ^ '■

'j^r '"

'■ ^'"^ i^'Sf'

' A ' a

^^ff , '^*

>k ■'^^^~ f.

**^-*-^'4!

J-v

r ^'>.>^

^^^^^M

H^K^^QABJ

'» . -t*^'

,-' ^ >>^^

** - -'- ^Vt^«.

-*■"■■•*

' '-^Ife

... ^ >>^^-'<.^^^K

. ? .. ' ■'

^^■'■^■orn

V .:' ■"^.^,' . 'i^P

"*t

r^ff

-x «»»

^._"

^^^^^^^v^^l

r^--^

^»«l

C^

. ■'»"'

' él^B^^^

h,--

.-s;^*^

^iP^r- _.^

SJ"

»"■■'■ - ■'^0^'f^,^

ctI

tKm-i^fØ

r*'

Fig. 10. Stromo. Ravine (Gjov) near Veslmanhaim. Showing the luxuriant plant-vegetation (Angelica, etc)

to the right. In the niiddle the stream falls down over a close succession of rockj' boiilciers.

(After a photograph bj- Warming).

height of 15 — 20 metres. On the other hånd, consequently, as the
upper courses of the streams traverse sloping rock-surfaces, they
flow more rapidly, their erosive action forming furrows, clefts and
ravines in the channels (Fig. 10).

Lak es. The numerous lakelets which occur in the valleys
have different forms corresponding to the form of the latter; in

17

cirqiie-valleys they are generally more or less circular. Sometimes
Ihe shore facing the open side of the valley is bounded by a rocky
barrier, while the rest of the shore is sandy or gravelly according to
the matter carried down by the streams (Figs. 8, 9). The lakes occurring
in long Valleys are elongated and are generally much larger than

V\g. 11. Stromo. Dalagjov (see Fig. 4) A ravine into which the sea-water ttows. Sides of cliff almost
bare of vegetation. (After a jjhotograph by K. Rimestaci).

those in cirque-valleys; among these larger lakes may be mentioned
Sandsvatn and Saltvigsvatn on Sando, Leinumvatn on Stromo, Tofte-
vatn on Ostero and the above-mentioned Sorvaagsnatn. Lasth% a
third class of lakes occurs on the hill-plateaux, viz. small tårns,
which are formed in low hollows in the rocks, and are properly
speaking only large pools of waler. I met with several such small

Rotanv of tlie Ficroes.

18

lakes 011 Klubben (Vardebakken) near Thorshavn and on Gjerdum
Rejn on Bord 6.

Ravines. The »Gjove« which are aften spoken of as occur-
ring on the Islands, are large, long and deep clefts in the rocks
(Figs. 10, 11). These ravines extend sometimes over large areas: thns a

Fig. 12. JJnrdn Cave in tlio clitV lacing- tliu

(Afttr a i)li(it(i,^i-apli l)y I'. Horgesenj.

»Gjov« leads from Selletræ on Ostero in an easterly direction to
Skaale by Skaalefjord, i. e. right across a peninsuia. Very often a
stream flows in the bottom of a »Gjov«, bnt it is hardly possible
that the stream should have worn away the »Gjov«, which doubtless
originated in a splitting of the rock, though in the conrse of time
the »Gjov« became widened by the action of the stream. Owing to
the niimerous small rock-ledges and the flowing water, these »Gjovs«
(ravines) are covered with luxuriant vegetation (P'ig. 10), and the damp

19

shady piaces which are found in them are well adapted to many
piants. In conse(|iience of this the »Gjovs« are the especial haiints
of botanists ; but even people who have no botanical interests
mention them as abounding in floweis. Such are the »Gjov« near
Vestmanhavn on Stromo and the »Gjov« near Vaag on Sydero.

Gaves. Further may be mentioned the Strange caves and clefts
which cut into the vertical sea-cliffs, they — i. e. the smaller ones
— are cailed »Latre« and they are formed by the erosive action
of the sea. Sometimes the entrance is quite low, so low that they
can only be entered in calm weather in a boat, but once inside, the
gloomy cave rises high overhead, and the water beneath the boat
exhibits strange and magnificent colours owing to the reflection and
refraction of the light outside. Others are open and much larger
(Fig. 12). At the foot of Villingedalsfjæld on Videro is a large cave,
called »Kirken« (the church), which is said to be so lofty that
a shot discharged by a fowling-piece cannot reach its roof.

INDUSTRIAL CONDITIONS

c. H. OSTENFELD.

Agriculture. A Færoese fjord-landscape has almost ahvays a
gloomy aspect; the mountain tops and the dark-green slopes
are sombre, so, too, is the dark sea ; amidst all this gloom only
one bright spot shines out at times, during summer and autumn,
viz: the ciiUiuatcd fields. The Færoese generally live together in
yillages or hamlets (Bygder) which are almost invariably situated
on the sea-shore; in spite of the faet that in many piaces a landing
can hardly be effected, and then only in calm weather, the inha-
bitants still settle down as near as possible to the sea. The inhabited
piaces are surrounded by a small cultivated area, the so-called »Bo«
(pasture-land or enclosed fields), which is separated from the uncul-
tivated land or w asie (Hauy en) by high stone walls(Fig.ll}). In choosing
a site for habitation the first point taken into consideration doubtless
was, whether the surrounding land were fit for cultivation; and
considering the northerly situation of the Færoes, most of the in-
habited piaces are surrounded by a considerable cultivated area.
But agriculture is carried on under very primitive conditions; the
Færoese are slow to adopt new methods, and it will doubtless be
long before a more rational cultivation of the soil is introduced. The
enclosures (Bo) consist of pastures, barley and potato fields, and
here and there a small turnip field. The chief obstacle in the w^ay
of successful farming is the damp, swampy condition of the land,
which has ahvays first to be drained by means of numerous ditches, etc.
Meadows. What was formerly waste-land with its many
small swampy areas and its vegetation of sedges, which is not of
much use for cattle and sheep, has by means of this drainage been
turned into meadows or pastures. The Færoese also dig the ground
to make the grass grow, but as a rule they have no idea that grass

21

requires sowing, but expect it to grow of itself. The grass grown
in this way forms thechiefpart of the vegetation; it embraces several
species, but all alike are of low and slender growth, so the hay
which they produce is fine, short meadow hay. Unfortunately its
quality is not as good as it ought to be, partly because it is the
custom to let the grass stand until it has done flowering — it
often turns yellow before they begin to cut it; this of course allows
of the grass growing as long as possible, but on the other hånd
it would contain more nourishment if it were cut when it began
to llower. It is a common saying that grass must not be cut until

Fig". 13. Sydero. Trang isvcuKj fjord in winter; the whole country snow covered, with the stone wall
.•iround the village of Tværaa distinctly visible. (After a photograph by O. Effersoe).

»Olaidag« (July 29th). Another reason why the quality of the hay
is poor is the perpetual rain which drenches the hay before there
is any dry weather to make it possible to carry it. Thus it is not
unusual to see hay standing in the fieids as late as September or
October. This latter cause of the inferiority of the hay seems to
be beyond the power of man to prevent, but something could be
done by cutting the grass somewhat earlier, as the latter part of
the summer is more rainy than the earlier part.

The c ulti vation of corn and potatoes. When these
pasture-lands are to be utilized for the cultivation of corn and
potatoes, the earth is »turned<^<, i. e. the turf is cut or sliced off with
a spade and laid with the grassy side downwards; the soil thus
laid bare is hacked with a spade and then the corn is sown. Only
very little barley is grown, and sometimes a little oats and it is

22

always difficult to get it ripened; it has often to be cut before it
is ripe and then dried artificially, hence much corn is imported
to the islands. Potatoes are generally planted after the barley, and
they succeed fairly well, especially in sandy fields near the shore.
After potatoes have been grown, the ground is left fallow, and the
grass grows of itself. Thus, agriculture is on the whole in a very
backward state in the Færoes and it is not of great value as a
means of subsistence.

Horse, Cattle and Sheep-rearing. Cattle and sheep-rearing
is of much greater importance. Large numbers of sheep are reared
as well as some cattle and horses. On the Ist of July 1898^, no
less than 106,465 sheep, 4,516 cattle and 706 horses were found on
the islands. The animals are not tethered, but go at large, hence
the stone walls around the cultivated lands; only the cattle and
horses are housed in winter, and in hard winters the inhabitants,
consequently, sustain heavy losses through the great mortality among
the sheep.

The large numbers of animals, especially sheep, produce such
an effect on the whole of the vegetation, that the Færoes must
have presented a very different appearance, when their earliest inha-
bitants settled down there some 1200 years ago. The sheep prevent
all growih, the few willows which are found are nibbled and stunted;
grass and other piants are hardly ever allowed to blossom and they
only develope naturally in piaces where the sheep cannot go. The
most luxuriant vegetation is therefore found on the terraces of basalt
rocks, in ravines and on islets in lakes. On Sydero I waded out
to an islet in a lake situated in a small valley, Vatnsdal. It was
covered with a luxuriant bog vegetation consisting of bog-cotton and
sedges, and all the piants were 50 — 75 cm. in lieight; they were
in full fructification, so that seen from a distance the white heads
of the bog-cotton lay on the island like snow-flakes. On the other
hånd the shore of the lake, where the soil and other conditions
seemed to correspond to those of the islet, was covered with a
close short carpet, of a height of 15 — 25 cm. and with a few widely
scattered inflorescences. It struck me, that we might have been
wading about in high, close grass, with intervening thickets of
willows and juniper, if sheep and men had not kept it all down.

The Fisheries are of still greater importance to the inhabitants

^ Taken from »Berlingske Tidende« November 23rd lcS9<S.

23

Ihan sheep-rearing. The Færoese fish along the coasts of Iheir Islands
and also takc part in Ihc fisheries off' the coast of Iccland.

A special l)ranch of the fisheries is whaling. The F'æroes are
renowned for the flocks of ca'ing whales, Delphinus globiceps, (»Grinde-
livaler«) that visit their coasts and are driven into the fjords by
the inhabitants and killed. Recently also two stations have been
established for the capture of the large fin-whales, and the enterprise
seems to be prospering.

Further there is bird-catching which is also very renumerative.
The vertical sea-cliffs are inhabited by numerous sea-fowl, espe-
cially of the family Alcidæ (guillemot, puffm, auk and the black
guillemot). These are caught and kept for home consumption, but
their down and feathers are sold and fetch high prices.

As already mentioned, the islands contain about 15,000 people.
The chief town is the capital, Thorshavn, which is situated on the
east coast of South-Stromo. Among the other somewhat larger
villages may be named Klaksvig on Bordo, Ejde on Ostero, Mid-
vaag on Vaago, Vestmanhavn on North-Stromo , Sands on Sando
and Kvalbo, Tværaa and Vaag on Sydero.

GEOLOGY,

c. H. OSTENFELD.

Tertiary rocks of the Islands. Viewed in the light of geo-
logy ^ the Færoes are not of great antiquity ; the rocks of which
the Islands are composed belong to the Tertiary formation and are
mostly of igneons origin. They do not show much variety only
basalts being found in large beds intercalated with thin layers
of tuff (Fig. 14). The beds are nearly horizontal, usualh% however,
with an inclination of 2*^ to 5*^ wdiich on Myggenæs even rises
to 10*^. The dip of the strata varies somewhat on the different
islands; in the southern part the direction is N. N. E., in the
western part, due E., and in the northern part, S. E., thus forming
part of a periphery the centre of which lies to the east of the islands.
The most ancient of the islands are Sydero and Myggenæs, the coal-
bearing strata which occur liere are not found on the other islands, or
if they are to be found at all, they must be sought for below sea-level.
These coal-bearing strata are interbedded w ith basalt which belong to
a somewhat different class of rocks from the other basalts. Geikie and
Helland give it as anamesite; it is a close, grey-black, fme-grained
cryptocrystalline rock. The greater part of the cliffs on Sydero consist
of these anamesite-beds which in the south extend quite to the top of
the mountains, while from about the middle of the island (from the

^ In working up this subject the following books have been consulted:

G. Forchhammer: »Om Færoernes geognostiske Beskaffenhed«. Kongl. Danske
Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter. 1824.

Amiind Hellaml: 2 Om Færøernes Geologi«. Geografisli Tidsskrift, vol. IV. 1880.
Kbhvn.

James Geikie: On the Geology of the Faroe Islands. Transact. of the Royal
Soc. of Edinburgh, vol. XXX. 1880.

See also A. Geikie: The Tertiary Basalt-plateaux of North-vvestern Europe. Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. LII.

hills above Hovedalen) they are overlaid by later basalts or dolerites.
The coal-bearing strata occur in the upper part ot' the anamesite-
beds and consist of clay separated by thin layers of coal; the highest
coal met with occurs on Kvannafjæld, west of Hovedalen, at a
height of some 500 metres; they reappear on the mountains to the
north and are fmally foiind north of Kvalbo at sea-level, following
the dip of the beds, which as already mentioned, is N. N. E. Above

Kig. 14. Strdmo. View from the neiglibourhood of Kirkebdnæs Vertical faces of clifTs towards the sea.

Showing the thin layers of tuff between beds of basalt. A smaller part of it is white with bird's

dung (Shaw) besides showing small black striations (Algæ). (After a photograph by F. Borgesen).

the coal-bearing strata are found a smaller area of anamesite-beds
(100 — 200 m. thick) and then the beds of dolerite. Many attempts
have been made to utilize this coal on a larger scale; but all have
failed, partly because the coal is of inferior quality, being extremely
ashy, and partly because the situation makes the working and
shipping of it difficult. At present the coal is worked for home
use in some mines in the Præstefjæld south of Kvalbo where the
layers occur at a height of some 150 metres above the sea. At
the village of Kvalbo it constitutes the chief fuel and it is also carried
over the mountains to the surrounding villages.

The above-mentioned beds of dolerite occupy the whole ofthe

26

remaining part of the group of islands, i. e. all the Islands with tlie
exception of a part of Sydero and Myggenæs. The dolerite is a
coarsely crystalline basalt in which crystal of plagioclase is distinctly
visible; it is usually porphyritic.

The beds of coal as well as those of anamesite and dolerite
are separated by tuff-layers of various colours, chiefly red or blue-
grey; as the tuff is easily decomposed , small, nearly horizontal
partings answering to the tufT-layers are generally distinctly visible
on the vertical faces of rocks (Fig. 14).

With regard to the age of the igneous rocks of the Færoes,
ver}^ liltle is known. The coal-bearing strata contain remains of
stems and branches, but plant-remains fit for determination have
not as yet been found. Still we are justified in arriving at a con-
clusion as to their age by the faet that the perfectly analogous Ice-
landic formations are Tertiary and must be referred to the Miocene
period of that era on account of the fossil piants (the so-called
»Surtarbrand«) which are met with.

Of later origin than the general extent of basalt are the scattered
slieets and veins of intrusive basalt, which are intruded among the
beds. This intrusive basalt which occurs here and there is close
and dark. At a few piaces, especially at Frodebo on Sydero, it
appears in beautiful specimens ofisolated prismatic columns (Fig. 15).

Ice Age and its Actions. Like most of the other northern
countries, the Færoes have had their Ice age, distinct traces of which
can be found on the islands. For the purpose of studying these
traces, a minute investigation of the islands was made by the
geologists Geikie and Hellami. The usual characteristics of glaciation
are striæ, roches moutonnées, moraines and rock-basins.

As basalt-rocks are rather liable to decomposition, striated faces
are rarely met with, but some instances occur in piaces where the
rock-surface has been protected by a coating of earth so that the
atmosphere has not been able to aet upon it. Fine striated faces
are said to exist at Thorshavn on Stromo, at Ej de on Ostero and
at Sands on Sando, but they are also found at other piaces, and
further investigations will doubtless bring to light many more. The
peculiarity of these striæ is that at each place they seem to have
a different direction, a faet which will be explained later on.

The second glacial characteristic, roches moutonnées, is much
more common on the islands; everywhere in the valleys and
on the lower hills are seen these rounded formations, due

27

to the action ol" the ice; the country about Thorshavn, the whole
of the south part of Ostero and the neighbourhood of Sands (Fig. 16)
present the aspect pecuhar to a rocky landscape rounded off by
the action of the ice.

Fig. 15. Sydero. The Ijasalt columns at Froclebo. (After a photog'raph by \V. Thulstrup).

Moraines are not of frequent occurrence, and only here and
there are smaller deposits of morainic débris and scattered blocks
to be met with.

Lastly, the rock-basins, i. e. hollows in the rock excavated by
the action of the ice, are identical with the numerous previously
mentioned cirque-valleys, which are characterized by the faet that
the Valley is deepest inside its entrance, or in other words, that

28

it contains or has contained a lake. In the course ot time this
lake has doubtless become filled up with fallen débris or matter.
The numerous fjords are also rock-basins, as is demonstrated by
the faet that they generally have a barrier across their entrance.

As previously mentioned, the direction of the striæ varies con-
siderably, which is also the case with that of the ice-flow, as the
position of the »Stoss- and Leeseiten« of the »roches moutonnées«
indicates. As the latter are far more numerous than the striæ, they
afford clearer evidence as to the slaciation. It must be noticed

Fis. ">■ Sando. A stretch of healh near Sands, showing the roches moutonnées. The blocks of rock white
with lichens. (After a photograph by C. H. Ostenfeld).

that the direction is from the mountains seawards through the
vallej^s — in other words, that the Færoes were covered by a separate
ice-sheet, which unlike the mer de glace of Shetland had doubtless no
connection with the great Scandinavian ice-sheet. This local Færoese
ice naturally forced its way through all the valleys and fjords
wdiich were thereby deepened. It must have been a buge mass,
as the glaciated contours appear up to a height of some 500 metres
but above that level there is no trace of glacial abrasion, it may
therefore be assumed that this overlying part was covered by névé
of which, however, there are no distinct traces remaining; it must
moreover be remembered that the atmospheric erosion would
make itself more felt at that height, so that any traces of névé
which might have existed would have been obliterated.

Post-glacial erosion. As the ice-sheet gradually dissolved,

29

the land was laid bare and the usual erosive action began; the nunie-
rous torrents then formod by the dissolving glaciers were larger and
more powerful than the existing strcams so that they carried away
immense quantities of detritus. Rain and frost acled upon the basalt
— which in spite ofconsiderable hardness is soon elTected by weather —
and broke it down, as it continues to do to the present day.
Marine erosion, undoubtedly very powerful, also must not be for-
gotten. The Islands were once upon a time much larger, and the
sea must have played a prominent part in reducing their area. The

Fig. 17. Osteri). View from >^Slattaratinder'' over the lofty mountain tops which f'oini a crest with
low curves. Débris lynig in strips on the hill-sides. (After a photograph hy the General StafTj.

precipitous sea-cliffs bear distinct evidence of its erosive action,
and the faet of the dip of the strata being towards N. E. and S. E.
aids the sea from the west in its work of destruction, the tuff-layers
being thus more easily acted upon and demolished which in turn
brings about the fall of the basalt. The sea seized upon ever}"^
weakness in the structure of the clifTs and undermined caves, and
as it gradually widened the latter the roofs above them grew unsafe
and at last gave waj', which must account for the vertical faces
of the shores and isolated rocks.

The entire structure of the land points to its having been much
larger; thus the same beds may be traced from one island to an-
other, either across a sound or from one side of the fjord to the
other. On the other band, there is no strong geologicai evidence
to prove the theory, maintained, e. g. by James Geikie, that in post-
glacial times Scotland, the Færoes and Iceland were connected,

30

forming a large belt of land. As no terraces of marine erosion
are found on the islands and the caves invariable occur at sea-level
it may be regarded as certain that the land is not rising ; further
as no platform occurs a little below sea-level, as might have been ex-
pected if the land had remained for a longer time at its present
level, \ve may suppose that the land is sinking slowly. This sinking
taken in connexion with the rapid destruction shows that, if the

Fig. 18. \olsn. Talus of tumhleci down blocks and débris (»Ur«) at Ijase of clitl' on the caslern side.
(After a photograph by Warming).

present geological conditions hold, it is only a question of time
when the Færoes will disappear, but a question which, humanly
speaking, is so far ofF that it can have no great actual interest
for us.

Peat. Lastly the peat, the latest geologicai formation of the
Færoes, must be mentioned. Wherever there are small hollows in
the ground mosses are found, but of no considerable size or depth,
the greatest depth being about 1 — 1,5 metres. The peat consists
of bog-plants, chiefly sedge and bog-cotton, but true Sphagnum-peat
hardly occurs. As peat is the only fuel the inhabitants have except
for the coal on Sydero it is of great economic valne and fortunately
it is found on almost all the islands, only some smaller islands,
e. g. Fuglo being obliged to fetch it from other piaces.

31

The peat has never been investigated paleonlologically, but we
know that it contains a fair niimber of pieces ol' juniper wood
which shows that this shrub was formerly common on the islands
though it is now very rare. On the other hånd, Geikie is hardly
right wlien he mentions that these sub-fossil woods prove that the
climate was originally milder. The almost complete externiination
of the juniper is doubtless due to the inhabitants and the domestic
animals (sheep) and not to the deterioration of the climate.

CLIMATE.

c. H. OSTENFELD.

THE climate^ of the Færoes is that common to Islands, and pos-
sesses all the advantages and disadvantages pertaining to an
insular position: mild winters, cold summers, heavy rainfall, fre-
quent st5rms and fogs.

Sea. The cause of the climate of the Færoes being peculiarly
affected by their insular position is the warm Gulf Stream which
washes their coasts and going to the east of them, flows for some
distance northwards. But sometimes the cold polar stream from
off the east coast of Iceland reaches so far south as to touch at
any rate the northern coasts of the islands. This alternation natu-
rally enough also contributes towards the changeable nature of the
climate, as will be seen later on. — The sea surrounding the islands
is always free from ice, and even the still deep fjords are very
seldom frozen over and then never for a long period at a time.
The mean temperature of the sea at Thorshavn from January-March
is 5^ 5 and from July-September 10*^ 3,j and the annual meantem-
perature is 1^ 8. (For further details I may refer to the accom-
panying table in which I have given some metereological data, a
part of which I have taken from the above-mentioned paper by
Willaume-Jantzen, while for some I am indebted to the Metereolo-
gical Institute in Copenhagen).^

Temperatu re of the air. If the temperature of the sea be
compared with that of the air it will be seen that in the three
summer months onljs June, July and August, the temperature of
the sea is the lower; in the remaining nine months it is therefore

^ ^Qe Willaume-Jantzen, »Færoernes Klima«. Geografisk Tidsskrift, 15. Aarg. 1899.
- See also U. Mohn , »Klima-Tabeller for Norge. I. Luftens Temperatur«.
Kristiania ltS95.

33

15

m

CM

c

00

■*

II

B
B
<

50

y^

,— (

er.

l^

CN

t^

X

CD

CO

05

1-H

e^

V— t

«c

oc

l^

C5

t^

1

'"'

m

CM

B u

"*

00

lO

CO

m

c^

c

0

0

0

i M

o?

f— t

0

CM

to

T-

r-

in

c

CM

00

I-t

»-I

OC

r^

00

CM

■ o

1

'-'

É u

oc

0

ti

LO

■^

10

& ^

'^

C>1

c:

oc

t^

CO

i^

lO

0

m

CO

f— ( 1

1

X

j^

I"-

»M

z

o ■»

«5

Tj«

<£>

00

in

e>5

Å *

;o

»-1

iri

■^

oc

CC

1^

in

0

CO

CO

00

1

00

i-(

t^

CM

i t.

00

■*

C5

rf<

^

in

in

c, A

C5

CO

1

0

0

in

i^

in

c

in

C^l

in

c^

'"'

'"'

s

0

5?

c

CO

0

Oi

00

, l-H

•<

0

0

1-H

'

0

w

r-

Ci

0

0

OS

05

'"'

<M

00

'"'

1— 1

'"'

;^

oc

OJ

--.

?*

c.

CO

D

^

,_

,_,

^*

—

m

t—

00

^

-M

,_,

T^ 1

'"'

SM

^

00

C5

CM

'"'

C

!>■

t-

?

CM

CM

CC

CO

1

C5

0

05

CC

r-

'*

T-H

cr.

Q«

01

"^

1

00

'^

t-

'"'

S"

ira

C

c

I^

co

—

S

t^

00

■^

CO

1^

0

1^

m

r^

^^

3

:C

'"'

1

00

'"'

Ol

CM

■5

0

0

in

lO

0

c-

<!

ifi

'i«

00

«5

?o

Ol

i^

c^

0

00

0

00

'^

1

t--

'"'

00

CM

,

(M

in

0

iC

00

0

2

C'

CO

eo

^

(N

llO

00

CO

CC

,_,

'"'

'7'

^^

C--

r^

^^

CM

0
CO

00
0

Ci

c
0

c

in

0

CM

0

~ CO

in

rH

b.

'"'

»-1
1

'"'

00

T-l

CM

s >,

M

<n

«C

CC

in

CO

,. CO

S ^

M

c^

c:

C^

e^

!>■

m

0

or

or

>— 1 '

'"'

1

*"

00

■^

CM

0

0

es

a>

S

^

1

0

C

es

c

fe

^ C-

0.

>

r

13J

t

0.

«

-

-^

^

n

1

1
fe

fe
D f

0 feC

S

t

K
C

■• 0,

«

i-

j.

0,
>

^ !

c«

^

2

+-

0.

K

(/

C

>

0

u

c

t*.

F-

1

4.

; >

■> >1

C

S

s

t«-

c
a

1/

c

b

0 a

-?

e8
-C

n

c

C

£

c

0

OJ

£

<<-
c

> '
c

■" 'Z

a.

''

4

>

1 >.

0

c«

>

c
"^
<*■

C

■ 1

c
z 'c

>

• £

c

=*■
^ c

Cm
^ 0

"*■

"rt

"«

a

> *■
C

i c
3 a

^ r

i ^

1 ^

-> ir

• S

i %

s.

0

S

fc

; £

: c

\ 'z

: S

1

<

<

S;!

^ 5

. <

: ;_

; c/

3 -

: 2

: 2

: 1

O)

J3

G
O

C4M

C5 CM n< t^ CM CO C<l

o 0,0 o o o o
O i-l CC CO "* CM O

00 CO CM

O)

in —

rt .Sf

•S S fe

^ ^ 2 o

34

the sea that gives forth heat to the air. Altogether it is surprising
how little difference there is between the winter and summer tem-
perature of the Færoes — so httle, that only a few piaces similarly
situated from a geographical point of view can compete with them
in this respect, viz. Shetland and the west coast of Ireland, but
not even the south coast of Iceland or the west coast of Norway
(see tab. p. 33).

On a closer study of the figures for each month, given in the
table, it is impossible not to be struck by the length and coldness
of the spring; thus, the month of March is as cold as January, or
in other words, winter lasts through the whole of March. April also
is rather cold and only in May does the temperature begin to rise
in real earnest, continuing to do so until July-August, the two
warmest months ; but these two — the summer proper — are after
all not so very hot, their temperature being 10^8 and 10*^7. There
is then a gradual fall through September, October and November
till the winter temperature is reached in December. Thus we see
that the autumn is rather long, and compared with the summer
fairly warm, and this is even more the case with regard to the
winter, as the mean temperature does not in any month fall to 3^*
or below it, and consequently there is no frost worth speaking of
Altogether there are only 69 days of frost annually (i. e. periods
of 24 hours in which the temperature has for a time been below 0°),
and of these, 47 occur in the four winter months, December-March.
Moreover, the strength of the frost is not great, as is seen from the
faet that the actual lowest temperature during 25 years has been
->- 1 1 '^ 6, and also from the faet that there are only 8 of the so-
called »ice-days« annually (i. e. periods of 24 hours in which the
temperature does not reach above O").

Inseparable from the cold summers and mild winters of an
insular climate are the moistness of the atmosphere, the great masses
of clouds, the heavy rainfall and the constant winds which are all
characteristic of the Færoes.

Moistness of the Atmosphere and Rainfall. The table
shows at a glance that the average moisture is as great as 82*^/o
annually, and that it is greatest in July-September (85 ''/o) and least
in winter and spring (81% and 79%). With regard to the fogs, the
records kept (which deal not with the fogs which shroud the
mountain heights, but with those which arise in low-lying regions)
show that they occur on 51 days in the year and are worst in

35

summer, especially in June — August. It is otherwise with the rain-
fall, which is higliest in October-.Ianuary (the average being 179 mm.)
and lowest in April-July (about 88 mm). The number of wet days
is also greatest in autumn and winter and least in spring and summer.
During the year the raini^ll amounts to as mucli as 1593 mm., distri-
buted over 279 days — so that only 86 days in the year are free from rain.

Fig. 19. Sydero Kvalbo. A view of the west side of Norbes EJde. The wind has torn up and carried
away large parts of the solid slope. (After a photog'raph Ijy Warming).

The amount of clouds is surprisingly great. The annual average
amount (calculated according to a scale of O — 10, O denoting clear
and 10 cloudy) is 7,4, i. e. on an average about V* of the sky
is covered with clouds. The amount of clouds is least in early
spring, but the average does not fall below 7. There are only 6
days annually of cloudless sunshine, while the cloudy days in
which the sky is almost overcast, amount to 178 annually.

Wind. The Færoes may with justice be described as very
windy; the winds are frequent and strong (Figs. 19 and 20). The ave-
rage percentage for the year is as follows : —

N.

N. E.

E.

S. E.

S.

S. W.

W.

N. W.

calm

14

12

8

10

10

17

13

5

11

36

Thus it will be seen that there are only 1 1 ^/o calm davs in
the year. In frequency, tlie south-west wind stands first, but tbe
north wind is not far behind it. Yet these two winds differ the
most widely from each other, the north wind being the coldest
(with an average temperature of 3 "4) and the driest, while the
south-west wind is the warmest (8^3) and one of the dampest; the

Fig. 20. Xolso. The flat upper plateau of the island with Ostero fahitly visible in the background.

As the surt'acc is swept by the wind it consists mostly of bare gravelly patches carpeted here and there

with grass. (After a photograph by Warming.)

difference in the temperature of these winds is greatest in winter
varying from 6^3 — 7^5 in December-March.

All the figures given are from observations taken at Thorshavn,
whence we have the hest and longest observations. But as there
is a difference in the different parts of the islands I give, by way
of comparison, the mean temperature of two other piaces, Klaksvig
on Bordo (Nordreoer) and Kvalbo on Sydero, from which it appears
that Klaksvig is a little — but only a very little — warmer than
Thorshavn, while there is a considerable difference between the
temperature of the latter and that of Kvalbo. The difference ave-
rages 0^ 6, and, according to Willaume- Jantzen, is doubtless due
to the faet that the warm southerly winds are, comparatively speak-

37

ing, more common at Kvalbo, for it can hardly be explained
by the somewhat more southerly position of the latter.

Lastly, it must be borne in mind, that all these observations
are made in piaces situated by the sea, but unfortunately, nothing
is known for certain regarding the high lands, which will doubtless
prove very different from the lowlands. So much is known that
it is considerably colder there, and therefore the snow falls earlier
and lies longer.

FLORA OF THE FÆROES.

PHANEROGAMAE AND PTERIDOPHYTA.

BY

C. H. OSTENFELD.

The vascular piants of the Færoes have often been made a
subject of study, and as far as these piants are concerned,
the istands may be said to be well-known, so that it will hardly
be possible in the future to add anything considerable to the Flora.

The principal paper on the vascular piants is Rostrups »Fær-
oernes Flora«, published in 1870, which gives the results of a
journey made in 1867 for the purpose of investigation by Mr. E. Ro-
strup and Mr. C. A. Feilberg. As the previous literature of the subject
was fully dealt with in the above-named paper, 1 need only add
that the earlier informations concerning this flora is to be found
in Horneman's »Plantelære« (second edition), in Landt's »Forsøg
til en Beskrivelse over F'ærøerne«, and in Treuelyan's and Ch. Martins's
papers. Since the publication of Rostrup's paper only a few minor
additions have been made — of which I have given an account
in my earlier writings — viz. by Melvill, Kurtz and Simmons and
by me in my three preliminary lists. (See Historical Notes pp. 1 — 5).

In writing this work, I have had at my disposal a very rich
material from the Museum of the Botanical Gardens of the Uni-
versity, Copenhagen. The latter contains the greater part oi Lijng-
bye's collection, so that I have been able to correct the statements
in Horneman's »Plantelære«; some species gathered by Treve-
Iijan, and the whole of the considerable collection made by Rostrup
and Feilberg is also to be found there. I have further had access
to the most interesting portion of Kurtz's and Simmons's find;
hence I have been able to revise almost all the earlier publications.
But by far the greater part of the collections from the Færoes is
of recent date, and were collected by Professor Warming, Mr. Bor-
gesen, Mr, Jensen and Lieutenant Lomholt, but chiefly on my own

42

journeys in 1895 — 96 — 97, especially in 1897 when I in company
with Mr. Jac. Hartz traversed the islands for six weeks for the
purpose of studying the vegetation and making collections.

In the following treatment I have only numbered those species
which I have actually seen and which must be regarded as belonging
to the islands, or at least completely naturahzed; a f placed before
a species denotes that it has been accidentally introduced. On
the other liand 1 have omitted all more or less doubtful state-
ments of prcvious authors; as on looking through the older collec-
tions, I have arrived at the conclusion that the determinations are
at least as often wrong as not, many of Landt's in particular being
undoubtedly incorrect, a faet which may be explained by remem-
bering that he was not a botanist and that he wrote his Flora
after returning to Denmark; as it is, he has mentioned many com-
mon Danish piants as belonging to the Færoes, though this is
evidently a mistake in the majority of cases. The distribution of
the species on the different islands is naturally not fully known,
but I have given as many details as possible, based mainly on
Rostrup's and my own observations. Wherever possible, I have
also given the vertical distribution and the time for flowering and
fruiting.

The discoverer's name is given in brackets after that of the
habitat. I have seen specimens from nearly all the habitats (espe-
cially Rostrup's).

List of abbreviations.

F. Borgesen F. B. Stromo Str.

Chr. Jensen C. J. Sydero Syd.

Lyngbye L. or Lyngb. Videro Vid.

C. H. Ostenfeld and Ostero Ost.

Jac. Hartz !

Rostrup and Feilberg. R. ; Rostr. Flower Fl.

Warming W. or E.W. Fruit Fr.

Flora of the Færoes

(by Rostrup) Fær. Fl.

For the reader's conveniance all orders, genera and species are
arranged alphabetically under the main groups.

43

I. DicotyledoneSo

A. Sympetalae.

Order I. BORAGINACEAE.

t Anchusa arvensis (L.) Bieb.

Found by Rostruj) in 1867 as a weed in potato fields on Sando:
Sands. In 1897 \ve also found it growing abundantly in tlie same locality.
Fr. end of August.

1. Myosotis arvensis (L.) Roth.; M. scorpioidesLandi\.c.; M.palu-

stris Martins 1. c.

Found here and there on cultivated ground, e. g. Sando: Sands
(R., 0; Str.: Kirbcbo (R.); Syd.: Kvalvig (!); Kvalbo (!); not observed
on the northern islands.

Fl. July. Fr. August.

2. M. palustris (L.) Roth., var. strigulosa Rchb.

Ost.: In a ditch by the lake at Ejde; fairly abundanl over a
limited area. (Kissmeyer, Simmons, !).

Flowering freely, but not fruiting (end of August).

3. M. repens Don.

This West-European species has hitherto been foun(i only on Syd.:
frequent b}^ streams and in peat-bogs in the lowlands; found at many
piaces between Trangisvaagfjord and Lobra, but not in the northern
part of the istand.

Fl. July. Fr. August— September.

4. M. versicolor Pers.

Common in cultivated fields.
Fl. June— July. Fr. August.

M. arenaria Schrad. I think this species ought to disappear from the lists
of the flora of the Færoes. Kurtzs statement is undoubtedlj' wrong as I liave
said before (Ostenf. II. p. 12) and the specimen determined by me (Vestmanhavn.
leg. Kissmeyer) was a ver}' imperfect one and may have been mistaken for M. ver-
sicolor. Unfortunateh' it is not in our museum, so I have been unal)le to revise
my earlier determination.

5. Mertensia maritima (L.) De.

Found in several ptaces on sandy stiores on Str., e. g. Hvidenæs
(K, F. R.); Kvalvig (R.); and Torsvig (Rergh, !).
Fl. June — Julj'. Fr. August.

Order II. CAMPANULACEAE.

6. Campanula rotundifolia L.

Ror do: On Hojefætd at 040 m., a small, thickly covered patch
immediatety beneatli the higtiest plateau; Ost.: Nordskaate (Landt);
Svinaa(!); and Kodten at Ejde at some 250 m. (Simmons).

44

The specimens growing on Hojefjæld correspond fairly well to f. arctica Lange,
Consp. Fl. Grænl. p. 93, Fl. Dan. tab. 2711, which is only an Arctic form.
Fl. beginnins of August.

Order III. COMPOSITAE.

7. Achillea Millefolium L.

Rather common in the lowlands. Often in densely hairy, woolly
forms, and with reddish heads.
Fl. beginning of August.

8. A. Ptarmica L.

Syd.: Ditch-sides, Trangisvaag (R., !). Str. : Sydredal (Heiberg-
Jiirgensen).

Fl. beginning of August.

9. Bellis perennis L.

Common in low-lying regions in and outside enclosed fieids, but
not higher up the hills.
Fl. from May.

f Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop.

At several stations in inhabited piaces; S and o: Sands (R.); Str.:
Thorshavn (R.); Kirkebo (!); Syd.: Vaag (R.); Vaago: Sandevaag (R., !).
Is no doubt accidentally introduced everywhere, and keeps on re-
producing itself, e. g. at Kirkebo, where Mr. Patursson told me it had
only appeared a few years ago.

Fl. just out Aug. 27"^ 1897. Doubtless not fruiting at all.

10. C. palustre (L.) Scop.

Found liere and there at foot of clifts in low-lying regions, not
observed in the Nordreoer.
Fl. July— August.

Carduus crispns, C. acanthoides and Cirsium lanceolatnm, mentioned by older
authors, should doubtless all of them be placed under the above-mentioned
species.

11. Gnaphalium supinum L.

Found only on the highest plateaux of the Nordreoer; Kai so:
Rlankeskaalefjæld, from about 600 m. (!); Kuno: in the southern part,
at some 700 m. (.!); Vid.: ViUingedalsfjæld at some 700 m. (R., !); Morne-
fjæld, at some 700 m. (!).

Fr. beginning of August.

Hieracium spp.

The different species of this genus from the Færoes (none of which
belong to the group Piloselloidea) will be treated by Mr. H. Dahlstedt,
Stockholm, and are therefore omitted from this list.

45

12. Leontodon autumnale L

Common in low-lying regions, in and be^ond enclosed fieids, in
damp piaces (saltmarshes) or somewhat higher up in the hills, where
it mostly occurs as var. Taraxaci (L.).
Fl. July. Fr. August.

13. Matricaria inodora L. var. phaeocephala Rupr. (var. horealis

Rostr. Fær. Fl. p. 53).

Occurs rather frequently. partly on sandy sea-shores and on rock-
ledges by the sea-shore and partly in sandy cultivated fieids not far
from the coast. The main species is not met with on the Færoes.
Fl. July — August. Fr. August — September.

14. Senecio vulgaris L.

Found here and there in enclosed fieids especially near houses.

t Sonchus arvensis L.

Accidentally introdueed on Syd.: Trangisvaag 1895 (Simmons).

15. Tanacetum vulgare L.

Rather common in inhabited phaces, especially in churchj'ards;
doubtless originally imported.

Fl. August — September. Probably no fruit.

16. Taraxacum croceum Dahlst. apud G. Andersson och H.
Hesselmann : Bidrag til kånnedomen om Spetsbergens och Beeren
Eilands karlvåxttlora. Bihang till k. svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar,
Bd. 26, Afd. III, Nr. 1, Stockholm 1900, p. 12.

T. pahistre Rostr. I. c. p. 51, non DC; T. laevigatum Ostenf.
III, non (Willd.) DC.

Common outside enclosed fieids, on ledges and in clefts of rocks
especially some way up in the hills.

Mr. H. Dahlstedt, the well-known authority on Hieracinni has just
described this new species, which seems to be widely distributed in
the northern regions, as it is found in the Scandinavian mountains, in
Spitsbergen, in Iceland and in Greenland. It has been taken for T. pa-
histre (T. paludosiim) as well as for T. laevigatum which are hardly found
in the Arctic regions ; from tliem as well as from T. valgåre it seems
fairly distinct, but tliis question needs further investigation.
Fl. June— July. Fr. July— August.

17. T. vulgare Schrk.; T. officinale Web.

Apparently common in inhabited piaces and in enclosed fieids ;
we found it in several piaces.

To this and not to T. erythrospermain Andrzej. 1 refer a peculiar
form from Sando : Sands, f. bipinnatifida (Rostr.) found and mentioned
b\' Rostrup (1. c. p. 51) ; it has large laciniate-bipinnatifid leaves with
many and small teeth, besides a well developed horn on the inner
involucral scales.

46

18. Tussilago Farfara L.

Found here and there in sandy enclosed fields, and in gravel by
larger streams. We only found a few specimens.
Fl. May— June.

Order CONVOLVULACEAE.

t Convolvulus sepium L.

Found as a weed in gardens at Thorshavn. (R., E. W.)
Does not flower.

Order IV. DIPSACACEAE.

19. Succisa pratensis Moench.

Conimon in and outside enclosed fields in damp peaty ground;
sometimes bears white flowers; does not grow up in the hills.
Fl. end of July. Fr. September.

t Trichera arvensis (L.) Schrad.

Weed in clover-fields near Thorshavn 1895 (Simmons).
Fl. beginning of September.

Order V. ERICACEAE.

20. Calluna vulgaris Salisb.

Common in heaths and moors outside enclosed fields; however,
seldom occurring as a dominant social species. Grows in low-lying regions
and sometimes on hill-slopes, but not on the higher mountains.
Fl. beginning of August.

21. Erica cinerea L.

Generally mixed together with the above-mentioned and in the same
localities, consequently not high up in the hills; seems to prefer sunny
spots facing south and west. We found it — in varying frequency —
on all the Islands except Fuglo.

Fl. end of July and beginning of August.

Erica Telralix is said by Mellvill to have been found at Trangisvaag by Mr.
Backhouse, but as none of the many other botanists who have visited Trangis-
vaag has found it, I believe this statement is due to a misunderstanding.

22. Loiseleuria procumbens (L.) Desv.

Rather frequent in G/7'm/?Ha-heath on the higher hills on the
northern Islands ; most frequent in the Nordreoer; not observed on
Sando and Syd. It occurs from about 400 m. upwards.
Fl. May. Fr. August.

Order VI. GENTIANACEAE.

23. Gentiana campestris L.* islandica Murb. ; Sv. Murbeck: Stu-
dien iiber die Gentianen aus der Gruppe Endotricha Froel. ; Acta Horti
Bergiani, Bd. 2, N. 3, 1892; and: Ueber eine neue Alectorolophus-

47

Art und das Vorkommen saison-trimorpher Arten-Gruppen innerhalb

der Gattung; Oesterr. botan. Zeitschrift, Jahrg. 1898, N. 2—3, Sep.

pp. 7-9.

Rather common on grassy hill-slopes in low-lying regions, some-
times also higlier up in the hills, e. g. Bordo: Ilolgafjælcl 4 GO m. (!) ;
Vid.: rock-terraces on Mornefjæki, 450 m. (!); Villingedalsfjæld (!).
Fl. end of July— August.

In Murbeck's »Studien« p. 10 var. islandica is mentioned as
occurring on Vaago, and Simmons (1896, \. c. p. 73) reports that all
he met with belonged to this form. For the purpose of verifying
this we collected a large material from all the different localities,
wherever it \Yas to be found. Further investigations show that
while some of the localities — especially the higher ones — have
typical ■■'islandica, other forms, approaching very near to ■'■germanica
Murb. are as frequently met with; from some localities (e.g. Sando:
Sands, and Vaago: Sandevaag) they are almost Hke typical North-
European *germanica. According to Murbeck (Studien p. 12) this
latter form also occurs in Shetland, I am therefore of opinion that
we liere meet with the first attempt tow^ards differentiating tliese
forms. As Murbeck (Alectorolophus, pp. 7 — 9) has fully shown *is-
landica is the original form in localities vvhere the period of growth
is too short to allow of the development of both spring and au-
tumn forms. In the Færoes the autumn form has begun to develop
in the lower localities, whilst the original form is still typical in
the hills. Thus we see that the development of the autumn
form corresponds to the long and warm autumn (see p. 34).

I have chosen to mention it as ^islandica, because that is the
form which is most frequently met with, and also because the
transition to *germanica is not quite accomplished.

24. Menyanthes trifoliata L.

Found in small lakes, but rather rare. Usually not flowering and
very seldom fruiting.

Landt 1. c. p. 184 mentions that he never saw it in flower, wliile
Rostrup 1. c. p. 50 found it flowering everywhere, which taken in con-
nection witli our own observations shows that it does not flower regu-
larly every year. We observed it on Sando, Syd. and Ost.
Fl. end of July. Fr. end of August.

Order VII. LABIATAE.

25. Brunella vulgaris L.

Rather common in low-lying regions, in grassy, fairly dry localities.
Fl. July.

48

26. Galeopsis Tetrahit L.

Common weed in enclosed fields especially in cultivated parts. It
varies somewhat in form, but is usuallv remarkablv stiff-haired.
FL July.

t Lamium dissectum With.; L. incisiim Willd.; L. hybridiim Vill.

Accidentally introduced as weed in iields; San do: Sands (E. W.);
and Syd.. Kvalbo (R., !).

t L intermedium Fr.

As above; San do: Sands (R., !) ; Syd.: Kvalbo (R. , !); Vaago:
Sorvaag (R.).

t L. purpureum L.

As above; Sando: Sands (E. W.) ; Syd.: Kvalbo (R.), etc. Rostrup
mentions it as common.

These three species flower in July and have ripe fruit by end of
August.

27. Menta aquatica L.

Str. : Kirkebo (R.) [Kvalvig, according to Landt] ; Vaago: between
Bo and Gaasedal (R.); Sorvaag (Lvngb.).
FL?

28. Thymus Serpyllum L.

Common on hill-slopes and in tlie hills on fairly dry ground.
F. prostata Horn. (= f. borealis Lge, apud Rostr. 1. c. p. 49) occurs on
the hills, but passes gradually into the main form, which latter, however
does not often (Sando: Saltvigsvatn ; Syd.: Vaag) seem to be tj'^pical.
FL June — July. Fr. end of August.

Order VIII. LENTIBULARIACEAE.

29. Pinguicula vulgaris L.

Common in low-l5'ing regions and up in the hills on damp peaty
ground.

FL June— July.

Order IX. LOBELIACEAE.

30. Lobelia Dortmanna L.

This fine plant, which had not previouslj'^ been observed in the

Færoes was found by Professor Warming in a small lake on Sando, and

later on we found it in several other small lakes on the same island.

Sando: Benediktstjern (E. W.), Nigitjern, Saltvigsvatn (!), Holsavatn (!).

FL beginning of August. Fr. August — September.

Order X. PLANTAGINACEAE.

31. Littorella lacustris L.

Common in all the lakes, mostlv mixed together with Isoéles. Grows

49

very rareh' over the surface of the water, and then flowers, but we
noticed it thns only in one place; Syd.: Kvalbo Eide (July 17"^).

32. Plantago Coronopus L.

Found only on Syd.: between Sunnbo and Agraberg (C. J.), Vaags
Ejde (R., !), Kvalbo Ejde (!). Grows in grassy, fairly dry localities, not
far from the sea.

Fl. beginning of July.

33. P. lanceolata L.

(>onimon in the lower localities, but does not extend up the hills.
It is to bc found under many forms, amongst others, f. eriophylla (Dcne.)

Fig. 21. Plantago lanceolata L., var. depressa Kostr. Specimen from Sydero (Kvalbo, July 21th 1897).

(V-.> naiural size).

which occurs here and there. Characteristic is the var. depressa Rostr.
1. c. p. 54, its broadh' ovate leaves (20 — 26 mm. broad, 75 — 80 mm.
long) lying flat on the ground (Fig. 21). Grows on sandy soil near the
sea-shore; Syd.: Kvalbo, and Sando: Sands (R., !).
Fl. June. Fr. August.

t P. major L.

Accidentally introduced as a weed near houses. Str. ; Kirkebo
(R., !); Vaago: Sorvaag (Landt).

34. P. maritima L.

Common both on the sea-shore, in close grass, in rocky clefts and
on ledges, and in the hills. It varies immensely in size, form and

Botany of the Fieroes. 4

50

hairiness; on fertile rock-ledges large healthy forms are found with
long cylindrical spikes, and long leaves flat or concave; on unfavourable
soli — bare gravelly plains on the hills or unfertile clefts as also in close
grass — forms are found with globose, few-flowered spikes and cylindrical
or semi-cylindrical leaves, only a few centimetres in length; these may
probably be classed under f. pygmaea Lge. apud Rostr. 1. c. p. 55.

P. borealis Lge., which however is only a form of P. maritima, does not
occur on the Færoes (Kurtz and Ostenf. II).

Fl. June — July. Fr. August — September.

Order XI. PLUMBAGINACEAE.

35. Armeria elongata (Hoffm.) Koch.

Common both in the lowlands and in the hills, in clefts of rocks,
on ledges and on bare stony ground. Var. maritima (Mill.) Willd. is
most frequently met with, but in the hills specimens are also found
that must be reckoned as var. sihirica (Turcz).
Fl. June — July.

Order XII. PRIMULACEAE.

36. Anagallis teneila L.

As early as 1794 a drawing of this jilant was made for Fl. Dan.,
tab. 1086, after specimens from the Færoes, and in 1821 Trevelyan re-
discovered it at the stated habitat, Vaago, near Bosdalafos. It has since
been vainly sought there by others, but we found it in great quantities
and in full flower over a smaller area. We also found it on Ost.
near Toftevatn ; in both piaces it grew in close grass on flat land near
the shore of the lake. Probably its late flowering has been the reason
why so many have failed to find it.

Fl. August 19*'' (Ost.); August 26"' (Vaago, bearing young fruit).

37. Lysimachia nemorum L.

This plant is a rather unexpected addition to the flora. We found
it on S t r. near Leinumvatn on a sand}' grass-covered patch near the lake.
Fl. end of July (very sparinglj).

38. Primula acaulis (L.) Jacq.; P. grandiflora Lam.

Known from olden times on S and 6, where it grows on rock-
ledges near Trodum. Tradition says that it is imported, but as it is
common in the Shetland and Orkney Isles, it is most likely a native.
The faet that the inhabitants of the island remove it from its habitats
into their gardens may account for the tradition that it is imported.

Fl. June.

Order XIII. PYROLACEAE. ^

39. Pyrola minor L.

Found at some stations in Gr//nmi«-heath, at high levels, but absent
in low-lying lands, where it might be expected to grow in clefts and

51

on hill-slopes. Bord o: Klakken 400 m. (!), Holgafjæld, 335—475 m. (!);
Fuglo: plateau in the hills, 575 ni. (!); Str.: Stigafjæld 400 ni. (C. J.).
Sterile everywhere except on Holgafjæld, the shoots grow in a close
G/7/??mm-carpet, only the small leaves reaching above the nioss and
spreading themselves on it. On Holgafjæld \ve found both this sterile
form in nioss from 335—380 m., and a large robust form (finished
flowering August 14"^) wliich grew on a luxuriant rocky ledge manured
by birds, at about 475 m., facing south-west.

Order XIV. RUBIACEAE.

t Galium Aparine L.

Accidentally introduced. Syd.: sliore at Porkere (R.).
Fl. beginning of August.

40. G. palustre L.

Only found on Ost.: by the lake near Ejde (!).
Fl. niiddle of August (sparingly).

41. G. saxatile L.

Common in low-lying regions on grassy slopes.
Fl. June— July.

Landt mentions both G. boreale and G. iiliginosum but to judge from his
e.\haustive descriptions, he no doiibt refers to the above-mentioned species.

Order XV. SCROPHULARIACEAE.

42. Alectorolophus minor (Ehrh.) Wimm. & Grab.

Common in enclosed fields where it is often found in considerable
quantities and together v^åth Euphrasia borealis; occurs rarely on vs'aste
ground outside the enclosures.

Fl. July. Fr. August — September.

43. A. groenlandicus (Chab.) Ostenf. emend.

Found here and tliere on the islands on luxuriant terraces of basalt
rock, ahvays clearly distinguished from the above species both with
regard to its habit and habitat. — Fuglo: on the southern slope of
the hill, 200 m.; Nolso: talus of débris gathering on the eastern side;
Str.: ravine near Gjanore; Sj'd. : ravine near Trangisvaag; Vid.: ravine
near Vedvig; talus of débris gathering at Enneberg; Øst.: rocky ledges
at Ostnæs (Næs-Reuk); ravine near Selletræ.

Fl. Julj' fappears to flower somewhat later than the above).
Fr. August — September.

Of late years, several authors have described a great many
species of the genus Alectorolophus (Rhinanthiis), some of which
belong to the group Minores Sterneck, mostly consisting of species
with a northerly distribution; though these new species do not
differ much from A. minor, yet they appear to have certain per-

4*

52

manent features which make them distinguishable ; and their claim
to be a separate species is further proved by their geographical
distribution.

By means of the large Arctic collection belonging to the Bota-
nical Gardens in Copenhagen, I have been able to study the Arctic forms
of this species which have been described as A. borealis Sterneck^ and
Rhinanthiis groenlandiciis Chabert^ Unfortunately the descriptions
are based on a hmited number only of specimens, so that the
authors were unable to ascertain the relative importance of the
characteristics pointed out by them. Thus, Sterneck gives as the
chief characteristic of his A. borealis its hairy calyx, a characteristic
which it shares only with A. asperulus Murb. from the Bosnian
mountains. Further investigations show that among a large num-
ber of Arctic specimens there are always some with a hairy calyx,
but the greater part with glabrous, though the specimens do not
otherwise differ from each other in any respect. As Sterneck only
had a few young specimens for examination (»Das eine . . . voll-
ståndige Individuum gestattet . . . eine Beschreibung und Benen-
nung . . .«), his description is also incomplete with regard to
fruiting and seeding.

Chabert's description oi Rhinanthiis (jroenlandiciis is based on
some Greenland specimens, which were very large and robust, as
is often the case with those from Greenland; his description is
otherwise fairly correct, though he goes to the other extreme from
Sterneck in emphasizing the glabroxsity of his species.

According to the specimens — upwards ofa hundred in number —
mostly from Greenland and Iceland, which I have had for exa-
mination, I tliink that A. horealis and Rhinanthiis groenlandicus
ought to be regarded as extreme forms of an Arctic species, which
differs from A. minor by its broader leaves with spreading teeth,
and the bright yellow colour of the upper part of the plant. The
latter feature has induced older botanists (e. g. J. Vahl) to regard
the large Greenland specimens as A. major, from which it is quite
distinct.

With regard to the naming of this Arctic species, I prefer Chabert's

1 Jacob V. Sterneck: Revision des Alectorolophus-Materiales des Herbarium
Delessert. Annaire du Conservatoire et du Jardin botaniques de Geneve, 3 année,
1899.

- Alfred Chabert: Etude sur le Genre Rhinanthus L. Bulletin de l'Her-

bier Boissier, 7 année, 1899.

53

naiiie for the tbllowing reasons: his description suits the majority
of the Arctic specimens, while Sterneck's only appHes to a lew

Fig. ■>2. Alectorolophiis groenlandiciis (Chab.) Ostenf. 1. from Greenland (Frederikshaab, Aug. ISlh 188«);

•J. from Iceland (Olafsdaliir, Aug. 'ioth 1897); 3. from the Færoes (a. Fuglii, Aug. 7th 1897; h. Ostero,

Selletræ, Aug. 21,st 1897);; '/, var. nriimmnndllaiii (B. Whilej Ostenf., from Iceland (Evjafjord, July 30th

(a) and (b) 31st 1897). ('/•, natura! size).

varying specimens; t'urther I am pretty sure that Sterneck's A. bo-
realis is identical with var. Driimmond-Haiji , which F. Biichanan

54

White ^ has reported from the Scottish Highlands: »Calyx pubes-
cent with short hairs. Stem more or less shaggy (especially at
the lower part) with articulated hairs. Plant dwarf, 2—5 inches
high, in our specimens not branched.« Through the kindness of
Dr. Murbeck I have had an opportunity of becoming acquainted
with the original specimens of this small form which is mentioned
as a variety of Rhinanthus crista galli (= A. minor) and I am of
opinion that they are identical with small Icelandic speciriiens,
which again coincide with the description of A. horealis; the latter
is beyond doubt a low, more densely hairy variety of the main
species A. groenkmdicus, both of which, however, have sometimes
the hairy calyx, but while this is rarely the case with regard to the
main species, it often occurs in the variety. The latter ought to be
called by the old name given by White.

I give below a short description of A. groenlandiciis and its var.
Drummond-Haiji together wåth a list of the localities whence I have
seen specimens (all of which, except where otherwise stated, are to
be found in the coUection of the Botanical Gardens in Copenhagen).

Alectopolophus groenlandicus (Chab.) Ostenf. emend.; Fig. 22, 1-3;
Syn. Rhinanthus groenlandicus Chabert, Bull. Herb. Boissier 1899, p. 515.

Stem 15—45 cm. high, more or less shaggy at the angles, simple,
or with a few short ascending branches. The length of the inter-
nodes varying from half as long as the leaves to twice as long.

Leaves large, somewhat fleshy, coarsely serrate with spreading
teeth, broadly lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate (A. minor has narrowly
lanceolate leaves, serrate with adpressed teeth.).

Bracts glabrous, seldom hairy, large, the lowest at least twice
as long at the calyx, with bristle-pointed gradually diminishing teeth.

Calyx large, 13—25 mm. long [A. minor, about 10—12 mm.), glabrous
on the surface, rarely with unicellular short hairs, edges pubescent.

Corolla like that of A. minor, but bright yellow excepting the
two minute teeth below the apex of the upper lip.

Capsule large, 10— 18 mm. long [A. minor, about 7 mm.); seeds
winged.

The whole plant especially the upper part is of a bright yellow-
green colour without the violet-brownish tinge which is characteri-
stic of A. minor.

Fl. July — August, Fr. August— ^September.

1 F. Buchanan White, »Notes of the Herbarium of the Perthshire Natural
History Museum«:; The Scottish Naturalist, 1883—86, p. ."524.

55

Geographical distribution: Labrador (?); West-Green-
land: 60^—65*^ N. Lal., common; Iceland: Brjamslækur, Reykjavik,
Olafsdalur, Mafahlifl, Ingjaldsholl, H ornat] aråarej'j ar, Husavik, Slutnes;
The Færoes: see abovc; Arctic Norway: Hammerfest, Alten, Soro;
Lapmark: Quickjok, Kengis.

— — var. Drummond-Hayi (B. White) Ostenf. ; Fig. 22, 4; Syn.
Rhinanthiis crista galli L., var. Drummond-Hayi Buchanan White,
Scottish Naturalist, 1885—86, p. 324; A. borealis Sterneck, Ann. Con-
servat. et Jardin hot. de Geneve. 1899, p. 25.

Slem simple, 5 — 10 cm. high; leaves narrower, bracts smaller
and both generally with short unicellular hairs on the upper side;
Calyx and capsule smaller, the former often with short unicellular
hairs on the surface.

Geographical distribution: Unalaschka (according to Ster-
neck); West Greenland: Nennese, Kornak; Iceland: Hotfjardara, Silf-
varstaåir, Reykjavik, Reykjahliå, Vallanes; Scotland: Ben Lowers, alt.
3350 feet (Buchanan White).

The genus Euphrasia has been the subject of our special atten-
tion during our excursion and I have therefore had a very rich
material at my disposal; besides these newly gathered specimens
there are some smaller and badly preserved ones in the collection
of the Botanical Gardens determined by Prof. Wettstein.

In working up this subject I have made use of Wettstein:
Monographie der Gattung Euphrasia, 1896, and F. Townsend:
Monograph of the British Species of Euphrasia, Journ. of Botany
1897; but it must be admitted that several of the species have
appeared to me to be hardly distinct and it was even necessary
to draw an arbitrary and unnatural line to distinguish them from
each other. Thus E. latifolia merges on the one band into E. atro-
piirpiirea (— E. fonlaensis) and on the other into E. ciirta; and E.
scotica is difficult to distinguish from E. gracilis, whilst it also
tends towards E. atropurpurea. In the meantime I have done my
best to distinguish them from each other and the follovs'ing is a list
of them:

44. E. atropurpurea (Rostr.) Ostenf. mscr. ; Syn. E. gracilis, L atro-
purpurea Rostr. Fær. FL, 1870, p. 48 (vidi specimina originaha); Syn.
E. foulaensis Towns., Wettst. 1. c. pp. 139 and 299, Towns. 1. c. p. 422.

Found here and there on all the Islands, but not in the lowlands,
generally grows in the hills on grassy rock-ledges, from 300 m. up-
wards.

56

45. E. bopealis (Towns.) Wettst. pp. 108 and 298; Towns. p. 400.

This is the only Færoese species with larger corollas; common and
characteristic in swampy pasture-lands and found only in the lowlands.

At Sands on Sando we found in great quantities a large-sized
Eiiphrasia, which was only to be distinguished from E. borcalis by its
small corollas (5—7 mm.), which I put down as var parviflora n. var.

46. E. curta Fr.; Wettst. p. 128; Towns. p. 417.

Found here and there beyond enclosed fieids in the lowlands and
in the lower hills (until 200 m.). Not met with on the Nordreoer.

47. E. gracilis Fr., Wettst, p. 143; Towns. p. 423.

The specimens which I refer to this species were gathered on
fairly dry ground in the lowlands in the following piaces; Sando:
Sands; Syd.: Vaag. ; Vid.: Viderejde; Ost.: Selletræ.

48. E. latifoliaPursh.; Wettst. pp. 136 and 298; Towns. p. 420:
Syn. E. arctica Lge. apud Rostr. Fær. Fl. 1870. p. 47.

Found here and there on the islands on rock-ledges both lower
down and up in the hills. e. g. Kalso: Mygledal; Vid.: Enneberg

(E. W.).

49. E. scotica Wettst. p. 170; Towns. p. 425; E. gracilis Rostr.
1. c. p. 48, non Fr.

Common and characteristic in the low-lying part of the fields beyond
enclosures on damp peaty soil.

All these species of the Eiiphrashi tlower from the end of .lune
and have ripe fruit in August.

50. Pedicularis palustris L.

Found here and there in bogs in low-lying regions on most of the
islands, but not on the Nordreoer.

Fl. July. Fr. end of August.

51. Veronica aipina L.

Found on grassy patches at high levels. Bor do: Hojefjæld, 620 m. (!);
Kun o: at the southern end, at about 700 m. (!); Vid.: Villingedalsfjæld,
700 m. (!); Malingsfjæld, 5—600 m. (!).

The older reports of this species being met with on the islands must
be mistaken, it having no doubt been confounded with the hill form of
V. officinalis, as can be proved by Lyngbye's specimens, which I have seen.
Fr. August.

52. V. Beccabunga L.

According to Rostrup, found here and there in low-lying districts;
we only saw it on Str. at Thorshavn; besides these specimens there
ara specimens in the collections only from Ost.: Næs (Lyngb.).
Fl. beginning of July.

t V. hederaefolia L.

Accidental weed at Thorshavn (R.).

57

53. V. officinalis L.

Rather common in low-lying regions on liill-slopes and on rock-
ledges; also occurs at liigh levels and there mostly as f. glabrata Fri-
stedt (Yaxtgeogr. skildr, af Sodra Ångermanland, Upsala 1857), e. g.
Bor (16: Holgaljæld, 450 m. Vid.: Malingsfjæld, 500 m.

Fl. beginning of July. Fr. August, but bears Iruit sparingly;
often fails altogethcr in the hills.

54. V. serpyllifolia L.

Common both in and beyond enclosed fieids and in the hills; in
the latter as var. borealis Læstad. (Nova Acta soc. scient. Upsala, 11,
1839), e. g. Vid.: Malingsfjæld, 600 m. Ost.: Fuglefjordsfjæld, 600 m.
Fl. beginning of July. Fr. August.

LimoseUa nqiiatica was reported by Lyngbye (Collin : For Historie og Stati-
stik I. p. 124, Kjobenhavn) as having beeii found by him at the foot of SkjelHng-
fjæld, but Lyngbye's specimens from the above locabtj' and bearing this name
are Litorella laciistris.

Landt further mentions Bartschin alpina from Nortli-Stromo, but this state-
ment requires verification.

Order XVI. VACCINIACEAE.

55. Vaccinium Myrtillus L.

Rather common on all the istands, on hill-slopes, rock-ledges and
amongst moss on the highest plateaux of the lower hills where it occurs
mostly in the small-leaved, sterile forms of f. pugmaea Ostenf. (I. p. 150),
see Fig. 23, a.

Fl. June. Fr. August, but hardly seems to bear fruit; we only
found a few berries at one place on Syd. and at another on Vid.

56. V. uliginosum L.

Found as above, but lower down and much more rarely; Nol so
(R.); occurs here and there on Str., Sando and Vaago (R., !); further
at Ejde on Ost. (R.). Resides the main form we found in Grimmia-
carpet on some hill-tops (400—700 m.) f. microphylla Lge. Consp. Fl.
Groenl. p. 268, viz. Bordo: Hojefjæld and Gjerdum Rejn; Vid.: Morne-
fjæld.

Flowering and fruiting as above, but we only observed fruit
(ripe August 29*^) on Sando: Saltvigsvatn.

57. V. Vitis idaea L.

Found in fairh' dr}- localities on hill-slopes in the lowlands, but
only at a few piaces, e. g. Nolso (R.); Sando: between Skopen and
Sand (!); Str.: Lcjnumvatn (!); Vestmanhavn (Kissmeyer); Syd.: Tværaa
(!); Vaago: xMidvaag (R).

We nowhere observed it in flower, but the specimens from Vest-
manhavn (June 29"' 1893) have full-blown flowers. On the other band
it mav be taken for granted that it does not bear fruit.

58

B O.

59

B. Choripetalae.
Order XVII. CALLITRICHACEAE.

58. Callitriche hamulata Kiitz.

Conimon on thc Islands in (iitches and pools of water in the lower
districts; grows to a height of about 200 m. Landforms with linear
leaves are most frequent, but liere and there aquatic forms with floating
leaves, spatulate, in a rosette are also found.

In my list (Ostenf. III. p. 140) I mention (.. pediinciilaUi from
Miavevatn on Stromo, but on further investigation I think thai the
specimens collected must be placed under C. hamulata, though all the
fruits have stalks, some even long stalks, as the sharpl}^ marked keel
peculiar to C. pcdnnciilata D. C. is wanting. Doubtless on the Færoes
C. pcdanciilata has not become difTerentiated from C. hamulata, as Hegel-
maier (Zur Systematik von Callitriche; Yerhandl. d. bot. Vereins f.
Brandenburg, IX, p. 33) points out as being the case in the British
Isles. This accounts for the frequent occurrence of the landform, though
C. hamulata is rarely a land plant, in contra-distinction to C. pcdnncii-
lata which is frequently found on damp ground.

59. C. stagnalis Scop.; C. verna Landt, non L.

Commonly grows together with the preceding, but is still more
frequent. as it occurs b}^ everj- water-pool and small stream in low-lying
regions. Rostrup mentions (1. c. p. 58) a var. pcdnnciilata as possibly
identical with C. pediincnlata D. C, but it is only a small landform
which is typical C. stagnalis, only some of the fruits are short stalked
(specimens in the collection of the Museum of the Botanical Gardens).

No part of our rather large material consisted of C. verna L.
(C. vevnalis Koch) and I think Landt's statement is a confusion with
the above-named species. Also Sim mons's statement (1. c. p. 73) is
based on a wrong determination; this I have been able to prove as he
has kindly placed his specimens at my disposal, and they turned out
to be the aquatic form of C. hamulata.

60. C. autumnalis L.

Occurs only on Syd., in the lake at Vaags Ejde (R., !).
All the species have ripe fruit in August.

Order XVIII. CARYOPHYLLACEAE.

t Agpostemma Githago L.

Str. : Skjelling »in agris« (Lyngbye 1817). No doubt accidentally
introduced in corn-fields in one single 3'ear; not scen afterwards.

61. Alsine verna Bartl. var. hirta (Wormsk.) Lge.

Syd.: Ornefjæld at some 400 m. (!).

This small unpretending plant no doubt occurs in several piaces
on the hills, but we only met with a solitary specimen.

60

62. Cerastium alpinum L.

Fug 16: on rock-ledges at about 600 m. (!). All the numerous
piants met with were c?; in the beginning of August, (Aug. 7*'^) they
were in full flower.

63. C. Edmondstonii (Wats.) Murb. & Ostenf, in Murbeck: Studier
ofver kritiska kårlvaxtformer III. De nordeuropeiska formerna of
slagtet Cerastium. Botaniska Notiser 1898, p. 246. — C. latifoUiim,
^ Edmondstonii Watson, London Botan. Soc. Catalogue of British
Piants 1844. — C. nigrescens and ^, acntifolinm Edmondston, Flora
of Shetland p. 29, 1845. — C. latifolinm Auctt. non. Linné; Rostr.
Fær. Fl. p. 36. C. arcticum Lange, Fl. Dan. facs. 50, p. 7, 1880 pro
parte (for the remaining synonyms see Murbeck 1. c).

Conimon on all the istands on the platcaux in bare gravelly stony
ground, but not in the lowlands.

Fl. June. Fr. July — September.

Fig. '24. Ccnistinm Edmondsloni (Wats.) Murb. & Ostenf. Specimen Ironi Svino (Aug. 7th, 1897).

(V') natural size).

This species (Fig. 24), which is pretty distinct from the Alpine
C. latifolinm L., l)ut verges towards another Alpine species C. nniftornm
Murith (C. glaciale Gaud.) has been very dilTerently reported. The
honour of having made it fairly well-known falls to Johan Lange,
whose name, however, cannot be used on account of a claim to
priority fully pointed out by Murbeck in his above-mentioned
treatise (p. 247), and I had also arrived at the same conclusion
independently of Murbeck's investigation, at that time not yet pub-
lished. In the meantime on examining Lange's original specimens
to C. arcticnm I also observed that he himself was not thoroughly
acquainted with it, thus, he has referred several Iceland and Green-
land specimens of C. alpinum to C. arcticum, when they had a

(51

dense growtli and sliort internodes (being young the scarious-
margined l)racts which are a characteristic of C. alpinum liad not
yet come out). Togelher with a few other phanerogams ( Eiiphrasiae
and Alchimilla faeroensis) they form a small group of species, which
is generally dispersed in all the Færoes; but otherwise they have
a rather limited distribution. The Færoes seem to form the centre
of their developement.

64. C. glomeratum Thuill.; C viscosiim Auctt. non Linné;

Rostr. Fær. FI. p. 85.

Rather rare in enclosed fieids, found at the following piaces. — S tr.:
Kirkebo (R., !); H6jvig(R.); Syd.:Kvalb6 (R., !), Trangisvaag C!), Frodeb5 (!),
Vaag 0); Vaago: Midvaag (R.).
Fr. July— August.

65. C. trigynum Vill.

S t r. Sneisen (L.) ; V i d. : Villingedalsfjæld (R.).

\Ve did not meet with it in our excursions, but specimens from
tlie two above-nientioned localities are to be found in the collection of
the Museum of the Botanical Gardens.

The locality ~ Nolso — mentioned by Rostrup (p. 36) must be
omitted, as Rostrups specimens are a very large-flowered C valgåre,
var. alpestrc.

66. C. tetrandrum Curt. ♦

Found here and there on sea-clitfs along the coasts and similar
piaces. Nolso: Talus of débris forming on the eastern side (!) and
by the village (R., !); Str.: Kirkebo (L.); Syd.: Frodebo (R.), Kvalbo
(R., U; Vaago: at Bosdalafos (!); Vid.: Enneberg (V^.); Ost.: Ejde,
Molen (L., !), Andefjord (R.).

In some of the above-mentioned localities var. Zetlandica Murb.
Cerast. p. 254 was found partly alone and partly together with the
main species (Nolso, Kirkebo, Bosdalafos and Andefjord).
Fr. July.

67. C. vulgare Hartm.; C. viilgatiim Auctt., non Linné; Rostr.

1. c. p. 34.

\eTy common outside enclosed fieids and on the hills as subspe-
cies alpestre (Lindbl.), often in gigantic forms (f. major Rostr. Fær. Fl.
p. 34) on Cliffs inhabited by sea-fowl ; on the other band the subspecies
triviale Link is probably rather rare, but still it occurs here and there
in enclosed fields.

Fl. June. Fr. Jul}' — August.

68. Honckenya peploides (L.) Ehrh.; Halianthiis Fr., Rostr.
1. c. p. 36.

Rather common on sandy sea-shores.

var. major Rostr. 1. c. p. 36. Leaves, elliptic-lanceolate, 10- —

62

Fig. 25. Honckenija peploides (L.) Ehrh., var. major Rostr. 1, Specimen from Stromo (Hojvig, July 30th 1897
2, typical specimen from Samlo (June 12th 1895). (1/2 natural size).

63

20 mm. broad and 25 — 50 mm. long; internodes 5 — 6 cm. long;
the whole plant gigantic 50 — ^70 cm. high. Flowers with rudimen-
tary pistil. (Fig. 25, i.)

Tilis curious gigantic form, whicli was first described by Rostrup,
occurs in a few piaces, but it appears to be a monstrous form, doubt-
less developed b}^ growing on soil very richly manured (quantities of
vvashcd up and rotting algæ).

Str.: Hojvig (!); Skuo (R); Syd.: Kvalbo (R, !); Trangisvaag (!);
Vid.: Kvannesund (Lomholt).

Fl. June— July. Fr. (main form) August.

69. Lychnis flos cuculi L.

Common in low-lying regions in boggy soil; sometimes bearing
white flowers (e. g. Syd.: Kvalbo). On Syd. (in Vaags Ejde) in very
windy localities a small dwarf form (f. pyginaea nov. f.) was found
with a one- (rarely two-) flowered stalk, 2—4 cm. high.

70. Melandrium rubrum (Weig.) Garcke; M. dhirmim (Sibth.) Fr.

Rostrup (p. 34) mentions that it occurs here and there; we only
met with it at a few piaces. Specimens found in the collections are from
the following localities: Str.: Kirkebo (L., R. , !) with var. parviflora
Rostr.; Kirkeboholm (R.); Tindholm (R.); Syd.: at Famien (!); Ost.:
Kodlen at Ejde (Lomholt) with f. expallens Lge (R.).
Fl. July.

7L Sagina nivalis (Lindbl.) Fr.

Found here and there on bare stony ground on the higher hills;
we met with it on most of the Islands, but not on Sando and Sydero;
it has not previously been reported from the Islands, probably on
account of its having been regarded as a form S. prociimbens (/3 penta-
mera Rostr.). Bord 6: Hojefjæld, 600 m. (!); Fugl 6: on rock-ledges
575 m. (!); Nolso (R., sub. nom. S. prociimbens) \ Str.: summit of
Bodlafjæld (!); Vaago: Midvaag (R., sub. nom. S. snbidata, var. glabra
Rostr.); Ost.: Rejafjæld 600 m. (!).
Fl. June — July. Fr. August.

72. S. procumbens L.

Common everywhere, as well on moist ground in and outside
enclosed fields as on moist gravelly spots in the hills and amongst
hydrophile mosses.

Rostrup (p. 37) reports the occurrence of 2 forms, viz. « tetramera
and ^ pentamera of which the latter is distinguished by its pentamerous
flowers, somewhat larger petals and longer peduncles; but this latter
one judging from his description and a specimen in the collection of
the Botanical Gardens is S. nivalis, as also mentioned above.
Fl. June— July. Fr. August — September.

73. S. procumbens L. X subulata (Sw.) Prsl.; S. micrantha
Boreau in E. Martin: Catalogue des plantes vasculaires et sponta-
nées des environs de Romorantin 1875; Ref. in Bull de la Soc.

64

Bot. de France, Revue bibliogr. pp. 186 — 88, 1875, and Just, Botan.
Zahresber. 3, 1875, p. 682. — S. procumbens X siibiilata noni. nud.,
Rostrup: Vegetationen ved Klitmoller i Thy, Botan. Tidsskr. vol.
XIX. 1895. p. XLVIII.

Amongst the material of the genus Sagina collected by Rostrup,
some specimens were found which I must regard as a hybrid
form between S. procumbens and snbnlata. A hybrid like this is
mentioned briefly (according to reports) by E. Martin in his above-
mentioned paper; in »Bull. de la Soc. Bot. de France« we find the
following rejjort: »Sagina qui parait étre un hybride produit entre
la ^S. procumbens, dont il a le port el les tiges radicantes, et le
S. subulata, dont il a la pubescence et qu'il rappele en partie:
M. Boreau lui a donné le nom de S. micrantha.« Without having
any knowledge of this paper Rostrup, in Botan. Tidsskrift 1895, states
that »in the hollows between the downs (at Klitmoller in Thy, Jut-
land) a hybrid, Sagina procumbens x subulata was found at several sta-
tions amongst the parent piants.« There is no description of it, but in
the collection of the Botanical Gardens in Copenhagen there are some
specimens from the stated habitat, and these I have been able to
examine. The hybrid resembles in habit mostly S. procumbens, but
it has a more vigorous rootstock of several years standing. The
leaves are glandular-ciliate, the peduncles long and below the flowers
glandular-hairy; flowers are smaller than those of S. subulata, but
somewhat larger than those of S. procumbens; capsule not developed;
no seed.

The Færoese specimens correspond to tlie Danish ones, and are
from the following localities: Str. : Glyversrejn (R. , sub. nom. S. pro-
cumbens) and Ost.: Ejde (R., sub. nom. S. subulata), but a further exami-
nation will doubtless prove it to be more wideh' distributed.

74. S. subulata (Sw.) Prsl.

Common in Ijare, gravelly somewhat damp spots outside enclosed
fieids and on the hills up to a height of 500 m.
Fl. June — Julj'. Fr. August— September.

Sagina nodosa is reported b}' Landt (p. 197) to »grow together with the
preceding (i. e. Spergiila arvensis) by Landevaag church,« but as it has not been
met witli there Ijy others, it is very probable that Landt has confused it with
a Spergnla arvensis with stems strongly swollen at the nodes.

75. Silene acauiis L.

Common on the hills, and often right down to tlie sea on fairly
dry, gravelly soil; sometimes bears white flowers.
Fl. May — June. Fr. July — August.

65

76. Spergula arvensis L.

Found here and there in enclosed fields near houses, especially in
newly cultivated land; it seems most frequent on Sydero and rarer on
Nordrecier.

Fl. July. Fr. August— September.

77. Stellaria media (L.) Cyril.

Common in enclosed lields, in manured soil, e. g. on cliffs inhabited
by sea-foNvl.

On sandy sea-shore near Midvaag on Vaago we met with a curious
compact form (f. umbellata n. f.) The inflorescence resembles a glomerule,
the upper internodes being short and the upper leaves developed into bracts.
FI. June — Jul}^ Fr. July — September.

78. S. uliginosa Murr.

Common in and by small streams, most frequent amongst mosses;
only in low-lying regions.

Fl. June— July. Fr. August — September.
Landts Stellaria graminea must doubtless be referred to this species.

Order XIX. CHENOPODIACEAE.

79. Atriplex Babingtonii Woods., \. virescens Lge.

Rather rare on sea-shores; Bordo: Bord6vig(!); Syd.: Kvalbo (R.),
Trangisvaag (!), Famien (Simmons); Vaago: Sorvaag (R.), Midvaag (!).

80. A. hastata L.

Found here and there on the sea-shore, especially in the interior
of the fjords.

81. A. patula L.

Same localities as the preceding species, but more frequent.
These three species flower in July — August and bear fruit in September.

t Chenopodium album L.

Accidentally introduced at Thorshavn (R.).

Order XX. CORNACEAE.

82. Cornus suecica L.

Found here and there outside enclosed fields on small hills or
knoils where the vegetation is heathj^; it flowers rather sparingly and
seldom bears fruit and not every year.

Fl. June— July. Fr. August— September.

Order XXI. CRASSULACEAE.

83. Sedum Rhodiola D. C.

Common on rock -ledges both in low-lying regions and far up in
the hills.

Fl. June. Fr. August.

Botany of the Færoes 5

66

84. S. villosum L.

Common on bare, damp gravelly spots on the hills as well as by
streams in low-lying dlstricts.

Fl. June— July. Fr. end of August.

Order XXII. CRUCIFERAE.
Arabis alpina L.

Kun 6: On the hills at some 700 m. (Trevelyan). No specimens
are to be found in the collection of the Botanical Gardens, Copenhagen,
but as it can hardly be a confusion I give it on the authority of Trevelj'an.

85. A. petraea (L.) Lam.

Common on bare gravelly stony ground in the hills from about
200 m., also frequent on rock-ledges and in crevices of rocks.

It varies considerably as regards the dentation and hairiness of
the leaves, the number of stem-leaves, and the size and form of the petals.
Fl. June — July. Fr. August.

Older authors have given this species many names: Arabis hispida f. bastu-
lata Horn. is the hairy form; Cardamine faeroénsis Horn. the glabrous form
with deepljr pinnatifid leaves; and lastl}' Martins's Lepidium alpiniim {Hiilschinsia
alpina) is doubtless also identical with the latter form.

t Brassica campestris L.

Rather common as weed in corn and potato fields.
F\. beginning of July. Fr. end of August.

t B. Napus L.

Weed amongst corn. Syd.: Frodebo (W.).

t B. nigra (L.) Koch.
Weed at Thorshavn (R.).

86. Cakile maritima Scop. var. latifolia (Poir).

Frequent on sandy sea-shores especially in the interior of the fjords;
met with on Sando, Str. , Syd. and Vaago.
Fl. June. Fr. August.

87. Capsella bursa pastoris (L.) Moench.

Rather common in inhabited piaces, round houses and in fields.
Fl. June— Jul^^

88. Cardamine hirsuta L.

The form campestris Fr. is spread all over enclosed lands especially
in fields in which corn or potatoes have been grown in the preceding
3'ear; it graduall}' merges into \ar. silvatica (Link;, which is common on
damp, shady rock-ledges and in clefts of rocks; the latter ascends rather
far up the hills (e. g. Fugl o 500 m.).
Fl. May — June. Fr. July — Aug.

89. C. pratensis L.

Common in low-ljång regions on boggy ground especially in moss

67

carpets by small streams; it is also to be met with in moss carpets and
on rock-ledges on the hills (e. g. Kun 6 at about 550 ni.).
Fl. May — June. Fr. very sparingly (August .
Martinss report of C. impdticns from the neighbourhood of Thorsliavn must
undoubtedly l^e due to a misunderstandiug.

90. Cochlearia officinalis L.

Commonly dispersed both on the sea-shore, in clefts of rocks and
ravines and on gravelly plateaux on the hills.
Fl. Maj'. Fr. July — August.

It is often perennial and flowers several times (see Fig. 1 by Ostenf. I
p. 146) especially when growing amongst damp moss in ravines.

All the many different forms of Cochlearia, found in the Færoes,
pass so imperceptibly into one another, that it seems most natural to
name them collectively under one name which includes everything
Rostrup 1. c. p. 41 names C. officinalis, C. danica and C. arctica ; true C.
danica does not occur on the Islands.

91. Draba hirta f. rnpestris (R. Br.).

Found here and there on rock-ledges and in clefts often far up the
hills (e. g. Ost.: Fuglefjordsfjæld at about 600 m. and Rejafjældstinde,
685 m.) and seldom in low-ljång regions; dispersed over all the Islands ;
rarest on Syd. and San do (Syd.: Tværaa (!)).

The D. corymbosa from Hesto reported by Rostrup 1. c. p. 40. is either a
D. hirta which looks rather curious because the pods contain no developed seeds
or perliaps a hylirid between D. hirta and D. incana.
Fl. June. Fr. July — August.

92. D. incana L.

Rather common on all the Islands on rock-ledges and in ravines
not so far up the hills as the preceding.
Fl. June — July. Fr. July — August.

Draba verna is reported by Landt to occur here and there on the hills,
but this statement must be due to a misunderstanding.

t Raphanus Raphanistrum L.
Accidentally introduced at Thorshavn (R.).
t Sinapis alba L.

Accidentally introduced at Thorshavn (R.) and Kirkebo (!) on Str.
Fl. August.

t S. arvensis L.

Accidentally introduced; Str.: Thorshavn (R.); Kirkebo (!); Vaago:
Sorvaag (R., Lomholt).

Fl. July. Fr. August.

93. Subularia aquatica L.

Grows under water on the gravelly bottom of several small lakes;
Sando: lake on Vardebakken at some 300 m. (!), Leinumvatn and Miave-
vatn(!); Ost: Kornvatn near Næs, at some 100 m. (W.).
Fl. Jul}'. Fr. August.

5*

68

Landt (1. c. p. 204) mentions that Nastiirtium officinale occurs frequently in
eiiclosed fieids especially in fieids »which have been cultivated the year before« ;
this explains the confusion with Cardamine hirsiita L. Also Hornemann reports
that it was found In' Lynglwe, but a specimen in the collection of the Botanical
Gardens, Copenhagen, gathered by the latter and labelled Sisymhriiim Nastiirtiiim,
is a young not flowering plant of Cardamine pratensis , so even this statement is
incorrect.

Order XXIII. DROSERACEAE.

94. Drosera rotundifolia L.

Very rare ; S a n d 6 : Nigitjern near Sands (R., !) ; S 3^ d. : near Tværaa and
Frodebo (R.). Occurred in a carpet of Sphagnum on Sando, fruiting
freely by the end of August, but the specimens were small and slender,
the inflorescences short and few-flowered.

Order XXIV. EMPETRACEAE.

95. Empetrum nigrum L.

Common everj'where on not too moist soil, both in the lowlands
and on the highest hills.

Fl. Ma}'. Fr. August, but fruiting very sparingly and differently
every year.

Order XXV. GERANIACEAE.

t Geranium molle L. (?).

A young not flowering specimen found as a weed in a garden at
Thorshavn (R.).

96. G. silvaticum L.

Rather common on luxuriant rock-ledges, but only in the lowlands.

Fl. June — July.
Martins mentions G. piatense , but it has doubtless been confused with the
above-mentioned.

Order XXVI. HALORAGIDACEAE.

97. Myriophyllum alterniflorum D. C.

Common in the numeroiis small lakes and in the streams running
out of them.

Fl. beginning of Jul}'.

Order XXVII. HYPERICACEAE.

98. Hypericum pulchrum L.

Common on rock-ledges and on hilly slopes; requires fairlj' dry

soil and favourable exposure and occurs most frequently in the pros-

trate or slightly ascending and slender form ff. procumbens Rostr. 1. c.

p. 34), but in good fertile soil the erect normal form can also be met with.

Fl. July. Fr. August— September.

69

99. H, quadrangulum L.

Only at Sorvaa^ on Vaago, on grassy hill-slopcs ncar thc sca
(Landt, Lyngbye, H.).

Lyngbj'e's speciniens in tlic coUectioii of the Botanical Gardens, Copenhagen
show that Treveh'an was wrong in stating that Lyngbye had found II. pcrfnratnm.
as Lyngb^es specimens are H. quadrangnlnm.

Order XXVIII. LINACEAE.

100. Linum catharticum L.

Common on grassy slopes in the lowlands on not too damp ground,
but not higher up the hills. It seems always to occur in a biennial state.
Fl. July. Fr. August— September.

Order XXIX. OENOTHERACEAE.

101. Chamaenerium angustifolium (L.) Scop.

Found here and there at Sundelaget: Str. : Kaibak (H. C. Møller),
Torsvig (R., !); Ost: Ostnæs near Næs (!), Selletræ (!), between Svinaa and
Lysaa(!); beyond this place only found near Vaag on Syd. (Lyngbye, !).

Grows on sunny rock -ledges and ravines and does not seem to
thrive, as it seldom flowers and hardly ever bears fruit.
Fl. end of August.

102. Epiiobium alsinifolium Vill.; E. origanifoliiim Lam.

Common in moss by streams and on damp rock-ledges. It extends
from the sea-shore to the highest altitudes (e. g. Vid. : Villingedalsfjæld,
700 m.).

This as well as the two following species flower from the end of
June and bear fruit in August.

103. E. anagallidifolium Lam.; E. alpiniim L. p. p.

Rather common on damp roclv-ledges, most frequently together with
the above-mentioned allied species, but it does not extend to the
low-lying regions so frequently as this does. It is rare on Sj^d., Sand 6
and So Uth- Str.

The var. dasycarpum mentioned b}' Rostrup I. c. p. 32 is not the true dasy-
carpiuu Hartman, wliich according to Hausskneclit is identieal with the below-
mentioned hybrid. Rostrups dasycarpum is only a form of E. anagallidifolium
witli capsule hairy underneatii.

E. anagallidifolium Lam. x palustre L.

Kun 6, near the village of Kuno, we gathered a few specimens of a
Epiiobium, which I have rcferred to this h3^brid; it was growing in com-
l)any with E. anac/nllidifoliiim, and E. palustre also occurred near it.

104. E. lactiflorum Hausskn.; E. roseiim Rostr. 1. c. p. 32, non
Schreb.

70

Frequently found together with the two above-mentioned; rarest on
Syd. and Sand 6, but more frequent than E. anagallidifoliam and as E. al-
sinifoliiiin it occurs sometimes in the lowlands in gravels by streams
and sucli like piaces.

105. E. montanum L.

Found liere and there on luxuriant sunny rock -ledges in low-lying
regions; sometimes as weed in gardens. ^Ye met with it on Kuno,
Nolso, Skuo (,R.), Str., Syd. and Vaago.
Fl. July. Fr. August— September.

106. E. palustre L.

Common in damp ground, especially along streams, but only in
low-lying regions.

Flower and fruit as the preceding.

Order XXX. PAPAVERACEAE.

107. Papavep radicatum Rottb.; P. midicaiile Aiictt., non L.

Only met with on the highest hills on bare gravelly ground and
in clefts of rocks. Bordo: Holgafjæld, 470 m. [D, Hojefjæld, 620 m. (!);
Fugl 6: on the hill at some 600 m. (!); Kai so: Blankeskaalefjæld, 6—800 m.
(Lomholt,!); [Str.:?, Landt]; Vid: Villingedalsfjæld (R.; 650 m. !), Mahngs-
fjæld, 625 m. (O, near Vedvig (H.Jonsson); Ost. (R.).
Fl. June— July. Fr. August.

Order XXXI. PAPILIONACEAE.

108. Lathyrus pratensis L.

Rather rare in enclosed fields near some villages. S a n d 6 : Sands (R., !) ;
Str.: Torsvig (!); Syd.: Kvalbo (R.), Hove (R.), Porkere (L.), Næs (!),
Sunnbo (C. Jensen); Vaago: Sandevaag (Landt).
Fl. end of July. No fruit.

109. Lotus corniculatus L. f. carnosa (Pers.).

Found here and here on low rock-ledges and slopes near the sea;
found on Sando, Str., Syd., Vaago and Vid.
Fl. July. Hardly fruiting.

t Pisum sativum L.

Accidental weed; Str.: Vestmanhavn (!); Syd.: Tværaa (R.\ Skarve-
tange (!).

f Tripolium hybridum L.

Accidentally introduced or cultivated; Str.: Thorshavn (Simmons),
Kirkebo(!); Syd.: Trangisvaag (H. C. Møller).

t T. pratense L.

As above; e. g. Str.: Kirkebo (!).

71

f T. procumbens L.

A weed at Thorshavn (H. C. Møller).

110. T. repens L.

Common in enclosed lields and just be^ond the stone walls, rarely
far away from houses, e. g. on the cairn-road between Ordevig and Hove
on Syd., at about 300 m. (!).
Fl. July. Fr. ?

111. Vicia Cracca L.

Found here and there in enclosed fields on most of the Islands,
but in the Nordreoer only on K u n 6.

Flowers sparingly in July and with only a few small pods deve-
loped (on Sando, end of August).

Order XXXII. POLYGALACEAE.

112. Polygala serpyllacea Weihe; P. depressa W end.; P. viilgaris,

var. grandiftora Kiirtz 1. c, non Bab.

Common everywhere in low-ljing regions, but not far up the hills.
Fl. Mny — November. Fr. August.

113. P. vulgaris L. var. Ballii (Nym.) Ostenf. II p. 13; P. Ballii
Nym. Consp. Fl. Europ. p. 83; P. biixifolia Ball in herb. ; P. vulgaris,
var. grandiftora Bab. Man. 7 ed. ; Alf. Bennett, Consp. Polygalarum
Europ., Jonrn. of Botany 1878, Sep. p. 7.

Fairly common on all the istands, but not nearly so frequent as
the preceding and on drier ground, prefers grassy hill-slopes in low-
lying regions.

As I have previously fully reported, I believe the vulgaris -form
which occurs on the Færoes (see fig. 26 p. 72) to be identical with the
var. grandiflora described Iw Babington (the name cannot be retained on
account of a previous application of it, as De Candolle has a var. grandi-
flora) and the well-known authority on Polygala, Prof. Chodat, Geneva,
corroborates this opinion.

Fl. beginning of Jul}'; Fr. August.

Order XXXIII. POLYGONACEAE.

114. Koenigia islandica L.

Common on bare gravelly Hats on hill-plateaux and outside enclosed
land; occurs at high attitudes as well as in low-lying regions and then
frequently in a large-sized form on the gravelly shores of lakes.
Fl: June— July. Fr. August.

115. Oxyria digyna (L.) Campd.

Common in ravines, on rock-ledges and on hill-jilaleaux.
Fl. June— July. Fr. August.

72

116. Polygonum amphibium L.

Rare, and doubtless originally accidentally introduced, but it con-
tinues to exist by reproducing itself. The land form, which occurs in
enclosed flelds does not flower at all, but on Sando Rostrup met with
the aquatic form bearing some spikes; in 1897, however, \ve did not
find any flowers in the same locality.

Sando: Sands (R., !^; Syd.: Vaag (R., !) and Sunnbo (C.Jensen).

Fig. 26. Polygala inilgaris L. var. Ballii (Nym.j Ostenf. Specimcn from Videro (Ostvig, Aug. 9th, 1897J.

(V2 natural size).

117. P. aviculare L.

Found here and there on the sea-shore, and as a weed at the villages.
Fr. end of August.

t P. Convolvulus L.

A weed at Thorshavn R., W.), but does not flower.

118. P. viviparum L.

Common outside enclosed fields and on the hills. It occurs some-
times with perfectly glabrous leaves and sometimes with leaves hispid
beneath.

Fl. June— July.

Landt mentions P. Pcrsicciria and P. Hydropiper. Is this not a confusion with
Danish states?

73

119. Rumex Acetosa L.

Common both in low-lying regions and on rock-lcdges and also on
iiill-plateaux, wliere il often occurs in a small dwarlish l'orni only a few
cm. high (f. alpina Rostr. p. 56). The hill forms cannot, liowever, be re-
ferred to R. arifolius All. as they have shiny, darli-brown nuls, at least
that is the case with the specimens which we brought home (e. g. Bordo:
Holgafjæld, 475 m.).

Fl. June-July. Fr. x\ugust.

t R. Acetosella L,

Weed in the rectory garden at Thorshavn (W.). Reported by Landt
as not rare, but this statement must be due to a misunderstanding.
Fl. August.

120. R. crispus L.

Found in enclosed fieids, but rare; Sando: Sands (Råben,!) and
Trodum (!); Str.: Kirkebod); Syd.: Tværaa (!).

This and the following species flower in July and bear fruit in
August — September.

121. R. domesticus Hartm.

Common in enclosed fields at the villages, often in considerable
quantities.

122. R. domesticus Hartm. x R. obtusifolius L.

Rather common together with the preceding and tlie following.

123. R. obtusifolius L. f. agrestis Fr. ; R. divaricatiis Fr.
Common in the same localities as the preceding.

The above-mentioned /?u/77fa"-species of the group Lapatluim Campd.
were all doubtless originally introduced by human agency, but have now
become thoroughly naturalized.

Order XXXIV. PORTULACACEAE.

124. Montia rivularis Gmel.

Very common partly as a weed in enclosed fields and partly amongst
moss along streams, but not at high attitudes.
Fr. July.

Rostrup 1. c. p. 37 records also Montia fontana L. a, niinur ifime\.) as occurring
»in considerable quantities as a weed everywhere in enclosed fields« , but adds
that a gradual transition to M. rivularis is to be met with. »and even the most
tj'pical (!) specimens hardh' Va an inch high had frequently as finely netted and
shiny seeds as the latter« : this shows that onh' .1/. rivularis is to be met with,
as is also proved by Rostrup's specimens. M. minor appears to be a species with
a more limited and southern distribution than M. rivularis. which, c. g. occurs
both in Iceland and in Greenland.

74

Order XXXV. RANUNCULACEAE.

125. Caltha palustris L.

Common on damp ground, bj^ preference in watercourses and pools
of water, but hardly up in tlie hills.

— — var. padicans (Forst.); C. palustris, var. zetlandica Beeby,

The Scottish Naturahst 1887—1888; vide E. Huth: Monographie der

Gattung Caltha, 1891, and Gunther Beck: Gliederung der Caltha

palustris, Verhdl. d. zoolog-botan. Gesellsch. in Wien 1886.

Near Kvalbo-rectorj^ on Syd. we found a form whicli matches C. radi-
cans Forst. It doubtless gradually merges into tlie typical forms and
can perhaps liardly claim to be called a variety ; intermediate forms
with cliaracteristic crenate leaves like the leaves of the C. radicans, but
stems not rootlng, were gathered by Rostrup near Thorshavn.
Fl. May. Fr. July.

126. Ranunculus acer L.

Common ever3'where in and outside enclosed fieids, on rock-ledges
and on the hills; in the latter frequently as i. piimila (Whbg.); e. g. Bordo:
Hojefjæld, 500 m.; Kalso: Blankeskaalefjæld at some 750 m.; Vid.:
Malingsfjæld 600 m. The lower part of nearly all the Færoese spe-
cimens is covered with stiff and spreading and very often dense, rusty-
brown hair.

Fl. June— July. Fr. August.

According to Trevelyan and Hornemann, R. nivalis waa found by Lyngbye,
and in the Museum of the Botanical Gardens, Copenhagen, there are a quantitj' of
Lyngbye's specimens labelled with this name, but this is not R. nivalis, but the
above-mentioned {. piiinila. Further Trevelyan records R. aiiricomus and R. hirsiitus
{R. sardoiis) and Landt mentions a »jR. hirtiis«^, but I regard all these statements
as referring to R. acer, the richly varied forms of which have caused these confusions.

127. R. Flammula L.

Common in low-lying regions amongst mosses and along streams,
often varying with regard to size and form.

— — f. speciosa nov. formå, fig. 27. The plant erect-ascending
or erect, glaucous; stemleaves about 10 mm. broad, petals 6 — 8,
large (about 10 mm. long, 8^ — 10 mm. broad).

This handsome form occurred on Str. near Orerenge mixed with
the typical form, but without merging into it.

C. Bailey (Forms and Allies of Ranunculus Flammula L. ; Journ.
of Botany, 1887, p. 135) mentions a form (»the large -flowered coarse
growing erect form«), which perhaps is identical with m}' f. speciosa,
but he gives it no name.

— — var. peptans (L.).

San do: Sandsvatn (R., !); Ost.: Toftevatn (L., !) It grew submersed
and was somewhat coarser than is common with the Scandinavian
specimens.

75

Fig". 27. Ranunculiis FhimmuUi L. f. speciosa Ostenf. Specitnens from Stromu (Orerenge, .Tuly 31st. IS

(V2 natural size).

76

128. R. glacialis L.

Not rare in the loose gravel on the highest hills from about 500 m.
upwards onVaago, Str. and Ost. In the Nordreoer only found on
Kai s 6 at Blankeskaalefjæld 6—800 m. (Lomholt, !) and does not occur
on San do and Syd.

Fl. May— June. Fr. August.

129. R. repens L.

Common in enclosed fields, occurring especially in considerable
quantities in piaces where corn or potatoes have been grown the j'^ear
before. It is very seldom met witli far from houses, but Rostrup men-
tions Tjornevigkamp on Str. and the top of Nol s 6.
Fl. June— July.

130. Thalictrum apinum L.

Common outside enclosed fields on the hill-sides extending from
the shore-line far up the hills.

Fl. June— July. Fr. August.

Landt records Ficnria raniinculoides from Kirkebo, but probablj' he mistook
for it the leaves of young specimens of Caltha.

Order XXXVI. ROSACEAE.

Alchimilla. In order to find out which species of this genus,
especially of the group viilgaris, occur on the Færoes, we made con-
siderable collections which we submitted to the well-known authority
on Alchimilla Dr. Buser, Geneva, for his opinion. He very kindly
determined them for us and came to the following conclusion.

131. A. alpina L.

Common on all the istands, mostly on rock-ledges and in crevices on
fairly dry ground, and on hill-plateaux; it extends right down to the sea,
but occurs most frequently in the higher regions.

In gravelly streams near Orerenge on Str. and in a deep cleft of
rock at Kvanhaugen on Syd. we found a f. tnincala Buser, the small
leaves of which had blunted tips.

132. A. faeroénsis (Lge.) Buser, Ber. d. schweiz. botan. Gesellsch.

1894 and Bull. de THerb. Boissier, II, 1894 p. 39; A fissa, v. faeroénsis

Lange, Nomenclator Floræ Danicæ, 1897; Al. fissa Rostr. p. 30.

Common in the same localities as the preceding, both far up the
hills and in low-lying regions. On exposed spots it becomes small and
stunted and then appears as f. pumila (Simmons: Några bidrag til Fær-
oernes flora 1; Botan. Notiser 1896 p. 70; see also Simmons, Om
Alchemilla faeroénsis (Lge) Buser, och dess artsratt, Botan. Notiser 1898
p. 68); f. vegeta Buser with leaves less hairy, nearly glabrous beneath is
a contrast to it (cfr. Simmons 1896, 1. c. p. 70); it occurs in very shady
piaces in clefts of rocks.

77

133. A. filicaulis Buser, Bull. d. l'Heib. Boissier, I, 1893, App. II.
Very common beyontl enclosed fieids and on the hills, in faet,

wherever the soil is fairly good and not too damp; f. lypica as well as
var. vestita Buser is to be met with, and the latter is perhaps the most
frequent; on the other hånd \ve only found the other extreme form:
var. deniidata Buser at one station (Vid:, Bergsmunna, 350 m.).

To this species beloiig the specimens recorded by Simmons (1896 p. 71) and
Ostcnf. (Il p, 13) as A.piibescens and Rostrnp's var. siibsericea.

134. A. Wichupae Buser, Bull. de l'Herb. Boissier, II, 1894.
Rather common on rock-ledges and in clefts, especially in rather

damp piaces; it does not occur near enclosed fields and in low-lying
regions, but extends up the hills. It seems to prefer such habitats as
those of A. faeroénsis to those of A. filicaulis.

To this belongs A. obtiisa recorded by Simmons (1896 p. 71) and Ostenf. (II
p. 13), further A. alpestris recorded b}' Simmons p. 71 and A. viilgaris recorded by
Rostrup 1. c. p. 30.

All these species of Alchimilla flower in June and bear fruit in
August, but A. filicaulis is perhaps the earliest and A. Wicluirae the latest.

135. Dryas octopetala L.

Rare and found only on some of the highest hills on the northern
istands; Fuglo: rock-ledges at some 600 m. (!); Vid.: Malingsfjæld (Mohr;
from 260—700 m. !) — on the other hånd it is absent on some of the
adjacent hills of the same altitude, e. g. Mornefjæld and Villingedalsfjæld — ;
Ost.: Kodlen near Ejde (Kissmeyer, R.) and several other piaces (R.).
Fl. June— July. Fr. August.

136. Geum rivale L.

Only found on Str. in the ravine near Vestmanhavn, where large
vigorous specimens occur over a small area; it flowers freely.
Fl. July. Fr. ?

137. Potentilla anserina L.

Rather frequent on sandy and gravelh' spots on the sea-shore and
sometimes in inhabited piaces.

Fl. July. Fr. August— September.

138. P. palustris (L.) Scop.

Only found on Syd. in the valley near Kvalbo (R.,!i and according
to an old statement (Mohr) near Gaasedal on Vaago.
Fl. July.

139. P. erecta (L.) Dalla Torre; P. Tormentilla Scop.
Common everywhere on peat}- soil in low-lying regions and also

rather high up the hills.

Fl. June— July. Fr. August— September.

140. P. verna L., P. nmculata Pourr., P. ambigiia Rostr. 1. c. p. 29.

Only found on Ost: Kodlen near Ejde (R.) and Rejafjældstinde (!),
400 m.

78

Specimens whicli we collected at tlie end of August showed no
trace whatever of having tlowered, but Rostrup found it in flower on
Kodlen.

141. Rosa mollis Sm. (determ. O. Gelert).

Str.: Vestmanhavn, somewhat north of the village (H. C. Møller;
C.Jensen); Ost: near Ejde at Brimnæs (Landt, Lomholt) ; a rose is further
said to grow at Haldersvig on Str. (according to Svabo).

Flowered near Ejde in July 1897, was not in bud near Vestman-
havn in June 1896. Fr.?

142. Rubus saxatilis L.

Found here and there on rock-ledges and hill-sides with favourable
and fairly dry aspect, but not far up the hills.

Fl. July. Bears fruit by end of x\ugust, but only very sparingly and
exceptionally.

143. Sibbaldia procumbens L.

Found here and there on the hills from about 400 m. upwards on

most of the Islands but not on Sando and Syd; is only exceptionally

met with lower down, e. g. Bordo: Holgafjæld at some 250 m. It occurs

both in Grimmia-carpei, on small plots of grass and on bare stony ground.

Fl. June. Fr. August.

144. Spiraea Ulmaria L.

Found here and there in enclosed fields by ditches and streams,
but only in low-lying regions.
^ Fl. July. Fr. ?

Order XXXVII. SALICACEAE.

145. Saiix glauca L.; S. arctica, Trevelyan; 5. lanata, var. ro-
iiindifolia Rostr., Ostenf. I.

Rare and only found on the hills on the northern istands; Fuglo:
rock-ledges 600 m. :!i; Kuno: hills on the south side from about 250 m. (!);
Vid: Mornefjæld and Bergsmunna from about 250 m. f!); Malingsfjæld
(Trevelyan, Lomholt, !).

Fl. May. Fr. July— August.

146. S. herbaoea L.

Common on the hills partly on Gr/mmm-heaths and partly on bare
stony ground; also frequently met with on rock-ledges in low-lying
regions and then often in a large and vigorous form with woody stem
and larger leaves (f. friiticosa Fr.).
Fl. May. Fr. July— August.

147. S. phylicifolia L.; S. hastata, Trevelyan.

Only in low-lying regions, several piaces along streams; Sando:
basalt-rocks at Trodum (R.); Str: Kvalvig (R.); Syd: Ordevig (Landt,!)
and near Trangisvaag by the stream (!); Vaago: near Sorvaagsvatn
(R., C. J.); Ost: near Strendre by a stream (R.).

79

According to Landt p. 333 probably planted at several of these stations.
Fl. May. Fr. July.

That Trevelyan cailed this species S. hastata is proved In^ a specimen in the
collection of the Botanical Gardens, Copenhagen; it is labelled, »S. hastata. Færoerne,
Trevehan«.

Order XXXVIII. SAXIFRAGACEAE.

148. Saxifraga decipiens Ehrh.; S. caespitosa Rostr. p. 44.

Common on ledges, in clefts of rocks, on hill-plateaux and near the
sea; it oc'curs in numeroiis forms.
Fl. June— July. Fr. August.

149. S. hypnoides L.

Rather common on damp rock-surfaces and ledges, mostly in moss,
both lower down and higher up.

Fl. June — July. Fr. August.

150. S. nivalis L.

Rather common in similar piaces as the preceding, most frequent
on the northern islands and from about 300 m.

— — var. tenuis Whbg.

Occurs at the same place as the main species and often mixed with,
but clearly distinct from it. Bordo: Holgafjæld (!); Fugl 6: on the hill
at550m. (!); Kai so: at Syderdal (!); Kuno: the south end of the island(!);
Str: near Leinumvatn (!); Vid.: Villingedalsfjæld at some 600 m. (!).
Fl. May— June. Fr. August.

151. S. oppositifolia L.

Rather common in clefts of rock and on bare stony ground, gene-
rally some way up the hills.

Fl. April— May. Fr. July.

152. S. rivularis L.

Found here and there in clefts of rocks (often together with S. ni-
valis) on the higher hills from about 500 m. Noticed on most of the
islands except Sando and Syd.
Fr. August.

153. S. stellaris L.

Common in damp moss on the hills and along the streams right
down to the seå; on bare stony ground it occurs in a dwarf form (f.
piimila Rostr. p. 44) only 2 — 3 cm. high.
Fl. June. Fr. August.

Order XXXIX. UMBELLIFERAE.

154. Angelica silvestris L.

Rather common on luxuriant rock-ledges in low-lving regions.
Fl. Julv.

80

155. Archangelica officinalis Hoffm.

Characteristic of clifls where sea-fowl nest and transplanted thence
to inhabited piaces, it occurs on luxuriant, manured and moist rock-
ledges.

Fl. Juh'. Fr. August— September.

156. Haloscias scoticum (L.) Fr.

Rather rare, found in sand and on rock-ledges near the sea-shore.

Myggenæs (Landt); Sando: Sands (R.,!); Str.: Kirkebo (R.), Tjorne-
vig (Landt), Hojvig (R.); S^'d. : Kvalbo (R., !), Trangisvaag (R., !\ Famien
(Heiberg-Jiirgensen), Vaag (R.); Vaago: Sandevaag (R.), Bosdalafos (R., !).
Fl. Juh^ Fr. August — September.

Order XL. URTICACEAE.

157. Urtica dioica L.

Rather conimon at inhabited piaces , in churchj'ards and near
houses; occurs sometimes in débris at the base of hills, thus Rostrup
reports it from the western side of Nolso; on the eastern side of the
same island we gathered it on cliifs inhabited bj' sea-fowl at 200 m.
Fl. end of July. Fr.?

t Urtica urens L.

Weed at Thorshavn (Hornemann, R.).

Order XLI. VIOLACEAE.

158. Viola palustris L.

Common in pools and bogs in low-lying regions and a little way
up the hills.

Fl. May. Fr. July.

159. V. Riviniana Rchb.; V. silvatica, Rostr. 1. c. p. 38.

Common outside enclosed flelds on grassy slopes, extends also far
up the hills, even up on the plateaux in Gr//2j/2H'a-heatlis and bears fruit
there (probably from cleistogamous flowers), e. g. Kun 6, 600 m. ; Vid.:
Villingedalsfjæld and Malingsfjæld at some 600 m.
Fl. Ma3\ Fr. August.

160. Viola tricolor L.'-- genuina Wittr. formå.

Only at a few piaces in enclosed fields; Str.: Kirkebo (Landt, R., !),
Velbestad (Simmons, !); Sando: Sands (Landt, R., !).

It is perennial which according to Witt rock (Viola-Studier I, 1897
p. 59) is the exception in the case of "'genuina.
Fl. and Fr. August.

81

II. Monocotyledones.

Order XLII. COLCHICACEAE.

161. Narthecium ossifragum (L.) Huds.

Verj' common and characteristic in pcaty soil and pools; most
widely distribiited in thc Iowlands, but goes up to some 400 m. on the
liills, where, liowever, it luu'dly flowers. Lomholt's statement (Ostenf.
II p. 16) that it is rare in the Nordreoer is not correct, as \ve found
it growing on all the islands. Near Ejde on Ost it occurred together
with a lighter-coloured form (f. pallida!) with pale yellow petals with
grcenish exteriors.

Fl. end of July. Fr. September.

Order XLIII. CYPERACEAE.

162. Carex atrata L.

Vid.: a few specimens on Mornefjæld on ledges at some 300 m. (!).
Martins's statement (p. 370) that it occurs on the top of Nolso is, as Rostrup
(p. 64) mentions duc to its having been mistaken for C. rigida, which grows there.

163. C. binepvis Sm.

Common in the Iowlands on fairl}^ dry ledges.
Fl. July. Fr. September.

164. C. caespitbsa L. X Goodenoughii Gay.

Syd.: in a small pool in pasture-land at Tværaa. The specimens
collected resemble externally C. caespitosa, and I had therefore also re-
ferred them to this species, but Mr. Raunkiær who examined the ana-
tomicai structure of the leaves arrived at the conclusion that it must
be the above-mentioned hybrid, and evidently could not be true C. cae-
spitosa. Unfortunately no C. caespitosa has appeared in the material
gathered by us, and thus it has not hitherto been reported from the
Færoes, but it is doubtless to be found there.

165. C. cryptocarpa C.A.Meyer; C. filipemhila Drejer; C. Lyng-

Injei Hornem.

Rather rare on meadows by the sea, often mixed with C. salina.
Myggenæs: at the village (C. J.); Str.: Tjornevig and Kvalvig (R.);
Syd.: Kvalbo (R.) and at the head of Trangisvaagfjord (!); Ost: Ore (R.).
Fl. June— July. Fr. August — September.

166. C. dioica L.

Found here and there in pools in the Iowlands.
Fl. May. Fr. August.

Botany of the Færoes 6

82

167. C. echinata Murr. ; C. stelliilata Good.

Very common in pools and on peat}^ ground in low-lying regions,
also found some distance up the hills e. g. Str : Nigvan, 320 m. (C.J.);
Syd.: between Famien and Vaag, at some 350 m (!).
Fl. June— July. Fr. August — September.

168. C. flacca Schreb.; C. glaiica Scop.

Found here and tbere on ledges and dry piaces beyond enclosed
fields, only in low districts.

Fl. June— Jul3^ Fr. August — September.

169. C. flacca Schreb. X Goodenoughii Gay, nov. hybr.
Bordo: a rock-ledge near Bordovig (!).

We gathered a curious species of Carcx on Bordo , which , ac-
cording to Mr. Raunkiær's anatomicai examination, turns out to
be the above-mentioned hybrid not hitlierto known; its external
characteristics also prove this: the leaves glaucous on the under-
side from a waxy covering: rnnners short and vigorous with shin-
ing-brownish sheaths like those of C. flacca; with regard to its
inflorescence and other characteristics it resembles C. Goodenoughii ;
but it is sterile.

We only saw a single luft in the locality in question.

170. C. flava L.; C. Oederi, Ostenf. II p. 16.

Common in bogs and pools in the lowlands and up to 2 — 300 m.
(on Syd., between Famien and Vaag, at about 350 m.).

I was formerly of opinion that the form of the group Flava which
occurs on the Færoes ought properly to be cailed C. Oederi, as the spe-
cimens are mostly small, with the lowest fertile spike separated from the
otliers, all the spikes rather small and the beak of the fruit slightly
curved downwards; but on furthcr investigation I arrived at the con-
clusion that Rostrup was right in naming them C. fUwa. Strangely enough
C. flava is both in Iceland and Greenland replaced by C. Oederi, while
in the Færoes the reverse is the case.
F'l. July. Fr. September.

171. C. flava L. X fulva Good; C. fniua Rost. 1. c. p. 65, et Auctt.

Grows together with the two primitive species at a few stations;
Kuno: at the southern end of the island, at some 100 m. (!); Syd.:
near Tværaa i!) and Hove (R.).

172. C. fulva Good.; C. Hornschuchiana Hoppe.

Rather rare in bogs. Kuno: at the southern end of the island,
at some 100 m. (!); Str.: at the ravine at Vestmanhavn (!); Syd.: at
several stations, e. g. Kvalvig (!), Trangisvaag (!), Tværaa (R., !), Frodebo

(R.) and Hove (R.).

83

173. C. Goodenoughii Gay ; C.viiIgarisFr.; C./«/'/osrt Rostr. l.c. p.63.
Very common iii pools and bogs ia low-lying regions and some

way up on the hills; ns usiial varying greatly and hybridizing with
scveral species.

FL June. Fr. August — September.

174. C. Goodenoughii (iay >< rigida Good.

Mr. Raunkiær kindly examined our Distiynuilicae-mixlevhxl and
found speciniens of this bybrid from the following stations — Kais 6:
basalt-rocks near Mygledal (!); Kuno: hill-plateau at the southern end,
at some G00m.(!); Syd.: Kvalbofjæld, at some 300 m.(!); Ost.: the pass
(Skardet) between Fugleljord and Skaalefjord, at some 475 m. (!j.

It seems on the whole to be rather commonly distributed where
the habitats of the two primitive species meet; the specimens are ge-
nerally quite sterile.

175. C. incupva Lightf.

Found here and there on sandy soil near the sea-shore; S and o:
Sands (R.,F.B.); Str.: HojvigiL., Saxen ;R.); Syd.: Kvalbij [H.,]), Lamba-
Ejde near Kvalvig ;!i; Ost.: Molen near Ejde (C. J., !).
Fl. May. Fr. August.

176. C. leporina L.

Hornemann mentions it as found in the Færoes on the authoritj'^
of Lyngbj^e, but since then it has not been found until we met with
it on the remote Island of Svind, where it grew luxuriantly on a
damp spot by a stream near the village.
Fr. August.

177. C. panicea L.

Common in bogs and pools in the lowlands, only exceptionally
ascending some way up in the hills (Vid.: Bergsmunna, at some 350 m.(!)).
Fr. September.

178. C. pilulifepa L.

Common on grassy hill-slopes in low-lying regions (Str.: Nigvan, at
some 200 m. (C. J.)).

Fl. June. Fr. August.

179. C. pulicaris L.

Common in pools in low-lying regions, more rare some way up in
the hills (Syd.: between Famien and Vaag, at some 350 m. (!)).
Fl. Ma5^ Fr. August.

180. C. rigida Good.

Rather common on the hills and almost invariably to be found in
G/7mm/a-carpets; on Syd., howevcr, it appears to be rather rare, as we

84

only noticed it between Famien and Vaag at some 350 m. (!) and on a
rock-ledge in Hovedalen at some 100 m.; the latter localit}^ is the
lowest at which we noticed it. The following are some of the highcst
hill localities: Fuglo, 600 m. (!); Kalso, Blankeskaalefjæld, 800 m. (!);
Vid.: Villingedalsfjæld, 700 m. (!); Ost.: Hejafjældstinde, 750 m. (!).
Fl. June— July. Fr. August— September.

181. C. salina Whbg. '= Kattegatensis P'r. ; C. halophila, Rostr.
p. 64 ; C. aciita, Rostr. p. 63.

Forms large, close societies on flat meadows by the fjords. Here
as elsewhere it is rather variable; but it is only the large high forms,
varying with regard to the form and colour of the scales, which oceur
on the istands.

Bordo: Klaksvig, in ditches in enclosed fields (!); Sando: at
Sandsvatn (,R., F. B., !); Str.. Kvalvig (R., W.); Syd.: rather common,
gathered at the following piaces: Kvalbo (R.\ Skarvetange at Frodebo (R., !),
the head of Trangisvaagfjord (!), Vaags Ejdef!); Ost.: Selletræ (!).
Fl. June. Fr. September (?).

182. C. saxatilis L.; C. piilla Good.

Common on the bilis on Str. and Ost. Vaag 6?) in small pools,
most frequent from about 450 m.; strangely enough, absent on the
Nordreoer, but found on Sando at Trodum (R.), and Syd. between
Famien and Vaag at some 350 m. (!).

Fl. June July. Fr. August— September.

The following species of Corex are recordcd by older authors, but have not
been found since:

C. canescens according to Hornemann gathered hj' Lynglne, but the speci-
mens in the collection of the Botanlcal Gardens, Copenhagen, labelled with this
name are young C.echinata; they were formerly in Liebmans Herbarium and are
doubtless gathered hj' Ljngbye.

C. capillaris L. reported by Hornemann.

C. pallcscens L. rejiorted hy Trevelyan as gathered by Lyngbye.

C. præcox Jacx. (C. vcnut Vill.) reported Iw Drejer as gathered h\^ I.yngbye.

183. Eriophorum polystachyum L. ; E. angiistifolinm Rolh.
Very common in pools, often in considerable quantilies, but seldom

flowering and fruiting freely, as the sheep nibble the tojis; it grows
rather far up in the bilis.

Fl. May. Fr. August.

184. E. vaginatum L.

Found here and there; as far as we noticed only a few specimens
occurring at each station; mct with both in the lowlands and on
the bilis.

Bordo: Skaarene, at some 400 m. (!), Klakken, at some 400 m. (!);
Nols6(R.); Str. Kvalvig (R.\ Kvivig (L.), Orerenge(!); Syd.: near Trangis-
vaag (!), the pass at Ornefjæld at some 300 m. (!) ; Ost: Næs (L.).
Fl. May. Fr. August.

85

185. Heleocharis multicaulis Sni.

Syd.: Kvalbo ^L.).

Wcll-dcvclopecl specinuMis with rij^e fruils wcrc <*atliered by Lyngbye
and are to be fouiid in thc Herbarium of thc Bolanical (lardcns, C.open-
hagen; nobody elsc has noticed this species on the Islands.

186. H. palustris (L.) R. Br.

Found herc and there in pools and on the shores of lakes in the
lowlands on Syd., Sando and South-Str.
Fl. July. Fr. August.

187. H. uniglumis Link.

Found aS the preceding species, but has not been kept distinct
from it by most of the authors.

Sando: Nigiljern near Saltvigsvatn (!^; Str. : Kvalvig (R.); Syd.: lake
in Kvalbo-Ejde 0), head of Trangisvaagfjord (!).

Fl. July, no fruit Aug. 18th. (on Sando), so it probably does not
bear fruit.

H. aciciihiris (L.) l\. I3r. Mentioncd In' Landt, l)ut is pr<)bal)ly a confusion
of S. caespilosiis.

188. Scirpus caespitosus L.

Very common in pools and bogs both in the lowlands and on
the hills; often forms the chief part of the vegetation over rather
damp areas.

Fl. June. Fr. August.

189. S. pauciflopus Lightf.

Found here and there in bogs in the lowlands.

Bor do: Klaksvig (!); Sando: at Sandsvatn (!); Str.: Kvalvig (R.),
OrerengeU); Syd.: Kvalbo (R., !), Frodebo (R.\ south side of Trangisvaag-
fjord (!) ; Ost: Kornvatn near Næs, at some 100 m. (!).
Fl. July. Fr. end of August.

S. flnitans L. is mentioned by Trevelyan and S. maritimiis L. l)y Landt; tlie
latter is said to ^grow on the sea-shore« , Ijut this statement must he due to a
confusion of Danisli and Færoese states.

Order. XLIV. GRAMINEAE.

190. Agropyrum junceum (L.) Beauv.

On sandy sea-shore, rare. Sando: on the downs at Sands. (R., !);
Syd.: Kvalbé (R.).

Fl. end of July, no fruit as late as the end of August.

191. A. junceum (L.) Beauv. X repens (L.) Beauv.; A. aciitum,

Rostr. 1. c. p. 65.

Mixed with the preceding on Sando: the downs at Sands (R., !);
(V a a g o : Sorvaag (R.) ?).

86

192. A. repens (L.) Beaiiv.

Not rare at inhabitcd piaces, partly in cncloscd fields and partly
on the sea-shore.

San do: Sands (R., !); Str. : Tjornevig (Landt), Torsvig (!), Thorshavn
(L.,'R.,!), KirkeboO); Syd.: Porl^ere (R.); Vaago: Midvaag (R., !), Sande-
vaag (!), Sorvaag (L.); Ost.: Næs (!). Appears to be absent from the
Nordreoer.

Fl. end of July. No fruit noticed as late as the end of August.

193. Agrostis canina L.

Conimon in Iowlands, in meadows and pools; also rather widely
distributed in the hills on bare stony ground. The hill-form with its
dcnse growth in tafts somewhat resembles A. borcalis Hartm. (A. riibra
Whbg.) and must properh' be referred to var. monlana Hartm., e. g. Kalso:
Blankeskaalefjæld, at some 600 m.(!); Kuno: hill-plateau at some 650 m.(!);
Ost.: Rejafjældstinde, 765 m. (!); Hesto (R.).

An awnless form (var. miitica Gaud.) occurs, e. g. at Str.: Thors-
havn (!); Syd.: Kvalbo. Pale yellow specimens {{. pallida Rchb.) often
occur side by side with normal ones. Finally, to this species must be
referred a viviparous grass which \ve gathered on Str.: Vardebakken at
some 300 m.

Fl. July.

194. A. canina L. X vulgaris L.; Murbeck, De nord-europåiska

formerna af slagtet Agrostis, Botaniska Notiser 1898, p. 10.

A specimen, gathered by C.Jensen on Ost. at the pass »Bredaskard«,
180 m., when examined, showed that it must be referred to this hybrid.
The poll was quite barren.

195. A. stolonifera L. ; A. alba, Rostr. p. 69.

Common in the lowlands, especially in enclosed fields; the var.
maritima Lam. occurs liere and there on the sea-shore, e. g. Str.: Tors-
vig (!); Sando: Sands (R.); Syd.: head of Trangisvaagfjord (!); Vaago:
Midvaag (R.).

Fl. July.

196. A. vulgaris L.

Common in the lowlands, especially in enclosed fields, but also
some way up the hill sides and then often attacked by Tilletia decipiens.
Fl. July. (Some specimens were still flowering as late as the
end of August).

197. Aira caespitosa L.

Common outside enclosed fields in the lowlands, but rare in en-
closed fields. It is also common as var. brevifolia Hartm. on the hill-
plateaux; leaves short and rather broad, spikelets large-flowered. At the
latter station, it is often vivaparous (A. alpina L.) and this form follows
the small streams down to the lowlands, where it occurs in gravel
and in damp ravines.
Fl. July.

87

198. A. flexuosa I..

Conunon on drv rock-ledges and hill-plateaux, cspecially in Griinmia-
heath. Most of lliosc we noticed must be referrcd to f. montana (L.)
which is characterizcd by its large spikelets and its dccjjcr colour. At
a few stations wc noticed a viviparous form: Bord o: (ijcrduni Rcjn,
at somc 420 m. (!), and Vid.: top of Malingfjæld, 720 m. (!).
Fl. July, Fr. end of August.

199. Airopsis praecox (L.) Fr.

Rather common in dry localities in the lowlands on Syd. "We
did not meet with it on tlie other islands, but that was perhaps be-
cause it was so late in the year. Rostr. l.c. p. 68 merely reports it »here
and there« witliout making any defmite statement as to its distribution;
but in tlie lierbarium only specimens from Syd. are to bc found.
Fr. end of July.

200. Alopecurus geniculatus L.

Common in enclosed tields, cspecially in ficlds which have been
cultivaled the year before; but not met with outside the enclosed land,
nor, consequently, on the hills.
F'l. June— July.

t A, pratensis L.

Cultivated at Thorshavn and thcnce spread in single specimens to
the enclosed fleld. (R.!).

201. Anthoxanthum odoratum L.

Very common in the lower districts on hill-slopes and in fields,
absent in the higher regions (met with vip to some 300 m.). A hairj^
form f. villosa Loisl, was found on Str.: Kvivig (R.); Syd.: Tværaa (!),
Kvalbo (L).

Fl. June — Julj'.

t Apera spica venti (L.) Beauv.

Accidentally introduced; Str.: at Thorshavn (R.).

t Avena sativa L.

Cultivated at a few piaces, e. g. Str.: Kirkebo (!).

t A. stpigosa Schreb.

A weed in corn; Str.: Thorshavn (R.) ; Syd.: Trangisvaag and
Hove (R.); a few specimens on the sandy shore at the head of Tran-
gisvaagfjord. (!).

t Briza media L.

Accidentally introduced; Sir. : between Thorshavn and Sandegærde (R.).

t Bpomus mollis L.

Accidentally introduced; San do: enclosed ficlds at Sands (!).
Fruit by end of August.

88

202. Catabrosa aquatica (!..) Beauv.

Syd.: Kvalbo, in sca-.sand at the mouth of a small watercourse at
the head of the bay. (!).
Fl. end of July.

t Dactylis glomerata L.

Occurs only where it has spread afler jjeing cultivated , viz. Str. :
Thorshavn (!), Kirkebo, cultivated (!).

203. Digraphis arundinacea (L.) Trin.
Rather common by strcams in cnclosed lands.

Flowers late and si)aringly (July— August) and hardly bcars fruit.

204. Elymus arenarius L.

Rather rare on sandy sea-shores.

Nolso: near the village (R., !); Sando: the downs at Sands fR.,!);
Syd.: Kvalbo (R., !); Vaago: Sorvaag (R.), Midvaag (C. J., !).
Fr. end of August.

205. Festuca ovina L.

Very commonly distributed from the lowlands to the highest hills.
Occurs only in the viviparous form.

f F. pratensis Huds.

Accidentally introduced at Thorshavn (!) and cultivated at Kirkebo (!)
on S t r.

206. F. rubra L.

Very common and in many forms; extends from the sea-shore up
to the highest mountain tops (e. g. Ost.: Samfetle 720 m. (C J.)); often
occurs in considerable quantities on roofs.

Among the numerous forms may be nanied f. arenaria (Osb.) , e. g.
Sando: downs at Sands (!).

Further a curious large form with flat leaves on the flowerless

shoots occurs liere and there on very luxuriant rock-ledges. I have

referred it to var. planifolia Trautv. Plantæ Sibir. bor. p. 135, Acta

Horti Petropolitani, V, 1877 (Syn. xar. planifolia Hack., subvar. villi-

flora Hack. Monogr. Festuca, p. 140), the specimens being very nnich

like the description. We coUected specimens from Sy d. : near Træraa ;

Vid.: Talus of debris at Enneberg (W.), but we noticed it at several

other piaces.

Fl. July. Fr. August— September.

207. Glyceria distans (L.) Whbg.

Common partly in clefts in sea-clifTs and partly on the sandy sea-
shore; varies considerably according to the circumstances under which
it grows.

We met with it on all the istands.

Fl. beginning of July. Fr. August— September.

89

208. G. fluitans (L.) R. Bv.

Halher comnion by smaller streams in enclosed fieids round aboiit
inhabited piaces, bul nol mel witli far from houses.
Fl. July.

209. G. maritima (Huds.) Whbg.

Found loj^elher wilh G. (Uslans in clefls and crevices of rocks by
the sliore.

Syd.: ralher common, e. g. at Kvalbo (R., sub. nom. G. distans), head
of Tranj^isvaagtjord (C. J., !), Skarvelange near Frodeb6(!), Vaags Ejdc on Ihe
west coast(!); otherwise only found on Str. : Hojvig (!).

Slmmons (1896, p. 75) reports it from Thorshavn, but his specimens belong to
G. distans, a considerahle amount of which we also noticed at the place meii-
tioned l)y him.

210. Holcus lanatus L.

Common in enclosed fieids, but rare beyond the enclosures and
absent on the hills.
Fl. July.

211. Holcus mollis L.

As the preceding, especially abundant in recenlly cullivated lields.
Fl. July.

t Hopdeum vulgare L.
Commonly cullivated.

f Lolium multiflorum Lam.
Cullivated al Thorshavn (R.).

t L. perenne L.

As the i)receding (R.).

212. Molinia coeruiea (L.) Moench.

Fairly common on moderately damp pealy soil; we mel wilh it on
Rordo, Kai so, Kun o, Str., Vid. and Ost., but nol on Fuglo,
Svino andVaago and Syd. — at the latter island it doubtless does not
oceur at all.

Generally it occurs only in low-lying regions, but we found some
specimens on Vid.: Mornefjæld at about 450 m.

Fl. end of July and beginning of August. Fr.?

213. Nardus striota L.

Commonlj' distributed oulside enclosed fields and up in the hills
(e. g. Kun o at about 650 m.), often as a social species.

t Phieum ppatense L.

Cullivated at inhabited piaces; Str.: Thorshavn (R.) and Kirkeb6(!);
Syd.: Tværaa (,!).

90

214. Phragmites communis Trin.

vSyd.: on a rock-lcdge at Frodebo (R.). vStcrile.

215. Poa alpina L.

Rather common on thc hills and oftcn in low-lying regions in
damp ravines. Always viviparous.

216. P. annua L.

Common in enclosed fields and near liouscs, and on inliabited sea-
shores, but never far from houses.

217. P. glauca M.Vahl; P. caesia Sm.

Common on rock-ledges in low-ljång regions and frequcnt on
the hills.

218. P. nemoralis L. f. glaiicantha Gaud.

Rather common on rock-ledges together with the preceding and
sometimes not to be distinguished from it; does not, however, grow
far up the hills.

219. P. pratensis L. var. hiimilis Ehrh.

Common in low-lying regions, often found in abundance on roofs
of houses.

220. P. trivialis L.

Common in enclosures at inliabited piaces, espccially in recently
cultivatcd fields, but does not seem to spread bcjond the enclosed land.

A form with pale yellow spikelets and altogcther of a light colour
(f. pallida!) occurred at Frodebo on Syd. mixed with normal, violet
specimens.

221. Psamma arenaria (L.) R. & S.

Onl}' found on the downs at Sands on Sando (R., !).
FL end of July, no fr. end of August.

222. Sieglingia decumbens (L.) Bernh.; Triodia Beauv.

Rather common beyond enclosed fields on peatj^ soil, occurs doubtless
on all the istands.

Fr. immature in the beginning of August.

f Triticum vulgare Vill. f. aestiim (L.).

Accidentally introduced; Str.: on heaps of coal at Vestmanhavn (R.);
Vaago: solitary piants on the sea-shore at Sandevaag (!).
Fl. end of August.

Order XLV. IRIDACEAE.

223. iris Pseudacorus L.

Mentioned by Landt as occurring at Yaag on Syd., where we also
found it widely dispersed in damp piaces in enclosed fields, but flowering

91

sparingly. It was also foiiiKl over a limitcd arca at some distance from
Vaag on the southerii side of the fjord ; it is probably a detached
piece of rhizome, which was carried there by the sea and took root,
for it occurs just along the sea-margin.

Rostr. 1. c., p. 59 mentions that from Vaag it was phinted in several
piaces, wliere, however, it does not flower; but we notieed it in flow^er
at Næs on Ost. At some of tlie otlier piaces where we met with it —
e. g. at Vaago, Midvaag, and Ejde on Ost — it was as widely distri-
buted in the enclosed fields as at Vaag, and did not convey the im-
pression of having been planted; but it is just possible that it was
introduced every where.

Fl. end of July; no fruit.

Order XLVI. JUNCACEAE.

224. Juncus balticus Willd.

San do: in sandy soil near the downs at Sands (R., !).
Fr. end of August.

225. J. biglumis L.

Rather rare in bare gravelly piaces overrun b}' water on the hill-
plateaux from about 2 — 300 m. upwards.

Bordo: Gjerdum Rejn, 400 m.(!); Sando: Skorar (R.); Str.: Varde-
bakken (R.); Syd.: Præstefjæld and Kvalbofjæld (R., !); Vaago: Rensa-
tinder (R.); Ost.: Rejafjældstinde, 600 m. (!).

226. J. bufonius L.

Not uncommon near inhabited piaces in open, damp localities.

227. J. conglomeratus L.

Rather common in pools and bogs in low-lying regions.

228. J. effusus L.

As above, but more common.

229. J, lampocarpus Ehrh.

Common in peaty soil in low-ljång districts.

230. J. obtusiflorus Ehrh.

Outside the enclosed land on Syd. between Ordevig and Punthavn
in fairly large quantities.

Not yet in flower at the end of July.

231. J. squarrosus L.

Common on moors both in the lowlands and fairly high up on
the bilis.

Fl. July.

92

232. J. supinus Moench.; J. biilbosiis L.

Common in peat-bogs in tlie lowlands. Sometimes (as f. fliiitans
Lge.) totally submerged in the lakes, e. g. Syd.: the lake in Kvanhauge;
Ost.: Kornvatn near Næs (!).

233. J. trifidus L.

F'airly common on rock-ledges on the hills on most of the istands,
but rarest on San do and Syd.

Fl. July. Fr. August— September.

234. J. triglumis L.

Common in similar localities as J. bigliimis, but also found in low-
lying regions in gravel carried down by streams. We noticcd it on all
the istands.

Fl. July.

235. Luzula arcuata (Whbg.) Sw.

Rare and only found on the highest hills on the northern istands.

Bor do: Hojtjæld from 550 m. (!) ; Kalso: Blankeskaalefjæld at

some 650 m. (!); Kuno: hill-plateau at the southern end at some 650 m. (!);

Vid.: Villingedalsfjæld at some 700 m. (!); Ost.: Slattaratinde, 800 m.
(Simmons), Rejafjældstinde, 765 m. (!).
Fr. August.

236. L. campestris (L.) D.C.

Occurs hcre and there outside the enclosed land in the lower dis-
tricts, but often escapes notice.
Fl. May.

237. L. multifiora (Ehrh.) Lej.

Commonly distributcd in low-lying regions, but sometimes at fairly
high attitudes (Kleiven on xMyggenæs, 550 m. (C. J.)).
Fl. May— June.
Landt mentions L. pilosa, but judging from Lyngbyes specimeiis he must
mean L. mnltiflord.

238. L. silvatica (Huds.) Gaud. ; L. maxima (Rchb.) D.C.
Common on rock-ledgcs and on grassy slopcs in low-lying regions;

sometimes fairly high up in the hills, but then not tlowering.

A curiously slender and narrow-leaved form (f. gracilis Rostr. 1. c, p. 61)
was found by Rostrup on the top of Hesto; it has since been noticed
in Shetland by Bceby (The Scottish Naturahst, 1887, p. 20).
Fl. from the beginning of May. Fr. August.

239. L. spicata (L.) D. C.

Very common both in the lovv'lands and on the highest hills (e. g.
Ost: summit of Samfctle, 720 m. (C. J.)).
Fl. May. Fr. July— August.

93

Order XLVII. JUNCAGINACEAE.

240. Triglochin palustre L.

Not uncommon in peaty soil in the lowlands.

Landt (p. 181) mentions T. mdiitimiim as »not uncommon on tlic sea-shore«,
but this must doubtless l)e a slip of the memoiy.

He also (p. 210) mentions Lemmi trisnica L. as »growing everj'where in in-
lialjited piaces, where there is stagnant and foul water« ; I believe this to refer to
Cdllilriche stafinalis.

Order XLVIII. LILIACEAE.

241. Scilla verna Huds,

Not uncommon on the soutlicrn part of Syd. at Sunnbo, Ogrum,
Lobra and Vaag, and also near Punthavn at Trangisvaagfjord. I also
found it in 189G on Ost. at Svinaa on a slope near the sea.

It grows on fairly dry slopes by preference near the sea, but is
recorded to have been found by Trevelyan at a height of sonie 100 m.

It is the first plant mentioned from the Færoes; it was found as
early as 1771 and figured in Flora Danica tab. 568.

Fl. June (before niidsummer<, Landt); a few specimens in flower
as late as middle of July. Fr. niiddle of August.

Order XLIX. ORCHIDACEAE.

242. Habenaria albida (L.) R. Br. ; Gymnadenia Rich.

Only found on Ost.: Næs (L.), Næs Reuk(!), Solmunde (C. J.), Gote
C"W.), and on Kodlen at Fjde (Kissmeyer).
Fr. end of August.

243. H. viridis (L.) R. Br. ; Coeloglossiim Hartm.

Occurs on grassy hill-slopes both in low-lying regions and fairly
high up in the hills, most frequcntly as small specimens.

Common in the northern part of Syd.; found also on Fugl 6,
Bordo, Nolso (R.), Sando, Str., Vaago and Ost.
Fl. July. Fr. August— September.

244. Listera cordata (L.) R. Br.

Found on Syd. between Thorshavn and Hojvig (W.); mentioned by
Horneman as found by Lyngbye.

On an excursion which we made in company with Prof. Warming,
he found a few specimens without intlorescence.

245. Malaxis paludosa (L.) Sw.

Found on Sando in a damp hollow near the rectory (C J.); only
a few small specimens were found; they were flowering on July Ist,
bul did not ajipear to bcar fruit. (Jensen, Rcjseberetn. p. 203).

94

246. Orchis latifolius L.; O. majalis Rchb.

Rather rare, occurs most frequently mixed with the below-mentioned
species in damp fieids.

Str.: Thorshavn and Kirlvebo (R.); Syd.: Kvalbo (R., !), Hove (R.);
Ost.: Næs and Ejde (R.).

Rostrup (l.c. p. 59) reports it as having bcen gathcred ])y LjMigbj^e on Mygge-
næs, but Lj'ngbj'e's speciniens belong to the below-mentioned species.
Fl. July.

247. O. maculatus L.

Gommen and often in considerable quantities in damp enclosed
fields and in the low ground beyond the enclosures; apjjears to be
most frequent on Sando and Sydero. Somctimes distributed some way
up the bilis, e. g. Bord o: Klakken (flower Aug. 7th.) at some 400 m.
Fl. beginning of July. Fr. end of August.

248. O. masculus L.

On Syd. on a damp rock-ledge abovc Tværaa (Hj. Jensen); men-
tioned by Trevelyan.

In flower April 24lh. 1890.

We have further some doulitful records from tvandt, Ljngljye and Martins of
O. morio, sambucinus and nstiilatiis. The latter is mentioned by Landt as occur-
ring at Næs oh Ost., but be evidentl}' confounds it with the fruit-bearing speci-
niens of Habenaria albida.

Order L. POTAMOGETONACEAE.

249. Potamogeton alpinus Balb.; P. riifescens Schrad.

Ost.: in the large lake near Ejde (!); large well-developed specimens
belonging to f. lomjifolia Tiselius (Potam. Suec. exsicc. N. 15).

As already mentioned (Ostenf. II, p. 12) the previous statement of this species
(by Kurtz) is wrong.

Inflorescences, but no fruit at the end of August.

250. P. filiformis Pers.; P. marimis Auctt.

Only on Syd.: Lamba-ejde near Kvalvig (!), Kvalbo-Ejde and Norbes-
Ejde (Simmons,!), stream near Kvalbo (R., !), in the lake in Vaags Ejde (R.,!).
Fl. June— July.

251. P. gramineus L.

Sando: Sandsvatn (R.!), Saltvigsvatn (!); Syd.: in the lake in Kvalbo-
ejde (!), in the lake in Vatnsdal (!); Ost: Toftevatn U).

Found in flower only in Vatnsdal in July; and with fruit only
in Saltvigsvatn at the end of August.

252. P. gramineus L. X perfoliatus L.; P. nitens Web.
Sando: in Saltvigsvatn and its tributary river in great abundance

mixed with primitive typical species (!), a lake between Sands and Skopen(!).
Found with spikes, but ovaries barren.

95

253. P. natans L.

Occurs here and Ihere in lakes and small strcams (f. jUwiatilis Fr.).

Sando: the lakes at Sands (C. J., !), lake between Sands and Skopen (!),
lake at Skopen (!); Str.: strcani near Hojvig (!); Syd.: Kvalbo (R.); Vaago :
in Sorvaagsvatn (C. J.); Ost.: the lakes near Ejde (Simnions, !).

Rostrup very corrcctly ijointed out (p. 62) that the P. nalans mentioned by
the older authors is not the above-mentioned species, but the universalh' distri-
])uted P. polijgonifolins. He does not mention the true P. naUwH as occurring on
the islands, thougli he gathered spccimens of it at Kvalbo.

It bears spikes only at a few piaces (Ejde and Sando) and at only
one of these localities (Nigitjern at Sands) were speciniens found bearing
fruit sparingly, so it can hardly propagate itself by seed.

254. P. pepfoliatus L.

Occnrs liere and there in lakes from a depth of about ^/2 m.
Sando: Sandsvatn (R, !), Saltvigsvatn (!), lake between Sands and Sko-
pen (!); Syd.: lake in Norbesejde (R.), Vaagvatn (R.,!), lake in Kvan-
hauge (!); Ost.: Toftevatn (!\ the large lake near Ejde (!).

In flower only in Vaagvatn in the middle of July, and in fruit
in Saltvigsvatn at the end of August.

255. P. polygonifolius Pourr.

Common everywhere in ditches and pools; extending from the
lowland up to about 400 m. (Ost.: Bredaskard (C. J.)). Very variable.
Fl. June— July. Fruiting freely, August.

256. P. ppaelongus Wulf.

Syd.: in the lake in Vatnsdal (!); in the Herbarium of the Botanical
Gardens, Copenhagen there are specimens from the Færoes gathered by
Lyngbye.

It had no spikes in July.

257. P. pusillus L.

On Sando, in Saltvigsvatn (!) and the lake between Sands and
Skopen, both piaces in abundance at the depth of about 1 m. ; Ost.:
the large lake near Ejde(!). Occurs on soft sea-bottom, does not nearly
reach the surface and consequently found without spikes.

Landt also mentions P. liiccns and says that »it is generally eaten by geese.«
This seems to indicate that it was fairly common, but as it has not been met
With Ijy later authors, he doubtless confused it with P. perfoUatus L.

258. Ruppia maritima L. f. rostellata (Koch).

Syd.: On the delta at the mouth of a smaller streani in the valley
of Kvalbo (R., !).

Beginning to flower at the end of July.

259. Zostera marina L.

Syd.: Vaagfjord (Landt,!, Helgi Jonsson).

Landt p. 210) writes 'that it grows »in flords where the water is
calm, e. g. at Vaag on Svdero«. This must, however, be the only place

96

where it occurs on the Islands, otlicrwise thc algologists would have
noticcd it. We fouiid some fresh. but sterile specimens driven asliore,
but in December Helgi Jonsson found some specimens with spikes,
whose fruits however, were not developed.

Order LI. SPARGANIACEAE.
260. Sparganium affine Schnitzl.; S. natans, Rostr. p. 62.

Not uncommon in small lakes on most of the istands visited by
us; grows also some way up the hills, e. g. Bord 6: Skaarene, at some
375 m. (!) and Str.: Vardebakken, at some 300 m. (!).
Fl. end of Juh'. Fr. end of August.

It generally flowers, but as a rule bears fruit very sparingly; we
found a greater number of spikes with fullj^ developed fruit only at
San (16: the small lakes near Saltvigsvatn and Ost: the lake near Ejde.

III. Gymnosperniae.

Order LII. PINACEAE.

261. Juniperus communis L. var. nana (Willd.) Loud.

Str.: Glj^versrejn (R., Jone Isacsen); Vaago: near Sorvaagsvatn (R.);
Ost.: near Svinaa (!), and according to verbal information on Havnatinde
on Svin 6.

It has only been met with in these widely distant localities, but

formerly it was more common ; thus it is usually found in peat-bogs,

fairly large stems often occurring. The faet of its perhaps having been

used as fuel on these treeless Islands may account for its present rarity.

Fr. (ripe) about September Ist.

IV. Pteridophyta.

Order LIIl. EQUISETACEAE.

262. Equisetum arvense L.

Common in low-lying regions, but not in the hills. Occurs in nu-
merous different forms; thus, large forms peculiar to shady piaces
{i. nemo rosa A. Br.) are found in ravines; robust forms peculiar to sunny
piaces (f. agrestis Klinge), and small prostrate forms on stony margins
of lakes; in high water the latter becomes a submerged form and has
then secund suberect braiiches, as, e. g., on Str.: in Leinumvatn.
Bearing spores in the beginning of May.

263. E. heleocharis Ehrh. f. limosa (L.).

Rather rare in lakes and larger streams; Str.: Kvalvig (R.), Kvivig (L.),
in the stream at Orerenge(!); Syd.: Kvalbo (R.), in ditches at Famien (!),
Porkere (R.), in the lake in Vaags Ejde (Simmons, !).

It is doubtless tliis species whicli Landt calls'E. hyemale, as is also men-
tioned 1)}' Ljngbye on his lal)els.

97

264. E. palustre L.

Common on (laiii|) f^rouiid in low-lying regions. A form parallel
lo the subnierged form mentioned nndcr E. arucnse was fountl by us
on Syd.: in the lakc in Vaags Ejde.
Bearing spores in May.

265. E. pratense Ehrh.

Rare, but possibly sometimes overlooked; Kalso: Mygledal (Lom-
holt), SyderdaU!); Kuno: soiithern end of the island at some 100 ni.(!);
Str. : Vestmanhavn (Kissmeyer); Syd.: Tværaa (!).
Bearing spores in Ma3\

266. E. silvaticum L.

Common both in liixuriant ravines and in flelds, where it often
occurs in large quantities; not met with higher up the hills.
Bears spores probably at the same time as above.

Milde (Filices Europaeae, p. 238) meiitions E. ramosissimiim Desf. from the
Færoes ; specimens are said to be found in Hookers Herbarium. But as it has
not been found since, it is just possible, either that the labels have been changed
or that some other similar mistake has occured; in the past sufficient care was
often not bestowed on details such as these.

Order LIV. HYMENOPHYLLACEAE.

267. Hymenophyllum peltatum (Poir.) Desv. ; H. Wilsoni Hook;
Rostr. 1. c. p. 7(>.

Seems to be fairly common on the larger Islands; grows by pre-
ference in talus of débris forming below terraces of basalt-rocks together
with mosses, but sometimes also in the lower part of the basalt terraces,
in ravines and on detached pieces of rocks.

We found it in many piaces on Syd., Str., Sando and Ost., but
on the Nordreoer we onlj^ met with it on Bordo: Klaksvig and Kalso:
Syderdal, though we looked out for it particularl3^

It does not spread higher up the hills than 2—300 m. (C. J., !).
Seems to be found with sporangiums the whole summer.

Order LV. ISOETACEAE.

268. Isoétes echinosporum Dur.

Common in the numerous small lakes together with the following
species, but not found on Syd. (and Yaago?).

269. I. lacustre L.

Common in the lakes on all the istands visited by us. Strangely
cnough, earlier authors mcntion this two species only as occurring in a
few lakes, while we found them in every lake we investigated.

The}^ grow from the shore out into the water to a depth of at
least 1^/2 m. , and the specimens increase in size with the depth; thus
the leaves of /. echinosporum from Saltvigsvatn measured 15 cm., and
the leaves of /. lacustre from a small lake at Næs 20 cm.

Botany of the Færoes. 7

98

Both of thcm grow in smnll mountain -pools fairly high up in the
hills, e. g. /. echinosporiim on Bord o: Skaarene, 375 m. and /. lacnstre on
Str. : Vardebakken 300 m. and Syd.: Riskjetjern between Famien and
Vaag, 300 m.

Order LVI. LYCOPODIACEAE.

270. Lycopodium alpinum L.

Common on heathy ground from the sliore-line u]) to the hill-
plateaux, where it is invariabh' to be found in Griiumi(i-hc-Mhs ; |)erhaps
less frequently in the lowest regions.

271. L. annotinum L.

Ost.: ravine at Troaa near Svinaa (!\

Landt's statements of L. clauatnm and L. cniu])lai}ntum are doulitless due to
his having confused them with L. alpiniun. He nientions that L. coinphtiialiini
and alpinum are used Ijy the inhahitants as a j^ellow dj^e, and sa^^s (p. 218) that
L. alpinum »occurs in it (i. e. /.. complanatiim) as thej- (i. e. the inhahitants) talic
them hoth to he one and the same plant« as they were indeed quite justified
in doing.

272. L. Selago L., f. appressa Desv.

Rather common togethcr with L. alpinum, but seldoni occurs in
hirge quantities; it is to be found both in the lowlands and u]) in the
highest hills, e. g. Kai so: Blankeskaalefjæld at some 700 m.

Order LVII. OPHIOGLOSSACEAE.

27.3. Botrychium Lunaria (L.) Sw.

Rather common on grassy, fairly dry slopes; we noticed it on all
the istands visited by us, but only a few specimens occured at each
place. It grows fairly high up the hills, e. g. Videro: Mornefjield, 500 m.,
but not on the higher hill-plateaux.

Order LVIII. POLYPODIACEAE.

274. Aspidium Dryopteris (L.) Baumg.

Rare; Str.: Glyvcrsrcjn R., C. .1.), Vardebakken near Thorshavn,
small specimens were met with in a crevice in an isolated rock (!).

275. A. Filix mas (L.) Sw.

Found here and there in clefts of rock, ravines and on talus of
débris gathering; noticed on all the istands which have been visited,
but only in low-lying districts.

276. A. Lonchitis (L.) Sw.

Rare; Kuno: on rock-ledges above the village of Kuno at some 350 m.(!);
Str.: ravine near Gjan6re(!); Vid.: near Kvannesund (Miss Matras).

277. A. Phegopteris (L.) Baumg.

Str. Kirkebofjæld and Glyversrejn (R.), talus of débris gathering
near Nordredal (C. J.), ravine near Vestmanhavn (C. J.); Vaago: Thornian-

99

Ravine (C. J.); Vid: Mornefjæld al soiiie 450 m. (!); Ost.: ravine near
Selletræ (!).

278. A. spinulosum (iMiill.) Sw., subsp. dilatatum (HolTm.) Sw.

Found here and tliere in siniilar piaces to A. Filix mas; noticed on
all the islands which have been visited, but only in low-lying districts.

All the specimens investigated belong to the subspecies dilalaliim,
and 1 do not think that the main species occurs in the Færoes.

279. Asplenium Adiantum nigrum L. «, nigrum Heufl.

A few si)eciniens only found on Ost.: clefts ol" rock on Ostnæs
(Næs-Reuk) (!).

280. A. Trichomanes L.

Found together with the above, and in the same way a few sjjc-
cimens only. Landt reports it from this locality, but it was not re-
discovered before in 1897.

281. Athyrium Filix foemina (L.) Roth.

Found here and there in similar piaces to Asp. Filix mas and like
the latter only in the lower districts.

282. Blechnum Spicant (L.) With.

Common on all the istands mostly on slopes and rock-ledges. It
grows at high attitudes, but not on the highest hill-plateaux; \ve noticed
it up to some 600 m. (Kuno).

The specimens occurring on the hills and on dry slopes are small
and have imbricated pinnæ on the barren fronds (f. imbricata Rostr.
p. 71); the robust forms from rock-ledges and ravines are a contrast to
it; they sometimes attain to a length of about 70 cm.

As previously mentioned (Ostenf. II p. 17) specimens are found with
fronds in a transitional state between fertile and barren fronds.

283. Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Brnh.

Common in clefts of rock and in similar shady piaces on all the
Islands in low-lying regions as well as at high altitudes.

284. Polypodium vulgare L.

Found here and there on rocky ledges and on isolated rocks, but
not at high altitudes. Specimens mostly small.

Pteridiiim aquilinum is reported I)}' Melvill, but it is doubtless a coufusion
with Shetland, where it grows. Hornemans statement of AUosuriis crispiis is
equally improbable.

Order LIX. SELAGINELLACEAE.

285. Selaginella selaginoides (L.) Link.

Common everywhere in not too wet localities both in the lower
districts and on the hill-plateaux.

PHYTO-GEOGRAPHICAL STUDIES

BASED UPON OBSERVATIONS OF

»PHANEROGAMÆ AND PTERIOPHYTA«

BY

C. H. OSTENFELD.

THE phanerogams and vascular cryptogams of the Færoes, as
may be seen in the preceding treatise on the flora, comprise
277 ^ species whose introduction \ve have no reason to attribute
to human agency; and further, 40 species which were doubtless
either accidentally or intentionally introduced by man. With the
exception of the latter, all the species of phanerogams and vascular
cryptogams together with a few hybrids and varieties are enume-
rated in the accompanying list.

The letter c after the name of tlie species dcnotes that it is
commonly distributed on all the islands; the others are less frequent
or rare and only met with on some of the islands.

The species marked ° are not found in k'cland , those marked
f not in Scandinavia and those marked * not in Great Britain.
Further the »Atlantic« species are printed in small capilals, the
»Arctic« species in italics and the »Temperate European« in or(h-
nary types.

Floristic differences with in the grouj) of Islands.
Though the Færoes are small and not far distant from each other,
yet floristic differences may be traced in the dillerent parts of the
group. The common species are naturally met with on all the
islands, so we must turn, to find the differences, to those which
only occur in a few piaces. The natural grouping of the islands
according to their floristic peculiarities nearly coincides with their
geographical situation; thus all the northern islands (Nordreoerne,
Ostero, Stromo and Vaago) form a northern section and the southern
(Sando and Sj^dero) a southern section. I, however, prefer to make

^ In this treatise the number is brought up to 285 as several of the liybrids
have lieen numbered.

101

IJST OF TUF. SPONTANEOUS SPKCIES OF THE VASCULAR CHYPTO-
(.AMS AND PHANEUOGAMS OF THE FÆROES.

I. Cryptogamæ vasculares.
Aspidium Dryopteris.

— Filix mas. c

— Lone hit is.

— Phegopteris.

— s])inulosum''' (lilalalum. c
° A s p le n i u m a d i a n t u ni n i g r u in.

— Trichomanes.

Athyrium Filix foemina. c
B 1 e c h n n m s p i c a n t. c
Botryohinm Lunaria. c
Cijslo}>lcris fntgilis. c
E(iuiseluni arvense. c

— helcocharis.

— palustre. c
^ pratense.

^ — silvaticnm. c

*^ H y ni e n o p h y 1 1 u m p c 1 1 a t u ni. c

Isoétes echinosporum. c

— lacustre. c
Lycopodiiiin al])iniim. c.

— annotinuni.

Lycopodiiim Selago. c
Poly podium vulgare.
Selaginella selaginoides. c

II. Gymnospermæ.
.Tuniperus communis, v. nana.

III. Monocotyledones.

^ Agropyrum junecum.

^ — junceum x repens.

— repens, c

Agrostis stolonifera. c

— canina X vulgaris.

— canina. c

— vulgaris. c
Aisa caespitosa. c

— — V. alpina. c

— flexuosa. c.

^ A i ro p s i s p r æ c o x.

Alopccurus geniculatus. c

Anthoxanthum odoratuni. c

Carex at rata.

^ — b i n e rv i s. c

^ — caes|)itosa X Goodenoughii.

*t— cryplocarpa.

Carex dioica. c

— echinata. c

— flacca. c
^ — flava. c

'■' — flava X fulva.
*^ — fulva.

— Goodenoughii. c

— incurva.
° — leporina.

— panicea. c

— pilulifera. c
° — pulicaris. c

— saxatilis (pnlla).

— rig id a.

— salina * kattcgalcnsis.
Catabrosa aquatica.

^ Digraphis arundinacea. c
Ehjmus arenarins. c
Eriophorum polystachyum. c
^ — vaginatuni.

Festuca ovina, f. viuipara. c

— rubra. c
Glyceria distans. c

— fluitans.

— maritima.
Habenaria albida.

— viridis.

^ Heleocharis multicaulis.

— palustris.

— uniglumis.
^ H o 1 c u s 1 a n a t u s. c
^ — mol li s. c

^ Iris Pseudacorus.
Jancus ballicus.

— bigliimis.

— bufonius. c

^ — conglomeratus. c
^ — effusus. c

— lampocarpus. c
^ — obtusiflorus.

— s q u a r r o s u s. c

— supinus. c

— trifidns.

— triglnmis.
Listera cordata.
Lnznla arcnala.

— campeslris.

102

Liizula niultiflora. c
^ — silvatica. c

— spicata. c

" Malaxis pal ud os a.

Molinia coerulea. c

Nardus stricta. c

^ Narthecium ossifragum. c

Orchis latifolius.

— maculatus. c
^ — masculus.

'^ Phragmites communis.
Poa alpina. c

— annua. c

— glaiica. c

— nemoralis.

— pratensis. c

— trivialis. c
Polamogeton alpinus.

— filiformis.

— gramineus.

— gramineus x pcM-lbliatus.

— natans.

— perfoliatus.

^ — polygonifolius. c

^ — prælongus.

— pusillus.
^ Psamma arenaria.

^ Ruppia maritima.
° Scilla verna.
Scirpus cæspitosus. c

— pauciflorus.

^ S i e g 1 i n g i a d e c u ni b e n s. c
Sparganium affine. c
Triglochin palustre. c
Zostera marina.

IV. Dicotyledones; Choripetalæ.

Alchemilla alpiiia. c
*f — faeroensis. c

* — fdicaulis. c

* — Wichurae. c
Alsine verna.
Angelica silvestris. c
Arabis petræa. c

* Archangelica officinalis.
Atriplex hastata.

— B a b i n g t o n i i.

— patula.
Cakile maritima.
Callitriche autumnalis.

Callitrichc hamulala. c

— stagnalis. c
Caltha palustris. c
Capsella bursa pastoris, c
Cardamine hirsuta. c

— pratensis.
Cerastium alpinam.

— Ed mands to nii. c
^ — tetrandum. c

— trigymun.

— glomeratum.

— vulgare. c
Chamæncrium angustifolium.
Cochlearia officinalis. c
Cornus suecica. c

Draba hirta.

— incana. c
Drocera rotundifolia.
Dryas oclopetala.
Empelrum nigrnni. c
Epilobium alsinifolinm. c

— anagallidifolinm.
* — lactifloram. c

^ — montanum.

— palustre. c
Geranium silvaticum. c
Geum rivale.
Honckenya peploides. c
Haloscias scoticum.

" H y p e r i c u m p u 1 c h r u m. c
^ — quadrangulum.

* Koenigia islandica. c
Lathyrus pratensis.
Linum catliarticum. c
Lotus corniculatus.
Lychnis Flos cuculi. c
*^ Melandrium rubrum.
Montia rivularis. c
Mjriopbyllum alterniflorum. c
Oxyria digyna. c

* Papaver radicatum.

^ Polygala serpyllacea. c
^ — vulgaris v. Ballii. c
Polygonum amphibium.

— aviculare. c

— viviparam. c.
Potentilla anserina. c

— palustris.
^ — erecta. c

— verna {maculala).

103

Raniincuhis acer. c

o — Fl a 111 111 iila. c

— — V. rcptans.
* — (/htcialis.

— rejJtMis. c
^ Rosa mollis.

Rubiis saxatilis c
Riimcx acetosa. c

— crisi)iis.

— domestiens.

•^ — (lomesticus x obtiisirolius.
^ — obliisifolius. c
Sagiiia iiiimlis.

— prociimbens. c

— Iirociiinbens x subulata.

— subulata. c
SalLv (/laiica.

— phijticifolia.

— herbacea. c
Saxifraga decipiens. c

— h y p n o i ti e s. c

— nivalis.

— oppositifolia. c

— rivularis.

— stellaris. c
Sediim Rhodiola. c

— villosnm. c
Sibbaldia prociimbens.
Silene aeaiilis. c
Spergula arvensis.
Spiræa ulmaria. c
Stellaria media, c

— uliginosa. c
Subularia aquatica.
Thalictriim alpimim. c
Trifolium repens, c
Urtica dioica.

Vicia Oacca.
Viola palustris. c

— Riviniana. c

— trieolor '-'genuina.

V. Dicotyledones; Sympetalæ.
Achillea Millefoliuin. c

— Ptarmica.
Alectorolopbus minor. c

groenlamlicns.
^f Ana gal lis tenella.
Armeria clongata *maritima. c
Bellis |)erennis. c

Brunella vulgaris. c

C^alluna vulgaris. c

Campanula rotundifolia.

^ Cirsium palustre.

^ Erica cinerea. c

''t E u p h r a s i a b o r e a 1 i s. c

— curta.

•'t — atro p u rpurea. c

° — g r a c i 1 i s.

— latifolia.

°t — scotica. c.

Galeopsis Tetrahit. c

'^ Galium palustre.

^ — saxatile. c

Gentiana campeslris *islandica. c

Gmtphaliiim siij)inum.

Leontodon autuinnale. c

^ Litorella lacustris. c

Lobelia D o r t m a n n a.

Loiseleiiria prociimbens.

° Lysimachia nemorum.

Matricaria inodora, v. phæocephala. c

^ Mentha aquatica.

Menj'anthes trifoliata.

Mertensia mdritima.

Myosotis arvensis. c

^ — palustris, v. strigulosa.

''t — repens.

— versicolor. c
Pedicularis palustris. c
Pinguicula vulgaris. c

° P 1 a n t a g o c o r o n o p u s.

— lanceolata. c

— maritima. c
'-' Primula a c a u 1 i s.
Pyrola minor.

Senecio vulgaris.

S u c c i s a p r a t e n s i s. c

Tanacetum vulgare.

* Taraxacnm croceiim. c

— vulgare.
Thymus Serpyllum. c
Tussilago Farfara.
Vaccinium Myrtillus.

— uliginosum.

— vitis idaca.
Veronica alpina.

— Bcccabunga.

— officinalis. c

— serpyllifolia. c

104

the division by drawing a line from Toftevatn on Sonth-Ostero to
Sydredal on Stromo and from thence to Sorvaagsvatn on Vaago,
thereby cutting off the southern end of these three istands and including
them in the southern section. My reason for this is, partly that these
parts being low and having a more rounded form correspond more
closely to Sando and Sydero than to the northern parts of Stromo,
Ostero and Vaago; partly that several of the species wliich occur
on tlie soiitliern islands have been proved to extend to these parts,
but not farther north.

The mountains of the northern section are on an average
higher and more precipitous (Fig. 6) and the intervening areas of
low-lying lands are fewer, so that hill piants {Ardic^) are naturally
far more common here than in the southern section. The most im-
portant of these species which characterize the northern section,
but are absent (or rarely found *) in the southern section, are the
foUowing: —

Campanula rotundifolia. Dryas octopetala.

Gnaphalium supinum, rc.^ Potentitla verna.

"'' Loiseleuria procumbens, re. Sibbaidia procumbens, re.

Euphrasia tatifolia. Saxifraga rivutaris, re.

Veronica alpina. Salix glauca.

Pyrola minor. Luzula arcuata, re.

Cerastium atpinnm. Carex atrata.

— trigynum. * — rigida, re.

Sagina nivalis, re. * — saxatilis, re.

Ranunculus glaciatis, re. Aspidium Lonchitis.

Papaver radicatum.

All the above-mentioned 21 species are hill piants {Campanula
rotundifolia — at least on Bord 6 — and Pyrola minor also appear here
as hill piants) and those marked re are fairly common in the high
lands. Besides these hill piants, several lowland piants {Temperate
European and Atlantic) have been found in the northern section,
near Ejde on Ostero and thence along Sundelaget, which either have
not been found in other piaces on the islands — such as Myosotis
palustris and Galium palustre — or are more common in the southern
section — as Scilla verna, Chamænerium cmgustifolium, Potamogeton
natans and pusillus as well as Iris Pseudacorus. This is doubtless

^ For the defination of the terms »Arclic«, iTemperate European«, ^ Atlantic^
see below p. 110.

2 re = rather common.

105

because tlie localilics in Ihe middle of the group of islands are
more shellered from the winds.

Unhke the northern section, the southern se et ion conlains
many more temperate PZuropean and x\tlantic forms, but this section
is not quite so homogeneous in all its parts, Sydero in parlicular
occupying a speeial, extreme position. The following piants have
been met with only in the southern section: —
Aspleniiim Adiantum nigrum, Ost.

— Trichomanes, Ost.
Anagallis tenella, Ost., Vaago.
Viola tricolor, Str., Sando.
Riimex crispiis, Str., Sando, Syd.
Arcliillea Plarmica, Str., Syd.

Lathynis pratensis, Str., Ost., Vaago, Sando, Syd.

Potamogeton natans, Str., Ost., Vaago, Sando, Syd.

Lobelia Dortmanna, Sando.

Primula acanlis, Sando.

Malaxis paludosa, Sando.

Potamogeton graminens x perfoliatus (P. nitens), Sando.

Psamma arenaria, Sando.

Agropyrnm jnnceam, Sando, Syd.

Drosera rotnndifolia, Sando, Syd.

Polygonum amphilnum, Sando, Syd.

Myosotis repens, Syd. (re).

Plantago coronopns, Syd.

Heleocharis multicanlis, Syd.

Juncus ohtusiflorus. Syd.

Catabrosa aquatica, Syd.

Zostera marina, Syd.

Rnppia maritima, Syd.

Potamogeton fdiformis, Syd.

— prælongas, Syd.
Orchis mascula. Syd,
Alsine verna, Syd.

Scilla verna. Syd. (re), at one place on Ost., see above.
As may be seen from this list, in which the name of the island
or islands where the species occur is given immediately afler that
of each species, some are found distributed over the southern parts
of Stromo, Vaago and Østero, as well as over Sando and Sydero,
others are peculiar to Sando, others, again, to Sydero and lastly

106

some are common to both Sando and Sydero. They are alinost
exclusivcly Temperate European or Atlantic species, though Alsine
verna , wliich has been found on a single hill on Sydero , but has
otherwise not been met with in the Færoes, may be regarded as Arctic.
The most decidedly Atlantic species are Anagallis tenella, Scilla verna
and Myosotis repens, the two latter are fairly common (re.) on Sydero.

It is characteristic ofseveral of these Temperate European and Atlantic
species that they do not hear fruit — a circumstance which may often
be noticed when a species is found at the northern extremity of its
area of distribution (Nathorst^, Gunnar Anderson^ and O. Ek-
stam^ have remarked it in the case of the flowering piants of Spits-
bergen and Novaya Zemlya). Of the species mentioned in the above
list the following only have been found without fruit: Primula acanlis,
Malaxis, Potamogeton prælongus and pusilhis, Psamma, Agropyrum jun-
ceum, Lathyrus pratensis, Polygonum amphibium, Ruppia and Zostera(i).

When, as is hereby proved, there really exists such a difference
between the species met with in the northern and southern section,
there must be reasons to account for this floristic diversity. The
most obvious lies in the faet that the northern section is more de-
cidedly hilly with only a few low-lying regions, and this cause will
doubt less prove to be of great importance. While I do not consider
that we are justified in pointing either to its geographical position
to northwards or to its climate as an argument, the distances and
differences being so small. As another factor may be mentioned
the circumstances attending their immigration, and liere I allude
more particularly to the faet that the southern section owing to its
position must be first reached by the winds (and the migrating
hirds?) coming from the south, and the northern section by the
winds (and the migrating hirds?) coming from the north and this
suggests a possibility of the conveyance of the seed of the northern
and southern piants respectively. Further information on this point
will be found is given in the following notes on the importance of
the winds and the migratory hirds with regard to the immigration
of the chief part of the flora (p. 117).

^ A. G. Nathorst: Nya bidrag til kannedomen om Spetsbergens kårlviixter,
p. 64 (Kongl. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl. Bd. 20. N. 6. 1883),

^ Gunnar Andersson: Om våxtlifvct i de arktiska trakterna. Nordisk
Tidskrift. H. 3, 1900, p. 249.

^ O. Eks tam: Bliitcnbiologische Beobachtungen af Novaja Semlja (Tromso
Museums Aarskrifter, 18. 1897).

Idem : Einige bliitenbiologischc Beobachtungen auf Spitzbcrgen. (Ibid.. 20. 1898).

107

The Færoese Flora compared with that of llie sur-
ro und i ng countries. We should a priori assume that the Færoese
species would be l'ound also in the surrounding countries and this
is in faet the case; none of the phanerogams or vascular
cryptogams are endeniic to the Færoes. Moreover it is
only a few of the species which occur in the Færoes that are not
to be found in all the surrounding countries, — a natural conce-
quence of the Færoes covering a small area, while the countries
with which they must be compared in character are larger, for they
can properly speaking only I)e compared with the British Isles,
Scandinavia and Iceland. It has been proved that only 10 (7) of
the species found in the Færoes are wanting in Great
Britain, viz: —

Ranunciiliis glacialis. Carex cryptocarpa.

Papaver radicatiim. Alchimilla faeroensis.

Archangelica officinalis. — Wichnrae.

Koenigia islandica. Epilobiiim lactiflonim.

Salix glaiica. Taraxacum croceum.

Of these the three last are critical species which may probably
be found in the Scottish Highlands, so that it is safer to reduce
the number to 7. It must, however, be remembered that conipa-
risons such as these do not give an altogether complete account of
the vegetation, for many of the species being common in the one
country and very rare in the other are not mentioned at all. This
is precisely the case here, as many of the Arctic species which are
common all over the Færoes, e. g. Saxifraga stellaris, Cerastinm
Edmondstonii, etc. are very rare in Great Britain and have only been
found on mountain heights. But viewed merely from the stand-
point of geographical distribution such comparisons are of interest.

The part of Great Britain which lies nearest to the Færoes is
Shetland and as this group of istands has been thoroughly in-
vestigated with regard to its flora it is worth while comparing it
with the Færoes. According to the latest records^ some 375 species

1 See W. H. Beeby: On the flora of Shetland. (The Scottish Naturalist 1887
p. 20, 1888 p. 209, 1889 p. 32, 1890 p. 212, 1891 p. 251; and Annals of Scottish
Natural History 1892).

Th. Edmonds ton; A Flora of Shetland, comprchending a list of the flowering
and cryptogamic piants of the Shetland Islands, Aberdeen 1845.

Ralph Tate; Upon the Flora of the Shetland. (.lourn. of Botany. 1866. p. 2).

A. Craig-Christie; Notes of a Botanical excursion to Shetland in 1868.
(Transact. Bot. Soc. of Edinburgh, vol. X, 1870, p. 165 and p. 254).

108

are to be found in Shetlaud (including those introdiiccd by human
agency), to 317 in the Færoes. Of these, neaiiy 265 are common
to both group of islands, 50 are peculiar to the Færoes and 110 to
Shetland. Thus we see that a large number of species whicli are
wanting in the Færoes have been found in Shetland and vice versa,
while ahiiost all occur in Great Britain.

The reasons for these dilYerences must l)e sought in the following
circumstances: — 1) The different geological structure and conse-
quently configuration, the mountains of the Færoes being far higher
than those of Shetland; 2) the much larger cultivated area on Shet-
land; and 3) its somewhat more southern position. The lists also
show that the 110 species which are absent in the Færoes are
chiefly lowland piants and mostly piants which follow in the
wake of civilisation, while the 50 peculiar to the Færoes are Arctic
piants; as an example I may mention that the Færoes have 5
species of the genus Saxifraga and Shetland but 1 which has, more-
over, only been found in a few piaces.

Similar differences are detected when we compare the Færoes
with another group of islands north of Scotland — the Orkney Isles;
according to the latest records^, about 450 species are to be found
on them, and of these some 150 or 200 are absent in the Færoes.

Turning to Scandinavia we find circumstances almost similar
to those of Great Britain. Only 7 species which are to be
found in the Færoes, are absent from Scandinavia, and
of these, three are species of Eiiphrasia which may on subsequent
investigation be found in West Norway. The species are the
following: —

Eiiphrasia atropiirpiirea. Anagallis tenella.

— horealis. Alchimilla færoensis.

— scotica. Carex cryptocarpa.
Myosotis repens.

While the 7 (10) species which are absent in Great Britain are
typical Arctic species the 5 here mentioned are Atlantic, only Al-
chimilla and Carex being Arctic. The Atlantic species must be
sought for on the west coast of Norway M'here there is a fairly

1 See H. C. Watsnn: Florula Orcadensis. A list of Piants reported to occur
in the Orkney Isles (Journ. of Botany 1864, p. 11).

W. .1. Fortescue: A new list of the flowering piants and ferns of Orkney
(The Scottish Naturalist 1882, pp. 318 and 362, 1883, pp. 20, 72 and 110).

109

large colony of them (e. g., Mcum athamanticnm, Aspleniiim marinum,
Scilla uerna, Hymenophylliiin peltatiiin) a greater part of which are
also to be found in the Færoes. This western part of Norway
corresponds most closely to the Færoes. Thus Ove DahP tells
us in his papers on the districts of Nord- and Sondfjord that only
27 of the Færoese species are wanting there (excepting the critical
genera).

The two larger countries with which we have been comparing
the Færoes, contain then ahnost all the piants which are to be
found on the islands. The conformity is ahnost surprising and
proves that the Færdes are uery closely related to them in the matter
of phyto-geographJ^ It is otherwise with regard to Iceland,
with which country we are generally most disposed to connect the
Færoes both on account of its situation and of the identity of
geological configuration. In the list of the vascular piants of the
Færoes (p. 101 — 103) thosc species which are not found in Iceland
are marked " and they comprise no less than 61 of the 277 spon-
taneous species of the Færoes — i. e. about V* (V«) of the flora,
and a great many of the species are so common that they form
the dominant feature of the vegetation, e. g. Nartheciiim, Potentilla
erecta, Holcus- and Ca/'ex-species, Potamogeton polygonifolius, Luziila
silvatica, Polygala serpyllacea, Erica cinerea. They belong almost
exclusively to the temperate European and Atlantic forms, which
consequently do not grow so far north as Iceland; but strangely
enough on the other side Iceland contains several Temperate Euro-
pean species which are wanting in the Færoes (I think no less than
some 30) and w^iich must either have become extinct in the Færoes
or have been introduced more directly into Iceland.

The resemblance hetween the Færoes and Iceland is then not so
close as might be eæpected , but on the other hånd that there eæists
some sort of connection between them is proved by the peculiar distri-
bution of a few species: Alchimilla fderoensis, which has only been
found in East-Iceland and in the Færoes (common in both piaces),
and Carex cryptocarpa distributed over the Færoes, Iceland (common),
South-Greenland and further across North-America to Kamskatka.

In the earlier botanical literature, e. g. »Færoernes Flora« bj"^
Rostrup (1870), we find shorter comparisons such as I have given
above, but Rostrup's figures and mine do not quite agree, chiefly
because the flora of the countries in question had not at that time

^ See list of works at foot of p. 111.

110

been thoroughly investigaled. Chr. Martins has also written a
paper on this question (cfr. p. 2), but though it is vahiable as one
of the earliest attempts towards a study of phyto-geography , it
must be owned that his conclusions do not hold good, owing to
the faet that the material he had at his disposal was very imperfect
and erroneous; as an example may be mentioned that he records
(1. c. p. 424) 31 species as found in the Færoes, but absent in Shet-
land and Iceland, while more recent investigations failed to trace
no less than 20 of these species in the Færoes, showing that his
statements must have been based upon mistakes, and of the re-
maining 11, 10 have now been found in Iceland, leaving only one
species concerning which his record is correct. It is easy to under-
stand that such premises (and he had no better at his command)
may lead to strange conclusions, as e. g. that the tlora of the Færoes
has migrated partly from America and partly from Europe (»ces
iles ont été peuplées conjointement par 1' Europe et par l'Amerique«,
p. 435), though Martins is of opinion that the greater part is from
Europe (»la migration européene est evidemment prédominante«,
p. 440). Of the theories maintained by him one holds good to our
day, viz. that the Flora of the Færoes is due to immigration, and
that the species have not developed on the spot.

The Floristic components and the place occupied by
the Færoese Flora in Phyto-Geography. The flora of all the
northern countries is generally supposed to be made up of species
of different origin and to have migrated at difTerent times and in
different ways. A. Blytt^ has propounded this theory with regard
to Norway in several papers, and later on it has been further
worked out by others. In Great Britain the matter has not re-
ceived much attention since the days of Forbes and Watson,
so that at the present time we have no up-to-date investigations
for this country.

In the preceding pages I have several times used the terms
»Arctic«, »Temperate European« and >^ Atlantic« and these terms answer
broadly to Blytt's »Arctic«, »Subarctic« and »Atlantic«. I apply the
term Arctic to those species which in the present day are chieflij
met with in the Arctic regions, in the mountains of Scandinavia the

1 A. Blytt: Essay on the immigration of the Norwegian Flora. Christiania 1876.
klem: Die Theorie der wechselnden kontinentalen und insularen Klimate.
(Engler's Botanische Jahrbiicher. Bd. 2. 1882).

klem: On the distribution of piants (Journ. of Botany, 1887).

111

hujher moutains of Greal Brildin and also in Ihe higher regions of
llw Alps and of Ihe other Central-Enropean montains. By Tempe-
ra te European I understand Ihe species ivhich ave now dispersed
over Ihe sonthern and low-hjing parts of Scandinavia, and from the
Raltic to the Alps. Lastly, the term Atlantic enibraces the species
which extend along the western coast of Enrope, i. e. from western
Norwag to the Pyrenean Peninsnla. In the hst of the Færoese
species given at pp. 101 — 103 the names of the Athintic species are
printed in small capitals, those of the Arctic species in italics, and
those of the temperate European species in ordinary types.

The flora consists of these three floristic components. It is
not ahvays easy to decide in which category each species should
be placed, and it must after all be a matter af judgement. I have,
however, chiefly followed the opinion expressed by O. DahP —
Blytt's successor in studies of plant distribution in Norway — in
his different phyto-geographical papers and I have arrived at the
conclusion that of the 277 spontaneous species of the Færoes,
70 are Arctic, 164 Temperate European and 43 Atlantic.
That is, more than one half (V12) are Temperate European and
widely-spread species, while the Arctic element constitutes about V4
and the Atlantic about Ve. If we compare them with the other
northern countries, making allowances for their isolated situation
so far to the north-west, we find that the former are unusually
rich {^/i) in Temperate European and Atlantic species. The large
quantity of Temperate European species show that the flora must
be regarded as belonging to the woody districts of Temperate Enrope,
though trees are quite absent, while the relatively considerable At-
lantic element indicates that, cmiong these woody districts it is most
closely related to the northern part of Great Britain. The Færoes
are not mentioned in Drude' s^ book on phyto-geography, but he
remarks in it (p. 370) that in south-western Norway, species from
mountain regions nieet with Atlantic species, while with this ex-
ception these two classes are separated by the Scandinavian woody
region (the pine region). This is also the case in the Færoes, and

^ O. Dahl: Plantegeografiske Undersøgelser i det indre af Romsdalsanit med
de tilstødende fjeldtrakter. I — II. (Det kongl norske Vidensk. Selsk. skrifter
1893 — 94, Trondhjem). Plantegeografiske undersøgelser i 3'dre Sondniore. 1894 (Chri-
stiania Videnskab Selskabs Forhandlinger 1895). K^stvegetationen i Homsdal, Nord-
og Sondfjord. 1896 (Ibidem. 1897). Botaniske undersøgelser i Sondfjords og Nord-
fjords Distrikter i 1896—97. (Ibidem. 1898).

^ O. Drude: Handbuch der Pfanzengeographie. Stuttgart, ]8i)0.

112

I am of opinion that we may justly regard the Færoes as a wood-
lees north-western extretnitij of the Atlantic part of the woody region
of the West Baltic area and not as a woodless extremity of the
Scandinavian woody region. This is, however , the case only with
the low-lying districts, for the hilly parts mast be reckoned to belong
to the alpine (arctic) region, as in the similar instance of the Scot-
tish Highlands. What I want to emphasize is, that the Færoes
cannot be classed with Iceland, the latter country is regarded by
Engler^ and Stromfelt^ as a woodless part of the Scandinavian
woody region, by Grisebach ^ as Arctic, and by Drude* as be-
longing partly to one of these regions and partly to the other, and
the latter opinion being doubtless the most correct.

The Immigration of the Flora. With regard to the im-
migration of the flora very little is known. What the country
looked like before the Ice Age, when the coal layers were formed
and the erosive action was in full actinity, we have no idea, and
the coal layers, as mentioned in the introductory chapter on geo-
logy, have not been paleontologically investigated. When the large
ice sheet covered the country (which at that time represented the
small scattered islands of the present day) all or almost all plant-
life — at any rate in its higher forms — was no doubt absent. It
is possible that some of the most hardy of the Arctic flowering
piants just m anaged to exist in the crevises on the vertical faces
of the rocks where ice and snow could not remain, but I think it
is well not to take this doubtful possibility into consideration and
I regard the whole flora as post-glacial. James Geikie^ is also
of this opinion.

As the land-ice gradually dissolved an Arctic flora, poor in
species, must have migrated into the country, and an investigation
of the lowest layers of the numerous small bogs would doubtless
bring to light traces of this flora. From this latter the present
temperate flora, fairly rich in species, has gradually developed.

^ A. Engler: Die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Pflanzen seit der Tertiarzeit.
Leipzig 1879.

^ H. F. G. Stromfelt: Islands karlva.\ter betraktade från vaxtgeografisk ock
floristisk sjnpunkt, p. 84 (Ofvers. af Kongl. Sv. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 1884. Nr. 8.
Stockholm).

^ Grisebach: Die Vegetation der Erde. Leipzig 1872.

* Drude: 1. c. p. p. 358— 359.

^ James Geikie: Prehistoric Europe. A Geologicai Sketch, p. 519. London, 1881.

113

How this post -glacial flora migrated into thc country is not
knoNvn for certain. A great many aiilhors have given Iheir opinion
on Ihis subjecl, as the Færoes, by reason of their geographical situa-
tion, i'orni, as it were, the first milestone on the road ironi Europe
to Greenland. Many ol" these authors assume that in post-glacial
linies Scotland, the Færoes, Iceland and perhaps East Greenland
were connected, and that the flora of the respective countries has
migrated mainly along this helt of land. Others set aside the idea
of this continuous stretch of land and content themselves with
pointing out the means by which piants generally migrate, viz.
wind, water and animals.

It is the geologicai authors for the most part who maintain
the tlieory of the unity of the land; aniong these may be mentioned
E. Forbes^ and James Geikie^, and of non-geological authors
especially A. Blytt^. Others, again, sucli as Warming* and, as
regards the Færoes, Wille and Borge sen, have, mostly on bo-
tanical grounds (also Nathorst^, who, by the by, maintains the
tlieory of pre-glacial belt of land, but does not believe in a post-
glacial land-bridge) been of opinion, that the present flora may very
well have migrated across the sea.

This is sucli a very complicated queslion — owing to the few
actual facts to which we can rcfer — that it cannot be definitely
solved at the present time. /, for my part, believe in the post-gla-
cial helt of land and in the following I shall endeavour to show
what, in my opinion, is in favour of this theory and against that
of immigration across the sea.

The geologicai configuration of the north-western part of Scot-
land, the Færoes and Iceland, with their broken-oft" basalt beds,
clearly shows that they were formerly much larger, and their con-
formity shows that they are all from the same geological time and
the submarine ridges which occur between them indicate the direc-

* E. Forbes: Mem. of the Geological Surve3' of Great Hritain, vol. I, 184(i.
^ J. Geikie: Prehistoric Europe.

^ Engler's bot. Jahrbiicher, Ud. 2, p. 39.

* E. Warming: Gronlands Vegetation (Medd. om Grønland XII. 1888), p. 169. —
Grønlands Natur og Historie (N'idensk. Medd. fra den naturli. Forening i Kjobcn-
havn 1891), p. 290.

•' A. G. Nathorst: Kritisehe Bemerkungen iiber die Geschiehte der N'egetalion
Gronlands (Engler's Botan. Jahrbiicher. 14. Bd. 1891), p. 213. — Fortsatta anmiirk-
ninger om den gronlandska vegetationens historia COfvers. af Kgl. Vetensk. .Akad.
Forhandl. 1891, Stockholm), p. 2;{0.

li()l:iiiy of llu> l'ji'ioes. 8

114

tion of the connecting' strips of land. This then suggests with
some certainty that the lands were formerly connected, but it tells
us nothing with regard to this connection having been pre-glacial
or post-glacial, and we have no strong geological evidence to prove
either theory. A circumstance, which, however, seems to favour the
theory of a post-glacial land-bridge, has lately been mentioned by
the Danish zoologist Adolf J ensen ^ On investigating the mollusc
material brought home by the Danish Ingolf- Expedition it was
proved, that at several stations in the sea between Jan Mayen and
Iceland and towards the Færoes a large quantity of mussel shells
were found at a depth of upwards of 1300 fathoms, while living
specimens of these animals are never met with at a grcater dej)th
than some 100 fathoms. This in connection with the find of oto-
liths^ of several species of Gadus which are otherwise only found
along coasts seems to prove that an upheavel of enormous dimen-
sion (some 1200 fathoms) must have taken place since the days
when they were actually living. Mr. Adolf Jensen fixes this time
as late-glacial , and it seems to me that there is nothing wrong in
supposing that the subsequent sinking process was so gradual that
it extended far into the post-glacial period. (Further information
on this point can be found in the papers quoted). If in the future
this assumption should be proved to be correct, then the theory of
the land-connection would become a recognized faet, as an eleva-
tion of 3 — 400 fathoms would suffice to produce the connecting
bridge between East Greenland and Scotland. Moreover, as there
is no geological evidence against this theory, we may fairly base
the hesitation in accepting this assumption on an unwillingness
to believe that such enormous geological changes could have taken
place at so late a period, for almost all geologists have admitted
small upheavels in the post-glacial period (lake of Ancijlus) in the
case of Northern Europe.

J. Geikie, who in his »Prehistoric Europe« propounds the
theory of the post -glacial connection of lands, says very little in
defence of it, as he has no geological evidence in its support and
his sole argument, the composition of the flora, has not been suf-

^ Adolfs. Jensen: Om Levninger af Grundtvandsdyr paa store Havd3'b
mellem Jan Ma3'en og Island (Vidensk. Medd. f. d. Naturhist. Forening i Kjoben-
havn, 1900, p. 229).

^ See Idem: Hvorfra stamme Otolitherne i »Ingolf«s Bundprover. Ibidem
1900, p. 243.

115

ficiently applied, chiefly on account of the incompleteness and inaccu-
racy of the facts at his disposal. He is undoubtedly right in seeing
proofs of this theory in the composition of the flora. Considering the
smaHness of the area covered by the Færoes (1325 square km.), their
unfavourable chmate and situation, and tlie uniformily of the soil,
we may be justified in calHng a flora comparatively rich which con-
sists of 277 (+ 40) vascular piants. I do not think an area of similar
size and quality in North Scotland contains a considerably larger
number of species. Further the flora bears a wonderful resemblance
to that of Scotland. If it had been a question of immigration across
the sea, the flora taken as a whole would hardly have been so
very much like that of Scotland. It would have consisted of fewer
species, and the species would perhaps have developed or been in
the aet of developing peculiar forms, while the faet is that species
with even the most limited geographical distribution and partly of
critical value are not restricted to the Færoes, but on the contrary,
as, e. g. species of Eiiphrasia (E. otropiirpurea, horealis and scoticaj,
also occur in Shetland and North Scotland or, as, e. g. Alchimilla
faeroensis, also in Iceland. It is further a faet that typical insular
floras have a comparatively large number of species, whose fruits
or seeds are adapted for dissemination by the agency of the wind,
but this is not the case liere, as out of the 277 species of which
the flora consists, only 98 (35,5%) — all told — may be supposed
to have been carried by the wind; of these 71 species have small
seeds and only 27 (9,8^ ja) have flying apparatiis (hair, wings).
Piants with fleshy fruits are also rare, only 6 having fruits resem-
bling berries, to which must however be added some (18) aquatic
piants, the fruits of which are drupes with a thin pulpy layer
{Potamogeton etc).

If we now investigate the action of the usual disseminating
agencies, we shall see that the result is very small. The direction
of the ocean currents, which might carry fruits (seeds) along
with them, are as unfavourable as possible for the Færoes. A
strong extension of the Gulf Stream^ flows south-east of the islands,
and as it comes from the open Atlantic to the south-west of the
Færoes and has not touched land since the West Indies, the only
seeds it could possibly convey are tropical. — Entacla Gigalohiiim

^ See Martin Knudsen and C. Ostenfeld: Iagttagelser over Overflade-
vandets Temperatur, Saltholdii^hed og Plankton paa islandske og gronlandske
Skihsrouter i 1898. Kobenhavn 18i)i), p. 44.

8*

116

and other seeds are also sometimes washed up on the shores of
the Færoes — but it never brings species which would thrive
tliere; and not only this, but running parallel as it does with
tbe Færoes il Forms a barrier between thcm and Scotland, as any
seeds coming from Scolland are caught up by it and carried away
from the Færoes and towards the north-east. Nor does the direc-
tion of the ocean currents between Iceland and the Færoes lead to
any expectation of their conveying seeds. In my opinion the ocean
currents in these parts are of no consequence whatever in the matter
in qnestion.

With regard to the birds, we find that they are generally
mentioned in this connection and several authors lay great em-
phasis on them as an important factor in conveying seeds from
land to land. In the case of the Færoes, it is Wille^ especially
who has pointed out how excellently they are adapted to spread
fresh-water algæ, and Borgesen^ follows him in maintaining their
usefulness in this respect; they are of opinion that if sufficient
importance were attached to this action of the birds the theory of
a land-bridge would be unnecessary. As I also laid some stress
on the migrations of birds (all the more, perhaps, because I held
the other disseminating agencies to be of little value) I applied to
an eminent Danish ornithologist, Mr. Knud Andersen, who has
made a special study of the birds of the Færoes^, and he very
kindly gave me the information I wanted. Relying on Palmen*,
Wil le has taken for granted, thai immense numbers of migratory
birds pass over the Færoes in spring from the British Isles to Ice-
land and Greenland — perhaps also to Norway — and return in
autumn. But according to Mr. Andersen this statement must be
considerably modified, as the migratory birds of Greenland chiefly
go to America and come from thence^; the Norwegian migrants
are only chance visitors, the greater part of them go along the

1 N. Wille: Om Færoernes Ferskvandsalger og om Ferskvandsalgernes Spred-
ningsmaader (Botaniska Notiser 1897. Lund), p. 17.

^ F. Borgesen: Conspectus algarum novarum aquae dulcis quas in insulis
Faeroensibus invenit. (Vidensk. Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske Forening i
Kjobenliavn 1899, p. 321.)

^ Knud Andersen: Meddelelser om Færoernes Fugle med særligt Hensyn
til Nolsø. I and II. (Vidensk. Medd. f. d. naturli. Forening i Kjobenliavn 1898, p. 315;
1899, p. 239).

•* J.A. Palmen: Om foglarnes flyttning.svagar. Helsingfors 1874.

■' H.Winge: Gronlands Fugle. Medd. om Grønland XXI, 1899, p. 60.

117

wesl coast of Europe or through Soulh Swedeii, only a few excep-
tions hehig driven l)y chance so far west as the Færoes; and the
Icelandic migratory hirds are few in numher. According to this
we may say thai Ihc mUjratonj fliglit of birds over the Færoes is
not considerable , as is also proved by the faet that in the 6 years
during which the Hghthouses of the Færoes have existed a few
birds have onl}^ once descended beside them, whilst in Denmark il
actually »rains« birds round the Hghthouses.

If we consider how the migrating birds would carry tlie seeds
wilh them, it can only l)e in one of two dilfcrent ways, either in
tlie aHmentary canals or adliering to their beaks, feet or feathers.
With regard to tliis Mr. Andersen says that in Denmark during a
period of 4 — 5 years tlie intestines of all the birds found at the
Hghthouses were exaniined with the result that all without excep-
tion were empty, i. e. tlie birds migrate on an empty stomach. Even
if a hird had taken food just before it left the nearest land, Shet-
land, it would not retain it until it reached the Færoes, as it takes
at most a few hours to digest the food and the useless parts are
doubtless ejected during flight. With regard lo the seeds adhering
lo the birds, Mr. Andersen says thai here also we must bear in
mind that we are speaking of migrating birds, for while a hird
shol in Ihe fields may have clumps of earlh, etc. (possibly wilh
seeds) adhering to it. Ibis has never been found to be the case
with migratory birds on the move, and he again refers to the
(|uanlily of birds from lighlhouses which he has had for invesliga-
lion lo support him in stating wilh some certainty that migratory
birds are almost always clean when they journey.

Thus we see that an ornilhologist is of opinion that migratory
birds are of hardly any importance as disseminators of piants.

Lastly, we have the wind as a disseminating agency, and
Ihough we cannol allogelher dispute ils title to be such, yet we
must remember that the most frequent winds (see p. 35) are the
south-weslerly and northerly which come from the open sea, while
further, only a small quantity of species have seeds which can be
carried by the wind. I am therefore of opinion that though some
of the lucroese specimens may possibly have been introduced by the
agency of the n)ind, the greater part were introduced othermisc. Fur-
ther, ever since the P^æroes have been inhabiled, man has doubtless
introduced and keeps on introducing new species.

A summary of the above arguments leads to the conclusion

118

that the chief part of the present flora of the Færoes
(I am only speaking of the vascular piants) has migrated across
a post- glacial belt of land. The piants then have migrated
»step by step and in collected bodies«, as is held also by A. Blytt
(Englers Jahrbiicher, p. 47) with regard to the Norwegian flora.

Apart from this, a few species have been introdiiced by the
agency of the wuids (and birds?). This, I think, explains why
some of the species have only been found either at a single place
or at a few piaces. As examples I may mention species such as
Salix glaiica and Dryas, which, being well adapted to be carried
by the wind, have been found on a few of the higher mountains
towards the north-east. If we regard them as survivals (relicts)
we shall be at a loss to explain why they do not occur on other
mountain summits of a similar height and having the same con-
ditions of life. —

Lastly I will say a few words about man 's influence on
the immigration. In my »Phanerogamae and Pteridophyta«,
f denotes that the species has been lately introduced by human
agency and has not yet become naturalised, but besides these I
think that some of the others migrated into the Islands when man
began to cultivate the ground, and they are now found whereever
the land is cultivated, but they have as yet had too short a time to
extend beyond the cultivated area, though a few, e. g. Ranuncnliis
repens and TrifoUnm repens spread beyond and folio wing the moun-
tain paths even extend some way up the bilis. J. M. Norman^
mentions similar cases in Arctic Norway.

As examples of species introduced by man and now regarded
as indigenous may be mentioned: —

Myosotis arnensis. Spergnla arvensis.

— versicolor. Stellaria media.

Senecio vnlgaris. Capsella bnrsa pastoris.

Tanacetum vulgare. Lathyrus pratensis.

Tiissilago Farfara. Trifolinm repens.

Galeopsis Tetrahit. Vicia Cracca.

Veronica Beccabnnga. Polygonum amphibium.
Cerastiam glomeratum. — aviculare.

^ J. M. Norman: Norges arktiske Flora. II. Oversigtlig Fremstilling, 1ste Halv-
del. Kristiania 1895, p. 24 and p. 196.

119

Riimex domeslicus.
— ohhisifoliiis.
Ranunciilns repens.
Urtica dioica.
Viola tricolor.
Agropyniin repens.
Airopsis præcox.

Alopecnrns genicnlatns.
Digraphis ariindinacea.
HolcLis lanatus.

— mollis.
Poa annna.
— trivialis.

BKYOPHYTA

c. JENSEN.

THE following list of thc Færoesc species of Mosses and Iheir di-
stril)ution on thc groiip of islands is based on the inaterial
which is to be found in both thc old and the new collcclions in
the Museum of the Bolanical Gardens, Copenhagen. The greater
part of these collcclions werc collectcd by Rostrup and Fcilberg
(1867), while other rather valuable contributions, some largcr and
some smaller, were made by Lyngbye (1817), Trevelyan (1821), an
unknown collector (1831), Feddersen (1886), Borgesen (1895), Osten-
feld (1895—97), Warming and J. Hartz (1897). I have further had
access to Dr. Rostrup's private colleclion and to the collection made
by the Swedish bolanist, H. G. Simmons; the latter collection is to
be found in the Botanical Museum, Lund. In 1896, from May
8th. to July 15th., I traversed the greater part of the group of is-
lands, viz. Sydero, Store Dimon, Sando, Myggenæs, Vaago, Stromo,
Ostero and Bordo for the purpose of investigating the Mosses and
making collcclions. I was fortunate enough to find a large number
of species, hitherto unknown on the islands and among these a
species which is doubtless new to science, viz. Pohlia færoénsis.
I also took many noles on the horizontal and vertical distribution
of the species and their social relation to each other and to the
vascular planls in different localities. In the following list I have
only numbered those species which I have actually seen. In one
single case only, viz. under Oncophorus virens, have I given a
habitat, the correctness of which I have not been able to ascertain.
Older publications of species which are wanting in the list will be
found in the list of corrections and alternations.

121

I owe thanks to Professor Loitlesbcrger (Gorz) and Mr. Hagen
(dislrict-physician, Opdal) for having kindly assisled me wilh re-
gard to the determination ol' relatively, Martinelliae and Brya.

List of abbreviations.

c. — Continental mosses, siich as are known to occur on the
European-Asiatic continent.

w. c. = western-continental mosses, snch as are known to occur
principally on the European continent, but appears to be wanting,
at all events to be rare in Asia.

Atl. =■ Allantic mosses, such as are known to occur in the
western parts of Europe, principally along the shores of the At-
lantic Ocean or on the European istands therein, but also along
the Mediterranean sea and the Baltic.

suba. — subalpine or subarctic. Str. = Stromo.

alp. arct. = alpine-arctic.
n. 1. — northern limit,
ab. — about.
espec. = especially.
acc. — according.
fr. = fruit, IVuiting.

B. = Britain.
Nw. — Norway.
I. = Iceland.
Fær. — The Færoes.

Syd. = Sydero.

Ost. = Ostero.

T. = Trevelyan.

Lb. = Lyngbye.

H. = Hornemann.

R. = Rostrup and Feilberg.

F. B. — F. Borgesen.

Sm. = Simmons.

O. = C. Ostenfeld.

J. H. = J. Hartz.

! = C. Jensen.

Bibliography.

1. Landt, J.: For.søg til en Beskrivelse af Færøerne. Ivjøl)enli., 1800.

2. Trevelyan, \V. C: On the vegetation and temperature of the
P'aroe-islands. Edinburgh New Phil. Journ. for January 1835. Reprinted
with corrections, June 1837, Florence.

3. Hornemann, .1. \V. : Forsøg til en dansk oeconomisk Plantelære,
2den Del, Kjobenhavn, 1837.

4. Rostrup, E. : Færøernes Flora. Botan. Tidskr., 4. Bind, 1. Hefte.
Kjobenhavn, 1870.

5. Kindberg, N. C: Enumeratio muscorum (Bryineorum et Sphag-
noruni) qui in Groenlandia, Islandia et Færoer occurrunt. Vidensk. Meddel,
fra den naturh. Forening i Kjøbcnhavn, 1887.

0. Børgesen, F. og Ostenfeld-Hansen, C: Planter samlede paa Fær-
øerne i 1895. Mosser bestemte af C. Jensen. Botan. Tidskr., 20. Bind,
2. Hefte. Kjobenhavn, 1896.

122

7. Simmons, H. G.: Några Bidrag till Fåroarnes flora, II. Botan.
Notiser. Lund, 1897.

8. Jensen, C: Beretning om en Rejse til Færøerne i 1896. Botan.
Tidskr., 21. Bind, 2. Hefte. Kjøbenhavn, 1897.

List of species.
Hepaticae.

1. Marchantia polymorpha L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. Round springs, on wet banks by streanis,
from the sea to ab. 300 m. Reported from Fær. by Lb. , H. and T.
Syd.: Leore near Kvalbo, J (R.). Str. : Near Nordredal, round spring,
barren (!); near Kaibak (Sm.).

Var. alpestris Nees.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., rare. On moist ground in crevices
of rocks. Nolso, barren (F. B., Sm.). Ost.: Gjov, barren (!).

2. Chomocarpon quadratus (Scop.) Lindb., Preissia quadrata Nees.
Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On moist ground in crevices of

rocks. Ost.: Svinaa, fr. (O.).

3. C. commutatus (Lindenb.) Lindb., Preissia commutata Nees.
B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On moist ground in crevices of rocks,

on wet banks by streams, from the sea to ab. 100 m. Syd.: Vaag, fr. (O.);
Kvanhaugen, fr. (O.,!). Sando: 9 (R.); near Grothusvatn, barren (!j.

4. Fegatella conica (L.) Corda.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On moist, shady ground and moist
rocks, espec. by streams near the coast. Only barren. Syd.: North side
of Skaalefjæld (O.). Sando: Near Grothusvatn (O.). Str.: Thorshavn
(R.). Nolso: The east side (O.). Ost.: Svinaa (O.); near Ejde; Gote-
gjov; between Fuglefjord and Gote (!). Videro: Villingedalsfjæld (R.).

5. Frullania Tamarisci (L.) Dum.

B., I., Nw. (,w. c). — Fær., very common. On the ground, on stones
and rocks, both in wet and dry localities and espec. in uncultivated
piaces, from the sea shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. rare. Fær.
acc. to H. and T.. Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Heslo; Vaago; Mygge-
næs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoerne.

A most varying species, often of a more slender habit than is
usual in continental forms. The reflexed leaf point is nearly always
more or less acute.

Var. robusta Lindb.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., rare. On rocks in low-lying situations, espec.
with southern aspect. Syd.: Near Famienvatn, 9 barren; below Orne-
fjæld, fr. (!). Sando: Near Sand and Holsavatn, barren (!).

F. hispanicaNees. (F. Tamarisci var. hispanica) is found in Ireland,
but not yet in Fær. The F. microphijlla (Gottsch.) Pears., which has been
met with in B. and Nw., I was not so fortunate as to find in Fær.

123

6. F. fragilifolia Tayl.

B., I., Nw. (w. c, siiba.). — Fær. , rare. On shady rocks, from the
sea to ab. 100 m. Only barren. Syd.: Below Ørnefjæld, ?; at Norbes
Ejde (!). Str. : Arge (R.); Gjoverbotn near Kvivig; Vcstmanliavngjov (!).

7. F. Jackii Gottsch.

B., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., rare. On large stones in low-lying
situations. Str.: Kalbakbotn, ab. 50 m. above the sea, barren (Sm.).

Acc. to H. »Jiingermaimia dilatata L.« is detected in Fær., but no
specimens has been met with in the collections. Also notified by T.

8. Lejeunea calcarea Lib.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., very rare. On wet, sliady rocks. Str.: Near
Saxendalen (!).

9. L. microscopica Tayl.

B., (Atl.). — Fær., very rare. On moist rocks in low-lying situations,
creeping upon other mosses such as Marsiipella emarginata, Ilelerocladiiim
heteropteriini, Povotrichum alopeciinim, Thuidiam tamariscifolinm, Hyloco-
miiim prolifernm and upon Hyinenophylliim peltatiim. Only barren. Str.:
Vestmanhavngjov (F. B. !). Ost.: Gotegjov (!).

10. L, patens Lindb., L. serpyllifolia Sw. ex p.

B., Nw. (Atl.) — Fær., conimon. On the ground and on moist rocks,
creeping among and upon other mosses. In similar piaces as Fnillania
Ihmarisci, from the sea to the summits of mountains. Colesula not rare.
Syd.: Lopra; Vaag; Famien; Ordevig; Ornefjæld; Trangisvaag (!); Frodebo
(R). San do: Bclween Sand and Skopen; Skorene (!). Vaago: Rensa-
tinder; Kvilchinavatn; Vigum; Thormansgjov (!). Str.: In many piaces
(F.B.,!). Nolso: Theeastside(0.). Ost: Svinaa (O.); Gotegjov (!). Bord6(!).

11. L. cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb., L. serpyllifoHa Sw. ex p.

B., I., Nw. (w^ c). — Fær., not rare. On rocks and upon mosses,
espec. in shady piaces, less frequent than L. patens. Colesula rare. Syd.:
Vaag; Famienvatn; below Ornefjæld; near Trangisvaag (!). Sando:
Skorene (!). Vaago: (R.); Midvaag; Thormansgjov; Kvilchinavatn (!).
Myggenæs: (!). Str.: Gjoverbotn near Lejnum; Vestmanhavngjov;
near Saxen (!). Ost.: Næs (R.).

Var. planiuscula Lindb.

B., Nw. (w. c). — Fær. Vaago: Rensatinder (!).

»Jungermannia serpyllifolia« is notified by H. and T.

12. Radula aquilegia (Tayl.) Nees.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær. On rocks, often exposed, in low-lying piaces
not rare; on the ground amongst grass and mosses rare. Only barren.
Syd.: Lopra; Vaag(!); Hove(J.H.); Famien (!); Trangisvaag (J. H.); Norbes
Ejde (!). Sando: Between Sand and Skopen (!). Vaago: Thormansgjov;
Vigum (!). Str.: Vestmanhavngjov (F.B). Ost.: Gotegjov (!).

124

13. R. commutata Jack. (Plate II).

B., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On rocks and Lnrger stones,
from tlie sea-shore to the higher parts of the mountains. Only barren.
Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.;
Bor do.

The Færoese 9 plaiits agrees exactly with the description and
figure in »Flora«, 1881 (Jack.: Die europaischen Radiila- Arien).
On the d" plant the growth of stem is continued, and the raniifi-
cation therefore more or less pinnate and bipinnate. The antheridia
occupy the apical part of the stem and the nppermost branches,
never forming long and narrow spikes as in R. Lindbergii and ger-
inana, and there is scarcely any difference in form and size between
the perigonial- and the other leaves. R. Lindbergii and R. germana
are not fonnd in the Fær. »Jiingennannia complanata L.« is recorded
by H. and T. Discoverers name not given. Specimens are wanting.

14. Porella Thuja (Dicks.) Lindb., Madotheca Thnja Dnm.

B., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., very rare. On exposed rocks. Ost.: Near
Ejde, Ijarren (!).

15. P. rivularis (Nees) Lindb., Madolheca rivularis Nees.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — V-æv., Irequent. On nioisl rocks, from the sea
to the higher parts of the mountains. Only l)arren. Syd.; S t. Dimon;
Str.; Nolso; Ost.; N o r d r e 6 e r.

Very variable in size and habit, colonr, density of the lufts.
Some small forms are not uncommon, the most extreme is:

Var. færoénsis v. n.

Tufls dense, opaque, deep-green oi- partly brownish-green ; planl
2 3 centim. long, gracile, irregnlarly pinnate, dense leaved, branches
obtnse; auricles half as broad as the stipules, decurrent, obtuse, or
acute, one or both margins recurved, entire; leaf-cells with Ihin
walls and distinct trigones at the angles, the interior fdled with
chlorophyll, upper cells 0,013 — 0,020 millim. broad, smaller than in
the typical form, where they are 0,020 — 0,032 millim.

Fær., rare. On shady rocks. Syd.: Norbcs Ejde, barren (!).

16. Pleurozia purpurea (Lightf.) Lindb. , Physiotinm cochleari-
forme Nees.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., frequent. Moist or spong}- ground, amongst
other mosses, rare on stony ground (»Ur«) amongst Grimmia hypiioides,
from 50— 400 m. Only barren. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bord 6.

17. Lepidozia setacea (Web.) Mitt., Jungermania setacea Web.

B , I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., very rare. Spongy ground, amongst Sphog-
nuin, Campijlopus atrovlrens, etc. Str.: Glivursrejn, fr. (!).

125

18. Bazzania triangularis (Schleich.) Lindb., Mastigobryum de-
flexum Syn. Hepal.

B., N\v. (w. c, suba.l. — Fær., not rare. On moist f^round in fissures
of roclvs, in hollows, on banl^s by streams, often amonj^st olher inosses.
From the sea to Ihe suniniits of niountains. Only barren. Syd.: Vaag;
sumniit of Kvannefjæld; bclow Ornefjæld; Præstefjæld (!). Sand 6: Sko-
rene (!). Vaago (H.) Rcnsatinder; Tliormansgjov (!). Str. : Nordredal;
Gjoverbotn near Kvivig; pass at Orvesfjæld (!). Ost.: Svinaa (O) Gole-
gjov; between Fuglefjord and Skaalebotn; Trelavandsskardet (!).

19. Odontoschisma Sphagni (Dicks.) Dum., Sphagnoecetis com-
munis Nees.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). Fær., very rare. Spongy ground. Only barren.
Str.: Gliversrejn; near Hojvig ij.).

20. O. denudatum (Nees) Dum., Sphagnoecetis communis var.
nincrior Syn. Hepat.

Var. elongatum Lindb.

I., (Finland), (alp. arct.). — Fær., rare. Spongy ground, amongst
other mosses, from the sea to ab. 400 m. Only barren. Str.: Glivcrs-
næs (R.); Gliversrejn; Hojvig (!). Nol so (R.). Ost.: Stolafjældsskard (!).
Bor do: Klakken (!).

21. Hygrobiella laxifolia (Hook.) Spr., Jungermania laxifolia Hook.
B., 1., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., very rare. Moist rocks by streams,

from 300—500 m. Str.: Near Saxen, barren (!). Ost.: Between Skaale-
botn and Heller, with colesula (!).

22. Cephalozia Lammepsiana (Hiib.) Spr., Jungermania Lammcr-
siana Hiib.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., rare. Moist ground, from the sea to ab.
100 m. Syd.: Vaag, with colesula (!). Str.: Gliversrejn, d and 9, with
colesula ; Gjoverbotn near Kvivig (formå submersa), barren (\).

The Cephalozia aquatica Limpr. (distrib.) appears to be only a
submers form of C. Lammersiana.

23. C. bicuspidata (L.) Dum., Jungermania bicuspidata L., Tri-
gonanthus bicuspidatus Spr.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. Turfy soil in cultivated and un-
cultivated piaces, from the sea to ab. 500 m. Syd.: Trangisvaag, fr. ;
below Ornefja^ld, with colesula; Frodebo, fr. ; Præstefjæld, barren; Kvalb6(!).
Vaago: Midvaag, fr.; Thormansgjov, barren; east side of Vaago (!).
Myggenæs: Kolvadal, barren (!). Str.: Kirkeborejn (R.). Gliversrejn,
fr. ; Thorshavn, with colesula; between Nordredal and Orcenge, fr. ; at
Lejnumvatn; Saxen (!). Ost.: Ejde, fr. ; Gjov, fr. ; Fuglefjord; between
Skaalebotn and Heller, barren (!).

Var. rigidula Nees.

Fær., moist heaths. Sti-.: Saxen, fr. (!). Ost.: Ejde, barren (!).
Bord o; Anerne, fr. (!).

126

24. C. media Lindb., Cephalozia multiflora Spr.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. Spongy soil, amongst Sphagnum. Syd.:
Near Trangisvaag ab. 300 m., fr. (!). Str.: Gliversrejn, barren (!).

25. C. divaricata (Franc.) Dum., Jungermania Starkei Nees.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. On the ground, amongst and upon
mosses, in crevices of rocks, from the sea to the summits of mountains.
Syd.: Vaag; Kvannefjæld; below Ornefjæld, fr. ; Frodebo (!). Sando: Al
Grothusvatn (!). Vaago: At Sorvaagsvatn (J. H.). Myggenæs (!). Str.:
Thorshavn (R., !). Ost.: Near Bredaskard, with colesula; near Samfjæld
(formå) (!). Bord o: Near Aaerne (!). Videro: Malinsfjæld (O.).

26. C. bifida (Schreb.) Lindb., Jungermania byssacea Roth., Hook.

Jungermania divaricata Nees.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On the ground in uncultivated piaces
in low-lying situations. Syd.: Kvanhaugen (formå) (!). St. Dimon, with
colesula (!). Str.: Near Thorsliavn, witli colesula (!).

27. Lophocolea bidentata (L.) Dum.

B., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., common. On cultivated ground abundant, on
uncultivated sparse; rare in higher regions of the isles. Onl}' barren.
Fær. acc. to H. and T., named Jiingerinannia bidentata L. Syd.; St.
Dimon; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; B o r d 6.

28. L. cuspidata Limp.

B., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., rare. On the ground, only in low-lying parts
of the isles. Sy d.: Præstefjæld (!). St. Dimon(!). Nolso: East side (O.).
Bordo: Klaksvig, fr. (!).

Tlicre is vcry little difference between these two Lophocoleae,
and I tbink that L. cuspidata may be only a monoicous variety of
L. bidentata or vice versa.

29. Cheiloscyphus polyanthos (L.) Cord.

B., 1., Nw. [C.). — Fær., rare. On moist ground, from the sea to
ab. 300 m. Only barren. Syd.: Sumbo; near Trangisvaag and Tværaa (!).
Sando: Trodumbo (!). Ost.: Gjov (!). Videro: Malinsfjæld (!).

Var. pallescens (Scbrad.) Hartm., Cheiloscypbus viticulosus (L.)
Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. Borders of rills, in ditches and
round springs, from the sea to ab. 300 m. Syd.; Sando; Vaago;
Str.; Ostero; Bordo.

Var. rivularis Nees.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. In streams. Syd.: Below Præstefjæld (O).
St. Dimon (!). Sando (!).

30. Kantia calypogea (Radd.) Lindb., Calypogeia Trichomanis

var. repanda Syn. Hepat.

B. ?, Nw. (w^ c). — Fær., very rare. On moist ground. Syd.: Below
Ornefjæld, barren (!).

127

31. K. Trichomanis (L.) Lindb., Calypogeia Trichomanis Cord.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. In wet, turfy soil, from the sea
to ab. 300 m. Only barren. Syd.: Vaag; Trangisvaag; Kvalbo (!).
St. I) i mon (!). San do: Todnæs (!). Str. : Gjoverbotn near Kvivig; at
Lejnumvatn; Vestmanhavngjov (!). Ost.: Næs (J. H.). Bordo: Klalcken;
near Aaerne (!).

Var. adscendens Nees.

Fær., frcquent. On wet or boggy ground, amongst other mosses.
Only barren. Sy d.; Sa n do; Str. ; Ost.; Bordo.

32. Saccogyna viticulosa (Mich.) Dum.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., not rare. On raoist rocks and declivities,
oftcn amongst other mpsses, from the sea to ab. 200 m. Only barren.
Syd.: Lopra (!); Vaag (Sm., !); Famienvatn (!). Kvanhaugen (O.). Præste-
fjæld (!). Sando: At Grothu.svatn (H. Hesto (F. B.). Vaago: At Kvil-
chinavatn (^!). Str.: Gjoverbotn near Kvivig (!). Vestmanhavngjov (F. B., !).
Ost.: Gotegjov; near Ejde (!).

33. Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Hamp.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On the ground amongst mosses,
from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Only barren. Fær., acc.
to H. , named Jnngermannia ciliaris L. , and acc. to T. found by Lb.
Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

All the Færoese specimens belong to the var. a. ericetorum Nees.,
which I, howewer, can only regard as a local form.

34. Mastigophora Woodsii (Hook.) Nees.

B. (Atl.). — Fær., frequent. Moist ground in heaths and rocky piaces,
amongst other mosses or in small pure tufts, from rather low-lying
parts to a height of ab. 450 ra. Only barren. Syd.; Sando; Vaago;
Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Bordo.

35. Herberta adunca (Dicks.) Gr. , Jungermania juniperina var.

|3. Hook., Sendtnera juniperina var. /3. Nees, Sendtnera adunca Gott.

B., Nw. (Atl., suba.). — Fær., frequent. In turfy and grassy piaces
from the sea-level to the summits of mountains. Only barren. Syd.:
Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Bordo.

Forms with subfalcate or suberect leaves are frequent in the
Færoes, they appear only to be Jocal forms, without regard to
height above the sea. The colour doubtless also depends on the
locality, in open, exposed piaces it is often darker, in shady piaces,
amongst grass and other mosses, oftcn paler brown. The Sendtnera
Souteriana N. from the Austrian Alpes appears to be only a formå
or varietas brevifolia of Herberta adunca. A small subramose form
{y. ramosa L. et Lg., Syn. Hepat. ?) I picked up near Vigum on Vaago.

128

36. Anthelia julacea (L.) Dum., Jiingermania jiilacea L.

B., I., Nw. (\v. c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On the ground in rocky
piaces and on gravelly soil, sparingly in low-lying parts, common at
ab. 300 ni. and upwards to the suniniits of nionntains. Sonietinies ab.
200— 300 m. fr. abundantly. Fær. acc. to Landt who named it Jiingcr-
mannia violacea. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str. ; Ost.; Bordo.

37. A. nivalis (Sw.) Lindb., Jungermania Jiiratzkana Limpr.
B., I., Nw. (c, alp. arct.). — Fær., frequent. On bare ground or

upon mosses and lichens, from ab. 100 m. to the summits of mountains.
Frequcntly fr. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.;
N o r d r e 6 e r.

Acc. to T. the »Jungermannia niualisa has l)ecn found by Lb.,

but the specimens which are gathered on Skjællingfjæld, belong

to Cesia concinnata.

38. Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dum., Jungermania tricho-
phylla L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. On the ground and on moist rocks,
often amongst other mosses, from the sea to the sununits of mountains.
Syd.: Vaag; Kvanhaugen (!). Hesto (F. B.). Vaago: The cast side (!).
Str.: Hqjvig; Gjoverboln; Skjællingfjæld (!); Vestnianhavngjov (F. B.).
Ost.: Stolafjæld; Gotegjov; between Skaalebotn and Heller (!i. Kalso:
Blankeskaalefjæld (.1. H.).

39. Martinellia subalpina (Nees) Lindl)., Scapania subalpina Nees.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., not rare. In moist and gravellj^ soil,
rare in low-lying, but rather fre(|uent in higher parts of the mountains.
Fr. rare. Syd.: l^ræslefjæld '!). Sando: At (irothusvatn ; Skorene (!).
Vaago: Midvaag; near Kvilchinavatn (!). Str.: Between Nordredal and
Øreenge (!). Ost. (B.). Near Ejde; Slattaratinde; between Skaalebotn
and Heller (!). Bordo: Gjerdumrejn (O.).

In higher regions the tufts are often more compact, the piants
more gracile and assuming an ochraceous or fulvid tinge.

40. M. gracilis Lindb., Jungermania resupinata L., Scapania
resupinata Carr.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., common. In patches or small tufts on wet
lieaths, by streams, in stony placcs, amongst other mosses and grass,
from low-lying parts to the summits of mountains. Fr. rare. First
discovered by R. Syd.; Sando; Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.;
N o 1 s 6 ; Ost.; N o r d r e 6 e r.

»Jiingermannia resupinata L.« is recorded from Fær. by T.

41. M. planifolia (Hook.) Gr., Scapania planifolia Dum.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., rare. Stony ground and dcclivitios, amongst
other mosses in higher parts of the mountains, ab. 400 m. Only barren.
Str.: Near Nordrcdal (420 m. ; below Orvesfjæld (400 m.j, (!). Ost.:
Eastern declivities of Trelavandsskardet (380 m.), (!).

129

42. M. undulata (L.) Gr., Scapania undiilata Dum.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., coinmon. In streanis and rills, round springs,
from thc sea to ab. 400 m. Only barren. Fær. acc. to H., named
Jumjcrmannia iindiilata L.<. Syd.; Hesto; Vaago; Str.; Nol so; Ost.;
Bord 6; Videro.

Leave.s entire, piants often in stout, swelling tufts, of a deep

green, green and purpie or deep purplish brown colour.

43. M. puppurascens (Nees) Pears., Jungermania nemorosa var.

^. purpurascens Nees (ex p.?), Scapania dentata Heeg.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very conimon. On moist ground, on
stones and rocks, especially on borders of streanis and rills, from the
sea-shore to ab. 500 m. Fr. not rare. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Mygge-
næs; Str.; Ost.; Bord 6.

Leaves more or less distinctly toothed; planls mostly varial)le

in size, habit and colour, from 1 centim. to about 20 centim. in

length, in dense, green and purpie mats on stones and rocks by

streams or on moist ground amongst other mosses, in green, pale

green and purplish tin ged, pure tufts.

44. M. irrigua (Nees) Lindb., Scapania irrigua Nees.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On moist ground in cultivated and
uncultivated piaces, from the sea to above 500 m. Syd.; Sando;
Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Bord 6.

45. M. uliginosa (Sw.) Lindb., Scapania uliginosa Dum.

B., I., Nw. (w. c, alp. arct.). — Fa^r., very rare. On rocks in streams.
Only barren. Str.: Below Orvesfjæld (450 m.), (!). Bordo: Graverdalen
near Bordovig, at 10 m. and 300 m. (!).

46. M. rosacea (Cord.) Lindb., Scapania rosacea Syn. Hepat.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. Moist ground in low-lying paris. Only
barren. Syd.: Lopra; below Ornefjæld ; near Trangisvaag (,!). Sando:
Todnæs (!). Ost.: Near Ejde (!).

47. M. geniculata (Mass.), Scapania geniculata Mass. — Loitles-
berger det.

Italy. — Fær., very rare. On moist, cultivated ground. Str.: Near
Thorshavn, wheie it grows togelher wilh Pellia Ncesiana, Ccralodon
piirpiireus and Pohlia niitans. Only barren (!).

Perhaps only an extreme form of M. rosacea.

48. M. curta (Mart.) Lindb., Scapania curta Dum.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On moist ground and shady rocks
from the sea to ab. 300 m. Syd.: Ordevig (! . Myggenæs 0)- Str.:
Thorshavn; Skjællingfjæld (1). S vin o, ab. 200 m. (J. H.).

Bolanv tif llie Ka'iocs Q

130

49. Diplophyllum albicans (L.) Dum., Jungermania albicans L.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., everywhere. On the ground, on stones and
rocks, from the sea-level. to the summits of mountains. Perhaps the
the commonest Færoese Hepaticae. Rare with colesula or fr. Green forms
are often gemmiparous. First discovered b)^ Lb. Sj^d.; St. Dimon;
San do; Hest 6; Mygge næs; Va a go; Str. ; Nolso; Ost.; Nord reoer.

Very variable in colour and habit, pale-green, yellowish-green,

ochraceous, more or less brown or reddish-brown (var. piirpurascens).

The inferior lobe of the leaves often more or less incurved. Creeping

amongst other mosses or forming scattered tufts from 1 to about

10 centim. in height.

50. Plagiochila spinulosa (Dicks.) Dum.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., rare. On moist shady rocks, in cavities among
larger stones, to ab. 300 m. Only barren. Syd.: Vaag (!). San do:
Skorene (!). Vaago: Thormansgjov (!). Ost.: Gotegjov (!).

51. P. asplenioides (L.) Dum.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On the ground, on banks by streams,
in fissures of rocks, often amongst other mosses, from the sea-shore
to the summits of the mountains. Fr. rare. Acc. to H. and T. the
^Jiingerniannia asplenioides L.« has been detected in Fær. by Lb., but
specimens are wanting. Syd.; San do; Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs;
Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

Var. heterophylla Nees.
Syd.: Vaag, on rocks (!).

Var. minor Lindenb.

Frequent. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bord 6.

Var. humilis Lindenb.

Hesto (R.). Stromo: Hojvig (R.).

52. Mylia Taylor! (Hook.) Gr., Jungermania Taylori Hook.

B., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., rare. In spongy piaces, often asso-
ciated with Pleiirozia piirpiirea, from 200 m. to 450 m. Only barren. Syd.:
Near Trangisvaag (!). Vaago: Rcnsatinder (!). Str.: Near Nordredal;
between Nordredal and Oreenge; below Orvesfjæld (!). Ost.: Stolafjælds-
skardet ; eastern declivity of Trelavandsskardet (!).

53. M. anomala (Hook.) Gr., Jungermania anomala Hook.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. In spongy piaces, amongst Sphag-
num. Barren. Str.: Gliversrejn (!).

54. Jungermania cordifolia Hook.

B., I., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — F'ær. , common. On stones and rocks
in streams, often in extensive livid mats, from low-ljing parts to ab.
300 m. Fr. abundantly. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaago;
Str.; Ost.; N o r d r e 6 e r.

131

Somewhat variable in size and density, form and direction of
Ihe leaves. A gracile, dense tufled form is gathered near Thors-
havn (R).

55. J, riparia Tayl.

B., I., N\v. (\v. c, suba.). — Fær., not rare. On moist rocks and on
tlie horders of niountain rills, to ab. 400 m. Colesula frequent. Syd.:
Vaag; near Trangisvaag; near Norbes Ejde at Kvalbo (!). Vaago: The
east side of the iskind (!). Str. : Ghversrejn; near Nordredal; between
Nordredal and Oreenge; Gjoverbotn near Kvivig; Vestmanhavngjov (!).
Nol s o (F. B.). Ost.: Næs (R.); near Ejde (!).

Var. rivularis Bern.

Ost.: Gotegjov, harren (!).

Some of the specimens I had at first referred to var. salevensis
Bern., but the limits between this and the typical form appears to
me too unimportant to keep them separate.

56. J. atrovirens Schleich., Aplozia atrovirens Dum.

B., N\v. (c., suba.). — Fær., rare. On moist rocks in low-lying parts
of the istands, in liigher parts also on wet gravelly ground on the horders
of rills. Fr. rare. Syd.: Ordevig, barren; near Trangisvaag (!). Str.:
Saxendalen, barren (!). Ost.: Eastern declivity of Trelavandsskardet, c? (!),
near Ejde, barren (R); near the summit of Slattaratinde, fr. (!).

The only difference of value between J. atrovirens and J. piimila
appears to be their genus. I have referred all barren specimens
to ./. atrovirens, as the barren state appears to point to the dioi-
cous species.

57. J. pumila With.

B., I., Nw. (c., suba.). — Fær., ver}' rare. On moist rocks. Vaago:
East side of the island, on a prostrate tuft of Philoiwlis fonlana, pa-
roicous and fruiting abundantly (!).

58. J. Miilleri Nees, J. acuta Lindenb., ex p.

B., I., Nw. (w. c., suba.). — Fær., rare. On moist ground in crevices
of rocks and on shadj' rocks, in low-lying parts of the isles. Sando:
At Saltvigsvatn (!). Hesto (I^.). Vaago: Thormansgjov (!). Str.: Vest-
manhavngjov, with colesula (!). Ost.: Gotegjov (!).

Var. bantryensis (Hook.) Kaalaas, J. bantryensis Hook.

B., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., rare. On moist ground among rocks,
espec. near streams, in low-lying parts of the isles. Syd.: Vaag; near
Trangisvaag; Kvanhaugen ; I^ræstefjadd (!); north side of Sknalefjæld near
Kvalvig (O.). Str.: At Lejnumvaln; Vestmanhavngjov; Saxendalen [}.}.
Hordo: Graverdalen near Bordovig (!).

132

59. J. obtusa Lindb.

Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On nioist ground aniongst
other mosses, especiallj' Hijlocomia. Only barren. Ost.: Near the summit
of Stolafjæld, 500 m.; near Ejde, 100 m. (!).

60. J. inflata Huds.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On spongy ground. Str. : Glivers-
rejn, amongst Campylopiis atrovirens and other mosses, with colesula (!).

61. J. Wenzelii Nees.

Nw. (alp. arct.l — Fær., very rare. On moist ground. Vaago: Near
the summit of Rensatinder, amongst Grimmia hypnoides, barren (!).

This species appears only to be an extreme form of J. alpestris,
which occurs polymorphous especially in alpine districts. The
principal differences betwecn them are only: —

./. alpestris J. Wenzelii

Greatest breadth of the leaves Greatest breadth of the leaves

is below or in the middle. is above the middle. Gemmæ

Gemmæ brownish. pale-green or brownish.

From J. ventricosa bolh the species are distinguished by the
smaller leaf-cells. In ./. alpestris and ./. Wenzelii the marginal cells
of the lobules are only 0,016 — 0,022 mm. and their walls yellowish,
in ./. ventricosa 0,019^ — 0,032 mm. in diameter and with whitish or
pale-green, at all events not yellowish walls. (See also S. O. Lind-
berg und H.W. Arnell: Musci Asiae borealis. Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. Bd. 23 Nr. 5, pp. 47—49.).

62. J. alpestris Schleich.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. Amongst lichens and mosses
on the ground, on stones and exposed rocks, especially in sunny piaces,
from low-lying parts of the isles to the summits of mountains. Colesula
not rare. First discovered by R. Syd.; San do; Vaago; Myggenæs;
Str.; Ost.; Videro.

Var. amphigastriata v. n.

Stems erect or suberect, with minute, rudimental, unequally
bifid stipules.

Syd.: Summit of Kvannefjæld (!). Sand 6: Summit of Tinden;
Skorene (!). Vaa go: Near the summit of Rensatinder (!). Ost.: Gotegjov (!).

63. J. ventricosa Dicks., .1. porphyroleuca Nees.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fæ^r., frequent. Amongst mosses and lichens on
the ground, on stones and rocks, from the sea-shore to ab. 500 m.
First discovered by T. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.;
Ost.; Bordo.

i;{3

I have been unable to find any difTerence of specific value be-
tween J. ventricosa Dicks, and ,/. porphyrolenca aut., and can only
regaid the latter as a variety or local form. Most of tlie Færoese
specimens may be referred to tlie latter.

64. J. orcadensis Hook.

li., Nw. (Atl., sutja.). — Fær., not rare. Amongst other messes on tlie
ground near streanis, in sliad}' cavities amongst larger stenes, in Grimmia-
fieatlis on tlie summits of mountains. Only barren. Sande: Skorene H).
Vaago: Rensatinder, ab. 300 ni. (!). Str.: Near Nordredal (!); summit
of Skjællingfjæld (R., !); below Orvesfjæld (!). Ost.: Eastern declivity of
Trelavandsskardet; near Bredaskard (!); Rejafjæld, ab. 450 m. (O); summit
of Slattara tinde (R., !). Ivalso: Summit of Blankeskaalefjæld (J. H.).

65. J. socia Nees.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Amongst mosses and lichens on
the ground and on exposed rocks. Syd.: Near Vaag, barren and gemmi-
pareus (!). Str.: Near Thorshavn, with colesula and gemmæ (J. H).

66. J. incisa Sclirad.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., not frequent. On prostrate Sphagnum-iuUs in
wet piaces. Barren. Syd.: Near Ornefjæld, 300 m. (!). Sando: Sko-
rene (!). Str.: Gliversrejn (R., !); between Thorshavn and Hvidenæs;
Saxendalen (!). Ost.: Near Bredaskard (!). Bordo: Gjerdumrejn,

400 m. (O.).

67. J. Floerkci W. M.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., commen. Amongst mosses and lichens
on the ground and en exposed rocks, from ab. 200 m. to the summits
of mountains. Only barren. First discovered by Lb. Sando; Vaago;
Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Nordreoer.

68. J. lycopodioides Wallr.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., not rare. On moist greund amongst
other mosses, from ab. 200 m. upwards, sometimes to the summits of
mountains. Only barren. Syd.: Spinerne; Kvannefjæld; Præstefjæld (!)•
Sando: Summit ef Tinden (!). Hest o (R.). Vaago: Near Midvaag (!).
Nolso (J. H.). Ost.: Stolafjæld; eastern declivity of Trelavandsskardet;
near Bredaskard; near Ejde; near the summit ef Slattaratinde (!).
Borde: Aaerne; above Strand, 350 m. (!).

69. J. barbata Schmid., J. barbata var. Schreberi Nees.

B., I., NHv. (c). — Fær., very rare. On moist ground in sunny
situations. Syd.: Eastern declivity of I^ræstefjæld near Kvalbo, amongst
mosses and grass, ab. 160 m., barren (!)

70. J. atlantica Kaalaas.

Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., very rare. On the greund amongst ether messes.
Ost.: Western declivity of Fuglefjordskamp, 220 m., sparingly and barren (!).

134

This moss is tlie Jungennanio gracilis Schlcicli. , but without
atteniiated branches, and thereforc it may be referred to the above-
named, possibly somewhat doubtful species. (Videnskabsselsk.
Skrifter, Christiania, 1898, Nr. 9, p. 11).

71. J. quinquedentata Huds.

B., I., Nw. (c, subn.). — I"ær., coiiHiion. On the ground, on stones
and rocks, amongst mossos and licliens, from tlic sea-sliore to tlie sum-
mits of mountains. Fr. rare. First discovered by R. Syd.; St. Di mon;
San do; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str. ; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

Var. turgida Lindb.

Ost.: Eastern declivity of Trelavandsskardet, on Ijoggy ground,
amongst otlier mosses, d (!).

The collective-species »Jiingermannia harbata« is notilied by T.;

»Jiingermannia tridentata«, acc. to T. found by Lb., may probably

be referred to J. quinquedentata.

72. J. ovata Dicks., J. Dicksoni Hook.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., rare. On stones and exposcd rocks amongst
niosses and licliens, in low-lying parts of the isles. Oidy barren. Syd.:
Hove Dalen (J. H.). Hesto (R). Str.: Gliversrejn and Gliversnæs (R).,
Varden near Thorshavn (J. H.). Ost.: At Toftevatn (O.).

■»Jiingermannia niinuta« is notified by T.

73. J. Donniana Hook.

B., Nw. (Atl., suba.). — Fær., verj' rare. Str.: Near Nordredal, on the
eastern declivities of the mountain Stigafjæld, covering large stones in a
shady place, associated with Grimmia hypnoidcs, Jamesoniella Carringtonii,
Jiinyermania orcadensis, Marlinellia planifolia, etc, 420 m., barren (!).

74. Jamesoniella Carringtonii (Balf.) Spruc, Nardia Carringtonii
Balf., Adelanthus Carringtonii Balf.

B. (Atl., suba.). — Fær., rare. On wet ground, moist shady rocks
and larger stones, pure or associated with other mossos, from ab. 250—
500 m. Only barren. Syd.: Summit of Kvannefjæld; northern declivity
of Ornefjæld (!). Sand 6: Skorene (!). Vaago: Rensatinder; Thormans-
gjov (!). Str.: Eastern declivity of Stigafjæld; between Nordredal and
Oreenge; below Orvesfjæld (!).

75. Nardia crenulata (Sm.) Lindb., Jungermania crenulata Sm.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., rare. On moist ground near the sea. Syd.:
Not rare around Trangisvaagfjord, also fr. (!). Sando: Todnæs (!).
Vaago: Midvaag (!). Str.: Hvidenæs and Thorshavn (!). Nolso (R.).
Ost.: Near Ejde, fr. (!). Bordo: Near Aaerne, fr. (!).

7(3. N. hyalina (Lyell.) Lindb., Jungermania hyalina Lyell. Hook.

B., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., rare. On the ground among rocks near streams,
in low-lying parts of the isles. Vaago: East side of the istand, d (!).
Str.: Vestmanhavngjov, cf (!). Ost.: Fuglefjord, fr.; near Gjov, barren (!).

135

77. N. obovata (Nees) Lindh., .lungermania obovata Nees.

B., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., common. On moist ground in creviccs
of rocks, on banks of strcams, Ironi the sca-shore to thc higher parts
of the mountains. In low-lying parts often fruiting abundantly, in higher
parts generally barren. First discovered by R. Syd.; Sando; Vaago;
Myggenæs; Str. ; Ost.; Bord 6.

Very variable in size and coiour, green forms are scarce, more
or less purplish-brown forms fre(jucnt. Near Ihe coast the small
forms — fruiting abundantly during spring — are fretjuent in cre-
vices and on the ground among rocks. In the mountains the piants
gradually become stouter in size and habit, but less abundant in
fruit, until they above 300—400 m. form large, deep, dark purplish-
brown, barren tufts in rills and round springs.

78. N. subelliptica Lindb.

Nw. (alp. arct.?). — Fær., very rare. On the ground. Syd.: Trangis-
vaag, on ditchbanks, few metre above sea-level, fr. abundantl}' (!). Str.:
Skjællingfjæld, on the southern, grassy declivity of the mountain, ab.
250 m., With colesula (!).

The specimens differ only from the common, small form of

N. obovata in their pale-green coiour and whitish rootlets, but agrees

perfectly with a specimen kindly sent to me by Professor Loitles-

berger, who gathered it on silicious rocks in Vorarlberg (Tyrol).

79. N. scalaris (Schrad., Hook.) Lindb., Alicularia scalaris Cord.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., common. On the ground, in jjure patches
or associated with other mosses, from sea-level to the summits of moun-
tains. Fr. frequently. First discovered by T. Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando;
Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Bor do.

80. N. hæmatosticta (Nees) Lindb., Alicularia geoscypha De N.,

A. minor Limpr.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., rare. On the ground, in low-lying parts
of the isles. Fr. usually. Syd.: Sumbo, 200 m.; below Ornefjæld; Præste-
fjæld, 160 m. (!). Vaago: Rensatinder (!). Myggenæs: Kolvadal {[).
Ost.: Stolafjæld (!).

81. Mapsupella emarginata (Ehrh.) Dum., Sarcoscyphus Ehrhartii
Cord., S. emarginalus Hartm., Nardia emarginata Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., very common. On wet ground, on
.«tones and rocks by streams and rills, from the sea-shore to the sum-
mits of mountains. Fr. not rare, especially in low-lying parts. According
to H. found in Fær. by Lb., but sjjecimens are wanting in the collec-
tions. Recorded by T. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.;
Nord reoer.

136

Very variable in size and coloiir. The most characterislic
forms are : —

Var. aquatica Nees.

Str.: Gliversrcjn (R.); belween Nordredal and Orecngc (!). Ost.:
Gotegjov (!). Bord o: Graverdal near Bordovig (!).

Var. minor Carr.

Sj'd.: Near Famienvatn, fr.; below Ornefjæld, fr.; near Trangis-
vaag, fr. (!) sunimit of Ornefjæld (R.). Vaago: Midvaag; Ronsatinder;
Snaldansfjæld (!). Myggenæs, 9 (!). Str.: Kirkeborejn (R.); Gliversrcjn;
Gjoverbotn near Kvivig, fr. (!). Bord o: Graverdal near Bordovig,
400 m. (!).

82. M. sparcifolia Lindb. , Sarcoscyphus sparcifolius Lindb.,

Nardia sparcifolia Lindb.

B., Nw. (w. c., alp. arct.). — Fær., very rare. Sand 6: Sumniit of
Tinden, ab. 500 m., on the ground among rocks, fr. (!).

83. M. Funckii (W. M.) Lindb., Sarcoscyphus Funckii Nees,

Nardia Funckii Carr.

B., Nw. (w. c.). — Fær., very rare. On nioist ground. Vaago: At
the northern end of Sorvaagsvatn, eovering the ground abundantly in
great patehes, fr. (!j.

84. Cesia corallioides (Nees) Carruth., Gymnomitrium coral-

lioides Nees.

B., I., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., rare. On the ground among rocks in
the highest parts of the niountains. Only barren. Syd.: Kvannefjæ^ld (!).
Sand 6: Summit of Tinden (!). Str.: Between Nordredal and Oreenge (!).
Ost.: Summit of Rejafjældstinde (O.); Stolafjæld ; Gronaskardskil (!).
Bordo: Graverdal at Bordovig (!) summit of Ilolgafjadd (O). Vider 6:
Malinsfjæld (O.).

85. C. concinnata (Lightf.) Gr., Gymnomitrium concinnatum Cord.

B., I-, Nw. (w. c, alp. arct.). — Fær., not rare. On moist ground among
rocks and in crevices of rocks, below 300 m. very rare, from 300 m. to
the summits not rare. Sometimes fr. Syd.: Sumbofjæld; Kvannefjæld (!).
Sando: Summit of Tinden (!). Vaago: Rensatinder, fr. (R., !); Snaldans-
Qæld (f). Myggenæs: Near the summit of Klejven (!). Str.: Summit of
Skjællingfjæld (Lb., !); between Nordredal and Oreenge (!). Ost.: Summit
of Rejafjældstinde (O.); Gotegjov, 5 m.; Stolafjæld; between Skaalebotn
and Andefjord, fr. ; between Gotegjov and Fuglefjord; Slattaratinde, fr. (!).
Kalso: Summit of Blankeskaalefjæld, fr. (J. H.). Kunofjæld (O.).

86. Metzgeria hamata Lindb.

B. (Atl.). — Fær., very rare. On damp, shady rocks in clefts. Only
barren. Ost: Gotegjov, 5 m. (!). Bordo: Above Strand, 315 m. (!).

137

87. M. conjugata Lindb.

B., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., not frequent. On damp, shady rocks, rare
on the ground, in low-Iying parts. Only barren. Syd.: Vaag (!); Orde-
vig i^H.); al Faniienvatn; near Trangisvaag; at Norbes Kjde near Kvalbo (!).
San do: Hetween Sand and Skaalevig (!). Hest 6 (RI Vaago: Thor-
mansgjov; abovc Vigiim, on the ground (!i. S t r. ; (ijovcrbotn and
Lejnunivatn near Kvivig; Vestmanhavngjov (!). Ost.: Gotegjov (!). Kalso:
At Sydredal (J. II.).

88. M. furcata (L.) Dum.

B., I., Nw. ic). — Fær., not Irecpient. On rocks and largcr stoncs,
in low-lying parts of the isles. Only barren. Rccorded by H. and T.
Syd.: VaagO); Hovedalen (J. H.); Ordevig; below Ornefjæld; Præstefjæld;
at Norbes Ejde near Kvalbo (!). St. Dimon (!). San do: At Saltvigs-
vatn ; bctween Sand and Skopen (!). Vaago (R.). Nolso: The east
side (O.). Ost.: NæsiR.); near Ejde; Funding (!). Bordo: At Bordovig (,0j.

Var. aeruginosa Nees.

Nolso: The east side, on stones (O.).

89. Riccardia multifida (L.) Gr., Aneiira multifida Dum.

B., I., Nw. t^w. c.). — Fær., not frequent. Aniongst other mosses on
moist ground and in crevices of rocks, below 300 m. Only barren.
Syd.: Vaag; at Famienvatn; below Ornefja'ld ; Kvanhaugen; Pra^stcfjæld (!).
San do: At Holsavatn (!). Vaago: (R., !); Thormansgjov; at Kvilchina-
vatn (!j. Myggenæs (0. Str.: Gliversrejn (!); Thorshavn (R.) ; Gjoverbotn
near Kvivig (!); Kalbakbotn (S.). Ost.: Gotegjov; near Fiiglefjord; at
Trelavandsskardet; between Skaalebotn and Andefjord; near Ejde (!).
Bordo: Above Strand, 300 m. (!).

90. R. latifrons Lindb., Aneura latifrons Lindb.

B., Nw. (c.). — Fær., frequent On moist ground amongst other
niosses, from the sea lo above 550 m. Only barrren. First discovered
by R.Jensen. Syd.; San do; Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bordo.

9L R. pinguis (L.) Gr., Aneura pinguis Dum.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., comnion. On wet or boggy ground, often
amongst other niosscs, common in low-lying parts, rare above 300 m.
Fr. rare. First discovered by R. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs;
Str.; Ost.; Bordo.

All Ihe Færoese specimens I have met with, agree in having a
more or less narrow, scarcely divided, somewhat thin and slender
frond, and thercfore may be referred to the two forms tenuis and
denticiilata Nees.

92. Pallavicinia Blyttii (Mørch) Lindb., Jungermania Blyltii
Mørch, Blyttia Mørchii Syn. Hep., Mørchia Blyttii Brockm. Hartm.

I., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., very rare. On moist ground in higher parts
of Ihe mountains. Str.: Between Nordredal and Oreenge, 500 m., barren (!).
Ost.: Gronaskardskil between Skaalebotn and Andefjord, 480 m., fr. (!).

138

93. Blasia pusilla L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On moist, partly cultivated ground,
near the sea. Syd.: Lopra, d (!).

94. Pellia Neesiana Limpr., Marsilia Neesii Lindh.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very common. In moist and boggy piaces,
especially by streams and rills, from the sea-shore to ab. 500 m. Fr.
rare. First discovered by R. Syd.; St. Dimon; San do; Hesto;
Myggenæs; Str. ; Ost.; Bordo.

95. P. epiphylla (L.) Nees.

B., I., Nw. (c.). — Fær., rare. ()n moist ground, below 300 m. Syd.:
Vaag; below Ornefjæld, fr.; at Trangisvaag (!). Hesto (R). Str. (F. B.).
Nolso (R.). Ost.: Near Fuglefjord (!).

Recorded as »Jiingermannia epiphylla« by T.

Sphagnaceae.

96. Sphagnum imbricatum Russ., S. Austini Sulliv.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On wet ground, from 200 450 m.
Only barren. Ost.: In four piaces in the group of mountains between
Gotevig and Andefjord.

97. S. cymbifolium Ehrh.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fæ>r., not frequent. On peaty ground, below 300 m.
Only barren. Syd.: Near Sumbo; near Famien; below Ornefjæld (!);
Frodebo (R.); Kvanhaugen (O); Præstefjæld near Kvalbo (!). Sando:
Skorene; near Skopen (!). Str.; Vestmanhavngjov (!). Ost.: Near
Nordre-Gote; between Skaalebotn and Andefjord (!). Bordo: Skorene
at Gjerdumrcjn (O.).

98. S, papillosum Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., frequent. On moist, peaty ground, below
400 m. Fr. rare. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaag o; Str.;
Nolso; Ost.; Bordo.

Var. sublaevis Limpr.

Syd.: Frodebo (!).

99. S. centrale C. J., S. intermedium Russ.

Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On moist ground. Ost.: Stola-
fjæld; near Ejde (!).

The collective-species Sphagnum obtusifolium is recorded by T.

and H.

100. S. teres Angst.

B., I., Nw. (c.;. — Fær., frequent. On peaty ground, from ab. 1 00—
500 m. Fr. rare. Fær., fr. (Lb.y Sj'd.: Near Tværaa and Trangisvaag;
Kvanhaugen; Præstefjæld (!). Sando: Near Skopen; at Holsavatn;

139

Kncjseii (H. Vaago: Midvnaf* {!). Str. : Near Kalbakbotn; freqiicnt
bclween Nordredal and Orcenge; southern declivities of Skjællingfjæld;
below Orvesljæld (!). Ost.: In several piaces (!). Bord 6: Klakken;
al)ove Strand (!).

101. S. squarrosum Crome.

B. , 1., Nw. {c). — Væv., not frequent. On moist ground Ironi ab.
100 m. nearly to the summits of niountains. Always sparingly and barren.
Syd.: Præstefjæld (!). Vaago: Midvaag; Rensatinder; at Kvilchinavatn (!).
Str.: Near Nordredal; near Lejnunivatn (L., !); below Orvestjæld (!).
Ost.: In several piaces (!).

Si mm o ns (7) slates thai he has gathered Ihe Spli. rigidiim Sch.

in Ost. (Slallaratinde), but I did not succeede in gething any spe-

cimens for examination.

102. S. subsecundum Nees.
B., Nw. (c).

After an examination of all the forms of S. subsecundum in
my possession I can only come to the conchision that the species
described by Russow and Warnstorf and derived from the old
S. subsecundum cannot be maintained, or at the most can only be
regarded as varieties. However valuable the situation of leaf-pores
is in separating species in the Cuspidatum-group, this character in
the Subsecundum-group is insufficient on account of the absence
of other relial)le characters which are present in the species of the
Cuspidatum-group. One may have a presentiment of the appearence
of new species from the S. subsecundum, but as yet there appears
to be too insignificant differentiation. Because of the great number
of forms it is, however, necessary to classify them, and with regard
to this the situation of pores in branch- as well as in stem-leaves
may be relevant.

A. Most pores in the outer side of branch-leaves and in the inner
side of stem-leaves; var. inundatum (Russ.) m.

B. Most pores in the inner side of branch- as of stem-leaves;
var. crassicladum (Warnst.) m.

C. Most pores in the outer side of branch- as of stem-leaves;
var. Gravetii (Russ.) m.

D. Most pores in the inner side of branch-leaves and in the outer
side of stem-leaves. This alternation is represented in my col-
leclion by a specimen gathered by F. Gravet in the neigh-
bourhood of Namur, and is doubtless the rarest. I have
named it var. namurense v. n.

140

The poorly pored forms of these varieties constitute the Sphag-
num obesiim Warnst.

The typical form has not hitherto been met with in Fær.

Var. inundatum (Russ.) m.

Frequent in boggy placcs. Only barren. First discovered by Lb.
Syd.; San do; Vaago; Str. ; Nolso; Ost.; Bord 6.

Var. crassicladum (Warnst.) m.

Rare, in decp water. Only barren. Syd.: Vaag (!). Str.: Glivers-
rejn and Varden near Tborsbavn [W); Hvidenæs; Gjoverbotn ncar
Kvivig (!).

Var. Gravetii (Russ.) m.

Common on wet or boggy ground. Only barren. First discovered
by R. Syd.; San do; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Bord 6.

103. S. Russowii W^arnst.

B., Nw. (c.). — Fær., very rare. On wet, mossy declivities. Only
barren. Ost.: Stolafjæld, near the suniniit, 500 ni.; Trelavandsskardet,

300 ni. (!).

104. S. fuscum (Schimjir.) KMnggr.

B., Nw. (c.j. — Fær., very rare. On wet or boggy ground, Ironi
200 ni. to 450 m. Only barren. Str.: Below Orvesfjæld, 450 ni.; Saxen-
dalen, ab. 200 111. (!l Ost.: Near Bredaskard, 430 ni. (!).

105. S. rubellum Wils.^, S. lenellum (Schimpr.) KHnggr.

B., I., Nw. (w. c.). — Fær., common. Wet or boggy piaces, from
100 ni. to ab. 500 m. Only barren. First discovered by Lb. Syd.;
San do; Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bord 6.

106. S. Warnstorfii Russ.

B., I., Nw. (w. c.?). — Fær., very rare. On wet ground. Ost.: Stola-
Ijæ'ld, ab. 400 iii. (!). Bordo: Above Strand, 800 m. (!).

107. S, quinquefarium (Braithw.) Warnst.

B., Nw. (w. c. suba.). — Fær., frequent. On moist ground, on mossy
banks and declivities, from low-lying parts to ab. 500 ni. Only barren.
Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bordo; Videro.

Very variable in size and colour, and usually of a softer habit
than most of the Continental forms which I have seen.

^ I do not understand on what grounds my friend Warn storf continually
nanies this species Sphagnum IcncUiim, since that name in 182() ^vas already given
to another species. In 1892 he himself admitted to me, that therc is no imperative
reason for preferring the name tenelliim to that of the older rnbclliim.

141

108. S. subnitens Russ. et Warnst.

B., I., Nw. (\v. c^. — Fær., very common. On wet or spongy ground,
from the sea-shore to ab. 500 ni. Fr. frecjuent. Syd.; Sando; Vaago;
Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Bordo.

The »Sphagnum aciitifolium«, recorded by T. and H., may pro-
babh' be referred to Sph. subnitens.

109. S. tenellum Pers., S. molluscum Br.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On wet or spongy ground, from
low-lying parts to ab. 500 m. Fr. rare. First discovered by R. Syd.;
Sando; Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bordo.

110. S. recurvum P. B., Subspec. S. mucronatum Russ.

B. , Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On wet ground, from ab. 200 m. to
500 m. Only barren. Str.: In several piaces Ijetween Thorshavn, Nor-
dredal and KoUeQord; below Orvesfjæld (!). Ost.: Stolafjæld; near Nordre-
Gote; eastern declivities af Trelavandsskardet; near Bredaskard; between
Skaalebotn and Andefjord (!).

Subspec. S. amblyphyllum Russ.

Fær., very rare. On boggy ground. Sando: Between Sand and
Skaalevig, ab. 300 m. above sea-level, barren (!).

Subspec. S. angustifolium C. J., S. recurvum j3. lenue Klinggr.
(1872), S. recurvum var. parvifoHum (Sendtn.) Warnst. (1883).

Fær., not rare. On wet ground. Only barren. Syd.: Near Fa-
niien (!). Sando; Tindefjæld; near Skopen (!). Vaago: Rensatinder,
350 m.; between Sorvaagsvatn and Fjatlavatn !l Str.: In several piaces
between Thorshavn, Nordredal and Kollefjord; below Orvesfjæld (!).
Ost.: Near Fuglcfjord and Bredaskard; near Ejde, ab. 300 m. (!). Bordo:
Above Strand, ab. 300 m. (!).

Musci frondosi.
Acrocarpi.

111. Polytrichum commune L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On wet or boggj^ ground, from
low-lying parts to ab. 400 m. Fr. not rare. Notified by Landt. Gathered
by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Bordo.

112. P. juniperinum Willd.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not frequent. On somewhat dry ground,
below 300 m. Fr. rare. According to T. found by Lb., specimens are
wanting. Syd.: Ordevig; below Orneljæld (!). St. Di mon (!). Sando:
Near Trodum, on a roof; Todnæs {!). Vaago: Rensatinder (!). Str.:
Thorshavn, fr. (!). Nolso: fr. (R.) ; the east side lO.). Ost.: Near
Ejde {[).

142

113. P. piliferum Schreb.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On somewhat drj' ground, from
low-lying parts to ab. 600 m. Fr. not rare. First discovered by Lb.
Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

114. P. attenuatum Menz., P. formosum Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On moist ground below 300 m. Syd.:
Orncfjæld, d"; at Trangisvaag; near Tværaa (!). Str.: Varden near
Thorshavn, fr. (R.); Kvivig, fr. (Lb.). Ost.: Near Ejde, fr. {1). Bordo:
Klakken, d (!).

115. P. sexangulare Flork.

B., I., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., very rare and only barren Ost.:
Gronaskardskil between Skaalebotn and Andefjord, 480 ni., on moist
ground, associated with Pallavicinia Blyttii, Salix herbacca and Sibaldia
procumbens (!).

116. P. alpinum L., Pogonatum alpinum Rohl.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very common. On the ground from
the sea-level to the summits of tlie highest mountains. Fr. common.
First discovered by Lb. Syd.; S t. Dimon; Sando; Hesto; Vaago;
Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

Var. septentrionale (Sw.) Lindb., Polytricbum septentrionale Sw.

I., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., verj' common. Recorded by T. Men-
tioned by H. who, however, does not give the name of the discoverer.
Ost.: Gronaskardskil between Skaalebotn and Andetjord, 480 m., on
moist ground, sparingly amongst other mosses, but fr. (!).

117. P. urnigerum L., Pogonatum urnigerum P. B.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On somewhat dry ground, from
the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. rare. First discovered
by Lb. Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Vaago; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

118. P. nanum Weiss, Pogonatum aloides P. B.

B., L, Nw. (c). — On the ground, especially when cultivatcd, where
it is common on the ditch-sides in low-lying parts of the isles. Fr.
common. First discovered by Land t. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Str.;
Ost.; Nordreoer.

The var. y>Dicksoni« is notified by T.

119. P. subrotundum Huds., Pogonatum nanum P. B.

B., I., Nw. (w. c.\ — Fær., common. On the ground, rare in cul-
tivatcd parts, from the sca to the summits of mountains. Fr. common.
First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.;
Nolso; Ost; Nordreoer.

120. Oligotrichum incupvum (Huds.) Lindb., O. hercynicum Lam.

et De C.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba. I — Fær., frequent. On unciiltivated ground,
from ab. 100 m. to Ihe summits of mountains. Fr. not rare. Syd.:

143

Kvannefjæld; Ornefjæld ; near Trangisvaag; Præstefjæld (!). Sand 6 (R.).
Vaago: Rensatinder; Snaldansljæld (!). Str. : Gliversrejn; bctween Nor-
dredal and Orecnge; sunimit of Skjællingfja^ld ; near Kvivig; below Orves-
fjæld (!). Nol so (R.). Ost.: Summit of Rejafjældstinde (O); Stolafjæld;
Fuglefjord, 10 ni.; between Skaalcbotn and Andcfjord; nearGjov; between
Funding and Ejde; Slattaratinde; near Kjde (!). Bordo: Klakken;
Graverdal near Hordovig, 10 m. (!).

121. Catharinea undulata (L.) W. M., Atrichum undulatum P. B.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. Amongst moss and grass on
cultivated and uncultivated ground below 350 m, Fr. frequent. Syd.:
Vaag; near Hove; Ornefjæld; Trangisvaag; Frodebo; Kvalbo (!). Sando:
Sands Bo (!). Vaago: Midvaag (!). Myggenæs (!). Str.: Thorshavn; near
Lejnumvatn (!). Ost.: Ejde; Gjov (!). Bordo: Gjerdum; near Aaerne (!).

122. Fissidens adianthoides (L.) Hedw., Schistophyllum adian-

thoides La Pyl.

B., I., Nw. (c. w.). — Fær., not rare. On peaty ground and in cre-
vices of rocks, below 300 m. Fr. not rare. Syd.: Sumbo; Vaag, fr. ; at
Famienvatn, fr. ; Kvanhaugen; Præstefjæld near Kvalbo (!). Sando:
Between Sand and Skopen (!). Vaago: Midvaag, fr. (!). Str.: At Kaibak-
fjord cLb.); Oreenge; Skjællingfjæld ; Gjoverbotn near Kvivig (!). Ost.:
fr. (R.); Svinaa, fr. (!); near Ejde, fr.; environs of Skaalefjord and Gote (!).
Bordo: Graverdal (!).

123. F. cristatus Wils., F, decipiens De N., Schistophyllum

decipiens Lindb.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. On the ground among stones and
rocks, from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains, rare above
200 ni. Only barren. Syd.; Vaag; at Famienvatn; below Ornefjæld (!).
Vaago: Rensatinder, to ab. 700 m.; at Kvilchinavatn (!). Mj'ggenæs (!).
Str.: (F. B.); Vestmanhavngjov (R., !). Ost.: Svinaa (O.); Gotegjov (!).
Bordo: Near Aaerne and Strand (!).

124. F. taxifolius (L.) Hedw., Schistophyllum taxifolium La Pyl.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. On the ground, among stones
and rocks, in crevices of rocks, in low-lying parts to ab. 300 m. ?>.
rare. Notified by T. Syd.: Vaag; near Famien ; near Ordevig; below
Ornefjæld; Kvanhaugen (!). Sando: At Saltvigsvatn (!). Vaago: Mid-
vaag (!). Str.; Thorshavn; Gliversrejn; Skjællingfjæld; Lejnumvatn; Vest-
manhavngjov; Saxendalen (!). Nol so (R). Ost.: fr. (R.); environs of
Skaalefjord, Gotevig and Fuglefjord; Gjov; Ejde (!).

125. F. osmundioides (Sw.) Hedw., Schistophyllum osmundioides
La Pyl.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On nioist ground, in crevices of
rocks, from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Fr. rare. First discovcred by
Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Nordreoer.

'Dicraniim bryoides« is recorded from Fær. by T. and Cincli-
diiim stijgiLim l)y Kindberg.

144

126. Astrophyllum punctatum (L ) Lindb., Mnium punctatum L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., coinmon. On wet ground amongst other
mossos, by rills aiid springs and on banks of streams, from the sea-
shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. rare. First discovcred b}' LI).
Syd.; Sando; Hest 6; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str. ; Nolso; Ost.;
N o r d r e 6 e r.

127. A. undulatum (L.) Lindb., Mnium undulatum Weiss, Bryum

ligulatum Scbreb.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., frcquent. On mossy and grassy, moist ground;
rare above 300 m. Only barren. First dicovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando;
Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

Most of the Færoese specimens are short and withoiit dendroid

ramification, the leaves are suberect, shorter and less undulate, ac-

cordingly the piants resemble in habit fertile shools i\( A. silvatlcnm.

Var. cuspidatum v. n.

Stem slightly divided or simple, leaves somewhat narrow and
gradually acuminate.

Syd.: Kvanhaugen, barren (!).

128. A. cuspidatum (L., Neck.) Lindb., Mnium affine Bland.

B., I., Nw. (c.). — Fær., very rare. On moist sandy or gravelly
ground. Only barren. Sando: Near Trodum (!). Myggenæs: Ivortadal (!).

Var. integrifollum Lindb.

1. — Fær., very rare. In boggy piaces and on wet ground, aniong
rocks. Sando: Trodum-Bo (!). Nolso (F. B.).

129. A. medium (Br. eur.) Lindb., Mnium medium Br. eur.

Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., verj' rare. Ost.: Slattaratinde, on wet
ground below a vertical wall of rock with northern aspect, ab. 500 m.
above sea-level, barren (!).

130. A. silvaticum Lindb., Mnium cuspidatum Hedw.

B. , 1., Nw. (c). — Fær., verj' rare. Sando: Near Trodum, on
partly cultivated, sandy ground near the sea, fr. (!).

131. A. stellare (Beich., Timm.) Lindb., Mnium stellare Hedw.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Syd.: Near Trangisvaag, on moist
rocks in a cleft with southern aspect ab. 200 m. above sea-level, barren (!).

132. A. hornum (L.) Lindb., Mnium hornum L.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., very common. On moist ground from
the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. not rare. Notified by T.
Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso;
Ost.; Bord o.

145

133. A. orthorrhynchum (Br. eur.) Lindb. , Mniuin orthor-

rhynchum Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On moist rocks in clofts.
Only barren. Syd.: Near Tran.^isvaag, in a clefl with soulhern aspect,
ab. 200 ni. (!). Ost.: Stolafjæhl; (iotci^jov; easlern declivitj' of Trelavands-
.skardct (!). Kuno, ab. 400 m. (.1. H.').

134. Gymnocybe palustris (L.) Fries, Aulacomnium palustre

Schw., Sphærocephalus palustris Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., common. On wet or boggy ground, from
the lower parts to ab. 400 m. Fr. rare. First discovered by R. Syd.;
Sand 6; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str. ; Ost.; Bordo.

135. G. turgida (Wahlenb.) Lindb., Aulacomnium turgidum

Schw., Sphærocephalus turgidus Lindb.

B. , I., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., freqnent. In pure cushions or
amongst other niosses, on moist turfy or gravelly ground in higher
parts of the mountains, rare in lower parts as far down as ab. 100 m.
Only barren. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Mygge-
næs; Str.; Ost.; N o r d r e 6 e r.

R. records a Færoese y^"? Catoscopiiim nigritiim (Hedw.) Brid.«,

but no specimen has been mel with in the coUections.

136. Breutelia chrysocoma (Dicks.) Lindb., B. arcuata Schimp.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., common. On moist or somewhat dry ground,
in pure cushions or usuallj^ associated with other mosses, especially
Hijlocomia, from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Onlj' barren. First dis-
covered by R. and R. Jensen. Syd.; Sando; Hest o; Vaago; Str.;
Ost.; Bordo.

137. Philonotis fontana (L.) Brid.

B., 1., Nw. (c). — Fær., very common. On wet or boggy ground,
round springs, in rills and by streams, from the sea-shore to ab. 500 m.
Fr. frequent. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; St. Di mon; Sando;
Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

Somewhat variable in size, density of the lufts, ramification,

direction of the leaves, etc.

Var. compacta Schimp.

Str.: At Lejnumvatn, barren (!). Ost.: Slattaratinde, barren (R., !).

138. P. capillaris Lindb.

B., 1., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. In cultivated, turfy and sandy
soil near the coast. Syd.: Trangisvaag, on ditch-banks, barren (!).

139. P. Ryani Philib. (Plate III.)

Nw. (At!., suba.). — Fær., very rare. On moist ground in clefts of
rock in low-lying parts. Str.: Vestmanhavngjov, d and fr. (!). Nolso,
9 barren (R.). Ost.: '?(i6tegjov, barren (!).

Botany of llif l-";eroe.s JQ

14(3

Dioicoiis. Very gracile, tomentoiis below; leaves uniform, some-
whal divergent, shortly decurrent, lanceolate-siibulate, margins plane,
simply toothed; cells below shortly rectangular, above in the narrow
part linear and often fainlly cnrved, only in the upper end maniillar.
Male inflor. discoid, bracts from an erect, broadly ovale base lan-
ceolate, acnte, the upper half very divergent, nerve narrow and
distinct, vanishing in the point; antheridia ab. 0,49 mm. long. Fe-
male inflor. surronnded by several branches. Perichætial bracts
from a short and broad base somewhat suddenly subulate, subula
twice as long as the broad base, sharply toothed. Seta long (ab.
30 mm.), slender, purplish-brown. Capsnle inclined, ovato-globose,
pachydcrmons, with reddish-brown mouth, when dry cnrved and
sulcate. Lid small, conic, pale reddish-brown, maniillar. Teeth of
exostome reddish-brown, minutely papillose, with ab. 25 lamellae;
between the upper lamellae, somewhat below apex, with ovate,
nearest to apex round thickenings; endostome orange, processes
grossy papillose, without lacunes, with 2 shorler, minutely papillose
cilia. Spores fmally papillose, 0,015 — 018 mm. diameter.

140. P. seriata Mitt.

B., N\v. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. Str.: Near Nordredal, round
a spring, barren and associated witli Maixhaiitin polyinorpha and Pellia
Neesiana (!).

141. Bartramia ityphylla Brid.

B., I., Nw. (,c.). — Fær., comnion. In crevices of rocks, from the
sea-shore to tlie summits of moimtains. Fr. conimon. First discovered
by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.;
Nordreoer.

142. B. pomiformis (L.) Hedw.

B., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., rare. In crevices of rocks in low-lying
parts. Always fr. Notified l)y T. Syd,: In several placcs (!). Str.:
Vestmanliavngjov (!). Ost.: Gotegjov (!).

Var. crispa (Sw.) Braithw.

Vaago (R.j. Str.: Vestmanhavngjov (!). Ost.: (R.); Gotegjov (!).
According to T. the y Bartramia gracilis« has been found in Fær.
by Lb., but no specimen has been met with in the collections.

143. Conostomum boreale Sw., C. tetragonum Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (alp. arct.j. — Fær., frequcnt. On nioist gravelly ground
in liigher parts of the mounlains. Fr. rare. Syd.: Siimljofjæld, Kvanne-
fja-ld, Mannaskard near Trangisvaag and the mountain belwcen Trangis-
vaag and Kvalbo (!). Sando: Sumniil of Knejsen (!). Vaago: Sunimit

147

of Malinstinde, fr. (Lb.); Rensntinder, 300-^700 ni.; Snaldansfjæld (!).
Myifi^cnæs: Sumniil of Kl ej ven (!). Sir.: Bctween Oi-ecnge and Nordre-
dal, fr. (!); Skjællint^fjæld "(Lb., R, !); below Orvcsfjæld, fr. (!). O .si.:
Sl61afj;vl(l; belween Skaalcboln and y\ndofjord, 250 500 ni., fr. ; Slaltara-
linde, 5r)() ni. to the summil (!).

144. Bryum capillare L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær , frequent. On rocks and larger stones, in
crevices of rocks, in low-lying paris of tbe islcs. Fr. rare. First dis-
covercd by R. Sj'd.; San do; Vaago (fr.); Str. ; O si.; Bord o.

145. B. elegans Nees.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., nol rare. On rocks and larger stones, on
the ground aniong rocks, in low-lying parts. Only barren. Syd.: Hove-
dalen (J. H.). St. Dinion (!). Vaago: Shore of Sorvaagsvatn (J. H.).
Myggenæs (!). Sir.: Near Thorshavn (R., !). Ost.: At Toftevatn (J. H.).

146. B. ventricosum Dicks., B. pseudotriquetrum Schwægr.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., common. On wet or boggy ground, round
s])rings and by rills, from the sca-shore lo ab. 500 m. Fr. nol rare.
First discovered bj'^ Lb. Syd.; Sand 6; Vaago; Str.; Nol so; Ost.;
N o r d r e o e r.

Very variable in size and colour, density of the tufts, elc. The
most remarkable variety is: —

Var. atlantica v. n.

In stout, dense, more or less purplc cushions; leaves large (until

3,5 mm. long and 1,2^1,3 mm. broad), somewhat concave, wilh

thick, reddish, usually shortly excurrent and liere somewhat toothed

nerve, margins reflexed, with a yellow border of 10 — 12 narrow cells.

In similar piaces as the type, common. Fr. rare. First discovered
by Lb. Syd.; San do; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Bor do.

147. B. pallens Sw.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent in low-lying parts of the isles,
rare in higher parts of the mounlains. On moist ground, esjjecially
when cultivated. Fr. not rare. First discovered by O. Syd.; St. Dimon;
Sand 6; Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bordo.

148. B. alpinum Huds.

B. , Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On moist rocks, from the
sea-shore to ab. 300 m. Fr. rare. First discovered by Lb. Syd.;
San do; Hest o; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Bordo.

Var. viridis Husn.

Sando: At Grothusvaln (!).

149. B. erythpocarpon Schwægr.

B., N\v. (w. c). — Fær., very rare. On sandy ground. Sando: At
' Sandsvatn, fr. (!).

10*

148

150. B. argenteum L.

B., I., Nw. [c). — Fær., not rare. On the ground near the coast,
especially on pathways of inhabited piaces. Only barren. Fær. acc.
to T. Syd.: Vaag (!). San do: On sandj^ ground near Trodum (!).
Vaago: Midvaag (!). Str.: Thorshavn (R., !); Todnæs at Kollefjord;
Vestinanhavn (!). Ost.: Gote; Funding (!).

151. B. cæspiticum L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On sandy ground near the coast.
Fær. acc. to T. Syd.: Near Kvalboejde, (formå) 9 barren (!). San do:
Trodumbo, d (!). Str.: Thorshavn (var. gracilescens Br. et Sch.), fr. (R.).

152. B. pallescens Schleich.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. On the ground among rocks, in
crevices of rocks, in low-lying parts of the isles. Fr. frequent. Syd.:
Near Tværaa and Trangisvaag; Kvanhaugen (!). San do: '? Trodumbo,
on sandy ground, barren; Skorene (!). Vaago: (R., R.Jensen); near
Kvilchinavatn (!). Myggenæs (!). Str.: Thorshavn (Lb.); Gliversrejn;
between Nordredal and Oreenge (!). Ost.: (R.); Gotegjov; Skaalebotn;
Ejde (!).

153. B. cirratum Hornsch.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. Crevices of rocks. Str.:
Gjanoregjov, fr. (J. H.). Ost.: Near Bredaskard, fr. (!).

154. B. faliax Mild.

B. (Denmark, S w e d e n , Finland) (w. c). — Fær. , very rare.
On the ground. Str.: Thorshavn, fr. (!).

155. B. Marratii Wils.

B., Nw. (Atl.) — Fær., very rare. On wct sandy ground near the
coast. Sando: Near Trodum, in a wet hollow between the sand-
hills, fr. (!).

156. B. micans Limpr. — Hagen determ.

Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., not rare. On moist ground among stones,
in crevices of rocks near streams and in clefts, 100 — 250 m. above sea-
level. Always fr. Syd.: Near Trangisvaag and Tværaa; Præstefjæld (!).
Sando: Between Sand and Skopen (!). Ost.: Solmunde; Gotegjov;
Fuglefjord (!).

157. B. pendulum (Hornsch.) Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Sandy ground near the coast.
Sando: At Trodum, fr. (!).

158. B. retusum Hag.

Nw. (Greenland). (Atl.). — Fær., rare. On moist ground among
rocks near the coast. Vaago: ? Near Bosdalafos, barren (!). Str.:
Thorshavn, fr. (R.). Nolso, fr. (R.). Ost.: Gotegjov, fr.; shore at Molen
near Kjde, fr. (!).

149

159. B. inclinatum (Sw.) Bland.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On nioist, sandy and turfy ground
near the sea-shore. Syd.: Præslcljæld, Ir. i^Sin.). San do: fr. (R.); shore
of Grotliusvatn, fr. ; Troduni, fr. (!).

160. B. lapponicum Kaiir.

Nw. (Atl.i. — Fær., very rare. Aniong stones and rocks near the
coast. Syd.: ?West coast near Kvalvig, barren (O.). Str. : Near Thors-
havn, fr. (!).

161. B. lacustpe (Bland.) Brid.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On moist, sandy ground near
the coast. San do: Near Trodum, in a wet hollow between the sand-
hills, barren and associated with B. Marratii (!).

162. B. filiforme Dicks., Anomobryum filiforme Husn.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. In crevices of rocks, from
the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Only barren. Syd.: Sumbø-
Ijæld; Vaag; Ornefjæld; near Trangisvaag; Frodebo; Kvanhaugen (!).
San do: At Grothusvatn; between Sand and Skopen (!). Vaago: At
Kvilchinavatn; Rensatinder (!). Str.: Gliversrejn; Gjoverbotn near Lej-
num; Vestmanhavngjov; Saxendalen (!). Bordo: Graverdalen, 50 m. (!).

Acc. to T. »Bryiim roseiim« has been discovered in Fær.

163. Plagiobryum Zierii Dicks. Lindb., Zieria julacea Schimpr.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. Crevices of rocks, from
the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Only barren. Syd.: Sumbo
(Lb.); Sumbofjeld (!); Vaag(J. H.); south side of Trangisvaagfjord; Trangis-
vaag; Kvanhaugen; Norbes Ejde near Kvalbo (!). San do: Summit of
Tinden {}). Vaago: (R); Snaldansfjæld; at Kvilchinavatn, 9; Thormans-
gjov; Rensatinder; the east side of the island and other piaces (!).
Str.: Hvidenæs; near Lejnum and Lejnumvatn, 9; Skjællingfjæld; Vest-
manhavngjov (!). Ost.: (R.); Stolafjæld and Gotegjov (!). Bordo: Be-
tween Aaerne and Strand (!).

164. Pohlia albicans (Wahlenb.) Lindb., Webera albicans Schimpr.,

Mniobryum albicans Limpr.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On moist or wet ground among rocks,
in crevices of rocks, from the sea-shore to ab. 500 m. Onl}' barren.
Syd.: (R.); near Tværaa, 250 m. (!). Vaago: Thormansgjov (.!). Str.:
Below Orvesfjæld, 9 (!). Nol so (R). Ost.: Gotegjov (!).

Var. glacialis (Schleich.) Limpr.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., not rare. On wet ground, especially
by rills and round s|)rings, from 100 m. almost to the summits of the
mountains. Only barren. Syd.: (R.); Kvanhaugen and Præsletjæld (!).
Str.: Frequent between Nordredal and Oreenge; Skjællingtjæld; below
OrvesQæld (!). Ost.: Gotegjov; between Skaalebotn and Andefjord, abun-
dant; Slattaratinde, abundant (!). Bordo: Graverdalen i,!).

150

165. P. færoénsis sp. nov. (Plate IV.)

Dioicous. In dense, green, ol'ten more or less pnrplish, rarely
quite purpie to black-purple, faintly shining lufts or expanded
patches. Stem erect or decumbent, 1 — 10 centim. long and, inclusive
of leaves, ab. 1 mm. broad, slightly radiculose below, simple or with
few brancbes, tbin (0,33 mm.), but firm, witb broad (0,065 mm.)
central strand, uniformly leaved or tlie lower leaves destroyed ex-
cept tbe firm nerve. Leaves erecto-patent, below tbe male inflor.
imbricate, ovate, roundisb-obtuse, entire or obsoletely denticulate
above, not decurrent, very concave, margins plane; nerve strong,
very prominent on back and longly decurrent, purplisb, vanishing
just below apex, transversal section with 4 indicating cells (»Denter«),
a small conducting group (»Begleiter«) and a tbick posterior band
of sterei'ds; cells rbombic or rhombo-hexagonal, walls incrassate,
about tbe nervepoint more irregularly rectangular and broadly
rbombic, at base rectangular; base purplc or orange, consisling of
laxer and tbinner, rectangular and quadratic cells. Male inflor.
gemmiform, terminal, finally lateral, bracts sbort and relalively
broad, tbe broad part yellowisb, consisting of thinwalled, rectangular
cells, nerve distinct above, vanishing below, antheridia 2 — 3 together
in the axis of bracts, mixed with somewhat longer paraphyses.
Female plant unknown.

A curious species, somewhat resembling Brijiim alpimiin in habit,
but the leaves roundish-obluse as in Bnjiiin Maratii. At flrst I
named it Brijiim færocnse, but my friend, Dr. J. Hagen, the emi-
nent Norwegian bryologist, called my attention to the male inflor.,
which is as in Pohlia, where the antheridia are placed binary in
the axis of bracts.

Specimens gathered by R. have been met with in the collections.
Tb. Jensen has labelled them >>Brijnm caIo])hijUiim<i and yBrijnm
Marativ/ or new«.

Fær., not rare. On stones and rocks in running water, below 100 ni.
associaled wilh Anihlijslcgiiiin oclnxiceiun, Hijpmim rhmlare, II. nisciforme
and Martiiicllia parpnrascens. Syd.: (R.); Near Faniien and Ordevig (!).
Vaago (R). Str. : Saxendalen (!). Nolso (R). Bordo: Graverdalen (!).

166. P. Ludwigii (Spreng.), Webera Ludwigii Schimp. (Syn. ed. 2),

W. Breidleri Jur., Pohlia Weigelii Lindb.

B. , Nw. (alp. arcl.). — Fær., very rare. Ost.: Gronaskardslvil
between Skaalebotn and Andefjord, 480 m., on moist ground abundant
and fr. (!).

151

1()7. P. commutata (Scliinip.) Lindb , Wehera coinniutata Schimp.

(Syn. ed. 2), W. Liuhvigii Hr. eur. Hartm.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær. , not rare. On moist ground, from
ab. 100 m. to tlie .siimmits of niountains. Fr. rare. Syd.: Near Trangis-
vaag, d"; Præstefjæld (!). Sando: At Grothusvaln (!). Vaago: Rcnsa-
tinder (!). Str. : Bolwcon Orccnge and Kalbakfjord; below Orvcsfjæld,
fr. (!). O.st.: Gronaskardskil between Skaalcbotn and Andefjord; Slattara-
tinde; near Ejde (!).

168. P. gracilis (Schleich.) Lindb., Webera gracilis De Nol.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On nioist ground. Syd.:
The mountain between Trangisvaag and Kvalbo, ab. 300 m., barren (!).

169. P. annotina (L.) Lindb., Webera annotina (Hedw.) Bruch.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On moist ground, below 200 m. Fr.
rare. Syd.: (R); Lopra, fr. ; Kvanhaugen, fr. ; Præstefjæld (!). Sando: At
Sandsvatn (!). Vaago: Midvaag, 9 barren; east side of the island, 9
barren (!). Str.: Near Lejnumvatn; near Vestmanhavn, 9 barren (!).

170. P. nutans (Schreb.) Lindb., Webera nutans Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On rather dry as well as on moist
ground, from the sea-shore to the summits of niountains. Fr. frequent.
First discovered bj^ Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.;
Ost.; N o r d r e 6 e r.

Var. teres C. Jens.

Syd.: Summit of Kvannefjæld, barren (!).

171. P. cpuda (L.) Lindb., Webera cruda Bruch.

B., I., Nw. (c.). — Fær., frequent. On the ground among rocks, in
crevices of rocks, from the sea-shore to the summits of niountains. Fr.
not rare. Syd.: Vaag; below Ornefjæld; Kvanhaugen; Præstefjæld (!).
Sando: Between Sand and Skopen; sunimit of Tinden (!). Vaago:
Hensatinder; Thormansgjov; near Kvilchinavatn (!). Str.: Gliversrejn;
between Nordredal and Oreenge; Saxendalen (!). Ost.: Stolafjæld; Gote-
gjov; between Skaalebotn and Andefjord (!). Bord 6; Near Strand (!).
Kalso: Blankeskaalefjæld (J. H.). Kuno (J. H.).

172. P. elongata Hedw., Webera elongata Schwægr.

B., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. In crevices of rocks. Bor do:
Hojeijæld, between 500 and 650 m., fr. (O.).

173. P. polymorpha Hornsch. var. affinis (H. et H.), Webera

polymorpha var. affinis Schimp.

B., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., rare. In crevices of rocks, above 400 m.
lo the summits of niountains. \lways fr. A specimen of P. polymorpha
var. affinis, labclled Mcesid iilifiinosa'? Færoe' ., but without the discoverers
name, is lo be fouiid in the Museum of the Botanical Gardens, Gopenhagen.
Syd.: Sumbofjæld, 500 m., fr. (!). Str.: Below Orvestjæld, ab. 400 iii., fr. (!).
o'sl. : fr. (H.); Stolaljæld, 500 m., fr. (!).

152

174. P. acuminata Hornsch., Wel)eia acuminata Scliimp.

B., Nw. (e., suba.). — Fær., frequent. On the ground among rocks
and in crevices of rocks, from the lower parts to the summits of nioun-
tains. Always fr. Syd.: Below Ornefjæld and near Trangisvaag (!).
Sando: Sumniit of Tinden (!). Vaago: Rensatindcr (R.); Thormans-
gjov; near Kvilchinavatn (!). Str.: Near Nordredal; Skjælling (!). Ost.:
(R.); Gotegjov; Gronaskardskil between Skaalebotn and Andefjord (!).
Bord 6: Between Aaerne and Strand (!).

175. Funaria hygrometrica (L.) Sibth.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On the ground near inhabited phices.
Notified by Landt. Str.: Thorshavn, fr. (R); Kalbakbotn, fr. (Sni.).
Bord 6: Klaksvig, fr. (!).

176. F. obtusa (Dicks.) Lindb., Entosthodon ericetorum C. Miill.

B., I.?, Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., frequent. On moist ground in low-lying
parts of the isles. Always fr. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando;
Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bord 6.

177. F. attenuata (Dicks.) Lindb., Entostliodon Templetoni
Schwægr.

B. (Atl.). — Fær., verj' rare. On the ground near the coast. Ost.:
Gotegjov, fr. (!).

178. Splachnum pedunculatum (Hnds.) Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On moist ground. Fær.,
fr. (Lb!). Str.: Saxendalen, fr. (!). Ost.: Near Ejde, fr. (!).

»Splachnum ampnllaceiim« is recorded from Fær. by T.

179. Tetraplodon bryoides (Zoeg.) Lindb., T. mnioides Schimp.
B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). Fær., very rare. Str.: Kirkebofjæ'ld and

rocks near Thorshavn, fr. (Lb.); Gliversrejn, fr. (R., !).

180. Diphyscium sessile (Scbmid.) Lindb., D. foliosum Mohr.,

Webera sessilis Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (c. w.). — Fær., common. On the ground, from the sea-
shore to the summits of mountains, commonest in low-lying parts. Always
fr. First discovered by R. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæ's; Str.;
Ost.; Bor do.

Var. acutifolia Lindb.

B. (Atl.). — Fær., rare. On the ground in low-lying parts of the
isles. Always fr. Syd.: Near Famienvatn (!); Præstefjæld (R.). Str.:
Gliversrejn (R.). Ost.: Fuglefjord (!).

181. Leersia rhabdocarpa (Schwægr.) Lindb., Encalypta rhab-
docarpa Schwægr.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., rare. On the ground among rocks
and in crevices of rocks, from 200 m. to ab. 500 m. Ahva^'s fr. Syd.:
Near Tværaa and Trangisvaag; Præstefjæld (!). Sando: Sumniit of
Tinden (!). Ost.: Between Skaalebotn and Andefjord (!).

153

182. L. laciniata Hedw., Encalypta ciliata HofFm.

B., I., N\v. (c, suba.). — Fær., not rare Crcvicos of rocks, on the
groiiiul among rocks, from the sea-shore to ab. 300 in. Ahvays fr. No-
lilied by T. Syd.: (R.); Vaa«; near Tværaa and Trangisvaag; Kvan-
haiigoii;^ I>ræstcfjæld (!). Vaago: Ncar Kvilchinavatn (!). Str.: (R.);
Gjanoregjov (.1. H.). Ost.: (lotcgjov (!). Bordo: Above Strand (!).

183. Tortula rupalis (L.) Ehrli. var. arenicola Braithw.

B. {Tortilla riirdlis: I., Nw.) (c). — Fær., very rare. On sandy
ground near the coast. San do: Trodumbo, barren (!).

184. T. subulata (L.) Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frcquent. On the grouiid among rocks and
in crevices of rocks, from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains.
Ahvays fr. First detccted by Lb. Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Vaa go;
Str.; Nol so; Ost; Bordo.

185. T. muralis (L.) Hedw., Barbula muralis Timm.

B., Nw. (c). Fær., not rare. On the mortar of walls. Ahvays fr.
Syd.: Vaag; Tværaa; Kvalbo (!). Vaa go: Midvaag (!). Str.: Ruin near
Kirkebo; Arge; Thorshavn (R.); Kollefjord; Vestmanhavn (!). Kvalvig (Sm.).
Bordo: Klaksvig (!).

»Tortilla rigida« is recorded from Fær. by T.

186. Pottia cpinita Wils.

B. (Atl.). — Fær., very rare. On basaltic rocks near the sea. St.
Dimon, barren (!).

187. P. Heimii (Hedw.) Fiirnr., Tortula Heimii Mitt.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., not rare. On moist ground near the
coast. Always fr. Syd.: Vaag(Lb.); Skarvetange near Frodebo (O.); near
Kvalbo (Lb.,"^ !). St. Dimon (!). Vaago: Near Bosdalafos (!). Str. (R.).
Nolso (R.). Ost.: Shore of Molen near Ejde (!).

»Gijmnostomiim oratiim« and »G. triincatiihim< are recorded
from Fær. by T., and Pottia latifolia by Kindberg.

188. Mollia toptuosa (L.) Schrank., Tortula tortuosa Ehrh., Bar-
bula tortuosa W. et M.

B., 1., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On moist ground from the sea-
shore to ab. 500 m. Only barren. Notified by T. Syd.; Sando; Vaago;
Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Bordo; Vider 6.

189. M. flavovjpens (Bruch) Lindb., Trichostomum flavovirens

Bruch.

B. (Atl.). — Fær, vary rare. Vaago: Near Bosdalafos, on snuiil
gras.sy banks, barren (!).

154

190. M. tenuipostris (Hook., Taj'l.) Lindb., Didymodon cyliii-

dricus Br. eur.

B., Nw. (Atl., suba.). — Fær. , vcry rare. In nioist, sliady ])laccs
among larger stones and iii clefts, bclow 100 ni. Only Ijarrcn. Sjd.:
Shore of Fainienvatn (!). Ost.: Gotegjov (!).

191. M. litoralis (Mitt.) Braithw., Trichostomum liloiale Mitt.,

?Tr. miicronatulum Card.

B., I., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., common. On the ground among stenes
and rocks, especially by streams, from the sea-shore to ab. 500 m.
Abnndant, but always barren. First discovered b}' Sm. Sy ti.; Sando;
V a a g 6 ; Myggenæs; S t r. ; Ost.; K a i s 6 ; B o r ti o.

Very variable in size and colour, lengtb of the leave.s and espe-
cially the form of their point, which is often botli obtuse and
acuminate in the same plant. The M. litoralis, indeed, appears to
be only an Atlantic variety or subspecies of M. brachijdontia. Short
leaved Færoese specimens quite agree with the descriplion and
figure of Trichostomum mncronatnliim Cardol (Mosses of the Azores
and of Madeira in Eighth annual report of the Missouri Bolanical
Garden, 1897).

192. M. brachydontia (Bruch.) Lindb., Trichostomum mulabile

Bruch.

B. (S w eden). (\v. c). — Fæ^r., very rare. On moist ground. Vaago:
Midvaag, barren (!).

Leaf-margins of the former species as well as of this single

specimen of M. brachijdontia are, where the pellucid and the opake

parts meet, more or less denliculate in the same manner as in

Trichostomum mncronatnliim. This is not the case with specimens

of M. brachijdontia from Gotland in Sweden (gathered by

Zetter stedt and K. Johansen), which have the margins (juite

entire, but agrees with the Færoese M. brachijdontia in having

elongato-lanceolate, acuminate leaves.

193. M. aeruginosa (Sm.) Lindb., Gynniostomum rupestre Schleich.
B., I., Nw. (c, suba). — Fær., very rare. Crevices of rocks in damp,

shady piaces, below 150 m. Syd.: Near Trangisvaag, barren (!). Str. :
Gjanoregjov, fr. (J. H.). Bord o: Hojetjæld, barren (Sm.).

194. M. rutilans (Hedw.) Lindb., Weissia rutilans Lindb., Limpr.

B. , Nw. (w. c). — Fær., frequent. On the ground in lower paris
of the isles. Always fr. Sj'd.: Lopra; Vaag; Famien; Ordevig; below
Ornefjæld; Frodebo; Præstefjæld (!). Sa n do: Tindetjæld; at Sandsvatn (!).
Vaago: Midvaag (!). Myggenæs (!). Ost.: Solmunde; Stolafjæld; Fjde (!).
Bord 6 : Gra verdal (!).

155

Leaf-margins plane or one of them partly narrow-involute,
leeth of peristome short and hroad or rudimcntary, spores 0,020 —
0,025 mm. diameter.

195. IVI. crispata (Br. germ.), Weissia viridula var. gymnoslo-

moides Br. cur.

B., N. (c, suba.). — Fær. , very rare. Crcviccs of rocks near the
coast. Syd.: Vaag, fr. ; Kaaregjov near Kvalbo, fr. (!). Vaago: Near
Bosdalafos, barren (!).

196. M. tortilis (Schwægr.) Braithw., Hymenostomum tortile

Br. eur.

B. (c., suba.). — Fær., very rare. Crevices of rocks. San do: Shore
of Grothusvatn, fr. (!).

197. Barbula rubelia (Hoffm.) Mitt., Didymodon rul)ellus Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not frequent. On tlie ground, in crevices
of rocks, from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Usually fr. Syd.: Near
Tværaa and Trangisvaag; Ivvanhaugen (!). Sando: At Trodum, on sandy
ground (R., !). Vaago: (R.); near Kvilcliinavatn (!). Str.: Thorshavn
(R.); near Lejnumvatn (!). Nol so (R.). Ost.: Stolafjæld; Gotegjov;
eastern declivity of Trelavandsskardet (!). Bordo: Above Strand (!).

198. B. unguiculata (Huds.) Hedw. var. cuspidata (Schultz)

Braithw.

B. (c). — Fær., very rare. On the ground near the coast. Only
barren. Sando: Trodumbo (!). Nolso (R.). Ost.: Shore of Molen
near Ejde (,!).

199. B. icmadophila Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (^c, suba.). — Fæ^r. , very rare. On the ground aniong
rocks, in the highest paris of mountains, above 400 m. Only barren.
Sando: Sunnnit of Tinden (!). Vaago: Rensatinder, near the summit (!).
Ost.: Gronaskardskil bctween Skaalebotn and Andefjord i,!j.

200. B. cylindrica (Tayl.) Schimp.

B., Nw.? 0)enmark, Sweden). (w. c). — Fær., frequent. On the
ground among rocks, in crevices of rocks, from the sea-shore to the
summils of mountains. Only barren. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Str.; Ost.;
Bordo; Videro.

A rather large, reddish-brown form (formå riifescens) appears

to be more frequent than the usual form elsewhere.

201. B. faliax Hedw.

B. , Nw. ^c. 1. — Fær., very rare. Sando: Trodumbo, on moist
sandy ground near the coast, barren (.!).

156

202. B. reflexa Brid.

B., ( S w ede 11, Finland), (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On moist,
grassy and mossy ground among rocks near the coast. Bord 6: Graver-
dal near Bordovig, 5 m. above sea-level, barren (!).

More robust than usiial, and appears to come nearest to the

var. robnsta Braithw.

203. B. brevifolia (Dicks.) Lindb., Trichostomum tophaceum

Brid.

B. , (Denmark, S w e d e n ). (c). — Fær. , very rare. Crevices of
rocks near the coast. Str. : Near Thorshavn, barren (,!).

Var. acutifolia Schimp.

B. (Atl.). — Fær., very rare. On the ground near the sea-shore.
Only barren. Syd.: Frodebo (R.). Vaago: Near Bosdalafos, on small
grassy banks (!).

204. Dicranum albicans Br. eur., D. enerve Tlied.

Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., very rare. On moist ground in higher
parts of the mountains, not below 400 m. Only barren. Str.: Below
Orvesfjæld, 450 m. (!). Ost.: Near Brejdaskard, 400 m.; Gronaskardskil
between Skaalebotn and Andefjord, 480 m.; Slattaratinde, 700 m. (! .

205. D. longifolium Ehrh.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Ost.: Near Næs, barren (Lb.).
Gathered probably on a large stone in the lowland. Notificd by T.

206. D. fuscescens Turn.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Ost.: Slattaratinde, on a moist
shady rock with northcrn aspcct, ab. 500 m. above sea-level, barren (!).

207. D. Bonjeani De Not., D. palustre Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On wet ground, from the sea-
shore to ab. 400 m. Only barren. First discovered by R. Sj'd.; Sando;
Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; B o r d o.

208. D. scoparium (L.) Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., common. On the ground and on rocks,
from the sea-level to the summits of mountains. Fr. not frequent. First
discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæ^s; Str.;
Ost.; Nordreoer.

Somewhat variable in size and direction of leaves; formae
orthophijUae, often with the leaf-point shorter and entire, are fre-
quent on exposed rocks and large stones.

209. D. majus Sm.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On grassy and mossy ground,
from the lower parts to ab. 500 m. Only barren. Syd.: Spinerne near

157

Sumbo (formå gracilis); Vaag; Famicnvatn; Kvanhaugen; Pra^stefjæld (!).
Sando: Skorene (!). Vaago: (R.Jensen); Rensatinder; near Fjallavatn;
Thorniansgjov (!). Str. : Gliversnæs (R, !); Varden near Thorshavn (R.);
hctwecn Nordredal and Oreenge; below Orvesfjæld; Saxendalen (!).
Ost.: (R.); between Gote and Fiiglctjord; Trelavandsskardet; near Ejde (!).
Hordo: Above Strand (!). Vi de ro: Summit of Bergsmunna (O.).

210. D. arcticum Schimp., D. molle Wils., D. glaciale Berggr.

B., I., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., frequent. On the ground, from 400 m.
to the sumniits of mountains, rare below 400 m. to ab. 150 m. Fr. not
rare. Sando: Skorene (!). Vaago: Rensatinder; above Vigum; near
Kvilchinavatn; Snaldansfjæld, fr. (!). Mj'ggenæs: Summit of Klejven (!).
Str.: Between Nordredal and Oreenge, fr. ; summit of Skjællingfjæld
(Lb., R., !); Snejsen near Kvivig (Lb.); below Orvesfjæld, fr. (!). Ost.:
Rejafjæld (O.); Stolafjæld; Trelavandsskard, fr. ; near Bredaskard; Slat-
taratinde, fr. (!). Kuno (O.). Bord 6: Summits of Klakken (O.) and
Holgafjæld (J.H.); Hojefjæld (O.). Videro: Malinsfjæld; summit of Morne-
fjæld (O.).

Somewhat variable in size and direction of leaves; forms with
suberect or somewhat secund leaves are frequent, with slraight,
erecto- patent (f. ortophylla) or with falcato- secund (f. iincinata)
leaves rare.

211. D. Starkei W. M.

B., I., Nw. (c., suba.). — Fær., not rare. On moist sandy or gra-
velly ground, in pure cushions or amongst other mosses, in higher parts
of the mountains. Fr. rare. Notified by T. Syd.: Sumbofjæld; Kvanne-
fjæld (!). Myggenæs (!). Between Nordredal and Oreenge; summit of
Skjællingfjæld; below Orvesfjæld (!). Ost.: East side of Trelavandsskard;
Gronaskardskil between Skaalebotn and Andefjord, fr. ; Slattaratinde, fr. (!).
Kuno: The summit (J. H.).

Variable in size and direction of leaves; forms with falcato-

secund leaves are predominant, with suberect leaves rare. Glose to

D. arcticum, from which it is readily distinguished by its narrow

leaves, with more subulate acumen, its smaller, upwards more in-

distinctly defined group of angular-cells. Both species agree in

having the group of angular-cells distinctly removed from the nerve

at least half the breadth of Ihe angular group. (See figs. 1 — 8 p. 158).

212. D. falcatum Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., rare. On moist ground in the highest
parts of the mountains (above 500 m.). Notified by T. Str.: Between
Nordredal and Oreenge, fr. (!); Snejsen near Kvivig, fr. (Lb.). Ost.:
Gronaskardskil and Slattaratinde, fr. (!). Kuno: barren (O.).

213. D. fulvellum (Dicks.) Sm.

B., I., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fæ'r., frequent. In moist, turfy and gra-
velly soil among rocks and stones, Ironi low-lying parts of the isles to

158

the summits of mountains. Fr. not rare, often abundant. First dis-
covered by Lb. Syd.; San do; Vaago, Myggenæs; S t r. ; Ost.;
N ord rcoer.

Very variabel in habil, size and colour, density of the lulls,
direction of leaves. Densely cushioned forms with erecto-patent
(f. orlhopbijUa) or indistinctly secund leaves are predominant, loosely
tufled with falcato- secund leaves rare. Lea ves entire or oflen the
margins and back of nerve in the subula obsoletely denticulate,
especially in Ihe loosely tufted forms.

Fig. 28. Dicranuni Starkci. Leaves, 1 — 3 of formå or</!op/ii/»a, 4—5 of formå rfrep(jnop/ii;»n. f'^/i).
Figs. 6—8. Dicranuni arcticnm, Leavcs. ('^/i).

214. D. Anderssonii (Wich.) Schimp., Arctoa Anderssonii Wich.
(Plate V, VI).

Lapland, (alp. arct.). — Fær., very rare. Vaago: Eastern dcclivity
of Snaldansfjæld, on nioist gravelly ground, 300 m., fr. abundantly (!).

Autoicous. In small, short, dense cushions, about 1 centim.
high, yellowish- or brownish-green above, blackish-brown below.
Leaves dense, straight, ereclo-patenl, from a broad-ovate base sud-
denly subulale or lanceolale-subulate, somewhat glossy, entire or
obsoletely denticulate at subula; cells narrow, about 0,01 mm. in

159

broadlh, wnlls incrassnled, slii^hHy and indistinctl}'^ or not al all pored,
rec'langular, clongalcd, along llic margins shorter, groiip of angular-
cclls brownish, small, not distinctly defincd, rcmoved from the nerve,
somelimes indislincl or wanling; nerve narrow, ^/is — ^/ao of base,
consisling of homogcnous cells, excurrent in a short or long, acute
subula. Perichælial-bract broad, sheating, of laxer texture, suddenly
conlracted to a subula -/s — Vs lenglh of the sheath. Seta very
shoil, pale, about twice the lenglh of capsule. Calyptra cucullate
with a tliick rostrum. Capsule immersed in the perichætum, ovato-
globose, wide-mouthed, fuscous, without stomata, sulcate when dry,
outer cells of exothecium very thickwalled, in the deepenings irre-
gularly rhombic and rectangular, in the walls elongated and narrow;
annulus persistent, of 2 rows of cells; lid orange, conic, with a
long, subulate, oblique beak; peristome suberect when dr}^ red,
teeth narrowlj' lanceolate-subulate, irregularly bifid or perforated.
Spores large (0,025 — 0,033 mm.), pale brownish-green, finally papillose.
Male inflor. below the perichætium, gemmiform, about 0,66 mm.
long, bract shortl}^ acuminate, inner obtuse.

A distinct species, readily distinguished from all other European
Dicrana by the immersed capsule without stomata. My friend Mr.
H. Lindberg of Helsingfors, has kindly compared the Fæoese
specimen with the original specimen of Arctoa Anderssonii Wich.
in Professor S. O. Lindberg' s Herbarium, and informs me that
he has found no difference of value between them. The spores
of the Færoese specimen are a little smaller and the group of
angular cells in the leaves appears to be a little more distinct.
Nothing else!

215. Dicpanoweissia crispula (Hedw.) Lindb. , Weissia crispula
Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On tlie ground and rocks,
from the lower parts to tlie suniniits of mountains. Fr. common. Urst
discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando (f brevifolki); Vaago, Str.; Ost.;
Bord 6; Vide ro.

216. Campylopus atrovirens De Not,

B., Nw. (atl., suba.). — P'ær., common. On wet or spongy ground
from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Only barren. First discovered by Lb.
Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Str.; Nol so; Ost.; Bord o.

217. C. flexuosus (L.) Brid.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., frequent. On moist ground from Ihe
sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Fr. rare. Notified by T. Syd.; Sando; Vaago;
Sir.; Ost.; Bordo.

160

Very variable in size, density of tufts, colour, direction of leaves.
Densely tufted forms with straight, erect leaves (f. ortbophylla) are
common. I gathered in Gjoverbotn near Lejnum (Str.) another form
of tbe size of C. atronirens, glossy golden-grecn above, fuscous below,
with nearly straight, siiberect leaves. In Trangisvaagbo (Syd.) I
found a robust, dull-green form with subsecund leaves. The fruit-
bearing forms, which are usually more loosely tufted, glossy yellow^-
green above and reddish brown below, with more or less subsecund
leaves, I have found at Frodebo (Syd.) and in Gliversrejn near
Thorshavn (Str.). C. brevifolius is notified by R., but no specimen
has been with in the collections.

218. C. Schwarzii Schimp.

B., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. In similar piaces as C.
atrovirens. Only barren. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; San do; Hesto;
V a a g 6 ; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; B o r d 6.

Variable in density of the tufts, colour, direction of the leaves.
On Rensatinder (Vaago), 300 m., and below Orvesfjæld (Str.), 450 m.,
I gathered a very pretty robust form, the comal-leaves of which
are partly, the long subula especially, tinged with red (f. robiista,
aiironitens).

219. C. Schimperi Milde.

B., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., not rare. On the ground, from low-
lying parts to the summits of mountains. Only barren. Syd.: Sumbo-
fjæld; Ornefjæld (!). San do: At Grothusvatn; summit of Tinden (!).
Vaago: Rensatinder, near the summit (!). Myggenæs (!). Str.: Near
Thorshavn (R.). Nols6(R.). Ost.: Stolafjæld; nearGjov; Slattaratinde (!)

Variable in colour and height of the tufts, but agrees exactly
with specimens of Canipijlopus Schimperi from Ren Lawers in Scot-
land, gathered by Rraithwaite. A proper form appears to be: —

Var. flagellifera v. n.

Densely tufted, 3—4 centim. high, yellowish above, fuscous
below% interwoven with radicles, producing from the upper parts of
the stem plural, fragile, fdiform ramuli, with imbricated, very short
and obtusely acuminate leaves.

Syd.: Lopra, 50 m. (!).

220. C. fragilis (Dicks.) Rr. eur.

B. , Nw. (w. c.). — Fær., frequent. On moist, grassy and mossy
ground, from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Only barren. Syd.: (R.);
Lopra (!); Vaag (Sm., !); Famienvatn; below Ornefjæld; near Trangisvaag;
Frodebo (!). Vaago: The east side of the island; Rensatinder (!).

161

Myggenæs (!). Str. : Gjoverbotn and Skjællingfjæld near Kvivig; near
Nordredal (!). Ost.: Næs (J. H.); Stolafjæld (!). Bor do: Graverdal; near
Aaérne (!).

Very variable in size, habit and colour. A densely tufted form,

yellowish above and fuscous below, occurs frequently. Green forms

are only met with in shady piaces. On the east side of Vaago,

on wet ground among rocks, I have gathered a pretty, robust, densely

tufted form, the lufts of which are 4 — 5 centim. high, yellow-green

above, fuscous below and interwoven with radicles.

221. Blindia acuta (Huds.) Br. eur.

B., I., N\v. (c, suba.). — Fær., common. On stones and rocks, on
nioist gravelly ground, near streams and rills, from the sea-shore to the
summits of mountains. Fr. not frequent. First discovered by Lb. Syd.;
Sando; Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Nordreoer.

222. Anisothecium squarrosum (Stark.) Lindb., Dicranella squar-

rosa Schinip.

B., I., Nw. (c., suba.). — Fær., common. On moist ground, by
streams, in rills, from the sea-shore to ab. 300 m. Fr. rare. First dis-
covered by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bordo (fr.).

The tall, robust form (f. fontana) is common in rills. Some

small and low forms grow on moist ground below Ornefjæld (Syd.),

near Lejnumvatn (Str.) and at Aaerne, fr. (Bordo).

223. A. crispum (Schreb.) Lindb., var. atlanticum v. n.
Cæspitulose, gracile, ab. 1 centim. high, yellowish green above,

reddish brown at the base, leaves squarrose, laxly areolate as in
var. elatam Schimp., but differs in the partly obtuse and entire,
partly acute and indistinctly denticulate apex, mixed on the same
stem; nerve vanishing below apex.

Str.: Vestmanhavn, on the ground, barren (!).

224. Dicranella cerviculata (Hedw.) Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On moist turfy ground in low-
lying parts. Only barren. Syd.: Lopra, d (!). Vaago: Midvaag (!).

225. D. heteromalla (L.) Schimp.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On the ground from the sea-shore
to ab. 300 m. Fr. frequent. Recorded by Landt and T. Syd.: (R.);
Lopra; Vaag; Ordevig; Trangisvaag; Frodebo (!). Sando: Tr6dum-B6;
Todnæs; Holsavatn (!). Myggenæs (!). Str.: Thorshavn (Lb., !); Varden
near Thorshavn (J. H.); Skjællingfjæld (R.); Snejsen near Kvivig (Lb.);
Gjoverbotn near Lejnum; Saxendalen (!). Ost.: Næs (Lb.); near Ejde and
Gjov (!). Bordo: Between Aaerne and Strand (!).

Botany of the Færoes W

162

226. D. secunda (Sw.) Lindb., D. subulata Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On the ground, from the
sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Fr. frequent. Syd.: Ornefjæld; Trangisvaag-B6;
Præstefjæld; Kvalbo 0). Vaago: (R. Jensen); Midvaag; near Kvilchina-
vatn (!). Str. : (R.); near Thorshavn; Gliversrejn (!); Kvivig (Lb.); "Vest-
manhavn (!). Ost.: Sohnunde; near Trelavandsskard ; near Gjov and
Ejde (!). Bordo: Graverdal (!)!

227. Swartzia montana (Lam.) Lindb., Distichiiim capillaceum

Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On moist or wet ground among rocks
and in crevices of rocks, from low-lying parts to ab. 500 m. Syd.:
Sumbofjæld, barren; near Trangisvaag, fr.; Kvanhaugen, fr. (!). Ost.: fr.

(R.); Gotegjov, fr. (!).

228. Ditrichum flexicaule (Schleich.) Hamp., Leptotrichum flexi-

caule Hamp.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On moist ground often
among other mosses, from the sea-shore to ab. 500 m. Only barren.
Syd.: Sumbo; Spinerne; near Trangisvaag; Præstetjæld; Kvalbo-Ejde (!).
Sando: At Grothusvatn; Skorene (!). Vaago: Rensatinder; near Kvil-
chinavatn; Snaldansfjæld (!). Myggenæs i!). Str.: Gjoverbotn near
Lejnum (!). Ost.: Stohifjæld; eastern declivity of Trelavandsskard; Slat-
taratinde (!). Bordo: Graverdal; near Aaerne and Strand (!).

229. D. homomallum (Hedw.) Hamp., Leptotrichum homomallum

Hamp.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., frequent. On the ground from the sea-
shore to ab. 600 m. Fr. frequent. Syd.: Below Ornefjæld; Trangisvaag;
Frodebo; Kaaregjov and Præstefjæld near Kvalbo (!). Sando (R.).
Vaago: Midvaag; Rensatinder (!). Str.: Gliversrejn (!); Thorshavn (R.);
Kvivig (Lb.). Nol s 6 (R.). Ost.: (R.); Summit of Rejafjældstinde (O.);
Gotegjov; between Gjov and Ejde (!). Bordo: Graverdal (!).

Var. subalpinum Br. eur.

Myggenæs, near the summit of Kleiven (!).

»Phascum siibiilatiim« is recorded from Fær. by T. A barren
specimen gathered by Lb. and named »Phascum siibiilatiim L.« be-
longs to Dicranella heteromalla.

230. Archidium alternifolium (Dicks.) Schimpr., A. phascoides Brid.

B., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., very rare. On wet ground near the coast.
Syd.: Frodebo, fr. (!). Str.: Near Thorshavn, barren (!).

23L Dichodontium pellucidum (L., Neck.) Schimp.
B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., common. On moist ground among
rocks and in crevices of rocks, from the sea-shore to ab. 500 m. Fr.

163

very rare. Notified by T. Syd., (fr.); St. Dimon; San do; Vaago;
Myggenæs; Str. ; Ost.; Bord o, (fr.).

Somewhat variable in size and habit, and density of the tufts.

Var. fagimontanum (]5rid.) Braithw.

Syd.: The niountain between Trangisvaag and Kvalbo (!). St. Di-
mon (!).

232. D. flavescens (Dicks.) Lindb. , D. pellucidum var. serra-

tum Schimp.

B. (Sweden). (Atl., siiba.). — Fær., very rare. In crevices of moist
rocks in clefts. Only barren. Syd.: (R.); near Tværaa, 250 m. (!). Ost.:
Gotegjov, 10 m. {1).

233. Oncophorus Wahlenbergli Brid., Cynodontium virens var.

Wahlenbergii Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., rare. On mossy and grassy ground,
ab. 200— 400 m. Vaago: Snaldansfjæld, fr. (!). Str.: Between Nordredal
and Oreenge, fr. ; near Vestmanhavn, fr. (!). Ost.: Between Skaalebotn
and Andetjord, fr. (!).

234. O. virens (S\v.) Brid., Cynodontium virens Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., rare. On mossy and grassy ground,
from the sea-shore to ab. 300 m. Syd.: Sumbo, barren (!); ravine near
Vaag (according to Sni.). Str.: Gjoverbotn, fr. (!). Ost.: Near Breda-
skard, barren (!). Bord 6: Graverdal, fr. (!).

It is curious that tiie capsules of this and the former species

are commonly wanting, and only the setae are present. I am unable

to explain this faet. They are possibly bitten ofT by animals (birds?).

235. O. polycarpus (Ehrh.) Brid. , Cynodontium polycarpum

Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (c., suba.). — Fær., very rare. On exposed rocks. Str.:
Near Thorshavn, fr. (Lb., R.).

236. O. crispatus (Dicks.) Lindb., Rhabdoweissia denticulata
Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. ( w. c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. In clefts near the sea-
shore, on depending rootlets — generally of Liiziila maxima — covered
with earth. Syd.: Vaag, fr. (!). Str.: Vestmanhavn, fr. (!).

237. Ceratodon purpureus (L.) Brid.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On the ground from the sea-shore
to the summits of mountains. Fr. frequent. Recorded by Landt and T.
Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Bord 6.

Somewhat variable. Leaves often reddish with excurrent nerve

and more thickwalled cells in the acumen, but the teeth of peri-

storae are typical.

11*

164

238. Weissia maritima (CM. et K.) Britt., Ulota maritima C. Miill.

et Kindb.

B., I., Nw. (Atl.y — Fær., xevy common. On rocks, especially near
ttie coast. Only barren. First discovered by R. Syd.; St. Di mon;
Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

The Færoese specimens agree exactly with specimens from
S w ed en (Bohuslån, gathered by Kindberg) and Canada (Van-
couver Isl., gathered by Macoun) kindly sent to me by Dr. Kind-
berg. In Kvivig (Str.) it also grows upon the stem of Salix phyl-
licifolia.

239. W. americana (P. Beauv.) Lindb., Ulota Hutchinsiae Hamm.,

Orthotrichum Hutchinsiae Sm.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., not rare. On large stones near the coast.
Always fr. Syd.: Below Præstefjæld, fr. (!). Hesto: ft\ (R.). Vaago (R.).
Str.: Kirkebo and Yarden, fr. (R.); Gjoverbotn near Lejnuni, fr. (!);
Kalbakfjord, fr. (IJx). Ost.: At Toftevatn, fr. (Lb., J.H.); Fuglefjord, fr. (!).

240. Orthotpjchum rupestre Schleich.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On larger stones on lake-shores near
the sea. Always fr. Fær. (Lb.). Syd.: Famien and Kvanhaugevatn (!).
Sando: Grothusvatn and Sandsvatn (!). Str.: (R.); near Kirkebo (J. H.).

»Ortliotrichiim anomalum« is notified by T. and H., but no
specimens have been met with in the collections. Specimens labelled
»Orthotrichum anomahim?« and gathered by Lb. , belong to O. ru-
pestre and Weissia americana.

24L Zygodon viridissimus (Dicks.) Brown, var. rupestris Lindb.
B. , I. , Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær. , vcry rare. On rocks in clefts.
Only barren. Syd.: Vaag (!). Ost: Gotegjov (!).

Zygodon Nowellii is notified by Kindberg.

242. Pleurozygodon æstivus (Hedw.) Lindb., Anoectangium com-

pactum Schwægr.

B., L, Nw. (c, suba). — Fær., frequent. On moist ground among
rocks and in crevices of rocks, from low-lying parts to ab. 500 m.
Only barren. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Hesto; Vaago;
Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Nordreoer.

243. Anoectangium Mougeotii (Bruch.) Lindb., Amphoridium
Mougeotii Schimp.

B.. I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. Crevices of rocks, from
low-lying parts to ab. 500 m. Fr. very rare. First discovered by R.
Syd. (fr.); Sando (fr.); Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Nordreoer.

165

244. A. lapponicum Hedw., Amphoridium lapponicum Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (c, siiba.). — Fær., frequent. Crevices of rocks, from the
sea-shore to ab. 500 m. Commonly fr. First discovered by Lb. Syd.;
Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str. ; Ost.; Nordrcoer.

245. Glyphomitrium polyphyllum (Dicks.) Mitt. , Ptychomitrium

polyphyllum Fiirnr.

13., Nw. (Atl., suba.). — Fær., rare. On exposed rocks and stones
near the coast. Fær., fr., according to a specinien labelled Orthotrichum
crispnin, Færo 1831« without the nanie of the discoverer. Syd.: Between
Tværaa and Frodebo, on rocks, 70 m., barren (J. H.). Sando: At Sands-
vatn, fr. (!). Nolso: Bast side of the isle, fr. (O.).

246. G. Daviesii (Dicks.) Brid.

B. (Atl.). — Fær., rare. On exposed rocks and stones from the sea-
shore to ab. 200 m. Always fr. Fær., according to a specimen labelled
»Færo 1831«. Syd.: Near Trangisvaag (!). Sando: At Sandsvatn (!).
Str.: Gliversrejn (I\ Nolso: East side of the isle (O.).

247. Grimmia canescens (Timm.) C. Miill., Racomitrium canes-

cens Brid., G. ericoides var. canescens Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Notified by T. Sando: At
Sandsvatn (J. H.\ Str.: Below Orvesfjæld (!). Fuglo (O.).

Var. ericoides (Schrad.) C. Miill., Grimmia ericoides Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., common. On the ground, rare in low-lying
parts, common above 300 m. Fr. rare. First discoved by Lb. Syd. (fr.);
Sando; Vaago ffr.); Myggenæs; Str. (fr.); Ost. (fr.); Nordreoer.

Var. epilosa H. Mull.

Str.: Between Nordredal and Oreenge (!). Ost.: Gronaskardskil
between Skaalebotn and Andefjord, fr. ; Slattaratinde (Lb., !).

248. G. hypnoides (L.) Lindb., Racomitrium lanuginosum Brid.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., everywhere and abundant. From the sea-
shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. not rare. Recorded by Svabo,
Landt and T. Syd. (fr.); St. Di mon; Sando (fr.); Hesto; Vaago
(fr.); Myggenæs; Str. (fr.); Nolso; Ost.; Norderoer.

Somew hat variable in size, density of the tufts, direction of the

leaves , length of the hair point. Formå falcata Boul. is common,

and it is principally this form which has been found with fruit.

249. G. fascicularis (Schrad.) C. Miill, Racomitrium fascicu-

lare Brid.

B. , L, Nw. (w^. c). — Fær., very common. On stones and rocks,
from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. F"r. common. First
di.scovered by Lb. Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Hesto; Vaago; Mygge-
næs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

166

250. G. heterosticha (Hedw.) C. Miill., Racomitrium hetero-

stichum Brid.

B., I., N\v. (w. c). — Fær. , frequent. On stones and rocks in low-
lying parts of the isles. Commonly fr. Notified by T. Syd.; San do;
Vaago; Str. ; Ost.; Kai so; Bor do.

251. G. affinis (Schleich.) Lindb., Racomitrium heterostichmn

var. alopecurum Hiib., Schimp.

B., Nw. (\v. c, suba.). — Fær., rare. On stones and exposed rocks
in sunny piaces. Fær., fr. (Lb.). Syd.: Near Hove, barren (O.). Str.:
Between Thorshavn and Hvidenæs, barren (!). Ost.: fr. (R.); at Tofte-
vatn, barren (J. H.).

A specimen gathered by Lb. is labelled »Summit of Skjælling«,
which doubtless is an error, in spite of his great accuracy.

252. G. acicularis (L.) C. Miill., Racomitrium aciculare Brid.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., frequent. On rocks and stones by streams
and on lake-shores from the sea-shore to ab. 400 ni. Commonly fr. First
discovered by Landt. Syd.; Sando; Hest 6; Vaago; Str.; Ost.;
N o r d r e 6 e r.

253. G. patens (Dicks.) Br. eur. , Racomitrium patens Hiib.,

Drj'ptodon patens Brid.

B., I., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On stones and rocks
and on the ground, from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains.
Only barren. Syd.: Kvannefjæld; at Famienvatn; near Trangisvaag. ;
Præstefjæld (!). Sando: (R.); between Sand and Skopen (0. Hesto (R.);
Vaago (R.). Str.: Thorshavn (R.); between Nordredal and Oreenge (!);
Oreenge and Gjanore (J. H.). Ost.: At Toftevatn (Lb., J. H.). Kalso;
Blankeskaalefjæld (J. H.). Kuno (J. H.). Bordo: Klakken ; Graverdal (!)
Gjerdumrejn (O. et J. H.).

In higher parts of the mountains it often grows very abun-
dantly on the ground, where the tufts sometimes reach a height of
more than 15 centim.

254. G. elliptica (Turn.) Arn., Racomitrium ellipticum Br. eur.
B., I., Nw. (Atl., suba.). — Fær., common. On moist, gravelly ground,

from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains, abundant at the height
of 200— 400 m. Fr. common. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando;
Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Bordo.

255. G. ovalis (Hedw.) Lindb., G. ovata Web. et Mohr. et aut. p.p.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær,, very rare. Str.: Gliversnæs near
Thorshavn, fr. (R.).

»Grimmia ovata« is notified by T.

167

256. G. tpichophylla Grev.

B., N\v. (\v. c). — Fær., very rare. On stones in low-hing parts or
the isles. Only barren. St. Dimon, 9 (!). Str.: At Thorshavn, V (!).
Ost.: At Toftevatn, 9 (J. H.).

257. G. pulvinata (L.) Sin.

B. , Nw. [c). — Fær., vcry rare. Near the sea. Notified by T
Vaago: Midvaag, on a wall, barren (!\ Str.: Thorshavn, fr. (R.).

258. G. micpocarpa (Gmel.) Lindb., Racomitrium sudeticum

Br. eur.

B., I., N\v. (c, suba.). — Fær., comnion. On rocks and stones, on
gravelly ground, from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Fr.
common. First discovered bj' Lb. Sj'd.; Sando; Hesto; Vaago;
Str.; Ost.; Nordreoer.

259. G. funaiis (Schwægr.) Schimp., G. spiralis Hook.

B., I., N\v. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On exposed rocks, below
100 m. Only barren. Vaago: Midvaag (!). Str. (R.). Ost.: Near
Ej de (Sm., !).

260. G. torquata Hornsch.

B., I., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On stones and rocks
in shady piaces near the coast. Only barren. Str.: Vestmanhavngjov (!).
Nol so: East side of the island (O.). Ost.: Gotegjov (!).

261. G. maritlma Turn., Schistidium maritimum Br. eur., Limpr.

B., I., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., very common. On rocks, especially abun-
dant on the sea-shore. Fr. common. First discovered by Lb. Syd.;
St. Dimon; Sando; Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.;
Nordreoer.

262. G. apocarpa (L.) Hedw., Schistidium apocarpum Br. eur.

Limpr.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On stones and rocks, from the
sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. common. First discovered
by Lb. Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso;
Ost.; Bord 6.

263. G. gracilis Schleich., Schistidium gracile Limpr.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., not frequent. On rocks and stones from the
sea-shore to ab. 200 m. Fr. common. Syd.: (Lb.); Vaag; Famienvatn;
near Trangisvaag; Kvanhaugen; Kaaregjov and Præstefjæld near Kvalbo (!).
Sando: At Sandsvatn (!). Mj^ggenæs (!). Str.: Thorshavn (R.); Snejsen
near Kvivig (Lb.). Nolso (R., O.). Kai so: At Syderdal (J. H.).

Var. rufescens v. n. Fcrma rufescens Limpr.?

In dense, reddish brown, often expanded, 2 — 5 centim. high
tufts, leaves remotely but coarseh^ toothed and very rough on the
back of nerve toward apex.

168

On rocks and moist, gravelly ground, from ab. 200 m. to the sum-
mits of mountains, especially frequent on the ground among rocks near
the summit. Fr. common. Syd.: Sumbo; Lopra; Kvannefjæld (!);
near Hove (J. H.); Ornefjæld; near Trangisvaag (!). San do: Between
Sand and Skopen; summit of Tinden (!). Vaago: Rensatinder, near the
summit (!). Str. : Gjoverbotn near Lejnum (!); summit of Snejsen near
Kvivig (Lb.). Ost.: Stolafjæld and Gronaskardskil (!).. Bordo: Between
Aaerne and Strand (!).

264. G. alpicola Sw. var. rivularis (Brid.) Wahlenb., Schistidium

alpicola var. rivularis Limpr.

B., I., Nw. Cc, suba.). — Fær., rare. On rocks and stones in streams
and on lake-shores, below 100 m. Always fr. S3^d. : Famienvatn; near
Trangisvaag (!). Ost.: Gotegjov; near Fuglefjord; near Gjov (!).

265. Andreæa alpina (L.) Sm.

B., I., Nw. (Atl., suba.\ — Fær., common. On gravelly ground,
from the coast to the summits of mountains, abundant at the height of
250—500 m. Fr. frequent. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando;
Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bordo.

266. A. petrophila Ehrh.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., common. On rocks and stones, from
the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. frequent. Syd.; St. Di-
mon; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

»Andreæa nivalis« is recorded from Fær. by T., but no
specimens have been mel with in the collections. »A. rupestris«^
notified by T., probably may be referred to A. petrophila.

267. Thuidium tamariscifolium (Neck.) Lindb., T. tamariscinum
Br. eur.

B., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., common. On mossy and grassy ground,
from the sea-shore to ab. 500 m. Only barren. First discovered by Lb.
Syd.; St. Di mon; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nols5; Ost.;
Nordreoer.

The ramification of the Færoese specimens often appears to be
only bipinnate, the ramuli of the third class are very short and
partly hidden amongst the leaves.

268. T. delicatulum (L., Hedw.) Mitt.

B., L, Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. On mossy and grassy ground,
below 500 m. Only barren. Syd.: Near Famienvatn; Ornefjæld; near
Trangisvaag; Præstefjæld (!). Vaago: Rensatinder; Thormansgjov (!).
Str.: Saxendal (!). Ost.: Gotegjov; Slattaratinde; near Ejde (!). Bordo:
Above Strand (!).

Although the apical cells of the ramuline leaves of all the
Færoese specimens resemble the description and figures of the

169

apical cells of T. recognitum, the perichaetial bracts, whereever
they occur, are furnished with long cilia as in T. delicatnliim.

Thuidium recognitiim is notified by Kindberg, and 'Hypnum
viticul()siim<i by Land t.

269. Amblystegium filicinum (L.) Lindb., Hypnum fdicinum L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On wet ground and rocks near
streams, below 300 m. Fr. very rare. Notified by Landt and T. Syd.;
St. Di mon; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs (fr.); Str. ; Nolso; Ost.;
Bord 6.

Somewhat variable in size, habit and colour, often more or
less slender and irregularly branched.

270. A. serpens (L.) Br. var. litoralis v. n.

In soft, yellowish- or bright-green tnfts; canline leaves ovato-

lanceolate, acuminate, nerved ^/2- — ^/s, near the base with feebly

toothed margins, subsquarrose as in A. Jiiratzkæ, bnt the cells

rhomboid-hexagonal above and rectangular at base, the angular

subquadrate, often with a yellowish or fulvescent tinge.

On tlie ground near tlie coast, rare. Syd.: Vaag (Lb.); Skarvctange
near Frodebo (O.); Kvalbo (Lb.); Kvalbo-Ejde, fr. (!). St. Di mon (!).
Vaago: Near Bosdalafos, fr. (!). Nolso (B.).

27 L A. protensum (Brid.) Lindb., Hypnum stellatum var. pro-
tensum Rohl.

B. (Sweden). (c). — Fær., not rare. On moist grass\'^ and mossy
ground among rocks and stones, from tlie sea-sliore to the summits of
mountains. Only tiarren. Syd.: Near Trangisvaag; Kvanhaugen (!).
Vaago: Bensatinder (!). Str.: Gjoverbotn; Lejnum; summit of Skjælling-
fjæld (!). Ost.: Eastern declivity of Trelavandsskard (!). Bord 6: Klaks-
vig; Graverdal; near Aaerne; above Strand (!).

272. A. stellatum (Schreb.) Lindb., Hypnum stellatum Schreb.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On wet ground, usually among
other mosses. from the sea-shore to ab. 300 m. Onh^ barren. Syd.
Sumbo; near Famienvatn; Ornefjæld; near Trangisvaag; Kvanhaugen (!)
below Præstefjæld (O.). Sando: On the mountains Tinden and Knejsen
at Sandsvatn; between Sand and Skopen (!). Vaago: Midvaag; Thor-
mansgjov; between Sorvaagsvatn and Fjatlavatn (!). Myggenæs (!).
Str.: Between Nordredal and Oreenge; Gjoverbotn and Lejnum; near
Vestmanhavn (!). Ost.: Solmunde; Glivre; Gote; between Skaalebotn and
Andefjord; Fuglefjord; Gjov; Ejde (!). Bordo: Graverdal; near Aaerne
and above Strand (!\

273. A. polygamum Br. eur., Hypnum polygamum Wils.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On moist ground near the coast. Only
barren. Syd.: Skarvetange near Frodebo (O.). Sando: Shore of Salt-
vigsvatn (!). Str.: Near Thorshavn (!). Ost: Molen (!).

170

274. A. glaucum (Lam.) Lindb. , Hypnum commutatum Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær. , very rare. On nioist rocks in clefts. Fr.
rare. Syd.: (R.); Vaag. fr. (Lb., Sm., !). Str.: Vestmanhavn (R.). Ost.:
Gotegjov (!).

275. A. falcatum (Brid.) De N., Hypnum falcatum Brid.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On wet or boggy ground by springs
and rills, below 200 m. Only barren. Syd.: Præstefjæld (!); sea-shore
near Kvalvig (O.). Str.: Gjoverbotn near Lejnum (!). Bordo: Graverdal (!).

276. A. intermedium Lindb., Hypnum intermedium Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (c.). — Fær., rare. On wet or boggy ground, not above
300 m. Only barren. Syd.: Between Famienvatn and Ornefjæld, 300 m. (!).
Ost.: Between Skaalebotn and Andefjord, 9 (!). Bordo: Graverdal, d (!).

277. A. revolvens (Sw.) De N., Hypnum revolvens Sw.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., common. On wet, spongy or boggy
ground, from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Fr. not rare. First discovered
by R. Syd.; Sando; Hesto; Vaago; Str.; Ost.; Bordo.

Very variable in size and colour. A beautiful form, very robust,
glossy yellowish green, partly tinged with purpie, I have gathered
in Snaldansfjæld (Vaago) and named formå magnifica.

278. A. aduncum (L.) Lindb., Hypnum uncinatum Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., common. On the ground, on stones and
rocks, from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. rare. No-
tifled by T. Syd. (fr.); St. Dimon; Sando; Vaago (fr.); Myggenæs;
Str. (fr.); Ost.; Nordreoer.

Very variable in size and ramification.

Var. majus v. n. is an interesting form, robust, 10 — 20 centim.
high, slender, sparingly and shortly ramulose, usually straw-coloured,
with deeply sulcate leaves and few, somewhat yellowish and in-
crassate angular-cells.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On exposed rocks, espe-
cially on the summits of mountains where it covers the surface, often
associated with Hylocomia and Antitrichia cnrtipendiila. Only barren.
Syd.: (R.); Rejabakka (O.); Kvannefjæld; Ornefjæld; near Trangisvaag;
Præstefjæld (!). St. Dimon (!). Sando: Summit of Tinden; Skorene (!).
Hesto (R.). Vaago: Rensatinder; Snaldansfjæld (!). Str.: Between
Nordredal and Oreenge (!). Ost.: Summit of Stolafjæld; near Ejde (!).
Bordo: Hojefjæld (Sm.).

279. A. puppupascens (Schimp.), Hypnum exannulatum var. pur-

purascens Schimp., Hypnum purpurascens Limpr.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. On boggy ground, from the sea-
shore to ab. 400 m. Syd.: Famienvatn; near Trangisvaag (formå) (!).

171

Sand 6: Tindefjæld (formå) (!). Str. : Near Nordrcdal (i', snbmersa);
between Nordredal and Oreenge; below Orvesfjæld (!). Ost.: Near Nordre-
gote; near Bredaskard, fr. ; near Ejde (formå) (!). Bor do: Gjerdum (!).

280. A. fluitans (L.) De N., Hypnum fluitans L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On bogg}' ground. Syd.: Vaags
Ejde; near Ordevig, fr. (!). Bor do; Skorene near Gjerdum rejn (formå
siibmersa), 350 m. (O.).

Var. pseudostramineum (C. Miill.), Hypnum pseudostramineum

C. Miill., Limpr.

Nw. (c). — Fær., verj' rare. Syd.; Vaags Ejde, on boggy ground
near the lake, fr. (!).

281. A. Kneiffii Br. eur., Hypnum aduncum Hedw. (ex p.).

B.. I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. San do; Near Trodum, o n boggy
ground, barren (!).

»Hypnum aduncum« is notilied by T.

282. A. scorpioides (L.) Lindb., Hypnum scorpioides L.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., frequent. On wet or boggj' ground,
especially by rills, from low-lying parts to ab. 300 m. Fr. rare. First
discovered by Lb. Sj^d. (fr.); Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.;
Ost.; B o r d 6.

Somewhat variable in size and colour. Below Ornefjæld (Syd.)

I found a robust, blackish-purple form.

283. A. Smithii (Sw.) Lindb., Hypnum arcticum Som.

B., I., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., very rare. On rocks in mountain
streams, ab. 200 — 300 m. Only barren. Sando: Near Skopen (!).
Str.: Betw^een Nordredal and Oreenge (!); Skjællingfjæld (Lb.). Bor do:
Graverdal (!).

284. A. dilatatum (Wils.) Lindb., Hypnum dilatatum Wils.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., verj^ rare. On stones in streams near
the coast. Ost.: Gotegjov, fr. ; near Fuglefjord, fr. (!).

285. A. ochraceum (Turn.) Liudb. , Hypnum ochraceum Turn.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On stones and rocks in
streams, from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Only barren. Sj^d.: Trangis-
vaag (f. uncinata), (!). Sando (!). Vaago: (f. uncinata), (R.). Str.:
Thorshavn (R.); Sandegjærde; near Nordredal (!); near Skjællingfjæld (Lb.);
Vestmanhavngjov and below Orvesfjæld f. uncinata), ! . Ost.: Gotegjov
(partly f uncinata); Gronaskardskil (partly f. uncinata); near Gjov; near
Ejde (f. julaced); Molen (!). Bord 6; Graverdal (!).

A polymorphous species, which also in Fær. possesses a great

ability of forming variation. The most remarkable form is the

formå uncinata with falcato-secund leaves.

172

286. A. palustre (Huds.) Lindb., Hypnum palustre Huds.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On wet rocks, now and then
overflowed by water, in clefts and on banks of streams, not above 100 m.
Always fr. Syd.: Vaag {}). San do: Near Skopen (!). Str. : Vestman-
havngjov (!\

Var. subsphaericarpon (Schleich.) Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. In similar piaces as
the type. Always fr. Syd.: Vaag; near Tværaa, 300 m. (!); near Tran-
gisvaag (O. 1895). Str.: Vestmanhavngjov (!).

287. A. eugyrium (Schimp.) Liudb. var. Mackayi Schimp., Hyp-
num Mackayi Breidl.

B. (Atl.). — Fær., not rare. On stones and rocks near streams and
on lake-shores, from low-lying parts to ab. 500 m. Syd.: Famienvatn (!).
Vaago: East side of the island (!). Str.: Vestmanhavngjov, fr. (!). Ost:
Slattaretinde (I. Bord 6: Graverdal (!).

288. A. giganteum (Schimp.) De N., Hypnum giganteum Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Borders of rills in boggy piaces,
up to 400 m. Syd.: Punthavn; near Trangisvaag, fr. (!). Ost.: Near
Bredaskard, 400 m. (!).

289. A. cordifolium (Hedw.) De N., Hypnum cordifolium Hedw.
B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Boggy ground near the coast.

Ost.: Molen near Ejde, barren (Sm., !).

290. A. sarmentosum (Wahlenb.) De N., Hypnum sarmentosum
Wahlenb.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very common. On moist or spongy
ground, fi'om the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. rare. First
discovered by B. Syd.; San do; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso;
Ost.; Bor do.

Very variable in size and colour, reddish or reddish-brown
forms are common on moist ground, black-purple, often robust
forms, and tall, cæspitose, green and reddish variegated forms rare.

291. A. stramineum (Dicks.) De N., Hypnum stramineum Dicks.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On boggy ground. Ost.: Be-
tween Skaalebotn and Andefjord, 220 m., barren (!).

292. A. trifarium (W. M.) De N., Hypnum trifarium W. M.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Ost.: Near Bredaskard, amongst
Potamogeton polygonifoliiis in a small muddy pool, 400 m. (!).

293. Hypnum purum L.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., frequent. On moist ground amongst
other mosses, from the sea-shore to ab. 600 m. Only barren. First

173

discovered by Lb. Syd.; San do; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str. ; Nolso;
Ost.; Bordo.

Stems usually somewhat flexuose, the innovations simple or

with a few branches here and there.

294. H. prælongum L., Eurynchium Stockesii Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., common, especially on cultivated ground
amongst grass and moss, or on the ground among rocks and in crevices
of rocks, from the sea-shore to ab. 300 m. Fr. very rare. Syd. (fr.);
S t. D i m o n ; S a n d 6 ; H c s t o ; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso;
Ost.; Bordo.

Var. Stockesii (Turn.) Brid.

In moist, shady phiccs among rocks in clefts and among large
stones, from the coast to ab. 300 m. Syd.: Vaag (Sm.); at Famienvatn;
Ornefjæld (!). Str.: Vestmanhavngjov (F. B.); Thorshavn (R.). Nolso:
East side (O.). Ost.: Svinaa (O.).

295. H. Swartzii Turn., Euryncliium prælongum var. atrovirens

Br. eur., Eurynchium Swartzii Curn.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On moist grassy and mossy ground,
among rocks and in crevices of rocks, from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m.
Only barren. Syd.: Vaag (Sm., !); near Tværaa and Trangisvaag (!);
north side of Skaalefjæld near Kvalvig (O.). Vaago: Near Kvilchina-
vatn (!). Str.: Kirkebo and Thorshavn (R.J; Vestmanhavngjov (F. B.);
near Lejnumvatn; SaxendalO)- Ost.: Stolafjæld; Gotegjov; Gjov; Molen (!).
Bordo: Graverdal (!).

Variable in size, habit and density of the tufts. Commonly

forming low, yellowish green patches.

296. H. hians Hedw. var. distans (Lindb.), Hypnum distans

Lindb., Eurynchium distans Limpr.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On the ground near the coast.
Only barren. Syd.: Trangisvaag (O. 1895); Frodebo (!).

297. H. piliferum Schreb., Eurynchium pihferum Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. Near the coast. Str.: Vestman-
havngjov, barren 9 (!).

298. H. rusciforme Neck., Rhynchostegium rusciforme Br. eur.
B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On stones and rocks in streams,

from the sea-shore to ab. 300 m. Fr. very rare. First discovered bj^ Lb.
Syd.; Sando; Str.; Nolso; Ost. (fr.); Bordo.

Var. atlanticum Brid.

Syd.: Near Famienvatn and Trangisvaag (!). Str.: Kirkebo (!).
Bordo: Graverdal (!).

174

y>Hi)pniim velutinum« is recorded by T. A specimen gathered
by Lb. and labelled >Hi)pniim velutinum t^; belongs to Isothecium
tenuinerve.

299. H. pseudoplumosum Brid., Brachythecium plumosum Br. eur.
B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., comnion. On rocks and stones, on lake-

shores and clefts, by streams, from the sea-shore to the summits of
mountains. Fr. frequent. First discovered by R. Jensen. Syd.; St.
Dimon; San do; Hesto; Vaago; Str. ; Ost.; Nordreoer.

Polymorphous. Below Ornefjæld (Syd.) I gathered a peculiar
form, green above, fuscous below, with erect, slender, flexuose,
sparingly branched stems in dense cushions and with abundant
fruit; from Vaago I have seen a somewhat similar form, gathered
by B.Jensen and named by Th. Jensen y> Brachythecium populeum
var. major«.

300. H. viride Lam., Brachythecium populeum Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On moist rocks in clefts, near
the sea-shore. Always fr. Syd.: Vaag; near Kvalbo (!). Ost.: Ejde (!).

301. H, rutabulum L., Brachythecium rutabulum Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. [C.). — Fær., frequent, especially on cultivated ground,
from the sea to ab. 200 m. Only barren. Syd.; St. Dimon; San do;
Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Ost.; Bor do.

Var. flavescens Br. eur.

B. ?, Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On moist cultivated ground near the
sea. Fr. rare. Syd.: Frodebo, fr. (!;. St. Dimon, barren (!). San do:
Trodum, barren iW

302. H. rivulare Bruch., Brachythecium rivulare Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., common. In moist piaces on rocks and
stones, in streams and rills, etc, abundant from the sea-shore to ab.
500 m. Only barren. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaago;
Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Bordo.

A polymorphous species, sometimes with the stem long and
sparingly branched, sometimes in low tufts or patches with closely
dendroid ramification. Most peculiar is the formå falcata of var.
cataractarum, which puts one in mind of some forms of Ambhjstegium
Sendtneri or Kneiffii.

Var. cataractarum Saut.

On stones in streams, rare. Vaago: Thormansgjov (!). Ost.: Near
Ejde; near Gjov (,f. falcata), (!). Bordo: Graverdal (!).

303. H. Mildeanum Schimp., Brachythecium Mildeanum Schimp.
B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On moist, sandy ground near

the coast. Sando: Near Trodum, barren (!).

175

804. H. albicans Ncck., Brachythecium albicans Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær. , very rare. On somewhat dry, sandy
ground, near the coast. Only barren. San do: Near Trodum (!j. Str. :
Kirkebo (R.).

y Hijpnum phimosunii and 'Hypnum hifescens« are recorded by
T., and Camptothecium nitens by Kindberg.

305. H. sericeum L., Homalothecium sericeum Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On stones and rocks in the low-
lying parts of the isles, on moist gravelly ground in higher parts of
the mountains, to ab. 500 m. Fr. rare, only found in low-lying regions
First discovered by Lb. Syd. (fr.); St. Di mon; Sando; Vaago; Myg-
genæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Bor do.

The specimens from the higher regions resemble somewhat in
habit Hijpniim hitescens Huds., but the stems are erect and irre-
gularly branched.

306. Lesquereuxia patens Lindb., Pseudoleskea patens Limpr.
B., I., Nw. !W. c, suba.). — Fær., verj' rare. Ost.: Slattaretindc, on

a moist, vertical wall of rock with northern aspect, ab. 600 m., barren ? (!).

307. Isothecium myosuroides (L.) Brid., Hypnum myosuroides

L., Eurynchium myosuroides Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., frequent. On stones and rocks in the
low-lying parts of the isles to ab. 200 m. Fr. very rare and only found
1831, by an unknown collector. Syd.: Vaag(!); Hove and Frodebo (J.H.);
Kvanhaugen (!). Sando: Near Grothusvatn and Sandsvatn; between Sand
and Skopen (!) at Holsavatn (J. H.). Myggenæs: Kolvadal (!). Str.:
Varden near Thorshavn (R.); Gliversrejn; near Lejnumvatn; Gjoverbotn (!);
Kalbakbotn (Sm.); Vestmanhavn-Gjov (F. B.). Nolso: East side (O.). Ost.:
Næs (,R.); Toftevatn (J. H.). Bordo: Klakken (.H; near Bordovig (J. H.).

308. J. tenuinerve Kindb., J. myurum var. piliferum Fær. Flora.
I. (Sweden according to Kindb.), probably B. and Nw. (Atl.). —

Fær.. very common. On the ground, on stones and rocks, from the
sea-shore to the summits of mountains, especialh' abundant on the
ground amongst other mosses such as Hylocomia, Grimmia hypnoides,
etc. Only barren. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando;
Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

Very variable in size and habit, but all the forms agree with
regard to the stem- and branch-leaves, which are ovate, with a long,
often piliform acumen. In J. myosuroides the stem-leaves are sub-
cordate and in J. viripariim the acumen is very short. The species
is closely allied to the latter, but possesses a peculiarly, soft habit,
because of the filiform leaf-points. The ramification is also more
simple and irregular, rarely dendroid as in the two other species.

176

309. J. viviparum (Neck.) Lindb., J. myurum Brid.

B., Nw. (c). — Fær. , rare. On rocks and larger slones in clefts
and lake-shores, in low-lying parts of the isles to ab. 200 m. Only barren.
Syd.: Vaag; shore of Famienvatn; near Trangisvaag (!). Nolso: The
east side (0.\

310. Myurella julacea (Vill.) Br. eur. , Hypnum moniliforme
Wahlenb.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., rare. Crevices of rocks at 200—600 m.
Only barren. Syd.: Near Tværaa and Trangisvaag, 200— 300 m. Kai so:
Blankeskaalefjæid, 600 ni. (J. H.). Fuglo: 300— 600 m. (O.).

311. Hetepocladium heteropterum (Bruch) Br. eur.

B., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., not rare. On i'ocks and stones in low-
lying parts of the isles. Only barren. Syd.: Vaag (Sm., !); Famienvatn (!);
Hove (J. H.). Sando: At Grothusvatn (!). Myggenæs: Kolvadal (!).
Str.: Gliversrejn (!); Vestmanhavngjov (F.B.). Ost.: Næs(R.); Gotegjov (!).

312. Hylocomium umbratum (Ehrh.) Br. eur.

B., Nw. [C, suba.). — Fær., rare. Aniong other mosses in shady
piaces on banks near streams on mossy declivities, among stones, only
in high parts of the isles, to ab. 550 m. Only barren. Vaago: Near
Kvilchinavatn (!). Str.: Near Nordredal; below Orvesfjæld (!). Ost.:
Gronaskardskil and Slattaratinde (!).

313. H. pyrenaicum (Spruc.) Lindb., H. Oakesii (Sull.) Br. eur.
B., 1., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. Ost.: Between Skaalebotn

and Andefjord, sparingly and barren amongst //. breviroslre on a mossy
declivity with western aspect, ab. 300 m. (!).

314. H. brevirostre (Ehrh.) Br. eur.

B., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., not rare. On the ground amongst other
Hylocomia, from the lowMying parts to ab. 400 m. Only barren. Syd.:
Sumbo; Ordevig; near Trangisvaag (!). Vaago: Thormansgjov; near
Kvilchinavatn (!). Str.: Skjællingfjæld (!); the valley near Oreenge (O.).
Ost: Gotegjov; betw^een Skaalebotn and Andefjord; Fuglefjord (!). Bordo:
Klakken and Aaerne (!).

315. H. proliferum (L.) Lindb., H. splendens Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very common. On the ground, commonly
amongst other mosses, from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains,
rare on cultivated ground. Only barren. First discovered by Lb. Syd.;
St. Dimon; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nor-
dre 6 e r.

316. H. papjetinum (L.) Lindb., Hypnum Schreberi Willd.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., common. On the ground in similar piaces
as H. proliferum. Only barren. According to T. y>Hijpmim Schreberi^ has
been found by Lb., but no specimen has been met with in the collec-
tions. Syd.; Sando; Hesto; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso;
Ost.; N o r d r e 6 e r.

177

317. H. triquetrum (L.) Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On the ground amongst other
mosses, from the low-lying parts to the summits of mountains, where it
often forms hirgc, pure tufts among rocks. Only barren. According to
T. yllypniim tnqiietriiju' has been found by Lb. , but no specimens are
to be found in the collections. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs;
Str.;Nolso;Ost. ;Nordre6er.

318. H. squarrosum (L.) Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., common every where, often amongst other
mosses. Fr. very rare. Notified by Landt. Syd. (fr.); St. Dimon;
Sando; Hesto; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost; Nordreoer.

319. H. loreum (L.) Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (w. c.). — Fær., very common, from the sea to the sum-
mits of mountains, often amongst other mosses. Fr. rare. Fær., acc.
to an old fr. specimen in the Museum of the Botanical Gardens, Copen-
hagen, discoverers name not given. Notified by T. Syd. (fr.); Sando;
Vaago (fr.); Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso (fr.); Ost; Nordreoer.

320. Hyocomium flagellare (Dicks.) Br. eur.

B., Nw. (AtL, suba.), — Fær., frequent. On moist or wet ground
and rocks, from low-lying parts to ab. 400 m. Only barren. Syd.:
Ordevig; near Trangisvaag; Frodebo (!). Vaago: Midvaag; the valley
between Sorvaagsvatn and the northern part; near Kvilchinavatn (!).
Str.: Gjoverbotn; between Kalbakfjord and Oreenge; near Lejnumvatn (!).
Veslmanhavn; below Orvesfjæld; Saxendalen (!). Ost: Gotegjov; near
Fuglefjord; near Ejde (!). Bordo: Klakken (!).

Somewhat variable in colour. On wet ground often very abun-
dant, in depressed, reddish-brown and fuscous-green patches. In
shady piaces deep-green.

321. Ctenidium molluscum (Hedw.) Mitt., Hypnum molluscum
Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., common. On moist ground and rocks,
from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Only barren. First
discovered by R. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso;
Ost; Nordreoer.

Polymorphous ! Near the summits of mountains often ces-
pitose, irregularly branched, with short, erect branches; in low-
lying parts of the isles more regularly pinnate, taller, loosely tufted
or mixed with other mosses. Colour commonly yellowish, partly
reddish or ferroginous or quite fuscous and purplish-brown. The
most peculiar form is : —

Var. subplumiferum (Kindb.) Limpr. , Hypnum molluscum var.
procerum Bryhn.

Nw. (w. c). — Fær., frequent. In similar piaces as the type, but

HoUuiy of tlic Færoes 12

178

not above 400 m. Syd.: Below OrneQæld (!). Vaago: Midvaag; Rensa-
tinder; between Sorvaagsvatn and Fjatlavatn; Snaldansfjæld (!). Str. (R.).
Ost.: Gotegjov; near Fuglefjord; near Ejde (!). Bordo: Above Strand (!).
»Hypnum crista-castrensis« is recorded by T., Bridel-Brideri
and H., but no specimen has been met with in the collections.
Specimens found by Lb. »in summis rupibus ad Voy« and referred
to this species, belong to Amblystegium glaucum.

322. Stereodon cupressiformis (L.) Brid., Hypnum cupressi-
forme L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On the ground, on rocks and
large stones, from the coast to the summits of mountains. Only barren.
Notified by T. Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.;
Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

Var. ericetorum Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very common. On the ground amongst
other mosses, from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Only
barren. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; St. Dimon; Sando; Hesto;
Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost.; Nordreoer.

Subspec. S. resupinatum (Wils.), Hypnum resupinatum Wils.,

Limpr.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., frequent. On stones and rocks in low-
lying parts of the isles. Only barren. Syd.: Lopra; Vaag; Sumbo (!);
Famien (R.); Trangisvaag; Frodebo; Norbes Ejde (!). St. Dimon (!).
Sando: At Sandsvatn; between Sand and Skopen (!). Vaago: (R.); near
Bosdalafos (!). Str.: Kirkebo (R.); Gliversrejn (!). Nolso: The east side
(F. B., O.). Bordo: Near Aaerne (!); Bordovig (J. H.).

323. S. callichrous Brid., Hypnum callichroum Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. On moist, mossy declivities,
from the sea-shore to the summits of mountains. Fr. rare. Syd.: Spi-
nerne; Vaag; near Trangisvaag; Kvanhaugen; Præstefjæld near Kvalbod).
Vaago: (R.); Rensatinder; Snaldansfjæld, fr. (!). Str.: Gliversrejn; be-
tween Nordredal and Oreenge, common; Skjællingfjæld ; below Orves-
fjæld (!). Nolso: The east side (O.) Ost.: (R.); Stolafjæld; Gotegjov;
mountain-range between Gote and Fundingfjord, common; Slattaretinde;
near Ejde (!). Kuno: The summit (J. H.). Bordo: Summit of Klakken;
Hojefjæld (O.); Above Strand (!).

324. S. hamulosus (Br.eur.) Lindb., Hypnum hamulosum Br.eur.

B., Nw. (alp. arct.). — Fær., not rare. On the ground, above 200 m.
to the summits of mountains. Only barren. Syd.: Kvanneljæld; near
Trangisvaag (!). Vaago: (R.) ; Rensatinder (!). Myggenæs: Koivadal (!).
Str.: Gjoverbotn and Lejnum (!). Ost.: Between Skaalebotn and Ande-
fjord; near Gjov (!).

According to H. »Hypnum incnruatuin Sclirad.« has been dis-

179

covered in Fær. , but no specimen has been met with in the col-
lections. »Hypniim renohitiim« is notified by T., he writes that it
has been found by Lb.

325. Isopterygium nitidum (Wahlenb.) Lindb., Plagiothecium

nitidukim Br. eur. , PI. pulchellum var. nitidulum Lesq. and Jam.,

Limpr.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., rare. On the ground and in crevices
of rocks in sliady piaces, below 300 ni. Always fr. Vaago: Near Bos-
dalafos (!). Str. : Varden near Tliorsliavn (R.); Gjoverbotn near Lej num (!).
Bor do: Above Strand (!).

Var. pulchellum (Dicks.) Lindb., Plagiothecium pulchellum Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., frequent. Crevices of rocks, from
low-lying parts of the isles to the summits of mountains. Commonly fr.
Syd.: Famienvatn; below Ornefjæld ; near Trangisvaag; Kaaregjov (!);
Frodebo (R.\ Vaago: (R). ; Midvaag; Rensatinder; near Kvilchinavatn (!).
Str.: Gjoverbotn; Vestmanhavngjov (!). Ost.: (R.); Stolafjæld; Gotegjov (!).
Kalso: BlankeskaaleJQæld (J. H.).

326. I. elegans (Hook.) Lindb., Plagiothecium elegans Sull.,

Schinip., Limp.

B., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., very rare. In moist shady piaces among
stones and rocks. Only barren. Syd.: Shore of Famienvatn, ab. lOOm. (!).
Str. (F. B.).

The Færoese specimens belong to the more loosely tufted,

typical form, with few gemmæ.

327. Plagiothecium undulatum (L.) Br. eur.

B., Nw. (Atl.). — Fær., common. On the ground in expanded, some-
what depressed tufts or patches, from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Fr.
rare. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs;
Str. (fr.); Nolso; Ost. (fr.); Bordo.

32S. P. silvaticum (Huds.) Br. eur.

B., L, Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On the ground among rocks and
in crevices of rocks, from low-lying parts of the isles to the summits
of mountains. Fr. somewhat rare. First discovered by Lb. Sj^d. ;
Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str. (fr.); Ost.; Nordreoer (fr.).

Var. Roeseanum (Hamp.) Lindb., Hartm., Plagiothecium silvati-
cum var. orthocladum Schimp., PI. Roeseanum Br. eur.

B., L, Nw. (c). — Fær., rare. On the ground among rocks and in
crevices of rocks, from low-lying parts to the summits of mountains.
Only barren. Syd.: Sumbofjæld (f. tenella); Kvannefjæld (!); near Hove
(J. H.); Vaag; near Trangisvaag (!). Ost.: Stolafjæld; Gotegjov; eastern
declivity of Trelavandsskard; Gronaskardskil between Skaalebotn and
Andefjord J\

12*

180

329. P. denticulatum (L.) Br. eur. var. Donii (Sm.) Lindb., Hyp-

num Donianum Sm.

B., Nw. (Atl., suba.). — Fær., very rare. Bordo: Gjerdumrejn, on
moist rocks with north-north-easterly aspect, 550 m., fr. (O.).

The leaves of the Færoese specimens have a short apicuhis.

According to T. the »Hypmim denticulatum« has been found by Lb.

but no specimen has been met with in the collections.

330. Acrociadium cuspidatum (L.) Lindb., Hypnum cuspidatum L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., conimon. On wet or boggy ground, from
the coast to ab. 400 m. Only barren. Notified by T. Syd.; San do;
Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.; Nolso; Ost; Bordo.

A small and low form, named »var. subnliformis Sch.«, with
the apex of stem and branches circinate and very acute, has been
gathered in Str. (R.).

331. Entodon orthocarpus (La Pyl.) Lindb., Cylindrothecium

concinnum Schimp.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On moist, exposed rocks
in sunny piaces. Barren. Syd.: Near Trangisvaag, ab. 200 m. (!).

332. Pterygophyllum lucens (L.) Brid., Hookeria lucens Sm.

B., Nw. (w. c, suba.). — Fær., frcquent. On the ground and in fis-
sures of rocks, in pure patches or mixed with other mosses, from low-
lying parts to ab. 400 m. Fr. very rare. Notified by Landt and T.
Syd.: Lopra; Vaag; Famienvatn; near Ordevig; below Ornefjæld ; Præste-
fjæld, fr. (!); Frodebo (R.). Sando: Skorene (!). Vaago: Thormans-
gjov (!). Str.: Gliversrejn; near Nordredal; Gjoverbotn; Vestmanliavn-
gjov, fr. (!). Ost: Near Selletræ, fr. (O.); Gotegjov; Trelavandsskard;
Ejde (!). Bordo: Above Strand (!).

333. Porotrichum alopecurum (L.) Mitt., Thamnium alopecurum
Br. eur.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On rocks and stones in shady
piaces, near streams, in clefts and on lake-sliores, from the sea-shore to
ab. 400 m. Only barren. First discovered by Lb. Syd.; Vaago; North
Str.; Ost.; Kuno; Bordo.

334. Climacium dendroides (L.) W. M.

B,, I., Nw. (c). — Fær., not rare. On grassy and mossy banks and
declivities, from the sea-shore to ab. 400 m. Only barren. Syd.: Between
Sumbo and Lopra (!); Kirkevatn near Famien (Lb.); southern declivities
of the mountain N. of Tværaa and Trangisvaag (!). Sando: At Grot-
husvatn and Holsavatn; northern declivities of the Sando-mountains (!).
Str.: South side of Skjællingfjæld (!). Ost.: Gronaskardskil; west side
of Slattaretinde, ab. 400 m.; near Molen f!). Vider 6: Bergsmunna,
350 m. (O.).

181

335. Fontinalis antipyretica L.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., frequent. On stones and rocks in streams
and on lake-shores, from the sea-shore to ab. 300 m. Only barren.
Notified by Landt and T. Syd.; Sando; Vaago; Myggenæs; Str.;
Ost.; Nordreoer.

Very variable in size, habit and colour. A slender, more or
less remotely branched, opaque form with small leaves (f. tenuior
Cardot) appears to be more frequent than the type.

336. F. gracllis Lindb.

B., I., Nw. (c, suba.). — Fær., very rare. On rocks in streams,
below 300 m. Only barren. Str.: Mountain W. of Kalbakfjord (!). Ost:
Near Molen; Fundinggjov (!). Bordo: Skorene at Gjerdumrejn (O.).

»F. sqnamosa L.« is notified by H. and T., but no specimens
have been met with in the collections. A specimen labelled »Fon-
tinalis sqnamosa^? In rivulis alpestribus ad Thorshavn et Ostero«
(Lb.) belongs to a form of Blindia acuta!

337. Antitrichia curtipendula (L.) Brid.

B., I., Nw. (w. c). — Fær., not rare on exposed rocks on mountain-
summits, where it often covers the surface with expanded tufts; in low-
lying parts of the isles it is rare and grows here on large stones and
exposed rocks, especially in sunny piaces. Only barren. Syd.: Sunimit
of Sumbofjæld and Ornefjæld; exposed rocks N. of Trangisvaag, ab.
200 m. (!). Sando: Summit of Tindefjæld; shore of Holsavatn, on large
stones, ab. 300 m. (!). Vaago: Summit of Rensatinder (!). Str.: Near
Thorshavn, on large stones (R., Sm.). Ost: Mountain-siunmit between
Fundingbotn and Andefjord (!); on exposed rocks between Ejde and Mo-
len, ab. 50 m. (Sm., !). Bordo: Summit of Holgafjæld (O.); Hojefjæld,
300 m. (Sm.). Videro: Mornefjæld, 450 m. (O.). Fuglofjæld (O.).

338. Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lindb., H. ciliata Hedw.

B., I., Nw. (c). — Fær., very rare. On large stones in low-lying
parts of the isles. Always fr. Syd. (R.). Sando: (R.); near Grothus-
vatn (!). Str.: Between Thorshavn and Hvidenæs (!).

On account of some incorrect determinations and in accordance
with a more modern notion of species, the following corrections
to some of the older publications are necessary : —

To no.4.

Hypnum palustre L. = Amblystegium ochraceum (f uncinata).

— fluitans L. c. var. pi. = Amblystegium revolvens (two specimens

in the collections of E. Rostrup).

— stramineum Dicks. = Amblystegium sarmentosum.

— aduncum Sw. ~ Amblystegium revolvens.

182

Amblystegiiim serpens (f. homomalla) — Amblystegium serpens var. litoralis.
Plagiothecium denticulatum (L.) Schimp. = Plagiothecium silvaticum.
Eurynchium prælongum (L.) Schimp., specimen from Stromo — Hypnum

Swartzii.
Brachythecium Rutabulum (L.) Schimp. = Hypnum rivulare.

— lætum (Brid.) Schimp. = — —

— populeum (Hedw.) Schimp., specimen from Vaago (Rev.
R. Jensen) == Hypnum pseudoplumosum. Specimens from
the other piaces not seen.

Isothecium myurum (Poll.) Brid. var. pilifera — Isothecium tenuinerve.
Pylaisia polyantha (Sclireb.) Schimp. — Stereodon resupinatus.
Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Schimp. — Thuidium tamariscifolium.
Bartramia fontana (L.) Brid. var. filiformis — Philonotis Ryani.
Mnium affine Bland. — Astropliyllum punctatum and A. hornum mixed.
Bryum calophyllum R. Br. — Pohlia færoénsis.

— cernuum Hornsch.? = Br5'um retusum.

— cirrhatum Br. et Sch. = — pallescens.
Encalypta rliabdocarpa Schwægr. = Leersia laciniata.
Orthotrichum Juthindicum Brid. — Weissia maritima.

Racomitrium canescens (Hedw.) Brid. var. epilosa from Skjællingfjæld - -

Grimmia fascicularis. Specimens from Nolso not seen.
Grimmia apocarpa Hedw. from Nolso = Grimmia gracilis.
Trichostomum rigidulum Sm. = Ceratodon purpurcus.
Leptodontium flexifolium (Dicks.) Hamp. ~ Dichodontium pellucidum.

— subalpinum (De Not.) =^ Dichodontium flavescens.

Dicranum longifolium Ehrh. from Skjællingfjæld — Dicranum arcticum.

„ , , -n ,. T-, , i Sphagnum cymbifolium.

Sphagnum cymbifolmm Ehrh. =^ <; ^ "^ .,,

f o j y — papillosum.

— rigidum Schimp. var. compacta = Sph. subsecundum var. Gravetii.

— squarrosum Pers. f. tenella = Sphagnum subnitens formå.

, - ^^ i var. inundatum.

— subsecundum Nees = | _ Q^avetii.

— — var. contorta Brid. = var. inundatum.

— — var. fluitans — var. crassicladum.

— acutifolium Ehrh. = Sphagnum subnitens.
Alicularia compressa (Hook.) Nees = Nardia scalaris.

Scapania nemorosa (L.) Nees from Vestmanhavn and Skjællingfjæld =

Martinellia purpurascens.

— — — from Hesto = Martinellia gracilis.

— — — f. abnormis = — —

Martinellia purpurascens.

UnCiuicjid ij_j.) i^ccs vai . j>Liua:;ii uiiiiuii — \ nnHnlntn

idulata (L.) Nees var. subæquiloba = I

— uliginosa (Sw.) Nees from Vardebakken = Marsupella emarginata

(f. purpurea). Specimens from Nolso not seen.

— curta (Mart.) Nees — Martinellia subalpina.
Jungermannia acuta Lindenb. from Vestmanhavn = .1. alpestris.

— — — from Hesto = J. Miilleri. Specimens from

Vardebakken not seen.

— minuta Dicks. var. tridentata (?) — J. quinquedentata.

— Schreberi Nees = J. Floerkei.

183

Jungcrmannia laxifolia Hook. — Anthclia julacea formå.
Sphagnoecetis communis Nees from Gliversrejn and Nolso = Odonto-

schisma denudatum var. elongatum.
— — — from Hvidenæs = Nardia scalaris.

Chiloscj^phus polyanthus (L.) Corda = var. pallescens.
Radula comjilanata (L.) Dum. — Hadula commutata.
Madotlieca platyphylla (L.) Dum. from Vestmanhavn — Porella rivularis.

T • n-f r ^T > T -K / Lejeunea cavifolia.

Lejeunea serpyllifolia (L.) Lib. = < _ patens.

T^ 1,. • , ,. .X N XT f Pellia epiphylla.

Pelha epiphylla (L.) Nees =. I _ ^ee.iana.

HT X ■ r X ,T N XT / Metzgeria furcata.

Metzgeria furcata (L.) Nees = < _ conjugata.

Reboulia hemisphaerica (L.) Raddi — Chomocarpon commutatus.
Fegatella conica (L.) Raddi from Syd. = Marchantia polymorpha.

To no. 6.

Radula Lindbergii Gottsche = Radula commutata.

Porella platyphylla (L.) Lindb. — Porella rivularis f. minor.

Sphagnum Gravelii Russ. — var. Gravetii.

Grimmia ramulosa (L.) Lindb. formå c? = Grimmia microcarpa.

— aquatica (Brid.) C. Miill. = Grimmia acicularis.

To no. 7.

Hypnum uncinatum Hedw. formå ad var. orthothecioides Lindb. = Am-

blystegium aduncura var. majus.

— Kneiffii Sch. = Amblystegium cordifolium.

— Sendtneri Sch. — Amblj'stegium revolvens formå.
Brachythecium salebrosum Sch. ^ Hypnum rivulare.
Amblystegium riparium B. S. = Hypnum rivulare.
Eurynchium prælongum B. S. = Hypnum Swartzii.
Climacium dendroides W. M. ^ Hypnum rivulare.
Thuidium recognitum Hedw. = Thuidium tamariscifolium.
Fontinalis gracilis Lindb. — Fontinalis antipyretica f. tenuior.
Mnium cuspidatum Hedw. = Astrophyllum undulatum.
Bryum bimum Schreb. = Bryum ventricosum var. atlanticum.

— uliginosum B. S. — Bryum inclinatum.
Orthotrichum Sommerfeltii Sch. = Grimmia acicularis.
Ulota phyllantha Brid. == Weissia maritima.
Grimmia leucophæa Grev. = Grimmia funalis.
Trichostomum crispulum Bruch. — Mollia litoralis.
Dicranum palustre Brid. = Dicranum scoparium.

— Starkii W. M. = Blindia acuta.

Gymnostomum curvirostre Hedw. = Pleurozygodon æstivus.
Scapania irrigua Es. = Martinellia purpurascens.

— rosacea Corda = Martinellia purpurascens.

Sphagnoecetis communis Es. = Jungermania ventricosa var. porphyroleuca.

184

Radula alpestris Lindb. = Radula cominutata.

Frullania fragilifolia Tayl. from Hvidenæs and Karegjov = F. Tamarisci.

— — — from Kaibak — Frullania Jackii.

Pellia endiviæfolia Dicks. = Pellia Neesiana.

To no. 8.

„ .. „. j , X i Martinellia undulata.

Martinellia undulata = [

[ — purpurascens.

Radula Lindbergii = Radula commutata.

T . .„ ,. ( Lejeunea cavifolia.

Lejeunea cavifoha = "J _ ^

. , 1 . . . . ,. / Amblystegium intermedium.

Amblystegmm mtermedium = < ^ o

{ — revolvens.

Weissia phyllantha — Weissia maritima.

Amblystegium uncinatum var. orthothecioides = A. aduncum var. majus.

c T ^ ^ ... (var. Gravetii.

Sphagnum Gravetii = < • , .

^ ^ y var. inundatum.

„ ^. ,. ... ( Fontinalis gracilis.

Fontinalis gracilis = < .. ,. - ^

^ { — antipyretica f. tenuior.

Mollia viridula = Mollia rutilans.

T • r. 1, X f Jungermania Floerkii formå.

Jungermania barbata = < , ,. ..

" ( — lycopodioides.

Jungermania Wenzelii — Jungermania ventricosa var. porphyroleuca formå.

Porella platyphylla f. miner = Porella rivularis var. færoensis.

Nardia compressa = Nardia obovata formå.

Amblystegium exannulatum = Amblystegium purpurascens.

Note to p. 1 40. Mr. Wa r n s t o r f has now adopted the name Sphagnum
rubelhim. (Weitere Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Torfmoose, Botanisches
Centralblatt Bd. LXXX, 1900, p. 15).

PHYTO-GEOGRAPHICAL STUDIES

BASED UPON

THE BRYOPHYTA.

BY

C. JENSEN.

THE Færoes (about 1325 D Kilom.) contain 341 species (incl. 3
subspec.) and 50 varieties. Of the 391 forms: —

226 (ab. 580/o) are c. 117 (ab. 307o) are suba.

87 (ab. 22» are w. c. 23 (ab. 67o) are alp. arct.

52 (ab. 130/0) are Atl.
Of the species, 95 (ab. 28Vo) are Hepaticae, whereof 4 Marchan-
tiaceae, 12 Jungermaniaceae foliosae pleurogamae, 16 Jungermania-
ceae folios. opistogamae, 53 Jungermaniaceae folios. acrogamae and
10 Jungermaniaceae frondosae, besides 19 varieties. Of these 114
forms: —

48 (ab. 42,5 0/0) are c. 33 (ab. 28%) are suba.

37 (ab. 32 0/0) are w. c. 10 (ab. 9%) are alp. arct.

19 (ab.l7 7o) are Atl.
17 (57o) species and 3 varieties of Sphagnum, of which 20
forms 12 are c, 8 w. c. and 2 suba.

229 (ab. 67Vo) Musci frondosi, whereof 156 Acrocarpi and 73
(ab. 32 7o) Pleurocarpi, besides 29 varieties. Of these forms : —

166 (ab. 647o) are c. 82 (ab. 32%) are suba.

42 (ab. 16%) are w. c. 13 (ab. 5%) are alp. arct.

33 (ab. 13%) are Atl.

Probably new to science and hitherto only known from the
Færoes are: —

Porella riviilaris var. færoensis, Jungermania alpestris var. am-
phigastriata, Astrophyllum undiilatiim var. cuspidatum, Bryiim ven-
tricosum var. atlanticum, Pohlia faeroensis, Cawpijlopus Schimperi
var. flagellifera, Anisothecium crispiim var. atlanticum, Ambhjstegium
serpens var. litoralis. Ainbhjstegiiim aduncum var. majiis has hitherto

186

often been referred to the var. orthothecioides of this species, and
Grimmia gracilis var. rufescens is doubtless identical with f. riifes-
cens Limpr.

The Færoes possess in common with Britain 338, with Norway
330, with Iceland 229 and with N. America 271 species and varieties.

Indigenous in Britain and the Færoes, but not met with
in Iceland and Norway are: —

Lejennea microscopica, Mollia tortilis,

Mastigophora Woodsii, Barhula brevifoUa,

Jamesoniella Carringtonii, — — var. aciitifolia,

Metzgeria hamata, — reftexa,

Brijiim fallax, — fallax,

Diphysciiim sessile var. aciitifolia, Dichodontium flavescens,

Pottia criniia, Glijphomitriiim Daviesii,

Mollia flavouirens, Amblystegiiim eugyriiim var. Ma-

— brachydontia, ckayi.

Of these 17 four are c, 3 w. c. and 10 Atl. All attain their nor-
thern limit in the Færoes.

A single species, Dicramim Anderssonii, has hitherto only been
found in Lapland (ab. 67^ N. lat.).

The following have been found in Iceland and Norway, but
probably not in Britain: —

Jiingermania obtiisa, Bryiim micans,

— Wenzelii, — retusiim,

— atlantica, — lapponicum,
Nardia siibelliptica, Dicranum albicans,
Astrophylhim medium, Philonotis Ryani,

whereof 1 c, 2 w.c, 3 alp.arct. and 4 (Jungermania atlantica, Bryiim
retiisum, B. lapponicum and Philonotis Ryani) Atl. Jungermania
atlantica and Philonotis Ryani first attain here their northern limit
of distribution.

The following have been found in Britain and Norway, but
not as yet in Iceland: —

Frullania Tamarisci var. ro- Lejennea cavifolia var. plani-

busta, usciila,

n.l. — Jackii, n.l. Radula aqiiilegia,

Lejennea calcarea, — commiitata,

nX — patens, n.l. Porella Thiija,

187

n.l. Pleiirozia piirpurea,
Bazzania triaiKjnlaris,
Lophocolea bidentata,

n, 1. — cuspidata,

Kantia cahjpogea,

n.l. Saccogijna viticidosa,

n.l. Herberta adiinca,
Martinellia gracilis,

planifolia,
— rosacea,

n.l. PlagiochUa spinulosa,
Mylia Taylori,
Jungermania atrouirens,

— Mulleriyar.ban-

tryensis,

— orcadensis,

— socia,

— ovata,

— Donniana,
Nar dia hyalina,

— obovata,
Marsupella sparcifolia,

— Funckii,
Metzgeria conjiigata,
Riccardia latifrons^
Sphagnum imbricatiim,

— Russowii,

— fiisciim,

n.l. — qiiinquefariiim,

— tenellum,

— recurviim,

— angiistifolium,
n.l. Fissidens cristatus,

Astrophyllum undulatum,
n.l. Drentelia chrysocoma,
Philonotis seriata,
Bartramia pomiformis,

— — var.

crispa,
Bryum alpinum,

Bryum erythrocarpiim,
n.l. — M ar rata,
Pohlia Lndwigii,

— polymorpha (var. af-

finis),

— acuminata,

— elongala,
n.l. Tortnla muralis,
n.l. Mollia tenuir ostris,
n.l. — crispata,
n.l. — rntilans,

Barbula fallax,
n.l. — cylindrica,
Dicrannm fuscescens,

— longifolium,
Campylopus atrouirens,

— Schwarzii,

n.l. — f rag His,

n.l. Dicranella heteromalla,
? n . 1 . Archidium a Item ifo liu m ,

Oncophorus crispatus,

Weissia americana,
n.l. Zygodon viridissimus var.

rupestris,
n.l. Glyphomitrium polyphyllum,
n.l. Grimmia affinis,
n. 1. — trichophylla,
n.l. — pulvinata,

— gracilis,
Thuidium tamariscifolium,
Amblystegium palustre var.

subsphaericarpon,
— trifarium,

n.l. Hypnum hians var. distans,
— . Swartzii,

— rutabuhim var. fla-

vescens,
Isothecium viviparum,
Hylocomium umbratum,
n. 1. — brevirostre.

188

?n.l. Hyocomiiim flagellare,
n.l. Stereodon resiipinnatus,
— hamiilosiis,
Isopterygiiim elegans,

Plagiotheciiim iindiilatiim,
— denticiilatiim

var. Donii,
Pterigophylhim liicens.

Of the 33 Hepaticae 6 are c, 14 w. c. and 13 Atl., of the 7
Sphagna 5 c. and 2 w. c, and of the 50 Musci frondosi 23 c, 16
w. c. , 9 Atl. and 2 alp. arct. forms. The species marked n. 1. pro-
bably attain their northern limits in the Færoes. The above list might
certainly be reduced to about one half, if Iceland were more
thoroughly explored, when probably the c. and alp. arct. forms
would be found in that country especially abundant. Of southern
forms, especially Mediterranean-Atlantic, that reach the coast of the
Færoes, may bementioned: Fiinaria attenuata (on Ostero, near Gote),
Mollia flavovirens (on Vaago, near Bosdalafos), Martinellia geniculata
(on Stromo, near Thorshavn), hitherto only found in Italy, on the
south side of the Alps.

Common or frequent on the islands and characterizing the
vegetation are: — On sea-cliffs: Weissia maritima, Grimmia maritima.
On stones and rocks in the interior: Radiila commiitaia, Grimmia
microcarpa, Grimmia fasciciilaris. In rills or on their horders : Nardia
obovata, Jiingermania cordifolia, Bryiim ventricosiim var. atlanticum,
Anisotheciiim squarrosiim, Amblystegiiim revolvens. On moist, wet
or boggy ground: Friillania Tamarisci, Lejeunea patens, Pleurozia
purpurea, Herberta adnnca, Martinellia gracilisf Diplophyllum albicans,
Sphagnum subnitens, Polytrichum subrotundum, Astrophyllum hornum,
Breutelia chrysocoma, Fnnaria obtusa, Diphysciam sessile, Mollia
litoralis, Campylopus atrovirens, Campylopns Schwarzii, Dichodontium
pellucidum, Grimmia hypnoides, Amblystegium sarmentosum, Isothe-
cium tenuinerve, Hylocomium loreum, Plagiothecinm undulatum. On
moist, gravelly ground in higher regions : Anthelia julacea, Grimmia
elliptica, Andreæa alpina. On mountain-summits : Grimmia hypnoides,
Grimmia canescens var. ericoides.

We may presume that the geographical situation and the to-
pography of the various parts of the islands in some degree in-
fluences the vegetation; especially that Sydero, the most southern
island, possesses a vegetation somewhat differing from that of the
other islands. The following comparisons may help to solve tliis
question.

189

THE SOUTHERN PART (S.).

Properly speaking only Sydero can be considered as belonging
to tilis part since Lille Dimon is still unexplored. Sydero, ab.
153 □ kilom., is the most soutliern and most isolated of the islands.
The mountains are low, not above 600 m., generally ab. 500 m. The
Island possesses 253 species and 29 varieties. Of these 281 forms : —
166 (ab. 597o) are c. 76 (ab. 27%) are suba.

63 (ab. 22,5 7o) are w. c. 9 (ab.3,27o) are alp. arct.

37 (ab. 13,170/0) are Atl.

Of the species 69 (ab. 28%) are Hepaticae, besides 9 varieties.
Of these 78 forms : —

36 (ab. 46%) are c. 18 (ab. 23%) are suba.

23 (ab. 29%) are w. c. 4 (ab. 57o) are alp. arct.

12 (ab. 15%) are Atl.

Sphagna, 10 (3,95%) species and 3 varieties of these 13 forms
7 are c, 6 w. c. besides one suba.

Musci frondosi 174 (ab. 69%) species, whereof 114 Acrocarpi and
60 Pleurocarpi, besides 17 varieties. Of all these 191 forms: —

123 (ab. 64%) are c. 57 (ab. 307o) are suba.

34 (ab. 18%) are w. c. 5 (ab. 2,62 7o) are alp. arct.

25 (ab. 13%) are Atl.

The foUowing 15 species and varieties have not been found on
the otlier islands: — Porella rivularis YRv.færoensis, Kantia Calypogea,
Plagiochila asplenioides var. heterophylla, Jiingermania barbata, Blasia
pnsilla, Sphagnum papillosiim var. sublaeve, AstrophyUiim iindiilatnm
var. ciispidatiim , AstrophyUiim stellare, Philonotis capillaris, Pohlia
gracilis, Pohlia niitans var. teres, Campylopiis Schimperi\ar. ftagellifera,
Amhlysteghim fliiitans var. pseudostramineiim , Hypnum hians (var.
distans), Entodon orthocarpiis.

THE CENTRAL PART (C),

ab. 241 n kilom., consists of Store Dimon, Sando, Hesto, Nolso, the
southern part of Stromo to a line drawn between Syderdal and
Sund, and the southern part of Ostero to the valley of Toftevatn.
The islands Skuo and Kolter, which also belong to part C, are not
yet explored. This part resembles part S. in its proportional!}^ low
mountains and its extensive tracts of low and generally level ground.
The southern part of Ostero, the environs of Thorshavn on Stromo

190

and of Sand on Sando have these characteristics especially marked.
On Sando, between Sandsbugt and the lake Sandsvatn, the soil is
very sandj?^, with low dunes near the sea. Part C. possesses 250
species and 25 varieties, of these 275 forms: —

162 (ab. 59%) are c. 68 (ab. 257o) are suba.

66 (ab. 24Vo) are w. c. 10 (3,64 7o) are alp. arct.

36 (ab. 13 » are Atl.

Of the species 71 (ab. 28%) are Hepaticae, besides 10 varieties.
Of these 81 forms: —

38 (ab. 47%) are c. 21 (ab. 26%) are suba.

25 (ab. 31%) are w. c. 5 (6,17%) are alp. arct.

13 (ab. 15%) are Atl.

Sphagna 11, (4,4%) species and 2 varieties, whereof 8 are c,
5 w. c. besides 1 suba.

Musci frondosi, 168 (ab. 67%) species, whereof 121 Acrocarpi
and 47 Pleurocarpi, besides 13 varieties. Of all these 181 forms: —

116 (ab. 65^/0) are c. 46 (ab. 25%) are suba.

36 (ab. 20%) are w. c. 5 (2,71%) are alp. arct.

23 (ab. 13%) are Atl.

The following 30 species and varieties have only been found in C.

On Store Di mon: —
Pottia crinita (n. 1.), Grimmia trichophylla.

On Sando: —
Marsiipella sparcifolia, Sphagnum amblyphyllnm , Astropbyllum
cuspidatum var. integrifoliiun, A. silvaticum, Bryiim alpinum var.
viride, R. erythrocarpum, B. Marratii (n. 1.), B. pendnlum, B. laciistre,
Tortilla ruralis {\ar. arenicola), Mollia tortilis (n. 1.), Barbula fallax,
Amblystegium Kneiffii, Hypnum Mildeanum, H. albicans.

On Hesto: —
Plagiochila asplenioides var. humilis.

On South Stromo: —
Lepidozia setacea, Odontoschisma Sphagni, Martinellia geniculata
(n. 1.), Plagiochila asplenoides var. humilis, Mylia anomala, Jiinger-
mania inflata, Bryiim fallax (n. 1.), B. lapponiciim, Tetraplodon
bryoides, Barbula brevifolia, Oncophorus polycarpiis, Grimmia ovalis,
G. trichophylla, Hypnum albicans.

191

On Nolso: —
Metzgeria fiircata var. aeniginosa, AstroplujUiim cuspidatiim var.

integrifolium.

On South Ostero: —

Dicranum longifoliiim, Grimmia trichophylla (n. 1.).

The n. 1. for Glijphomitriiim Daviesii goes beyond South Stromo.

THE WESTERN PART (W.),
ab. 188 n kilom., which contains the Islands Vaago and Myggenæs, is
mountainous and is ralher more than 700 m. in extent. The environs
of the lake Sorvaagsvatn on Vaago are comparatively low (80—
100 m.) and this low elevation is continued northwards as a broad
Valley, dividing the island into an eastern and western highland.
In the W. have been found 206 species and 13 varieties. Of these
219 forms: —

126 (ab. 57,50/0) are c. 65 (ab. 30«/o) are suba.

54 (ab. 25>) are w. c. 9 (4,11%) are alp. arct.

30 (ab. 14^0) are Atl.
Of the species 53 (ab. 26Vo) are Hepaticae, besides 4 varieties.
Of these 57 forms: —

24 (ab. 420/0) are c. 20 (ab. 35%) are suba.

21 (ab. 37 7o) are w. c. 3 (5,26 7o) are alp. arct.

11 (ab. 190/0) are Atl.
9 (4,370/0) Sphagna and 1 variety, whereof 6 are c, 4 w. c.
besides 1 suba.

Musci frondosi, 144 (ab. 70 0/0) species, whereof 100 Acrocarpi
and 44 Pleurocarpi, besides 8 varieties. Of all Ihe 152 forms: —
96 (ab. 630/0) are c. 44 (ab. 29 0/0) are suba.

29 (ab. 190/0) are w. c. 6 (3,95 0/0) are alp. arct.

19 (ab. 12,50/0) are Atl.
The following 8 species and varieties have only been found

in the W.

On Myggenæs: —

Ditrichum homomallum var. subalpinum.

On Vaago: —
Lejeunea cavifolia xar. planiiiscula, Jiingermania pnmila, J.Wen-
zelii, Marsiipella Funckii, Mollia flauovirens (n.l.), M. brachydoniia (n.l.).

192

Dicranum Anderssonii. The Dicramim Anderssonii has only been
known in Lapland, where it was discovered in 1857 by Dr. Wichura,
who gathered it on the summit (1250 m.) of the mountain Njunnats
near Qvickjock in Lule- Lapmark. Besides the two above-named
species the n. 1. for Barhiila brevifolia var. acutifolia is also in the W.

THE NORTHERN PART (N.),

ab. 574 □ kilom., is the largest and contains North Stromo, the hne
drawn between Syderdal and Sund forming its southern boundary,
and Ostero north of the valley of Toftevatn. It is very mountainous
and rises to an average aUitude of more than 500 m., sometimes
700 — 900 m. Stromo is divided by deep vaheys into 3 higher parts,
the southern part, south of the valley between Kollefjord and Lejnum,
the middle part, between the above mentioned valley and that be-
tween Kvalvig and Saxen, the northern part, north of the latter
valley. Ostero is sharply and deeply divided into a western and
eastern part by the valley between Skaalefjord and Fundingfjord.
272 species and 29 varieties have been found in the N. Of these
301 forms : —

176 (ab. 58,5%) are c. 101 (ab. 37 0/o) are suba.

74 (ab. 24,5%) are w. c. 19 (ab. 6%) are alp. arct.

38 (ab. 13%) are Atl.

Of the species 77 (ab. 28%) are Hepaticae, besides 11 varieties.
Of these 88 forms: —

38 (ab. 43%) are c. 31 (ab. 35%) are suba.

29 (ab. 33%) are w. c. 8 (ab. 9%) are alp. arct.

16 (ab. 18%) are Atl.

16 (5,9%) are Sphagna with 2 varieties. Of these 18 forms
11 are c. and 7 w. c. Of the 11 c. two are also suba.

Musci frondosi, 179 (ab. 667o) species, whereof 119 Acrocarpi
and 60 Pleurocarpi, besides 16 varieties. Of all the 195 forms: —

127 (ab. 65%) are c. 68 (ab. 35%) are suba.

38 (ab. 19,5Vo) are w. c. 11 (5,64%) are alp. arct.
22 (ab. 11%) are Atl.

The following 37 species and varieties have not been found in
the other parts: —

193

On Stromo: —
Lejeiinea calcarea, L. microscopica, Friillania Jackii, Hijgrohiella
laxifolia, Martinellia planifolia, Jiingerniaiua Donniana, Pallavicinia
Bhjttii, Sphagnum fiisciim, Philonotis fontana var. compacta, P. seriata,
Brijum cirratum, Splachmim pediinculahim, Dicranum albicans, Ani-
sotheciiim crispum (var. atlantlcum), Grimmia canescens var. epilosa,
Hypnum piliferum.

On Ostero : —

Chomocarpon qnadratns, Lejeunea microscopica (n.l.), Porella Thnja
(n.l.), Hijgrohiella laxifolia, Martinellia planifolia, Jungermania ri-
paria var. riuularis, J. ohtnsa, J. atlantica, J. qninquedentata var.
tnrgida, Pallavicinia Bhjttii, Sphagnnm imbricatnm, S. centrale, S.
Rnssowii, S. fnscnm, Pohjtrichum sexangnlare, P. alpimim var. sep-
tentrionale, Astrophyllnm medium, Philonotis fontana var. compacta,
Brijum cirratum, Pohlia Ludwigii, Funaria attenuata [n.l.), Splachmim
pediinciilatiim, Dicranum albicans, D. fiiscescens. Grimmia canescens
var. epilosa, Amblystegium dilatatum, A. stramineiim, A. trifarium,
A. cordifoliiim, Lesquereuxia patens, Hylocomium pyrenaiciim.

The n. 1. for Jamesoniella Carringtonii , Philonotis Ryani occurs
on Stromo.

The n. 1. for the following species and for the 3 above-named,
occurs on Ostero: — Diphysciiim sessile var. aciitifolia, Mollia teniii-
rostris, Dichodontiiim flavescens, Zygodon viridissimiis var. riipestris.

The northern part is remarkable for its great number of species,
whereof 19 are alp. arct. The special conditions required for the
existence of an abundance of species may exist on these 2 islands,
where the lower parts are much more sheltered from the often
violent westerly winds. The larger area also gives greater variety
of localitv than do the smaller islands.

THE EASTERN PART (E.),

ab. 224 n kilom., contains the 6 islands which belong to the Nordreoer,
they are, Kalso, Kuno, Bordo, Videro, Svino and Fuglo. These
islands consist of mountains, rising partly from the sea to a height
of ab. 800 m. Compared with the area the number of species is small,
owing partly to the small area of the single islands, partly to the

Botanv of the Færoes 1,3

194

incomplete exploration of them. 193 species and 14 varieties have
been found in the E. Of these 207 forms : —

126 (ab. 60,5%) are c. 62 (ab. 30%) are suba.

49 (ab. 24%) are w. c. 8 (3,63%) are alp. arct.

23 (ab. 11%) are Atl.
Of the species 50 (ab. 25%) are Hepaticae, besides 5 varieties.
Of these 55 forms: —

27 (ab. 49%) are c. 18 (ab. 33%) are suba.

19 (ab. 34,5%) are w. c. 3 (5,45%) are alp. arct.

7 (ab. 13%) are Atl.
10 (5,18%) Sphagna with 1 variety, whereof 5 are c, 6 w. c.
and also 1 suba.

Musci frondosi, 133 (ab. 69%) species, whereof 84 Acrocarpi and
49 Pleurocarpi, besides 8 varieties. Of all these 141 forms: —
94 (ab. 66,5%) are c. 43 (ab. 30,5%) are suba.

25 (ab. 18%) are w. c. 5 (3,56%) are alp. arct.

16 (ab. 11%) are Atl.
Barbula reflexa and Plagiothediim denticulatiim (var. Donii) have
not been found in the other parts. The northern limit for Barbula
reflexa as well as for Metzgeria hamata occurs in this part (Bordo).

This comparison shows that Sydero in relation to its small
area — it forms the smallest part - possesses a large number of
species, the next largest in faet. This marked superiority no doubt
is due to the southern situation of that island. The similarity of
the moss-flora to that of the central part, however, is so great that
these 2 parts may very well be united to a S. C. part, in contrast
to the somewhat greater northern part: the W. N. E. parts. The
following mosses, which more or less belong to southern regions,
have only been found in the S. C. part, below 200 m. : — Lepidozia
setacea, Odontoschisma Sphagni, Martinellia geniciilata, Mylia anomala,
Jungermania inflata, J. socia, J. barbata, J. ovata, Blasia piisilla,
Astrophylhim stellare, A. silvaticiim, Philonotis capillaris, Bryum ery-
throcarpum, B. fallax, B. cæspiticium , B. Marratii, Pottia crinita,
Barbula fallax, Mollia tortilis, Dicramim long if otium , Archidium
alternifolium , Oncophorus polycarpus, Glyphomitrium polyphyllum,
G. Daviesii, Grimmia affmis, G. trichophylla, Hypmim hians var. distans,
H. albicans, Isothecium viviparum, Isopterygium elegans, Entodon
orthocarpus, Hedwigia albicans.

195

Two species, Marsupella sparcifolia and Pohlia gracilis, belong
to a rather raw and cold climate, bnt they are only found in
more elevated parts of S. C. , respectively at ab. 500 and 300 m.
With regard to Sydero by itself, it may be specially mentioned that
Jungermania Floerkii has not hitherto been found on this island,
whilst it is frequent on most of the other islands, and that Junger-
mania lycopodioides and Jamesoniella Carringtonii grow even on the
summit of Kvannefjæld near Vaag, ab. 550 m., whereas they prefer
more sheltered piaces in other parts of the Færoes.

The 3 northern parts, W. N. E., taken collectively possess the
following characteristic elements, which clearly indicate a rather
raw and cold climate, viz.: — Chomocarpon quadrahis, Hijgrohiella
laxifolia, Martinellia uliginosa, Jungermania Wenzelii, Pallauicinia
Dlyttii, Sphagnum imbricatum, S. centrale, S. Russowii, S. Warnstorfu,
Polytrichum sexangulare, P. alpinum var. septentrionale, Astrophylhim
medium, Philonotis seriata, Bryum cirratum, Pohlia Ludwigii, P. elon-
gata, Splachnum pedunculatum , Dicranum albicans, D. falcatum,

D. Anderssonii, Oncophorus Wahlenbergii, Amblystegium dilatatum,
Lesquereuxia patens, Hylocomium umbratum, Plagiothecium denticu-
tatum var. Donii, Fontinalis gracilis.

The following are peculiar to mild, southern regions, viz.: —
Lejeunea microscopica , Porella Thuja, Martinellia planifolia, Marsu-
pella Funckii, Metzgeria hamata, Funaria attenuata, Mollia flavovirens,
M. brachydontia, Barbula reftexa.

These species peculiar to a milder climate have been only
found here and there in sheltered piaces, e.g. near Ejde on Ostero,
and in ravines near Gote and Vestmanhavn.

A comparison between the various parts gives the following
general result. The N. possesses the greatest number of alp. arct.,
viz. 19 (6%) and of suba., viz. 101 (37 7o) forms, whilst the other
parts only possess 8—10 (3,71%) alp. arct. and 61—76 (28 7o) suba.
forms. With regard to the horizontal distribution the difference
is but unimportant. The c. and the w. c. species are distributed
almost in the same propotion in all 5 parts, and the Atl. species
are represented by 13,3% in the S. C. W. N. and 11% in the

E. The 3 orders, Hepaticae, Sphagna and Musci frondosi, con-
sidering their distribution on the islands, give the result that the
S. C. N. possesses the greatest percentage (ab. 28%), then the W,
(ab. 26%) and the E. (ab. 25%) of Hepaticae, and that the N. pos-
sesses the greatest number, viz. 16, of Sphagna, whilst the other

13*

196

parts have but 9 — 11 species and that Musci frondosi are repre-
sented by 66—70^0 in all the difFerent parts. Finally the E.-part
possesses the largest percentage of Pleurocarpi and the C.-part of
Acrocarpi.

In order to compare the moss-flora of the nearest countries or
parts of them with the moss-flora of the Færoes, the following table
may be sufficient: —

Hepaticae

Sphagna

Musci frondosi acrocarpi . .
Musci frondosi pleurocarpi

Continental mosses

Western-continental niosses

Atlantic mosses

Circumpolar mosses

Subalpine-subarctic mosses.
Alpine-arctic mosses

Norway,

the west coast

between 580 20

andeooi'iN.lat.,

ab. 5000 G kilom.

453 species

35 %

5 -

42 -

18 -

57
33
10
40

28 -
7,28-

Scotland,

78895 D kilom.
ab. 600 species
and 50 varieties

20 «/o

3,33-

55 -

21,5 -

53,5
25

14
41

30
6,6

Færoes, Iceland,

ab. 3125 D kilom. 104785 D kilom.

341 species and 367 species and

50 varieties ! 18 varieties

28 %

5 -

46 -

21 -

58
22
13
48

30
6

23

5

45

27

68 -

15 -

4,16-

60 -

28
9

Of the Scottish, West-Norwegian and Icelandic species which
appear to be wanting in the Færoes, the following may specially
be noticed: —

Found in Britain, Norway and Iceland : Rebnulia hemisphaerica,
Cephalozia albecens, Blepharostoma setiformis, Jiingermania minuta,
Nardia compressa, Meesea trichoides, Bryiim Diivalii, Sælania cæsia.

Found in Britain and Norway: Lejeiinea iilicina, L. ovata,
Bryiim tiirbinatnm var. latifoliiim, B. Stirtoni, Amblyodon dealbatns,
Oedipodiiim Griffdhiaimm , Dicraniim aspernliim , D. uncinatiim,
Campylopus brevipUiis.

Found in Britain and Iceland: Leptodonthim flexifolium.

Found in Norway: Lepidozia Widfsbergii.

197

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE II.

Radiila commiitata Jack.

P'æroese J plant CVi)-

PLATE III.

Philonotis Ryani Philib.

(Færoese specimen).

Fig. 1. Fruiting fem. plant (nat. size).

— 2. Male plant (nat. size).

— 3. Fruit (Vi).

— 4. Upper part of the male

plant, with inflor. (Vi)-

— 5—8. Perigonial bracts C^/i).

— 9—10. Leaves (^Vi)- 9 x, texture

from the base; 9 }', texture
a little above the middle (^^VO-

— U. Perichaetial leaf (^Vi)-

— 12. Tooth of the exostome (^Vi)-

— 13. Part of the endostome (^Vi)-

PLATE IV.
Pohlia fæ roensis sp. n.

Fig. 1. Male plant (nat. size).

— 2. Top of the male plant, with

inflor. (Vi).

— 3 — 4. Perigonial bracts, one of

them with two antheridia
and some paraphyses (^/i).

— 5—6. Leaves (VO-

— 7. Texture from the apex of

leaf, above the nerve (^Vi).

— 8. Texture from the middle of

leaf (^Vi).

— 9. Texture from the margin of

leaf, above the middle (^Vi).

— 10. Texture from the base of

leaf («Vi).

— 11. Transverse section of the

stem, z, central strand; x, the
decurrent nerve, with the
conducting group y (^Vi)-

— 12. Part of transverse section of

the stem and the decurrent
nerve (^^Vi); y, conducting
group; z, central strand.

— 13. Transverse section of the

leaf-nerve (^^Vi).

PLATE V and VI.

Dicraniim Anderssonii (Wich.)
Schimp. — V (original specimen).
Fig. 1. Capsule among perichaetial-
leaves C/i).

— 2. Capsule with seta (^/i).

— 3. Part of the capsule with rest

of exostome-tooth, somewhat
sketchy (i^'Vi); x, part of the
tooth, showing the striae on
the outside (^^Vi)-

— 4. Spores (^^Vi)-

— 5. Texture from the middle of

outside of the capsule (^^Vi).

— 6. Vaginula with a perichaetial-

leaf (^Vi).

— 7—8. Perichaetial-Ieaves (^^/i).

— 9—10. Leaves (}^/i). y, basal

cells (^''/i); z, cells from the
broad upper part (^^°/i).

— 11—16. Leaves (^Vi). 12 z, an-

gular cells (^^'Vi); 13 y, basal

cells (^Vi); 13 x, cells from

the middle of llie broad
part (22o/i).

VI (Færoese specimen).
Fig. 1. Fertile plant (^Vi).

— 2. Calyptra (^Vi)-

— 3. Fruit with vaginula and male

flower (^Vi).

— 4-6. Lids (^Vi).

— 7. Part of peristome and an-

nulus (i^Vi).

— 8. Part ofaperistomc-tooth (out-

side), showing the striae (^^^/i).

— 9. Cells of annulus (^^Vi).

— 10. Spores {^'Vi).

— 11. Texture from the middle of

outside of the capsule (^*^"/i).

— 12. Perigonial-bract (^Vi).

— 13 a. 14. Perichaetial-Ieaves (^Vi)-

— 15—18. Leaves (^Vi). 18 x, an-

gular- and basal-cells C^/i);
18 y, cells from the broad
upper part (^^VO; 15 z, an-
gular-cells (^^Vi); 15 6, cells
from the upper part (^^"/i).

FRESHWATER ALGÆ^

BY

F. BØRGESEN.
(With piates VII— X).

IN the years 1895, 96 and 98 I sta^^ed a coiiple of months at a
time in the Færoes, for the pnrpose of stiidying the algæ-vegetation
along the coasts, and have also on my frequent trips round the
islands gathered a considerable material of Freshwater Algæ. Pro-
fessor Warming, Mr. Jensen, Mr. Ostenfeld, Mr. Jonsson,
and others have during their stay on the islands made considerable
collections from numerous localities and at different seasons. In
this way a comparatively large material has been at my disposal
and the result has therefore been that the niimber of hitherto
known freshwater algæ from the islands has been considerably
increased which was indeed to be expected as the islands have not
been examined by any algologist since Lyngbye's days.

Jørgen Landt^ is the first who has, as far as I know, given
a fairly intelligible report of the freshwater algæ from the Færoes;
he mentions a few freshwater species siich as Tremella Nostoc which
judging from his description seems to be Nostoc commiine, Bijssiis
botrijoidcs which may be Pleiirococciis viilgaris and Conferva riviilaris
which perhaps is Ulothrix zonata and a few other species with re-
gard to which one cannot decide, what is actually meant.

In the year 1817 Hans Christian Lyngbye, traversed the
Færoes and in his classic work: »Tentamen Hydrophytol ogiæ
Danicæ« he mentions more than 30 species of freshwater algæ
from the Færoes. By means of original specimens in Lyngbye's

^ When this paper was ready for the press a resumé of it was read Ijefore
the »Naturhistoriske Forening«, Copenhagen, in 1899. (Vidensk. Medd. f. d. nat.
Forening, Kjøbenhavn 1899, p. 317).

- Jorgcn Landt: »Forsøg til en Beskrivelse over Færoerne , Kjøbenhavn 1800.

199

Herbarium, in the Botanical Museum, Copenhagen, it has been
possible to revise Lyngbye's old determinations so that we now
know, excepting some species of which the material was altogetlier
wanting or too badly preserved to be fit for determination, which
species are identical with Lyngbye's determinations. With regard
to some of the specimens, Bornet and Flahault, Gomont, Gay
and others had already made similar determinations, partly on the
faith of specimens from Thuret's Herbarium, which contains a few
of Lyngbye's original specimens and partly by utilising the museum
in Copenhagen ^.

The following larger contribution is due to Dr. E. Rostrup
who in 1867 traversed the Færoes in company with Mr. Feilberg.
In »Færøernes Flora« Rostrup mentions nearly seventy species of
freshwater algæ, and as the determinations of the freshwater algæ-
material collected by Rostrup and Feilberg are due to Dr. Nord-
stedt, Lund, the great advantage is that they may be regarded as
up to date even if, after so long a period, a diOerent opinion has
arisen on some points.

Finally in »Botaniska Notiser«, 1897 (that is to say after I be-
gan tilis work), Wil le has given in an interesting paper — »Om
Færøernes Ferskvandsalger og om Ferskvandsalgernes
Sprednings maader« — a smaller contribution to the knowledge
of the freshwater algæ of the Færoes. Wille had from time to
time received from his former pupil, Mr. Johannes Patursson
(»Kongsbonde«, Kirkebo), specimens of freshwater algæ which
were rather destitute of species. Wille found altogetlier only 42
species of which 16 were already known from the Færoes. Wille's
list comprises about 100 species, all previously known species being
included ; besides, Wille has tried to criticise Lyngbye's determina-
tions in »Hydrophytologia«, as far as it could be done without
having original specimens at band to which to refer.

Though Wille emphasizes that no collection of algæ has been
made from the Færoes by any algologist after Lyngbye and that
further investigations may possibly add new species to the list of
the Færoese freshwater algæ, still he arrives at the conclusion that

^ In Horne man ns »Forsøg til en dansk øconomisk Plantelære«, and in
Trevelyans »On the Vegetation and Temperature of the Faroe Islands«, freshwater
algæ from the Færoes are mentioned, but thej- appcar to be only an extract from
Lyngbye's Hydrophyt. Trevelyan with regard to the algæ merely refers to Lyng-
bye, he, however, specially mentions Tremella Nostoc.

200

the Færoese freshwater algæ-flora seems to be very poor,
and he adds, »how relatively poor the freshwater algæ-flora of the
Færoes really is in species is still more clearly proved by compa-
rison with those of other piaces, e. g. of Nova Zembla, whence no
less than 180 species have been reported, though it is mnch farther
north«. With regard to this I may remark that the total number
including the new species named in this paper is 323, i. e. nearly
twice the number of species as reported from Nova Zembla. If
we further compare the freshwater algæ of the Færoes known at
the present day with those of West Ireland with regard to which
West in his paper: »On the Freshwater Algæ of West Ireland« —
excepting the Diatoms — reports 487 species, and when we make
allowance for the isolated situation and the small area covered
by the Færoes it appears to me that the freshwater algæ-flora in
the latter place must be cailed proportional ly rich in species,
more so, as many more new species of the flora are sure
to be found.

Boldt' s primary work on the spreading of the Desmids in
the north ^ shows that this group has several floristic districts, and
if we now examine with which of these the freshwater algæ-flora
of the Færoes is specially related, we arrive very naturally at the
conclusion that it is with that of West Europe and especially with
that of Ireland and Scotland. Wille says (1. c. p. 4) that: »the algæ-
flora of the Færoes must more particularly be characterized as a
poorer part of the English algæ-flora,« and he goes on to sav: »this
not only applies to the species themselves, but also to the forms
under which they appear and which bear a striking resemblance
to the figures we know from English works, e. g. Ralfs's figures of
Desmids.« Here I may say that this likeness, it seems to me, appears
more clearly now in the discovery of a series of forms, which
Wille had not found, e. g. in the large species of Euastrnni, the Mi-
crasterias-spec'ies, Xanthidiiim armatiim, several species of Cosmarinm
and Staiirastnim and many others which are characteristic not only
of the algæ of England, but also of West Europe. Besides these,
several species and forms have been found which further prove the
near relationship between the freshwater algæ-flora of the Færoes
and that of Ireland and Scotland, they having been found and de-
scribed in the latter countries, e. g. Staurastriim jacnlifenim West,

^ Robert Boldt: > Grunddragen af Desmidieernas utbredning i Norden .
(Bihang till Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar. 13. Afd. III No. 6. Stockholm 1887).

201

St. rostelhim Roy and Biss., St. horametriim Roy and Biss., Xanthidiiim
qiiadricorniitiim Roy and Biss., etc.

While thus, upon the whole the freshwater algæ of Ihe Færoes
must be considered as West European especially English, the
Nordreoer -- where also the Arctic-Alpine phanerogams are most
richly represented — contain an algæ-flora of a more Arctic stamp.
Thus the following Desmids were found in a collection of algæ
from Bordo gathered by Ostenfeld at a height of 450 metres: —
Cosmarinm anceps Lund., C. coelatiim Ralfs, C. ciiciimis Ralfs formå
major Nordst., C. Holmiense Lund. § integriim Lund. formå (Nordst.
Desm. Spetsb. p. 28, tab. 6, fig. 5), C. homalodernmm Nordst., C. latum
Breb, C. microsphinctiim Nordst. § crispnhim Nordst., C. speciosiim
Lund. var. biforme Nordst., C. snbspeciosiim Nordst., Staiirastnim
acarides Nordst. (abundantly !), 5/. Meriani Reinsch, Penium cras-
siiisculum De Bar. As will be seen from this list, all the Desmids
— barring a few exceptions — are such as have been described
from and are common in the Arctic regions, and the absence of
some species, common to low-lying regions, further proves the
Arctic character of the above gathering, thus, the large species of
Euastriim are wanting, and regarding them Boldt writes^ that they
are »conspicuous by their absence in the northernmost countries«.

It is also here in the northernmost part of the Færoes that
Hijdriiriis penicillatiis occurs, as it has been found by Lyngbye on
Slattaratinde, the highest mountain in the Færoes, True, this alga
is common in Central Europe early in spring when the snow
melts, but it is also common in the Arctic regions.

If we now ask how the Færoes after the glacial period, at
which time we may presume that they were completely covered
with ice and snow, have got this comparatively rich freshwater
algæ-flora, I can only confirm the statement of Wille in his above-
mentioned paper in which he quite abandons the theory of a former
belt of land as a means of immigration. Of the four different means
of distribution named by Wille, it is mostly — as also Wille points
out — the wind and the migratory hirds, and especially the latter,
which are of such great importance to the Færoes. In addition to his
arguments in favour of this theory I think further proofs are found
by the faet of my having met M-ith several Irish and Scottish algæ
in the Færoes and partly and not least from the Arctic element of

' Boldt 1. c. p. 84 »som lyse genom sin fraiivara i de nordligaste landerna .

202

the Nordreoer. For if no Arclic algæ occurred in the Færoes we
might wonder why birds only in spring would bring algæ along
with them from the south and west and not also in autumn from
the north. I quite agree with Wille in thinking that the flights of
birds which yearly take up their abode in the Færoes or pass the
islands on their way northwards could very easily have conveyed
to the islands the freshwater algæ-flora — and perhaps the whole
of the flora — which is found there, and in that case they will
doubtless keep on conveying new forms to the islands.

But as maintained by Ostenfeld (see above p. 113) it is pos-
sible that there has existed a post-glacial land-bridge, and the flora
has consequently migrated across it. Adolf Jensen 's^ interesting
paper seems to favour this tlieory, but it is as yet far from proved.
Therefore the conclusion that the flora of the Færoes have migrated
by means or ways which are still in existence commends itself to
me as far more satisfactory. I shall here relative to this shortly
allude to Warming's exhaustive and interesting treatise on this
subject in his well-known work: »Om Grønlands Vegetation^«. In
this work he quite abandons the theory of a post-glacial land-bridge
as being necessary to account for the European character of the
flora of South and South-East Greenland. As means of immigration,
he mentions the three different factors already pointed out: birds,
wind and ocean currents, and also in connection with the regions
of the High-North: ice and floating timber. In speaking of these
factors he gives instances of the manner in which the immigration
of the flora has been affected by them. Among other cases in point
Warming also mentions Jan Mayen and writes: »surrounded by
vast ocean depths (1000 — 2000 fathoms) and being of vulcanic origin
this island must have emerged from the ocean (its rocks are more
recent than those of the Færoes and Iceland) without ever having
been connected with any land; it lies far from Greenland, about
60 geographical miles, from Iceland about 75, from Spitzbergen and
Norway about 120; yet in spite of the extremely unfavourable
conditions for all vegetation existing on it, it has obtained a flora
consisting of at least 20 flowering plants^«.

^ A d o 1 f J e n s e 11 : > Om Levninger af Grundtvandsdyr paa store Havdyb mellem
Jan Mayen og Island . (Vidensk. Medd. fra den naturh. Foren, i Kbhvn. 1900).

^ E. Warming: Om Grønlands Vegetation . (Medd. om Grønland, XII, 1888).

^ Ostenfeld- H ansen in his »Contributio n å la flore de Tile Jan
Mayen« mentions altogether 178 species of piants from this island, of which,
however, 21 are marine algæ, and on the Amdrup Expedition of 1900, N. Hartz

203

True it must be admitted that the flora of Jan Mayen is far
from rich, but \ve must bear in mind that, in the first place, the
climate here is very unfavourable , secondly, that the distance be-
tween this lonely island and the nearest adjacent land is far greater
than is the case witli the Færoes, and also that doubtless many
more migratory hirds pass over the Færoes than over Jan Mayen,
the latter does not always lie in the line of the migrating hirds, as
this varies according to the position of the ice-limit^ Therefore I
conclude that if the flora of Jan Mayen has been conveyed to the
island across the sea either by the agency of wind or hirds then
the flora of the Færoes — though far richer — may also
have been carried thither across the sea. Lastly I shall call
attention to the following remark by Warming (1. c. p. 213): »Thus
I consider it to be far from impossible for piants to migrate from
Iceland to Greenland by means of ice, wind, ocean currents and
hirds (remember Jan Mayen !) and if it be argued that this occurs
so very, very rarely in nature, I shall content myself with saying:
we have time enough and to spare«.

These lines must suffice with regard to this matter in general;
with regard to the immigration of the freshwater algæ in particular,
I cannot help being of opinion that they may easily have been
carried thither especially by the agency of the wind and
hirds. More so, as the latter are able to cover the distance, viz.
between the British Isles and the Færoes in a couple of hours and
most of the resting-cells of the freshwater algæ are able to survive
such a short period of desiccation. As to its having been main-
tained (cfr. Ostenfeld 1. c. p. 117) that migratory birds not only
journey on an empty stomach, but their beaks, feet and feathers
are also almost always clean when they journey, I beg to remark
that a thorough microscopical examination of the plumage of a
larger number of birds has hardly ever been accomplished and
this is necessary in order to be able to detect the spores and
resting-cells of the algæ.

Here as elsewhere the freshwater algæ seldom play any promi-
nent part with regard to forming the character of the landscape;
and more conspicuous formations are not generally met with. There

and Kruuse have found besides cryptogams — not j'et determined — 11 new species
of phanerogams, so that according to Kruuse the pteridophyta and phanerogams
taken collectively now amount to 41 species.

^ Cfr. Palmen: iUeber die Zugstrassen der Vogel«. Leipzig 1876.

204

are, however, some algæ which either by their size or by their
abundance attrået attention.

At the bottom of smaller lakes and along',the margins of larger
ones a Characé-formation is often met with, which is rich in
individuals, but not in species, in faet only two were found, viz.
Chara fragilis and Nitella opaca; on the latter was found Coleochæte
Nitelleariim Jost, which is a characteristic epiphyte on Nitella.

Along the margins of the lakes and in the watercourses can
be seen a wavy fresh green vegetation consisting of different fila-
mentous algæ {Ulothrix, Conferva, Microspora, Conjiigatæ, etc.) and
sometimes also Draparnaldia glomerata. In the Sub-Alpine water-
courses on Gliversrejn near Thorshavn an Enteromorpha-xegelalion
was already found by Lyngbye, and it was not only re-found liere,
but again on Fuglo at an attitude of 200 metres.

Also the Cladophora species can here and there form societies.
Thus Ostenfeld found in the lake near Kvalbo Ejde a species of
Cladophora, which I think may be referred to Cl. glomerata f. ma-
crogonia Lyngb. ; it grew abundantly at the bottom and close to
the margin of the lake.

Large areas of moist peaty soil are frequently covered with a
thin carpet of different kinds of algæ often tinged red-violet by
Phycoporphyrin. Conjiigatæ were most frequently met with in such
localities; a sterile Zygnemacé — probably a form of Zygogoniiini
ericetoriim — may be named as especially characteristic; this was
the most numerous and in this was also mixed Mougeotia, Cylindro-
cystis, a few blue-green algæ, e. g. Oscillatoria limosa, Chroococcaceæ
and others.

In peat-holes, in bog pools and in shallow lakes here as else-
where a luxuriant growth of algæ is very naturally found and in
sheltered localities amongst Sphagnum and Myriophylliim a vegeta-
tion of algæ rich in species may be met with in which numerous
species of Desmids play a prominent part. On the other harid
many of the Alpine lakes containing water clear as crystal are
apparently void of algæ-vegetation ; but most of them seem to
contain Plankton though not in great quantities, and a few spe-
cies, e. g. Staurastriim jaciiliferum, Xanthidiiim quadricornutum and
some blue-green algæ have been only found in Plankton.

Everywhere in the Færoes where the water ripples down the
rocks »sorte striber« (black stripes) are prominent (see fig. 14 in the
»Introduction«), they are not only composed of several other piants.

205

but no doubt also of different species of blue-grecn algæ, I cannot
say for certain which species, as I have not had any material for
exaniination.

Lastly, I shall only mention the ricii vegetation of Prasiola
crispa (and »Schizogoninm murale(^) together with species of Meso-
tænium, etc. commonly found on moist grass roofs. F'urther a pale-
green coat of Pleurococcus viilgaris often growing to the thickness
of a millemetre which covers all unpainted wooden surfaces, espe-
cially the »Kelds« in the villages.

I render sincere thanks to all those who have assisted me with
this work, especially to Miss Emma Ha Has, who has very kindly
determined the Oedogoniaceæ found in the Færoes, to Dr. Otto
Nordstedt, who has not only determined the Characeæ, but also
assisted me in other ways, and to Mr. Lemmermann, Bremen,
who kindly determined some Plankton-algæ.

List of abbreviations.
Hydrophyt. = Hans Christian Lyngbye: Tentamen Hydro-
phytologiæ Danicæ. Hafniæ 1819.

Fær. FL = E. Rostrup: Færøernes Flora. (Botanisk Tidsskrift,
vol. IV. 1870—1).

Wille (l.c.) = N.Wil le: Om Færøernes Ferskvandsalger og om
Ferskvandsalgernes Spredningsmaader. (Botaniska Notiser. 1897.).
Vid. = Videro. Ost. = Ostero.
Str. = Stromo. Syd. = Sydero.

I. Cyanophyceæ.
Order I. CHROOCOCCACEÆ.

1. Chroococcus macrococcus Rabenh.

Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90) reports having found this species: »On rocks
amongst Ephebe and on damp peaty soli near Sandegærde«. I found
it to be part of some green gelatinous ckimps which Mr. Helgi Jonsson
had collected from the bottom of a small pond near Thorshavn (Str.).

2. C. rufescens (Bréb.) Nagl.

Found by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90): »Amongst Ephebe*.

3. C. turgidus Nagl.

Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90) reports having found it: »On moss, Stromo«.
I found it in collections from Thorshavn, Gliversrejn and Hojvig on Str.;
and from bare stony ground (Fjeldmark) on Bordo (450 m.).

206

4. C. limneticus Lemm. ^

Found in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); and Grothusvatn
(Sando).

5. Gleocapsa Magma Kiitz.

This species has been already found by Lyngbye, who in Hydro-
phyt. p. 206 calls it Pamella alpicolu, With regard to its distribution
Lyngbye writes: »Habitat supra Muscos et Lichenes ad saxa alpina in
summitate rupium altissimarum Færoensium, Skjelling, Snejsen et Ejls-
fjeld prope Quivig, haud frequens«. Jonsson collected it near Thorshavn
on Stereocaulon (Str.X On Rejafjæld (Ost.) at a height of 400 m. Ostenfeld
found this species as a gelatinous dark-red crust. It is also nientioned
by Wille (1. c. p. 21), and pronounced doubtful by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 92).

6. G. punctata Nagl.

Occurs together with the above-mentioned species on Stereocaulon
at Thorshavn (Str.).

Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 92) mentions G. janthina Niigl. as doubtful.

7. Polycystis pallida Lemm.^

Found in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

8. P. incerta Lemm.^
Together with the above-mentioned.

9. P. fusco-lutea Hansg. Prodromus II, p. 145, fig. 55,
Together with sonie other Chroococcaceæ in a dried collection from

a ravine (Gjov) near Vaag (Syd.).

10. Cælosphærium KUtzingianum Nagl.

In a collection of algæ from Sand (Sando); and in Plankton from
the large lake near Ejde (Ost.); Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); and the lake in
Vaags Ejde (Syd.).

11. Merismopedia glauca (Ehrenb.) Nagl.

Found by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90): »Amongst Sphagnum«. Occurs
rather commonly in the collections we have for exaniination. Also found
in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); and Sandsvatn (Sando).

12. M. punctata Meyen.

Found in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); and Sandsvatn
(Sando).

13. M. tenuissima Lemm.^

In Plankton from Grothusvatn (Sando).

14. Aphanothece micposcopica Nagl.

In Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); the lake near Ejde (Ost.);
and Sandsvatn (Sando).

^ Determ. by Mr. Lemmermann.

207

15. A. ppasina A. Br.

Lat. cell. = 6 ;<.

Amongst other Chroococcaceæ in a dried collection from a »Gjov«
near Vaag (Syd.).

16. A. saxicola Nagl.

Lat. cell. = 1,5 f4.

Together with the above-mentioned. I am not qiiite sure as to the
correctness of the determination.

17. Glæothece cystifera Rabh.
Lat. cell. = 5 /^.

From a »Gjov« near Vaag (Syd.).

Order IL CHAMÆSIPHONACEÆ.

18. Chamæsiphon incrustans Grun.

On Microspora amæna from Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.).

Order III. OSCILLARIACEÆ.

19. Schizothrix tinctoria (Ag.) Gom.

The main part of Lyngbye's Conferva nana (Hydrophyt. p. 149,
Tab. 52) consists of this alga. Judging from Lyngbye's figure it looks
very much hke Stigeoclonium teniie and Wille (1. c. p. 58) is also of tliis
opinion as lie under Stigeoclonium writes: »It lias ah'eady been found by
Lyngbye. as it is undoubtedl}' identical with his Conferva nana Dilhv« ^
With regard to its habitat, Lyngbye writes: »Habitat in lacu subalpino
Vandalsvatn dicto prope Qvalboe Suderoe Færoæ, Fontinali antipyreticæ
ad ripam habitanti hic illic copiose adnata«. But in spite of a very exaet
examination of the specimens in Lyngbye's Herbarium, I have not been
able to find tlie slightest trace of Stigeoclonium. A packet (with 6 spe-
cimens) labelled in Lyngby's handwriting: »Conferva nana var. Hermannic
contained mainly Schizothrix tinctoria (determined by Mr. Joh. Schmidt)
and here and there Chætophora elegans and some filaments of Ulothrix
zonata var. valida. On another packet labelled: »Conferva nana infans«
Lyngbye has written as follows: »in Fontinali antipyretica inter Conf.
nanam in lacu vallis prope Qualboe Suderoe. Cæspes brevis, viridis,
lineam unam circiter longus. Fila minuta ramosa; rami remoti, alterni,
flaccidi, articuli vix conspicui . This packet besidcs Chætophora elegans
and Schizothrix tinctoria contains mainly Tolypothrix tennis.

20. Lyngbya æruginea ccerulea (Kutz.) Gom.

Found among other algæ in a gathering from Svartafoselv near
Hojvig (Str.). Wille (1. c. p. 22) reports having found this species.

^ i Den er allerede funden af Lyngbj'e, idet der neppe kan være nogen Tvivl
om, at den er identisk med hans Conferva nana Dilhv«.

208

21. Phormidium uncinatum (Ag.) Gom.

Specimens collcctcd by Lyngbye: »in saxis maritimis aqua dulci
irrigatis ad Hojvig prope Thorshavn« and of Lyngbye (Hydrophyt. p. 88)
cailed Oscillatoria snbfiisca are according to Gonionrs determination this
species; the same is the case with specimens in Lyngbye's Herbarium
from Ej de (Ost.).

22. P. autumnale (Ag.) Gom. ^

Lj^ngbye's Oscillaloria siibfiisca § atra (Hydrophyt. p. 88) collected :
»ad rupes inundatas declives prope Næs Osteroe Færoæ cæpiose«, is ac-
cording to Gomont's determination this species.

23. Oscillatoria curviceps Ag.
Lat. =: 15 ^.

Amongst Sphagnum collected by Ostenfeld at Trangisvaag (Syd.).

24. O. limosa Ag.
Lat. = 33 i^.

Found among other algæ, carpeting the ground at Trangisvaag (Syd.).

25. O. tenuis Ag.

Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.); and in Plankton from Sorvaags-
vatn (Vaago); lake near Ejde (Ost.); and Sandsvatn (San do).

With regard to the plant named Oscillatoria ochracea (Dillw:) Lyngb.
(Hydrophyt. p. 89), no specimens from the Færoes are to be found in
Lyngbye's Herbarium, Copenhagen, so I can form no opinion about it.

Order IV. RIVULARIACEÆ.

26. Dichothrix compacta (Ag.) Born. and Flah.
Lat. cell. = 6 — 8 fi.

In gatherings from »Gjov« near Vestmanhavn (Str.) and in a rill at
the foot of Ornefjæld near Trangisvaag (Syd.) some small fragments of
a Rivnlariaceæ were found which I think may be referred to the above-
named species. The walls were thick and stratified, the cells almost
half as long as broad.

A closer investigation of the algæ growing on humid rocks will doubtless
prove this species as well as others to be conimon.

Order V. SIROSIPHONIACEÆ.

27. Hapalosiphon pumilis (Kiitz.) Kirchn.

Some fragments which appear to me to belong to this species were
found mixed with other algæ in a gathering from Sand (S an do).

^ In »Danmarks blaagrønne Alger (Botanisk Tidsskrift. 22. 1899) Jo-
hannes Schmidt has united these two species under the name of Phormidium
autumnale (Ag.) Gement emend. and I quite agree with liim in this.

209

28. Stigonema ocellatum (Dillw.) Thur.

This alga has alrcady been found by Lj'ngbye as his Scytonema
Myochroiis (Hydrophyt. p. 96): »in insulis Færoensibus sat vulgaris«, is
according to Flaliault's determination identical with this species; the
specimen in Lyngbye's Herbarium is found: »in lacu alpestri rupis
Kirlveboe ad Thorsliavn . Rostrup mentions having found it on Glivers-
rejn near Tliorsliavn; as reported by Lyngbye it seems on tlie wliole
to be rather common I often found it in the material I had for exa-
mination.

29. S. tomentosum (Kiitz.) Hieron.

Bemerkungen iiber ein. Art. d. Gatt. Stigonema Ag. (Hedwigia
1895, p. 166).

Found mixed together with Trentepohlia aiirca on damp roclvs in
»Gjov« near Vestmanliavn (Str.).

30. S. minutum (Ag.) Hass.

Found amongst other algæ from tlie bottom of a small pond near
Trangisvaag (Sj'd.); and mixed with Gloescapsa Magma on Stereocaiilon
from Thorshavn (Str.).

31. S. turfaceum Cooke.

Wille (1. c. p. 24) reports having found this species.

32. S. informe Kiitz.

In a gathering from the Færoes. Habitat not given.

33. S. mamillosa (Lyngb.) Ag.

At the foot of Ornefjæld near Trangisvaag (Syd.); »Gjov« near Vest-
manhavn (Str.); and on mountain heights (450 m.) on Bordo.

Lyngbye mentions this species in Hydrophyt. p. 85 as Bangia ma-
millosa, but says that he has not met with it in the Færoes. However,
in his herbarium there is a very small specimen labelled: »in saxis ad
ripam lacus Kirkevatn prope Famoye, Suderoe«.

The Bangia atrovirens mentioned by Lyngbye in Hydrophyt. p. 85
and gathered h\ him on subalpine rocks is Ephebe sp.

Order VL SCYTONEMACEÆ.

34. Scytonema mirabile (Dillw.) Born.

Bulletin Soc. bot. de France, tome 36.

Some specimens of Lyngbj'e's Scytonema myochroiis f. simplex (Hy-
drophyt. p. 96) are according to Flaliault's determination identical with
this species. I have found it in collections from Thorshavn (Str.); and
Grothusvatn (S and 6").

35. Tolypothrix tenuis Kiitz. Joh. Schmidt emend.
Specimens collected by Lyngbj^e »in rupe Kirkeboe ad Thorshavn«

and named by him Conferim myochroiis f. simplex (Hj'drophyt. p. 96)

Botany of the Færoes j^.

210

are according to Flahault's determination identical willi Tolypothrix la-
nata (Desw.) Wartem. Joh. Schmidt (1. c. p. 383) gives these two species
— T. tenuis and T. lanata — under tlie name of T. tennis Kiitz. emend.

Anotlier specimen in Lyngbye's Herbarium determined by him as
Scytonema ocellatuml and collected, »in scrobiculis aquæ dulcis ad littus
Eldevig, Osteroe«, and labelled in Lyngbye's handwriting: »Ramuli in hoc
exemplum liaud gemini, sed simplices ut in deliniatione Dillwyniana
Conf. oscillator.« appears to me also to belong to this species. Again
anotlier of Lyngbye called Scytonema myochroas inundatuni infans (comp.
Hydrophj't. p. 96) is according to Flahault this species. In Bornet and
Flahault's »Revision« p. 121 Oscillatoria distorta is mentioned as a syno-
nym on the faitli of specimens in Thuret's Herbarium.

I have found this species in gatherings from Thorshavn (Str.); Selle-
træ (Ost.); Midvaag (Vaago); Kvalbo (300 m.) and Trangisvaag (Syd.).

36. Desmonema Wrangelii (Dilhv.) Born. and Flah.
A small fragment of this alga has been found in a gathering from
a stream near Vedvig on Vi der 6.

Order VII. NOSTOCACEÆ.

37. Nostoc carneum (Lyngb.) Ag.

Lyngbye calls it Xostoc commnne (3 carnenni (Hydrophyt. p. 199).
In Lyngbye's Herbarium there are some specimens of this species from
Hojvig (Str.); and Eldevig (Ost.); they are determined by Flahault.
Professor Warming gathered it on rocks near Trangisvaag (Syd.).

38. N. commune Vaucli.

Mentioned by Lyngbye as found in the Færoes (Hydrophyt. pp. 1 98
—99) but no specimens of this species from the Færoes are to be found
in Lyngbye's Herbarium.

The species mentioned by Landt^ as Tremella Nostoc is probably,
as Wille (1. c. p. 22) also means, identical with this species.

39. N. pruniforme Ag.

Found in a ravine at Kvanhauge near Trangisvaag (Syd.). Mr. Joh.
Schmidt has kindly determined it for me.

Rostrup (1. c. p. 92) is doubtful as to the correctness of the deter-
mination of Nostoc paliidosnm Kiitz. and N. mimitissinmm Kiitz.; according
to Bornet and Flahault (Revision p. 221) the latter cannot be regarded
as a distinct species.

40. Anabæna variabils Kiitz.

Amongst Cladophora Lynybyei nov. spec. in »Gjov« near Trangis-
vaag (Syd.).

41. Nodularia sphærocarpa Born. and Flah.

Found by Wille fl. c. p. 22) in collections from Kirkebo (Str.).

^ J. Landt: »Forsog til en Beskrivelse over Færøerne«, Kjobenhavn 1800, p.225.

211
II. Chlorophyceæ.

Conjugatæ.
Order VIII. DESMIDIACEÆ.

42. Sphæpozosma vertebratum (Bréb.) Ralfs.

Rostrup Fær. Fl. j). 91) has l'ound this species »on moss (Str.).

43. S. pulchellum Arch.

Mr. Lemniermann kindly tells me that he has seen this species in
some Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Yaago).

f. minor Gay {Spondylosium tetragoniim West).
Long. = 8 ^ = lat.
Skopen S and 6).

44. S. excavatum Ralfs.

Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.j; Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo);
Skopen (S an do); also found in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

45. Hyalotheca dissiliens (Dillw.) Bréb.

Rather commonly dispersed; both a broad and a slender form
(var. major and minor Delponte) have been found. It occurred too in
Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); and Grothusvatn (San do).

Var. bidentula Nordst.

Midvaag (Va a g 6) ; Trangisvaag (Syd.); Skopen (Sando); Svartafoselv
near Thorshavn (Str.).

46. Bambusina Brébissonii Kiitz. {Didymopriiim Borreri Ralfs.).

Bog near Hojvig Str.); Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo).

47. Desmidium cylindricum Grev. [Didymopriiim Grevillei Kiitz.).

Mentioned by Rostrup (1. c. p. 91). I found it in a gathering from
Svartafoselv near Thorshavn (Str.).

48. Mesotænium micrococcum (Kiitz.) Kirchn.

Found as a part of some green gelatinous clumps collected from
the bottom of a small pond near Thorshavn (Str.).

49. M. Braunii De Bary.

Mixed with Prasiola crispa on moist roofs in Thorshavn (Str.).

50. M. chiamydosporum De Bary.

In the same locality as the preceding species.

51. Cylindrocystis Brébissonii Menegh.
Rather comnion in the coUections.

52. Gonatozygon asperum (Bréb.) Cleve. G. Brébissonii De Bary.
Conj. p. 77, tab. 4, figs. 26—27.

In a gathering from Skopen (.Sando).

14*

212

53. G. Ralfsii De Bary.
L. c, tab. 4, fig. 24— 25.

Found here and therc. Also in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

54. Penium margaritaceum (Ehrenb.) Bréb.

Seems to be common; found in gatherings from Klakken near
Klaksvig (Bor do); Kirkebokamp (Str.); Midvaag (Vaago) (in the latter
place with spores like those in Ralfs's figure, Brit. Desm, tab. 33, fig. 3);
Viderejde (Vid.); Grothusvatn (Sand 6); Trangisvaag (Syd.).

55. P. Cylindrus (Ehrenb.) Bréb.

Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo); Midvaag (Vaago); Viderejde (Vid.);
Trangisvaag (Syd.); Grothusvatn (S an do).

56. P. DIgitus (Ehrenb.) Bréb.

Mentioned by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90) and afterwards found by
Wille (1. c. p. 28); it seems to be common, as it often appeared in the
material I had for examination.

57. P. lamellosum Bréb.
Mentioned by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90).

58. P. oblongum De Barv.
Conjugaten tab. 7, fig. G.

Lat. = 26 |U. .

Thorshavn (Str.).

59. P. closterioides Ralfs.

Hojvig (Str.); Sand (San do); Trangisvaag (Syd.).

60. P. Navicula Bréb.
Lat. = 14: fl.

At the foot of Skjællingfjæld (Str.).

61. P. crassiusculum De Bary.

The specimens from the Færoes are very much hke the Bra-

zilian form figured by me in Desm. Brasil. pp. 931 — 32, tab. 2, fig. 1.

Long. = 80/i; lat. = 22— 35 ^u.

Found near Trangisvaag at a height of 200 m. (Syd.); at Kirkebo-
kamp (Str.).

62. Pleurotænium Ehrenbergii (Ralfs). Docidiiim Ehrenbergii Ralfs.
The specimens from the Færoes are often just hke the figures

given by Ralfs (Brit. Desm. tab. 26, fig. 4); .forms, however, are

sometimes found with semicells somewhat swoUen at the base and

bearing a close resemblance to Pleurotænium maximum (Reinsch) Lund.

Judging from its numerous habitats this species appears to be common.

213

63. P. nodulosum (Bréb.) De Bary.
Ralfs Brit. Desm. tab. 26, fig. 1.

Rare; only found in a gathering from Skopen (S an do).

64. Docldium Baculum Bréb.

Found already by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90); I have pretty often found
this species in different gatlierings.

65. D. minutum Ralfs.
Found liere and there.

f. minor

Wille (1. c. p. 28) mentions liaving found this form.

66. Tetmemorus granulatus Bréb.

Very common in the Færoes; it has been already mentioned by
Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90) and Wille (1. c. p. 29).

67. T. Brébisonii (Menegh.) Ralfs.

Also widely spread in the Færoes; mentioned by Rostrup (Fær.
Fl. p. 90).

Var. minor De Bary.

Found in Sphagnum-bog near Hojvig (Str.).

68. T. lævis (Kutz.) Ralfs.

Occurs here and there in the collections; also found by Wille
a c. p. 29).

69. Spirotænia muscicola De Bary.

Rostrup found this species on moss from Stromo (Fær. Fl. p. 91).

70. Closterium didymotocum Corda.
Lat. = 31 fi.

Sand (S an do); in bog near Hojvig (Str.).

71. C. Lunula (Miill.) Nitzsch.
Svartafoselv near Hojvig (Str.).

72. C. Ehrenbergii Menegh.

Lat. = 80/^.

Found in tv^'o gatherings from bare stony ground at a height of
200—300 m. near Trangisvaag TSyd.); also mentioned by Wille (1. c. p. 26).

73. C. monilifepum (Bory) Ehrenb.
Lat. = 60—70 fi.

Habitat not given.

214

74. C. Leibleinii Kiitz.

Rostrup (1. c. p. 91) mentions having found this species.

75. C. Dianæ Ehrenb.

Watercourse near Thorshavn (Str.); Trangisvaag (Sj'd.); Sorvaags-
vatn (Vaago) and other piaces; seems to be rather common.

76. C. Venus Kiitz.

Kvalbo (300 m.) (Syd.).

77. C. Cornu Ehrenb.
Lal. = 6 (W.

Amongst Sphagnum in bog near Hojvig (Str.).

Formå elongata Rab.

Found b}^ Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 91).

78. C. acutum (Lyngb.) Bréb.

Kirkebokamp near Thorshavn (Str.); Trangisvaag (200 m.) (Syd.).

79. C. Jennepi Ralfs.

A form just like Ralfs's figure (Brit. Desm. tab. 28, fig. 6).
Found in gatherings from bog near Hojvig and Kirkebokamp near
Thorshavn (Str.); and Viderejde (Vid.).

80. C. gpacile Bréb.
Lat. = 54 f«.

Skopen (Sando); Viderejde (Vid.); Svartafoselv at Højvig (Str.).

81. C. macilentum Bréb.

Skopen (S a n d 6).

82. C. lineatum Ehrenb.
Found by Rostrup (Fær. Fi. p. 91).

83. C. directum Arch.
Lat. = 17 jM.

Sand (Sando).

84. C. juncidum Ralfs.

Skopen (S a n d o).

Formå ^ Ralfs.

Lat. — 14 fl.

Amongst Sphagnum in bog near Hojvig (Str.).

85. C. striolatum Ehrenb.

Kirkebokamp and Tliorshavn (Str.); Klakken near Klaksvig (Bor do);
Midvaag (Vaago).

215

86. C. intermedium Ralfs.

Trangisvaag (Syd.); Midvaag (Vaago); Thorshavn (Str.).

87. C. Kiitzingii Bréb.
Lat. -^ 22 II.

Rather rare in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

88. C. postratum Ehrenb.
Lat. = 27 fi.

Watercourse ncar Famienvatn (Syd.); Nol so; »Gjov« near Vest-
nianhavn (Str.\

89. C. costatum Corda.

Found already by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 91) and re-discovered in
many localities.

90. Micrasterias pinnatifida Kiitz.

Seems to be rare. I have only found this species in some very
rich gatherings from Sand (Sando).

91. M. oscitans § mucronata (Dixon) Wille.

The specimens from the Færoes are very much like Wille's
figure. (Norges Ferskvandsalger, p. 21, tab. 1, fig. 3).

It has only once been found in a very rich collection from Kirke-
bokamp (Str.).

92. M. truncata (Corda) Bréb.

The specimens from the Færoes are rather like Ralfs's figure
(Brit. Desm., tab. X, fig. 5 b) but the angles of the polar-lobe are
rounded off without teeth.

Long. = 102 II ; lat. = 99 {i.

Kirkebokamp and Thorshavn (Str.); Sand (Sando).

93. M. denticulata Bréb.

Three small rounded protuberances are found at the base of
the semicells and the specimens from the Færoes appear therefore
to correspond closely to Archer's^ minute description of this species.

It seems to be rather common; it has been found in collections
from Midvaag (Vaago); Svartafoselv near Hojvig (Str.); Skopen and
Sand (Sando); Trangisvaag (Syd.).

94. Euastrum ansatum Ehrenb.

This species which has already been found by Rostrup {E. Ralfsii
Rab. Fær. Fl. p. 90) is a commonly distributed plant. Forms like Ralfs's

^ Archer: Ou a new species of Micrasterias, in Mier. Journal. Vol. II, N. S.
p. 236, tab. 12, tig. 6, 7, 8.

216

figures 2 a and 2 b (1. c. tab. XIV) have been met with. The first men-
tioned form was seen in gatherings from a watercourse near Thorshavn
(Str.) and a bog near Trangisvaag (Syd.), the latter form was rather
common.

95. E. crassum (Bréb.) Kiitz. Plate VII, figs. 1 and 1'.

It is a well-known faet that this species varies very much^ and
the specimens from the Færoes also vary considerably in form.
They correspond most closely to Lundell's forms (Desm. Suec. p. 17,
tab. I, fig. 10 and tab. II, fig. 1) as in front view they are conpara-
tively broader than Ralfs's figm'es, and in vertical view are consi-
derably thicker, and the deeply undnlating outhne seen in Ralfs's
figures is wanting. Both the main form and var. scrobiciilata have
been found. With regard to the main form as shown in fig. 1
(Plate VII) it was the swellings on the side of the semicells seen
from the base which varied, they were sometimes rather sharply
marked and sometimes they gradually merged into the sides of the
cells. This larger swelling is the middle one of the 3 protuberances
seen at the base of the semicells. In the middle of the semicells
in front view were two or three slight but — especially when the
cells were dry — fairly distinct elevations. The size of the cells
was rather small.

Long. = 135 |M; lat. = 75 |U: crass. = 62|M.

Var. scrobiculata Lund. Plate VII, fig. 1'.

Putting aside some less essential differences in the shape of
the cells, they correspond fairly well with Lundelfs figures (1. c.
tab. II, fig. 1); on the sides of the semicells in front view there
were 2 protuberances, and between them, somewhat lower down,
a depression.

Long. = 154: fi; lat. = 80|M; lat. isthm. = 24 fi; crass. — 54 |M.

The main form was found on Kirkebokamp near Thorsliavn (Str.);
Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo); Skopen and Sand Sand 6); and the
variety in gatherings from Klakken (Bordo); and Sand (San do).

E. magnificnm var. crassioides Hastings^. Dr. O. Nordstedt cailed
my attention to this species which must most correctly be considered
as a form of E. crassum.

96. E. oblongum (Grev.) Ralfs.

The specimens from the Færoes bear a close resemblance to Ralfs's
ligures (I. c. tab. XII). The species seems to be rather common as it
has been found in many difterent piaces.

^ See Wildemann: Observations sur quelques Desmidiées.
- Hasting: New Desmids from Hampshire in The American monthly
microscpical Journal, Vol. 13, 1892. p. 153.

217

Formå scrobiculata Nordst.

Has been found in niaterial from Svartafoselv near Hojvig (Str.);
and in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

97. E. Didelta (Tiirp.) Ralfs.

This species was already mentioned by Rostrup (Fær. FL p. 90).
I have found it in gatherings from Thorshavn (Str.); Midvaag (Vaago);
and Trangisvaag (Syd.).

98. E. humerosum Ralfs.

I have found specimens which bear a close resemblance to Ralfs's
fig. 2 (1. c. tab. XIII) in gatherings from Klakken near Khiksvig (Bordo);
and from a Sphagnum-bog near Hojvig (Str.).

99. E. ampuliaceum Ralfs.

Specimens just Hke Ralfs's flg. 4 a (1. c. tab. XIII) were observed in
collections from Kirkebokamp (Str.); and Klakken near Khiksvig (Bordo).

Long. = 96 /^ ; lat. ^ 60 \i.

Formå scrobiculata Nordst.

Norges Desm. p. 8, Plate VII, fig. 3.

Compare Schmidle's figiire of this form in his work: >;Ueber
einige von Knut Bohlin in Pite Lappmark und Vesterbotten ge-
sammelte Siisswasseralgen« p. 45, tab. 11, fig. 23.

The arrangement of the protuberances is somewhat different
from my figure.

Kirkebokamp (Str.).

100. E. sinuosum Lenorm.
Ralfs's fig. 3 (1. c. tab. XIII).
Long. = 67 |M.

Sand (San do).

101. E. pinnatum Ralfs.

Like Ralfs figures (1. c. tab. XIII, fig. 1).

Long, = 125 (M.

Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo); Grothusvatn (S an do).

102. E. insigne Hass.
Ralfs 1. c. tab. XIII, fig. 6.

Thorshavn and Kirkebokamp (Str.); Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo).

103. E. verrucosum Ehrenb. Plate VII, figs. 2 and 2^.

Of this very variable species I have found two different forms
from the Færoes.-

The first of these (Plate VII, fig. 2) approaches very near to
Ralfs's figures (1. c. tab. XI, fig. 2) with regard to its outline, it only

218

differs from it in the sinuses being less deep, this applies more
particularly to the sinuses on both sides of the polar lobe.
• Long. = 97 |M ; lat. = 88 |M ; crass. — 51 |W.
Svartafoselv at Højvig (Str.j; Skopen and Grothusvatn (^Sando).

The second form (Plale VII fig. 2') was likewise characterized
by being less deeply sinuated and especially by the broad rounding
of the lower angles of the semicells ; seen from the base the semi-
cells were oblong quadratic. It is to be supposed that this form
is produced by individuals which are in active division; it seems
to be a similar form which West calls var. coarctatiim Delp. formå
(Freshwat. Algæ of West Ireland p. 136, tab. XX, fig. 11).

Long. = 88—92 /<; lat. = 70 ,m ; crass. — 51 /-«.

Found mixed together with the above-meiilioned in Svartafoselv
near Hojvig (Str.).

104. E. gemmatum Bréb.

Svartafoselv near Hojvig (Str.); Grothusvatn uSando).

105. E. inerme (Ralfs) Lund. Platc VII, fig. 4.

The specimens from the Færoes correspond closely to the
original figure of Ralfs (Brit. Desm. tab. XIV, fig. 7 c); in comparing
the specimens from the Færoes with Lundell's figures (Desm. Suec.
tab. II, fig. 3) I found that the 3 protuberances at the base of the
semicells wiiich are conspicuous in his figures were absent in the
specimens from the Færoes.

Kirkebokamp (Str.); Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordoj; Sand (Sand 6.

106. E. pectinatum Bréb.

Seems to be rather common; it has been found near Midvaag
(Vaago); Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo); Skopen (Sando); and Svarta-
foselv near Hojvig and Thorshavn (Str.).

107. E. Lyngbyei nov. sp. Plate VII, fig. 5.

E. submediocre, diametro subduplice longius, incisura mediana
profunda lineari in exteriore parte ampliata. Semicellulæ trilobæ,
angulis dentibus munitis fere rectis, apice truncato medio tumoribus
3 ornatæ; a vertice visæ ellipticæ lateribus 3 prominentibus in-
structæ; a latere fere ovatæ.

Long. = 55;m; lat. = 37/<; lat. isthm. = 9|m; crass. = 21,6 |M.

In a gathering from Sand (Sando).

In front view this species resembles somewhat Euastnim pectiimiiim
Formå Lundell (Desm. Suec. p. 17, tab. 1, fig. 8).

219

108. E. rostratum Ralfs.

Rostrup mentions having found this species in Tårn on (ilivers-
rejn« (Str.).

109. E. elegans (Bréb.) Kiitz.

A watercourse near Trangisvaag (Syd.); Sand (S an do); Klaksvig
(Bordo); Skjælling (Str.).

Var. bidentata Niig.

Nolso; Kirkcbokamp near Tliorshavn (Str.).

110. E. binale (Turp.) Ralfs.

Mentioned by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90); I found il in a gatliering
from Skjælling (Str.).

Var. denticula Kirchn.
Moor near Hojvig (Str.).

111. Cosmarium Cucumis Corda.

This species which has already been found by Rostrup (Fær. Fl.
p. 90) and Wille (1. c. p. 27) is very commonlj^ distributed in the Færoes;
in the different localities it varies very much with regard to its size
and the outline of the cell. Most common are forms like Ralfs's fig. 2,
tab. 15 in Brit. Desm. ; but specimens very much like Nordstedt's figures
in Desm. arctoæ tab. 7, fig. 28 and 29 are also found. The latter
(formå major Nordst.) occurs rather high up in the mountains. In
gatherings from bare ston}^ ground near Trangisvaag (300 m.) and from
mountain heights on Bordd (450 m.); in the latter place mixed with some
Arctic Desmids.

112. C. quadratum Ralfs.

Met with by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90) in »Tårn on Gliversrejn« (Str.).

I have found the following different forms : —

A form like Ralfs's fig. 1 a (1. c. tab. 15).

Trangi-svaag and Kvalbo (Syd.); Sand (Sando); Kirkebokamp near
Thorshavn (Str.).

Formå »semicellulæ lateribus nonnunquam latissime rotundatis
1. rectis, nec retusis« W^ille Novaj. Semlj. p. 37, tab. 12, fig. 20; the
membrane, however, is thinner in the specimens from the Færoes.

Kirkebokamp near Thorshavn (Str.).

Formå major Wille 1. c. lig. 21.
Long. = 75;u; lat. = 38 ^m.
Grothusvatn (Sand 6).

113. C. sinuosum Lund. formå genuina.

Wille reports 1. c. p. 27) that this species seldom appeared in the
collections which he has examined.

220

114. C. Schubelerii Wille. Plate VII, fig. 7.

Formå færoen sis a formå typica præcipue difFert magiiitudine
celkilæ paullo majore, apice semicellularum medio non retuso sed
late rotundato-truncato; a vertice visæ apicibus latioribus.

Long. = 121 |M ; lat. = 102 /« ; lat. isthm. = 27 ju ; crass. = 54 ia.

I have only seen a few specimens of this species, but unfortu-

nately the structure of the chlorophyl was indistinct. It seems to

me to be very much like C. Ralfsii Bréb. (Ralfs Brit. Desm. tab. 15,

fig. 3) but it differs from it in the more broadly truncate apices of

the semicells and in the cells being greater in breadth in proportion

to their length.

This species was only found in a very rich gathering from Kirkebo-
kamp near Thorshavn (Str.).

115. C. Cucurbita Bréb.

Ralfs 1. c. tab. 17, fig. 7.

Long. = 22 |M.

Occurs in gatherings from Trangisvaag (Syd.); Tliorsliavn, Kirkebo-
kamp, Hojvig and Skjælling iStr.l.

116. C. pachydermum Lund.

Tlie specimens from tlie Færoes wliicli I liave placed under
this species are all much smaller, their dimensions answer to those
which Nordstedt gives for the var. minus Nordst. Norges Desm. p. 18,
but with regard to the outline of the cell the specimens from the
Færoes come nearer to the typical form.

Long. = 52-62 fA ; lat. = 38—40 fi.

Ivalso; Tliorshavn (Str.); Sand (S an do).

117. C. perforatum Lund. var. rotundata nov. var. Plate VII, fig. 6.
A formå typica var. rotundata differt, cellulis fere circularibus,

apice semicellularum medio tantum vix truncato, incisura mediana
acutissime angulata extrorsum sensim dilatata; membrana distincte
punctata, medio ad bases semicellularum crassiore scrobiculis mi-
nutis (a vertice visibilibus!) instructa; a vertice visæ semicellulæ
subhexagonæ-ellipsoideæ.

Long. = 71 ,m; lat. = 60; lat. isthm. = 33/«; crass. = 38 jm.

In a gatliering from Sand (San do).

This variety seems to resemble verj' closely the form described by Boldt in
iDesm. från Gronland« p. 14; also in vertical view the specimens from the Færoes
are slightly ssubhexagona«.

221

118. C. decedens Reinsch. Plate VII fig. 9.

Formå færoensis figuræ Reinschii (Algenfl. von. Franken tab. IX,
fig. cl) pioxima, dilTert incisura mediana tenuiore et minus profunda ;
cellula paullo major.

Long. = 54 |m; lat. = 29; lat. isthm. = 21 fi; crass. = 19 [a.

Seen in front view tliis form differs from that of Nordstedt
(Desm. arct. p. 38, tab. 8, lig. 41) in tlie more rounded angles of its
cell; in lateral view the apex of the semicell is more broadly
rounded, and in vertical view the outline is broad elliptical without
the swelling at the middle of each side.

In gatherings from Kirkebokamp (Str.); and Nol so.

Dr. Nordstedt told me that in Scotland he had collected a
form very similar to it.

119. C. anceps Lund.

Tilis species appears in collections from bare stony ground near
Trangisvaag (300 m.) (Syd.); and from mountain heights on Bord 6
(450 m.).

Wille (1. c. p. 26) mentions liaving seen this species.

120. C. granatum Bréb.

Ralfs Brit. Desm. tab. 32, fig. 6.

Seems to be rather common. Found in gatherings from Kirkebo-
kamp (Str.); Nolso; Sand (San do); Trangisvaag (Syd.); and in Plank-
ton from the lake in Vaags Ejde (Syd.).

Formå fere similis figuræ Klebsii (Desm. Ostpreus. tab. III, fig. 23).

Long. = 35 ;a; lat. = 25 /w; lat. isthm. = 7 ju.

Kirkebokamp (Str.).

121. C. læve Rab.

In a collection of algæ from bare stony ground between Kvalbo
and Trangisvaag (200—300 m.) (Syd.) a Cosmarium was found which I
think may be referred to the above-named species; it is rather like Nord-
stedf s fig. 4, tab. XII in Desm. Ital.

122. C. microsphinctum Nordst. |3 crispulum Nordst.

A form very like Wille's formå »apicibus rotundatis« (Novaj.
Semlj. p. 38, tab. 12, fig. 23) but with a somewhat thinner mem-
brane was found in a gathering of algæ from mountain heights
on Bordo (450 m.).

Long. = 43 fi; lat. = 27 fi.

222

123. C. pseudopyramidatum Lvind.
Forma major Lund. Desm. Suec. p. 41.
Long. = 51 |U; lat. = 32 f^.

Klakken near Klaksvig (Bord 6).

*maxima n. subsp. Plate VII, fig. 8.

»Forma major excavata« Nordst. (Freshw. Algæ p. 54, tab. 6,
fig. 1), ut mihi videtur, proxima. Ab hac forma subspecies maxima
præcipue differt magnitudine cellularum tertia parte majore, apice
semicellularum late rolundato vix truncato. Membrana evidenter
granulata.

Long. = 105—8 fi; lat. = 60—68 //; Lat. isthm. == 24 ^w; crass. =
46-54 fx.

Unfortunatch in the few specimens I have seen, the structure of the chloro-
phyll was indistinct.

Kirkebokamp near Thorshavn (Str.).

124. C. Holmiense Lund. § integpum Lund.
Desm. Suec. p. 49.

In different collections from the neighbourhood of Trangisvaag (Syd.).

Forma. Nordstedt Desm. Spetsb. p. 28, fig. 5a.

In a gathering from mountain heights (450 m.) on Bordo.

125. C. tetpagonum Niigl. f. Lundellii.
Lundell Desm. Suec. p. 42, tab. 2, fig. 21.
Long. = 46At; Lat. = 27 /u.

Found in a collection which Mr. Feddersen gathered near Trangis-
vaag (Syd.).

126. C. homalodermum Nordst.

Appears to be very variable, as the sides of the semicells are
sometimes concave sometimes convex, but I have seen so many
intermediate forms that I feel quite justified in referring them all
to this species. I have not seen forms, exactly like Nordstedt's
figures (Desm. arct. tab. 6, fig. 4).

Long. = 60— 70 /i; lat. = 51—58^; lat. isthm. = 18— 19 ;U.

Selletræ (Ost.); ravine near Tværaa (Syd.); Grothusvatn (San do);
Nordredal (Str.); Hojfjæld on Bordo (450 m.).

Var. rotundata Wille.

Nov. Semlj. p. 36, tab. 12, fig. 18.

Found in a gathering from Tværaa (Syd.).

127. C. Braunii Reinsch.

Algenfi. Frank. p. 114, tab. X, fig. 3.

223

Long. = 37 |U ; lat. = 24 fi; lat. isthm. = 5 i«.
Hojvig (StiO.

128. C. venustum (Bréb.) Arch.

Rostrup mentions having niet with this species (Fær. Fl. p. 90).

I found it in gatherings from Hojvig and Thorsliavn (Str.). There
were no depressions in the middle of the seniicells in the specimens
collected by me.

129. C. Phaseolus Bréb.

Var. typica Klcbs. Desm. Ostpreus. tab. 3, fig. 41 — 42.

Kirlvebokamp (Str.); Klakken near Klaksvig (Bord 6); Skopen and
Grothusvatn (Sando).

Var. elevata Nordst.

Tliorshavn (Str..); Skopen (Sand 6).

Var. achondra Boldt. Formå.

F. færoensis differt longitudine cellulæ præ latitudine paululum
minore. Cfr. Borge, Alg. Not. (Bot. Not. 1897) p. 212, tab. 3, fig. 2.
Long. = 36; lat. = 40;«.
In Plankton from Sandsvatn (Sand o).

130. C. subtumidum Nordst.

Mr. Lemmermann very kindly tells me that lie has seen tliis species
in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

131. C. Scenedesmus Delponte.

The specimens from the Færoes bore a rather close resemblance
to my figure in »Ferskvandsalg. fra Østgrønl.« p. 20, tab. 1, fig. 14.
Long. = 43 ;m; lat. = 46 /i*; lat. isthm. = 11 ;W.
Watercourse near Tliorsliavn (Str.); Skopen (San do).

132. C. ellipsoideum Elfv.
Long. — 30 fi; lat. = 25 jU.
Klakken near Klaksvig (Bor do).

133. C. moniliforme (Turp.) Ralfs.

Found by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90). Appears in gatherings from ra-
vine near Vestmanhavn (Str.); and from Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo).

134. C. tinctum Ralfs.

Rostrup Fær. F'l. p. 91) mentions this species; it seems to be rather
common.

135. C. Schliephackeanum Grun.

The specimens from the Færoes were just Hke Nordstedt's fig.
15a (Desm. arct. p. 24, tab. 7).

224

Long. = 16;m; lat. = 14;«; lat. isthm. = 9 ,u.
Klaksvig (Bor do).

136. C. Regnellii Wille.

Formå minop Boldt. Sibir. Chloroph. p. 103, tab. 5, fig. 8.

Long. = 14,5«; lat. = 12,5 ;M.

Pool of water near Thorsliavn (Str.).

137. C. capitulum Roy & Biss. var. Groenlandica Borgs.
»Ferskvand salg. fra Østgrønl.« p. 16, tab. 1, fig. 5.

The specimens from the Færoes closely resemble my figure.
Long. = 23^; lat. = 21 /*.
Grothusvatn (Sand 6).

138. C. Nymannianum Grun. f. brevior Wille.
Norges Ferskvandalg. p. 32, tab. 1, fig. 17.
Long. = 43 ft; lat. = 35 //; crass. — 23 i^.
Sand (Sand6\

139. C. undulatum Corda.

Found by Rostrup in »damp peaty soil near Sandegærde« (Fær. Fl.
p. 90) (Str.).

140. C. Meneghinii Bréb.
Formå vulgaris Jacobs.

Ralfs Brit. Desm. tab. XV, fig. 6.

Trangisvaag (Syd.); Skopen (San do).

Formå De Bary Conjug. tab. 6, fig. 33.
Kirkebokamp (Str.^; Nolso; Slcopen (S an do).

Formå intersepta Jacobs.

Tliorsliavn (Str.); Klaksvig (Bord 6).

Formå angulosa (Bréb.) Rab.
Kirkebokamp (Str.).

Formå iatiuscula Jacobs.
De Bary 1. c. tab. 6, fig. 34.
Kirkebokamp (Str.).

Formå Reinschii Istv.

Borge Sib. Chlorophyc. p. 12, fig. 8.

Sand (Sando).

Forms like my figiire in »Ferskvandsalg. fra Østgrønl.« tab. 16,
fig. 9.

Trangisvaag (Syd.).

225

Finally Wille (1. c. p. 27) mentions having seen forms, »some
of which bore a striking resemblance to some of Delponte's figures
(Sj)e('. Desm. Subalp. tab. VII, tig. 5), and some forms wbicb corres-
ponded closely to C. Mencghinii formå octangiilaris Wille (Fersk-
vandsalg. Novaj. Semlj. p. 4.'i, tab. XII, fig. 35).

141. C. Regnesi Reinsch.

Tbe specimens from the Færoes seem to correspond closely to
the forms mentioned by Nordstedt (Oesm. från Bornbolm p. 197);
cfr. \ar. montana Scbmidle Hedwigia 1895, p. 74, tab. 1, fig. 9^

S a n d 6.

142. C. Nowæ Semliæ Wille.

Ferskvandsalg. Novaj. Semlj. p. 46, tab. 13, fig. 45.
Long. — IQ fx; lat. = 12 /*; lat. isthm. = 9 ^m.
Kirkebokamp (Str.).

143. C. stpjatum P>oldt.

Skopen (San do).

In Grothusvatn (San do) a small Cosmariiini was found wliich is
probably identical with C. Daniciim Borgs., but as I liave not seen the
arrangement of the granula I am not sure as to tlie correctness of the
determination.

Long. == 16/t = lat.

144. C. boreale nov. sp. Plate 7, fig. 10.

C. minimum tam longum quam latum medio profunde con-
strictum sinu fere lineari in exteriore parte ampliata; semicellulæ
oblongæ basi dorsoqiie fere lineari, angulis late rotundatis, a vertice
visæ oblongæ. Membrana distincte granulate-punctata. Cellulæ in
muco inclusæ. Nuclei amylacei singuli.

Long. = 14 a = lat.; lat. istbm. = 5,4 /w; crass. = 6 /j.

Klalvken near Ivlaksvig (ISordo).

Nearest related seenis C. suborthostichiim Rac. Desmidya Ciastoni p. 374,
tab. 6, fig. 14.

145. C. portianum Arch. var. nephroideum Wittr.
Thorshavn and Svartafoselv (Str.); Sand (Sando).

146. C. præmorsum Bréb.

Long. ^ 48 .m; lat. ^ 38—40/^; crass. =- 27— 30/<.
Gliversrejn (Str.); Viderejde (Vid.).

^ See also G. S. West: On variation in the Dcsmidicæ (Jonm. Linn. Societ.
vol. XXVII, p. 365).

Botanj' of Ihc Færoes J5

226

147. C. punctulatum Bréb.

Gliversrejn (Str.); Skopen and Sand (San do).

148. C. subpunctulatum Nordst.

In a gathering from Klakken near Klaksvig (Bor do) a form was
found which closely resembled my form in »Bornii. Desm.« p. 144,
tab. 6, fig. 4.

Long. — 32 n; lat. — 26 jw.

This form is later on described by West as a new variety : var.
Boergesenii West (Freshw. Alg. of West Ireland p. 154), but it is
very doubtful if this ought to be retained as \ve are here dealing
with a species highly variable and rich in forms (cfr. Schmidle:
Ueber die individuelle Variabilitåt einer Cosmarienspecies, Hed-
wigia 1893); cfr. also Borge N. Notar. 5, p. 511.

In the large lake near Ejde (Ost.) a closely related form was found
in Plankton.

149. C. subspeciosum Nordst.

Occurs in gatherings from Skjælling (Str.); and from mountain
heights (450 m.) on Bordo. It was also found by Wille (1. c. p. 27).

150. C. speciosum Lund.

Trangisvaag and at the foot of Ornefjæld (Syd.); Grothusvatn
(Sando): mountan heights (450 m.) on Bordo.

Var. biforme Nordst. Desm. Spetsb. p. 30, tab. 6, fig. 11.

Long. = 72/m; lat. == 53^.

Mountain heights, (450 m.) on Bordo.

151. C. coeiatum Ralfs.

Seems to be rather common in the Færoes; it often occurs in
gatherings, which are rich in Diatoms, but poor in Chlorophyceæ; it was
also found in a gathering from Bordo gathered at a hcight of 450 m.

(3 spectabile Nordst.

In a collection from Klaksvig (Bordo).

152. C. Boeckii Wille.

Skopen (Sand 6).

153. C. subcostatum Nordst.

Form like my figure in »Ferskvandsalg. fra Østgrønl.« p. 12,
tab. 1, fig. 4.

Thorshavn (Str.).

154. C. formosulum Hoff.

Nordstedt Bornh. Desm. p. 194, tab. 6, fig. 6, 7.

Long. — 45 fi; lat. — 40 //.

In Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

227

155. C. Naegelianum Bréb.

Foiind by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90) in »damp peaty soil near
Sandegærde« (Str.).

156. C. crenatum Ralfs.

Occurs in gatherings from Gliversrejn (Str.); Nolso; and
Trangisvaag (Syd.). Also found by Wille (I. c. p. 26) who further
mentions having found:

F. cpenæ laterales 2 Nordst. Desm. Spetsb. p. 30, tab. 6, fig. 8.

157. C. subcrenatum Hantzsch.

Nordstedt Desm. arct. p. 21, tab. 6, fig. 10.

Found in gatherings from Hqjvig and Gliversrejn (Str.); and Tran-
gisvaag (Syd.). Wille has also found this species (1. c. p. 27).

158. C. Nathorstli Boldt.

A Cosmarium very much like this species was found in a gathering
from Gliversrejn (Str.); but as I did not come across any empty cells,
I was not able to see the arrangement of Ihe granulation clearlj^, hence,
mj' determination is open to doubt.

159. C. cyclicum Lund. ^arcticum Nordst.

In a collection from Klaksvig (Hordd) gathered by Mr. Feddersen.

160. C. Kirchneri Borgs.

Long. = 57 fi; lat. — 45 fi; lat. istlim. =^ 17 |M; crass. — 33 jM.
Skopen (San do); Svartafoselv near Hojvig (Str.).

The protuberances in the middle of the semicells are sometimes smaller than
in my figure (Desm. Bornh. tab. 6, fig. 3).

161. C. latum Bréb.

Long. = 108 /^; lat. — 88,m; crass. = 45 jM.
From mountain heights (450 m.) on Bordo.

Tbe form from tbe Færoes is very much like Bisset's fig. 10
(Roy and Bisset: On Scottish Desm. p. 37, tab. 2).

162. C. reniforme Arcli.

Rather common. Found in gatherings from Thorshavn and Vest-
manhavn (Str.); Sand (Sando); Trangisvaag (Syd.) and in Plankton
from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

163. C. Kjellmani Wille *grande Wille.

Mentioned by Wille (1. c. p. 27), but with some reservation.

164. C. Botrytis (Bory) Menegh.

This species, first found by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90) is very
common in the Færoes. Resides the typical form several others

15*

228

were found , thus a very large one (long. — 81 fi; lat. = 68 u) in a
glass vessel containing algæ from Nolso; in the same glass another
form was noticed which in vertical view had sides somewhat
swollen; in a gathering from Trangisvaag a form was met with
which closely agreed with var. mesoleia Nordst. (Nordst. et Wittr.
Desm. Ital. p. 27, tab. 12, fig. 2), but differed from it in the broader
truncated apices of the semicells. Moreover, in some material from
Thorshavn var. emarginata Hansg. (Prodrom. Algenfl. fig. 116) was
found. The typical form was met with in Plankton from the lake
near Ejde (Ost.) and Grothusvatn (Sand 6).

165. C. margaritiferum Menegh.

Hojvig (Str.); Klakken near Klaksvig (Bord 6); Sand (San do); and
in Plankton from the lake near Ejde (Ost.).

165. C. Brébissonii Menegh.

Long. = 92 u; lat. = 67 /*; lat. isthm. = 22 fi; crass. = 48 fi.

Midvaag (Vaago); Svartafoselv near Hojvig (Str.); Trangisvaag (Syd.).

167. C. tetraophthalmum (Kiitz.) Menegh.

»Skaarene« on Bordo (375 m.); Skopen and Sand (Sando).

168. C. ochthodes Nordst.

Tliorshavn (Str.); Grothusvatn (Sando); Klaksvig (Bordo). Also
found by Wille (1. c. p. 27).

169. C. annulatum Nagl. ^ elegans Nordst.
Long. --^ 46 // ; lat. - 22 fi.

Hojvig and Skjælling (Str.); Nolso; Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo).

170. Arthrodesmus Incus (Bréb.) Hass.

Aniongst Sphagnum in a bog near Hojvig (Str.). Here found with
spores exactly like those in Ralfs's figure (1. c. tab. XX, fig. 4 1).

Lat. spor. sin. acul. = 19 //; lat. spor. cum acul. = 40 ft.

In a gathering from Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo) a similar
form was found, it only dilTered in the sides of the semicells being
nearly straight and the spines directed somewhat more downwards
than in the above-mentioned figure of Ralf.

Long. = 21,6 /m; lat. — 18 jm; long. acul. = 8 ;w; lat. isthm. = 5 fi.

Formå. Plate X, fig. 4.

Long. -— 14/*; crass. = 9 /«.

This small form resembles var. intermedia Wittr. (Skand. Desm.
p. 15, fig. 6), but differs from it, e. g. in the spines being directed
outwards in a straight line with the truncated apices of the semi-
cells; forms closely related to it are f. islhmosa Heimerl (Desm. alp.

229

p. 603, tab. V, fig. 18) and f. depaiiperata Boldt (Dcsm. (Ironi. tab. 2,
fig. 35).

In a gatlierini^, locnlily nol given.

171. A octocornis Ehrenb.
Klakken near Klaksvig (Bord 6).

172. Xanthidium armatum Bréb.

Sandsvatn and Grotliiisvaln (Sand 6); KirkcboUanip near Thorsliavn
(Sir.); Klakken near Klaksvig (Bord 6).

173. X. aculeatum Ehrenb.

Formå supra proniinenliam centralem granulis et aculeis (sem-
perV) ornata. Plale VII, lig. 11.

Long. s. acul. = 67 /< ; lat. s. acul. — 62 fi; crass. — 46 /y.

Ralfs's figure 1 c of a cell in lateral view (1. c. tab. XIX) shows
over the big central protuberances smaller ones and on the empty
cell (fig. 1 b) some granules are arranged in a small circle on the
lower semicell under the large central protuberance. Generally
in the specimens from the Færoes there was a spine directly over
these granules, but it was wanting in some specimens. In Ralfs's
figure 1 a the upper semicell has such a spine situated also directly
over the granules.

Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo).

Formå brevispina. Plate VII, fig. 12.

Aculeis brevioribus; supra tumorem centralem prominentia
minore semilunariiformi prædita; ad .Y. Brébissonii valde accedens.

Long. s. acul. = 67 /^; lat. s. acul. = 62 /w; crass. = 46 f^.

By the rather regularly arranged spines on the cell in front
view this variety approaches very near to X. Brébissonii. The small
oflen crescent-shaped tubercle over the central protuberance is some-
times continuous sometimes divided into several smaller granules.

Kirkebokamp near Tliorshavn (Sir.).

174. X. fasciculatum Ehrenb.
Ralfs 1. c. tab. XIX, fig. 4.
Skopen (San do).

175. X. antilopæum (Bréb.) Kiitz.

Kirkebokamp (Str.); Skopen, and ralher common in Planklon from
Sandsvatn (San do).

176. X. quadricornutum Roy & Biss.
On Scottish Desm. p. 27, tab. IV, fig. 5.
Formå longispina n. f. Plate VII, fig. 13.

230

Formå færoénsis præcipue differt spinis longioril)us, latitudine
cellulæ majore.

Long. = 57;m; lat. — 60,m; long. spin. = 19 /«; lat. isthm. = 11 fi;
crass. = 30 /^.

The specimens from the Færoes differ from Ihe Scottish ones in
their longer spines, their proportionally greater breadth and shorter
length, in the rounded apices of the semicells in front view and the
slender form of the semicells in vertical view. Altogcther the form
from the Færoes approaches rather near to A'. tetracentrotiim Wolle
(ofr. W.West and G.West: On some North American Desm. tab. 15,
fig. 24); cfr. also X. Iiastifernm Turner § inevolutiim Nordst.

Found hl I'lankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

177. Staurastpum punctulatum Bréb.

Common in the collections. Wille also found this species (1. c. p. 29).

Var. Kjellmani Wille.

In gathcrings from Thorshavn (Str.); and a waterconrse on San do.

178. S. pygmæum Bréb.

Occurs in several gathcrings from tlie neighljourliood of Thors-
havn (Str.).

179. S. hexacerum (Fhrenb.) Wittr.

In Planlvton from tlie large lake near Ejde (Ost.).

Var. semicirculare Wittr.

Gotl. och Ol. Solvattensalg. p. 52, tab. IV, lig. 9.

Occurs in a gathering from Nol s 6.

180. S. alternans Bréb.

In materials from Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.); and Skopen
(Sand 6).

181. S. polymorphum Bréb.

In a gathering from Hojvig and Skjælling (Str.); No Is 6; and
Trangisvaag (Syd.).

182. S. hirsutum (Ehrenb.) Bréb.

In a gathering from Klakken near Klaksvig (Bordo).

183. S. pilosum (Nagl.) Arch.
Long. r= 40 ju; lat. = 32 ii.

In collections from Gliversrejn (Str.); and Viderejde (Vid.).

184. S. teliferum Balfs.

Seems to be common in the Færoes; it was first found by Rostrup
(1. c. p. 90).

231

185. S. muricatum Bréb.

Found in galhcrings from (llivcrsrejn (Str.); Wille also inentions
having mel with this species (1. c. p. 29).

186. S. asperum Bréh.
Long. — 50 jW.

In a gathcring from Skopen (San do).

187. S. scabrum Bréb.

Almost like my figure^ in Nordst. et Wittr. Exsicc. Nr. 1114
and in Bot. Notiser 1893, p. 196, but differs from it in vertical view
in the more broadly rounded angles of tbe semicell.

Long. = 33 ;M ; lat. = 30 /<.

Gliversrejn near Tliorsliavn (Str.).

188. S. echinatum Brcb.
Lat. = 35 //; lat. ^ 32 n.
Thorsliavn (Str.).

189. S. horametrum Roy & Biss.

On Scottish Desm. p. 21, tab. 3, fig. 2.

Var. fæpoensis n. v. Plate VII, fig. 14.

A formå typica var. færoensis præcipue differt semicellulis a
fronte visis late ellipticis incisura mediana fere acutangula, a vertice
visæ semicellulæ lateribus late convexis, spinis minus numerosis
instructæ.

Long. =^ 51 (M; lat. =^ 40 //; lat. isthm. = 18 \t.

It is, however, not without hesitation that I refer this form to
this species, as it differs rather considerably from it; but as I have
only seen a very few specimens I prefer for the present to regard
it as a form belonging to this species.

In a gathering, locality not given.

190. S. Meriani Reinsch.

Algenfl. Franken p. 160, tab. 12, fig. 1.

Long. = 46 |U; lat. = 19 /<.

In a gathering from mountain heights (450 m.) on Bord 6.

^ To this figure I have 1. c. attached the following remark: > Figura Ralfsii non
bona, utile mihi videtur figuram novam darc . Now Mr. Schmidle (in »Pite Lapp-
mark und Vesterbotten Siisswasseralgen- p. 54) thinks tliat he has not only found
a form whicli corresponds to mj' form but also one which corresponds to that of
Ralfs's, and he sajs: Formå cum figura in Ralfs 1. c, quæ ex clarissimi Boergesenii
opinione non est bona plane congruens . To this statement I beg to remark that I
must pcrsist in maintaining that Ralfss figure is far from good (especially fig. 20a)
and that it is impossible to make a reliable determination on the faltii of it.

232

191. S. Bieneanum Rab.

Trangisvaag (Syd.).

Var. spetsbergensis Nordst.

Desm. arct. p. 33, tab. VIII, fig. 35,

Long. = 38 /^; lat. =: 31 /^.

Found in collections from San do; and Trangisvaag (Syd.).

I have only seen triangular forms.

192. S. orbiculare (Ehrenb.) Ralfs.

In tiie nciglibonrhood of Thorshavn (Str.).

193. S. muticum Bréb.

In a gathcM'ing from Svartafoselv ncar Thorshavn (Str.).

194. S. dejectum Bréb.

Fonnd in materials from Gliversrcjn ncar Thorshavn (Str.); Skopen,
Sand and in Phuikton from Grothnsvatn iSando).

195. S. Dickiei Ralfs.
Brit. Desm. tab. 21, fig. 3.
Gliversrcjn (Str. i; Skopen (Sandol

196. S. megacanthum Lund. Formå. Plate VIII, fig. 2.
Desm. Suec. p. 61, tab. 4, fig. 1.

Formå færoensis a formå typica præcipiie differt magiiitudine
minore, longitudine præ latitudine majore sinu mediano late rotun-
dato, aculeis minoribiis.

Long. = 38 fi; lat. ciim acul. = 51 /<; long. aciil. — 6 ^u; lat. isthm.

= 9 u.

Found in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago). I have only seen
triangular forms.

197. S. cuspidatum Bréb.
Ralfs Brit. Desm. tab. 21, fig. 1.

Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.); Skopen (Sand 6).

198. S. jaculiferum West. Plate VIII, fig. 1.
Freshwater-AIgæ of West Ireland p. 172, tab. 22, fig. 14. Of all the

forms that are closely related to this species the Færoese specimens
seems to be nearest to it. They only differ from it in the spines
being somewhat shorter. While West only mentions having seen
triangular forms, I have also found 2—4 sided specimens.

Formå 3—4 gona: Long. = 30 fi; lat. sine acul. — 22 fi; lat.
isthm. — 8 ju; long. acul. — 22 yw.

233

Formå 2 gona: Long. = 28—30 jm; lat. sine aciil. = 22 jw; crass.
— 14 jm; lat. cell. cum acul. — 64 fi; long. acul. — 22 /j.

In Plankton trom Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

It secms to nie Ihat Arthrocicsiuns loiujUornis Roy (Roy&Biss.:
On Scottish Desmidieæ p. 28 (sep. !), tab. 4, lig. 1) must undoubtcdly
be referred to my two-sided >^Arthrodesmiis< form, it only differs
from it in the spines being less diverging; and also Borge in a
short paper: »Siisswasseralgen aus der Inscl Mull« (in Bot. Notiser
1897 p. 213) not only mentions forms like Roy's figure, bnt also
reports having found cells with more diverging spines (cfr. fig. 5 a)
which quite correspond to my figure. In the same paper Borge
gives a figure of a form oi Staurastrum megacanthiim with long spines;
but it is easily distinguished from the species in question by ils
cells which are far broader.

199. S. lunatum Ralfs.

A form like Borge's figure (Algologiska Notiser 4, p. 213, fig. 8) oc-
ciirs in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); and lake near Ejde (Ost.).
A form witli consideraJjly sliorter spines was found in a gatliering of
algæ from Skopen (San do).

200. S. cpistatum (Niigl.) Arch.
Long. = 30 (W x= lat.
Gliversrejn near Thorsliavn (Str.).

201. S. Avicula Bréb.
Grothusvatn (S a n d o).

202. S. denticulatum (Niigl.) Arch.

In Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

203. S. rostellum Roy c^ Biss. Plate VII, fig. 15.
On Scott. Desm. p. 24, tab. IV, fig. 3.

The specimens found by me in the Færoes dilfer at first sight
with their many bifurcate spines considerably from Roy & Bisset's
figure. But on regarding their figure more closely one not only
discovers here and there in it a bifurcate spine, but the two down-
ward directed spines at the angles of their figure in front view also
have smaller ones on them ; therefore I do not hesitate to refer
my form to this species even if it may be that it is also vcry like
the below-mentioned form of St. sjjongiosum.

Long. cum acul. — 32 fi; lat. — 21^; lat. istm. — \\ ^.

In gatherings from Gliversrejn and Skjælling (Str.).

234

204. S. sexcostatum Bréb.

Long. — 41 [i; lat. = 35 //; lat. isthm. — \1 [i.
Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.).

205. S. spongiosum Bréb. var. perbifidu.m West.

The specimens from the Færoes are very much like Liitke-
miillers form (Desm. Attersees, p. 29, tab. 9, fig. 15).
Long. := 54 |m; lat. ^ 43 «; lat. isthm. = 14 jm.
Ghversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.).

206. S. acarides Nordst.

Desm. Spetsb. p. 40, tab. VII, iig. 26.

The specimens from the Færoes are quite like Nordstedt's figure

(Desm. Spetsb. p. 40, tab. 7, fig. 26).

They occurred in great abiindance in a gathering from mountain
heiglits (450 m.) on Bordo.

207. S. oxyacantha f. torta n. f. Plate VIII, fig. 3.
Cellululæ a vertice visæ radiis evidenter tortis.
Long. = 30 // ; lat. = 33 ^i.

Klakken near Klalisvig (Bordo).

208. S. paradoxum Meyen.

In Planliton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); and lake near Ejde (Ost.).

209. S. crenulatum (Niigl.) Delp.
Desm. subalp. tab. 12, fig. 1—11.

Long. = 40 /^; lat. = fx; lat. isthm. =^ 16 (a.
Found in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

210. S. Sebaldi Reinsch.

The specimens from the Færoes are rather hke my form from
Greenland (Ferskvandsalg. fra Østgrønl. p. 30, tab. 2, fig. 31), the
arms or processes of the semicell seen in vertical view, however,
are somewhat longer and thinner and thereby it approaches var.
brasiliensis Borgs. (Desm. Brasil. p. 47, tab. 5, fig. 51).

Long. = 54 //; lat. == 64 |U; lat. isthm. — 14 /m.

In a gathering from Sand (San do).

211. S. Arachne Ralfs.

Found by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90).

212. S. tetpacerum Kiitz.

Already found by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90;. I have seen this species
in gatherings from Thorshavn (Str.); Khild^cn near Klaksvig (Bordo);
Skopen and Sand (San do).

235

218. S. Pseudosebaldi Wille. Plate VII, (ig. 17.

Norges Ferskvaiidsalg. p. 45, tab. 2, lig. 80.

Formå færoensis præcipue dilTert radiis Icnnioribus el longiori-
biis; bal)itu eelhilæ graciliore.

Long. — 50 /<; lal. = 67 fi; lal. istlim. = 18 jM.

Found in a colleclion of algæ from Svartaloselv near Thorshavn iSlr.).

The Færoese form differs from the above-named as it seems
ralher schemalic figure given by Wille mainly in ils more slender
build; it resembles very much Wolle's figures 8 and 9 in Desm.
U.S. tab. 46.

214. S. furcigerum Bréb.
Skopen (San do).

215. S. brachiatum Ralfs.
Klakken by Klaksvig (Bor do).

216. S. inconspicuum Nordst.
Norges Desm. p. 26, tab. 1, fig. 11.

Of this species a few specimens were found which are distin-
guished by their forming short fdamenls; these showed a regular
twist as is commonly seen in the fdamentous Desmids.

Long. = 20 jm; lal. cum brachiis = 24; lal. isthm. = 9,5 |W.

Svartafoselv near Thorshavn (Str.).

Order IX. ZYGNEMACEÆ.

217. Zygnema stellinum (Vauch.) Ag.

The form observed corresponded hest with the variety Vaiicherii
(Ag.) Kirchn.; it was on the whole smaller than the form mentioned
by me in »Ferskvandsalg. fra Østgrønl.« p. 83, lig. 1. The spores
are at first brownish and Iben blackish-blue (according to malerials
preserved in spirit). The scrobiculations in the spore-membrane
were tirst visible when the spores were crushed. This form has
furlher confirmed me in my opinion (cfr. 1. c. p. 33) that Z. pelio-
sporiim Wittr. can hardly be anything more than a variety belonging
to this species.

Lal. cell. veget. — 21 fi; lat. sp. = 30 ;".

In a gathering from Frodebo near Tværaa (Syd.).

218. Z. lejospermum De Bary.

I have only found this species with immature spores, so I am
nol quile sure as to the correctness of the determination.

236

Lat. cell. veget. = 22 jw; lat. sp. = 25 ^^.

In collections from Traiigisvaag (Syd.); and Bosdalafos (Vaago).

In Hydrophyt. pp. 174 — 5 Lyngbye nientions having met with
Zygnema bipiinctatiim and Z. pectinatiiin in the Færoes. Of the former
only one specimen is to be found in Lyngbye's Herbarinm in the
Botanical Museum, Copenhagen, and it is gathered »in rivulo ad
Thorshavn« and named by Lyngbye var. compactiim. The material
is sterile. The cells have very thick walls (crass. parietis = 1 u;
lat. fil. = 48 f(). They possess rather numerous rhizoids. This has
also been noticed by Lyngbye as he has labelled it as follows: ~
»Fila fragilia, albida, omnino ad modum ejus exemplaris, quod ad
Græsmarken prope HoITmannsgave lectum, delineavi. Hoctamen
interduni parvos curvosque emittet ramulos, qui tamen sine dubio
sunt exemplaria copulata.« Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 89) thinks that il
resembles Z. criiciatiim and I am also inclined to think so. Wille
(1. c. pp. 29 — 30), on the other band, is of opinion that it agrees
with Z. stellimim; and he is so confident of the faet, that on the
faith of it, and on that of sonie sterile fdaments found in Mr. Pa-
tursson's collection, he does not hesilate to include it in his list.
I, for one, am of opinion that it is impossible to determine sterile
Zygnemaceæ with certainty, which is also pointed out by De Bary
(Conj. p. 78).

The material of Lyngbye's Z. pectinatiim is also sterile and
therefore indeterminable; Wille thinks that it is identical with
Z. criiciatnm.

219. Zygogonium ericetorum Kiitz.

This species I have found in gatherings from Gliversrejn near
Thorshavn (Str.); Nolso; and Midvaag (Vaago).

Lyngbye's Con fer va ericetorum (Hydrophyt. p. 140) is probably
identical with this species, but this cannot be proved for cerlain
as the material in Lyngbye's Herbarium in Copenhagen is sterile.
Wille (1. c. p. 30) also mentions having found this species.

220. Spirogyra catenæformis (Hass.) Kiitz.
Petit, Spirog. p. 17, tab. HI, hg. 9—12.
Lat. cell. veget. — 23 fi, lat. sp. — 30 fj.

— — fruct. — 36 /< ; long. sp. = 70 — 80 //.
F'rodebo near Trangisvaag (Syd.).

221. S. affinis (Hass.) Petit.
Spirog. p. 18, fig. 13—14.

237

The spores are often nearly spherical.
Frodebo near Trangisvaag (SydJ.

222. S. inflata (Vaiich.) Rahenh.

Lat. cell. vegel. = 17-20 /* ; lat. sp. = .32-35 /i.
— — fruct. = 41 fi; long. sp. = 60 /i.
In gatherings from Trangisvaag (Syd.); and Kuno.

223. S. quadrata (Hass.) Petit.

Lat. cell. vegel. = 26 //; lat. cell. fruct. — 48 //.

Tliorshavn (Str.).

Wille (1. c. p. 29) is probably right in maintaining that the
Zijgnema nitida (Hydrophyt. p. 172) reported by Lyngbye from the
Færoes is Spirogyra nitida. However, as no Færoese material of
this species is to be found in Lyngbye's Herbarium this cannot be
proved for ccrtain. Of Zygnema qiiininum also reported by Lyngbye
as occurring in the Færoes (Hydrophyt. p. 173) no Færoese specimen
is to be found either. A Zijgnema quininnm, not localized, and
which might consequently be from the Færoes, may be probably
referred to Sp. porticalis (Miill.) Cleve, and Wille (1. c. p. 29) is also
of opinion that it ought to be placed under this species.

sterile filament of Zijgnema as well as of Spirogyra, of different appearance
and size, were often found in the considerable material which I had for exami-
nation. Therefore it is very probable that many more species occur in the Færoes
than are recorded in this list.

Order X. MESOCARPACEÆ.

224. Mougeotia scalaris Hass.

Lat. cell. = 20—33 f^; lat. spor. = 33 u.
Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.).

Onh' immature spores were found, but the form of the conjugating cells and
of the spores agree fairly well with Hassal's figure 7, tab. 42 in Brit. Freshw. Alg.

225. M. nummuloides Hass.

De Bary Conj. tab. VHI, fig. 9— 10.
Lat. cell. = 11 |tt; lat. sp. = 35 //.

Trangisvaag (Syd.).

In a gathcring from Frodebo (Syd.) a Mougeotia occurred which possil)h'
may bc .1/. ovalis (Hass.) Nordst. (lat. cell. =; 11 u; lat. sp. — 27 u; long. sp. = 35 h),
but it was found in so small a quantity that this cannot be fully proved.

226. ?IVI. papvula Hass.

Lat. cell. = 10 /<; lat. sp. = 23^i.

238

As the spores were not ripe and the material, moreover, had becn
dried, I am not quite sure as to the correctncss of tlie determination.
It occurred as a green covering on turfy soil near Trangisvaag (Syd.).

227. M. viridis (Kiitz.) Wittr.

De Bary Conj. tab. 2, fig. 17 — 18.

Lat. cell. = 7 ;w; lat. sp. = 22 /«.

Found in a gathering from aheightof 200 m. near Trangisvaag (Sy d.).

In Hydrophyt. p. 170 Lyngbye mentions Zijgnema genuflexum
as occurring »item in rivulis Færoensibus «. Wille (l.c. p.3()) thinks
that it must be Mongeotia genuflexum (Dillw.) Ag.; but tbis cannot
be fully proved as tbe material in Lyngbye's Herbarium is sterile;
the thickness of the filament is 35 — 40 /<, so that agrees fairly well.

The Conferva alpina mentioned by Lyngbye (Hydrophyt. p. 139),
according to the only specimen from Kirkebofjæld found in Lyng-
bye's Herbarium, is a mixture of several algæ, e. g. Zygnema, Con-
ferva, Stigonema mamillosum, but mostly of a sterile Mougeotia the
cells of which are about 18 fi thick.

Order XL VOLVOCACEÆ.

228. Gonium pectorale Miill.

Miss E. Hallas has very kindly told me that she saw a solitary
specimen in a collection of Ocdogoninm from »Gjov« near Tværaa (Syd).

228. Pandorina Morum (Miill.) Bory.

In a gathering of algæ from Grothusvatn (Sando); and in Plankton
from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago) and the lake near Ejde (Ost.).

230. Eudorina elegans Ehrenb.

In Plankton from the lake near Ejde (Ost).

Order XH. TETRASPORACEÆ.

231. Apiocystis Brauniana Niigl.

In a gathering from the lake in Kvalbo Ejde (Syd.).

232. Tetraspora lacustris Lemm.

Found in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago). The determination
is due to Mr. Lemmermann.

The Palmella Injalina mentioned by Lyngbye (Hydrophyt. p. 204,
tab. 69) is probably, judging from a specimen in his herbarium
which is however very shrunken, a Tetraspora. According to Lyng-
bye's description we might suppé)se it to be T. cijliiidrica, but both

239

his figure and the specimen in his herbarium prove that it cannot
possibly be this species. Lyngbye has also labelled il: — »Massa
deformis, viridis, gelatinosa«.

233. Palmodactylon simplex Niigl.
Wille (1. c. p. 24) mentions this species.

234. Botpyococcus Braunii Kiitz.

Found in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); and the lake near
Ejde (Ost.).

235. Dictyosphæpjum Ehrenbergianum Niigl.
In a gathering from Trangisvaag (Syd.).

Order XIII. PLEUROCOCCACEÆ.

236. Palmella mucosa Kiitz.

Nolso; Trangisvaag (Syd.).

237. P. uvæformis Kiitz.

I mcntion it hei'e under this name, but it is doubtless a phase of devclopment
of Draparnaldia gloinerata.

Gliversrejn near Thorhavn (Str.).

Lyngbye's Palmella botryoides (Hydrophyt. p. 205) is a Lichen.

238. Glæocystis vesieulosa Nagl.

In differcnt gatherings from Thorsliavn (Str.); Wille (1. c. p. 24) also
reports having found this species in gatherings from the Færoes.

239. G. Gigas (Kiitz.) Lagerh.

Nolso; in Plankton from the lake near Ejde (Ost.).

240. Pleurococcus vulgaris (Grev.) Menegh.

Is very commonly seen on houses and »Kælde« (a kind of
outhouse) in the form of a covering, often attaining lo the thickness
of a millimelre or more. This species, as also mainlained by Wille
(1. c. p. 25), is undoiibtedly identical with Ihe Bijssus botryoides
mentioned by Landl^ as follows: »Byssus botryoides • — in Danish:
grape-like crusl of dust — is the green powder, which occurs on
wooden walls of houses on the side that turns from the sun«.

241. Acanthococcus hirtus (Reinsch.) Lagerh.

Found in a gathering from Gliversrejn (Str.); and in some dried
material from »Gjov« near Vaag (Syd.).

^ -»Byssus botryoides, paa dansk : Drueartet Støvskorpe er det gronnc Pulver,
der sætter sig paa de med Brædder beklædte Husvægge paa den Side, som vender
fra Solen«. (Forsøg til en Beskrivelse over Færoerne p. 23.'}).

240

242. A. aciculiferus Lagerh.
Lat. s. acul. — 25 /^.
Svnrtafoselv ncar Hojvig (Str.).

243. Oocystis solitaria Witlr.
Of'ten found in the collections.

244. Nephrocytium Naegelii Grun.
Lat. = 16 fi.

Thorshavn (Str.); Skopen and Grothusvatn (S an do).

245. Raphidium polymorphum Fres.

Rather conimon; Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 89) mentions having mel with
it »amongst Spliagnum on Stromo«.

246. Scenedesmus bijugatus (Turp.) Kiitz.

Tliorshavn (Str.); and Tværaa (Sj'd.). In Phuikton from the hirge
hike near Ejde (Ost.). Has been already found by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90).

247. S. denticulatus Lagerh.

Stockh. Pediastr. p. 61, tab. 2, fig. 13—16. Cfr. var. linenfns
West: Algæ of West Ircland p. 193, tab. 18, lig. 7.

The specimens from the Færoes are a liltle larger than indicated
by Lagerheim.

Long. cell. = 19 /t; lat. — 8 /i.

Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.).

248. S. quadricauda (Turp.) Bréb.

Common in the collections. Also found in Plankton from the lake
near Ejde (Ost."!; and Sandsvatn (San do).

Var. hoprida Kirch.

Vidcrejde (Vid.).

249. S. obliquus (Turp.) Kiitz.

Rather common in the collections. In Plankton from Sandsvatn
(Sand 6).

250. Polyedrium enorme (Ralfs) De Bary.

Viderejde (Vid.); in Plankton from the large lake near Ejde (Ost.).

251. P. minimum A. Br.

Reinsch Fam. Polyedriarum in Notarisia 1888, p. 499.

Lat. = 8 /<.

Very common in a gathering of algæ from Skopen (San do).

252. P. tetraetricum Nagl. f. minor.
Reinsch 1. c. p. 505.

241

Lat. = 27 /^.

In Plankton from Grothusvatn (San do).

253. Eremosphæra viridis De Bary.

A few specimens occurred in a collection from Midvaag (Vaago).

Order XIV. PROTOCOCCACEÆ.

254. Characium minutum A. Br. var. disculiferum Wittr.
Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. exsicc. Nr. 459.

On some filaments of algæ in a collection from the Færoes.

Order XV. HYDRODICTYACEÆ.

255. Pediastrum Boryanum (Turp.) Menegh.

Mentioned b)' Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90) and re-discovered in several
piaces; found also in Plankton from the large lake near Ejde (Ost.).

Var. granulata (Kiitz.) A. Br.

Raciborski Pediastr. p. 14.

In a gathering from Viderejde (Vid.); and in Plankton from Sor-
vaagsvatn (Vaago); lake near Ejde (Ost.); Sandsvatn (San do); and the
lake in Vaags Ejde (Syd.).

Var. longicorne Reinsch formå granulata.

Raciborski L c. p. 14, tab. II, fig. 13.

In Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago); and lake near Ejde (Ost.).

256. P. angulosum (Ehrenb.) Menegh.
Var. araneosum Rac.

Raciborski 1. c. p. 18, tab. II, fig. 19 et 20.

Mixed together with other algæ in a gathering from Skopen (Sando);
and in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

257. P. Duplex Meyen.

In a collection from Sandsvatn (Sando); and in Plankton from
the same locality. Already mentioned by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90) as
P. pertiisnm Kiitz.

Var. clathrata A. Br.

In Plankton from Grothusvatn (Sando); and Sorvaagsvatn (Vaag5).

Var. aspera A. Br.

In Plankton from Grothusvatn (Sando).

Var. brachyloba A. Br.

In Plankton from Grothusvatn (Sando).

Botany of the Færoes 16

242

258. P. muticum Kiitz.
Var. longicorne Rac.

1. c. tab. II, fig. 18, 19.

From a watercourse on Kirkebokamp near Thorshavn (Str.); and
in Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

259. P. Tetras (Ehrenb.) Ralfs.
Lagerh. Pediastr. p. 54.
Kvalbo Ej de (Syd.).

260. Coelastrum sphæricum Nagl.

In Plankton from Sandsvatn (San do).

261. C. cubicum Nagl.
Grothusvatn (Sand 6).

262. C. microporum Nagl.

Viderejde (Vid.); Skopen and Grothusvatn (Sand o); in Plankton
from the large lake near Ejde (Ost).

Order XVI. ULVACEÆ.

263. Prasiola crispa (Lightf.) Menegh. Plate IX, fig. 2.

Is very common especially on damp grass roofs where it occurs
in large green curly patches. It has been already found by Lyngbye
(Hydrophyt. p. 32, tab. 6), his Ulva terrestris, as the specimens in
his herbarium show, is this species. As is well-Iaiown, Hormidiiim
nuirale (Ag.) Kiitz. is a phase of developement of this species and
also in the material from Thorshavn specimens were found in
different stages of development, from Hormidiiim miirale to fully
developed Prasiola. I have given a figure of such a young Prasiola
(Plate IX, fig. 2). The base consists of some rhizoid-like branches,
containing thick-walled cells, the branches more or less grown to-
gether so as to form a small disc with which the plant is attached.
Just above this »attachment-disc« follows a short Hormidiiim-Vike
part formed of a single row of cells; after a slight constriction, the
filament expands inconsiderably, now consisting of one stratum of
cells, this slightly broader part — as yet quite a narrow band —
which is of some length and bears rhizoids here and there, finally
broadens and takes the character of Prasiola^.

Hormidiiim murede has also been found by Lyngbye (Hydro-
phyt. p. 95) as the Oscillatoria miiralis mentioned by him, judging

' Cfr. Imhåuser: Entwicklungsgeschichte und Formenkreis von Prasiola«.
(Flora 47. 1889).

243

from the specimens in his herbarium, is identical with this species.
Gav (Algues vertes p. 86), who has examined the original specimens
in Thuret's Herbarium, has also determined it to be tliis species.

264. P. velutina (Lyngb.) Wille.

Lyngbye (Hydrophyt. p. 68) who first discovered and described
this species calls it Scytosiphon veliitiims Lyngb. With regard to its
habitat he writes: »Habitat ad saxa rivuh rapidissimi decUvia prope
Httus Øre Østeroe Færoense«. Alterwards Wille (1. c. p. 32) found
it in the material which he had for examination and which is
probably collected in the neiglibourhood of Kirkebo (Str.).

265. Enteromorpha compressa (L.) Grev. Plate IX, figs. 3 and 4.
In Hydrophytologia p. 64 Lyngbye reports a freshwater example

of Enteromorpha from the Færoes under the name of Scitosiphon
compressus (L.) Lyngb. (-i crispatns, and witli regard to its habitat
he writes: »Etiam in rivulo subalpino inter Welbestad et Kirkeboe
Færoæ; et ad littora Færoensia copiosissime«. I mention this here
because, as I shall show in the following, L^aigbye confounded
two different species under this name. How far this is the reason
why Agardh in »Till Algernes Systematik VI, Ulvaceæ« refers
Lyngbye's Scytonema compressus (i crispatns to two different species,
viz. E. prolifera (Miill.) p. 129 and E. percursa (C. Ag.) f. ramosa p. 147
and in both instances inserts a! after Lyngbye's figure l.c. tab. 15 B
fig. 1 — 2, I cannot tell; Agardh does not mention having had ori-
ginal specimens for examination.

Wille (l.c. p. 57) is of opinion that Lyngbye undoubtedly has
confounded two species, and he adds »as it is not possible that a
saltwater species of Enteromorpha can also occur in a subalpine
stream«. He thinks that the freshwater form must be a Prasiola
fluviatilis (Somf.) Aresch.

To this Simmons (Algologiska Notitser in Bot. Notitser 1898,
p. 27) remarks that Lyngbye's figure can hardly be made to fit
Prasiola fluviatilis and agrees with Agardh in thinking that the
species in question is an Enteromorpha prolifera.

Fortunately in Lyngbye's Herbarium both fresh and saltwater
specimens are to be found. With regard to the latter I shall here
shortly mention that it can very well be referred to Enteromoi-pha
prolifera. Not quite so with the freshwater specimen. The example
found in the Herbarium of the Botanical Museum, Copenhagen,

16*

244

Lyngbye has labelled ^ : »in a clear ruiining stream far up on the
hills between Velbestad and Kirkeboe. Some of the filaments as
thick as the feather of a sparrow, wavy, most of them finer and
here and there somewhat branched or proliferous. NB. Please notice
the habitat: in an algæ-stream, in clear running water«. This cita-
tion shows Lyngbye was astonished to find a seawater alga at that
height and in freshwater.

On closer investigation the freshwater specimen proves to be
essentially different from the marine one. The two specimens
correspond outwardlj^ in being more or less ramified or proliferous,
but while the marine specimen has the cells arranged in distinct
longitudinal rows even in the thicker branches, the cells of the
freshwater specimen are without any arrangement whatever, not
only in the thicker branches, but also in the thinner ones. This
faet in connection with the thickness of the cell-membrane, the
form and size of the cells and of the chromatophors and the more
or less strong ramification being the most important characters
which help to distinguish the different species (cfr. Ahlner, Agardh,
Kjellman, Reinbold and others) prove that Lyngbye's Entero-
morpha cannot possibly be E. prolifera. On the contrary I give
it as my opinion relying chiefly on Reinbold's paper on the genus
Enteromorpha (in Die Chiorophyceen der Kieler Fohrde p. 113) that
it must be a form of Enteromorpha compressa (L.) Grev. To the
characters already mentioned I may add that the thailus, the thick-
ness of which rarely exceeds 1 — 2 millimetres is sometimes branchless
and sometimes has branches or prolifications here and there. It is
sometimes curly as in Plate IX fig. 3 b. The branches are generally
thinner than the main filament and are often more or less prolific.
The cells are roundish-polygonal of very varying form and without
any arrangement whatever (fig. 3d); they are 4 — ^8;« broad. A trans-
verse section (fig. 3 c) of the thailus shows that the outer and inner
walls of the cells have all almost the same thickness; the thickness
of the cell stratum varies with an average of about 13 /<.

In a larger stream on Fugl o at a height of 200 m. Ostenfeld
collected a small Enteromorpha wdiich corresponds very closely to
Lyngbye's specimen or at least it only shows smaller variations.

^ »i en rindende, klar Bæk hojt oppe paa Fjeldet mellem Velbestad og Kirke-
boe. Nogle Traade saa tykke som en Spurvefjer, bølgede, de fleste finere liist og
her grenede eller prolifera. NB. Mærk at den fandtes i saadan en Algebæk i det
klart rindende Vand«.

245

It is sometimes proportionately richly branched, sometimes quite
branchless (Plate IX, fig. 4). The cells are roundish-polygonal and
without any arrangement whatever (fig. 4 b); they are apparently
a little smaller (lat. — 6 f^). The inner wall often seems to be thicker
than the outer wall (fig. 4c), it has been know nto attain to a thick-
ness of 3 fi. The entire thickness of the wall is about 12 ^.

266. E. micpococca Kiitz. formå subsalsa Kjellm. Plate VIII, fig. 6.
Fiirthermore, in the year 1895 I found at a height of 200 —

300 m. in a smaller stream on Gliversrejn near Thorshavn a little,
elegant, richly branched Enteromorpha which appears to me to be
very near to Enteromorpha micrococca Kiitz. formå subsalsa Kjellm.
(The Algæ of the Arctic sea, p. 292, tab. 31, fig. 1-3).

Though the specimens from the Færoes differ materially in
one respect from this form as the transverse view shows (Plate VIII,
fig. 6 d) the outer wall being often somewhat thicker than the inner
wall, while with regard to Kjellman's form the inner wall is con-
siderably thicker than the outer wall, and this is also generally
the case with E. micrococca Kiitz. I have, however, among my
material of marine E. micrococca, found forms undoubtedly related
to this, of which sometimes the inner wall and sometimes the
outer was the thicker, while sometimes both walls were of similar
thickness. I do not therefore think that one ought to attach too
much importance to this character. But with this exception my
form seems to correspond fairly well with that of Kjellman.

As the figure shows (fig. 6 a) it is very richly branched and pro-
lific. The cells are small and of a very irregular form, sometimes
roundish, sometimes polygonal. The outer wall sometimes attains
to a thickness of 3 z^; the thickness of the whole thailus varies,
with an average of about 11 //.

A related form appears to be E. ramosa Boye (Algevegetationen
ved Norges Vestkyst p. 43, tab. 1). Its outer wall is also the thicker,
much more so than in my form (lat. — 6 — 8 /<), but especially in
the thinner branches of this species the cells are ranged in fairly
distinet rows.

Order XVII. ULOTHRICACEÆ.

267. Ulothrix zonata (Web. et Mohr) Kiitz.

Seems to be fairly common in the Færoes as also Lyngbye points
out in Hydrophyt. p. 136; he mentions it as Conferva zonata. »Habitat
in lacubus insularum Færoensium saxis adfixa, sat frcquens.«

246

Var. valida (Nagl.) Rabenh.

Found in gatherings from Trangisvaag (Syd.); and the large lake
near Ejde (Ost).

268. U. subtilis Kiitz. formå typica Kirchn.

In collections from Nol so; and Trangisvaag (Syd.); also observed
by Wille (1. c. p. 57).

269. U. radicans Kiitz.
Found by Wille (1. c. p. 57).

270. Binuclearia tatrana Wittr.

Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.); Nolso; Grothusvatn (Sando);
"Wille has also found this species (1. c. p. 57).

271. Microspora amæna (Kiitz.) Rabenh.
Lat. = 22 //.

Hvidenæs and Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (^Str.); Trangisvaag (Syd.).

272. M. rufescens (Kiitz.) Lagerh.
Lat. = 13 f^.

In a small lake near Thorshavn (Str.).

273. M. stagnorum (Kiitz.) Lagerh.

Found here and there in the materials examined, also found by
Wille (I. c. p. 57), who, besides, is of opinion that Lyngbye's Conferva
fugacissima Roth. y. oscillatorioides (Hydrophyt. p. 137) must be identical
with this species. This cannot, however, be proved as the only specimen
to be found in Lyngbye's Herbarium under this name was collected »in
fossis prope Lommen Maj 1811« — consequently not in the Færoes.

Order XVIIL CONFERVACEÆ.i

274. Conferva bombycina (Ag.) Wille.

Very common in lakes and streams in the Færoes.

275. C. minor (Wille) Klebs.

Found in collections from Midvaag (Vaago); Nolso; and Sando.
Both this and the above-mentioned have also been observed by Wille
(1. c. p. 57).

276. Ophiocytium majus Nagl.
Pool on Nolso.

277. O. cochleare (Eichw.) A. Br.

Found by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 90); I have seen it in collections
from Sando; and Viderejde (Vid.).

^ Cfr. K. Bohlin's iinportant work: Studier ofver Alggruppen Confervales
Borzii-.

247

/?. bicuspidatum Borge.

In gatheriiigs Ironi Thorshavn and Hojvig (Str.).

278. O. papvulum Rabenh.

From Thorshavn (^Str.); also I'ound by Wille (1. c. p. 24 .

279. O. capitatum Wolle var. longispinum (Moeb.) Lemm.

In Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago). Determined by Mr. Lem-
mermann.

Order XIX. CHÆTOPHORACEÆ.

280. Chætophora elegans (Roth.) Ag.

Found by Lyngbye (Hydrophyt. p. 192) »Etiam in lacu Vandsdalsvatn
in rupe Qvalboefjeld trans Karagjov Suderoe Færoæ, Fontinali antipy-
reticæ adhærescens« , i. e. at the same place as >Conferva nana"- (see
above p. 207) and this species was also seen mixed together with it. I
have found specimens from Velbestad (Str.).

281. Stigeoclonium tenue Rabenh.

Found in gatherings from Gliversrejn near Thorshavn (Str.); and
Næs (Ost). Wille (I. c. p. 58) also mentions having found it, and as
Lyngbye's fig. 2 A in Hydrophyt. tab. 52 of Conferva nana somewhat
resembles a Stigeoclonium, he is of opinion that Lyngbye must also have
found it, but strangely enough this species does not occur among the
specimens of Conferva nana Lyng. in Lyngbye's Herbarium, Copenhagen.

282. Draparnaldia glomerata Ag.

Found by Lyngbye (Hydrophyt. p. 189) »Ad saxa rivulorum Færoen-
sium, ut ad Velbestad, et Qvalboe Suderoe«. I have seen specimens
from a watercourse near Thorshavn and Gliversrejn (Str.); Famien-
vatn (Syd.).

283. IVIicrothamnion Kiitzingianum Nagl. var. strictissima (Rabenh.)
Hansg.

Amongst some other algæ in a gathering from Nol so.

284. Trentepohlia aurea (L.) Mart.

This species seems to be rather conimon on damp rocks, in
ravines and such like piaces. It has been already mentioned by
Lyngbj^e (Hydrophyt. p. 134) under the name of Ectocarpus aureus
»ad rupes, fluviis rivulisqiie contiguas, Norvegiæ et Færoæ, sat fre-
quens«. In Lyngbye's Herbarium two specimens are to be found,
one labelled »in fissura rupis ad Waag, Suderoe«, and another »in
rupe maritima prope Thorshavn«.

I have seen specimens from ravines near Vestmanhavn (Str.);
Tvaeraa and on rocks near Kvalbo (Syd.).

248

Rostrup (Fær. FL p. 88) points out that Hornemann in »Dansk økonomisk
Plantelære- p. 636 mentions that Lyngbj'e found Trentepoblia Jolithiis (L.) Wallr.
in the Færoes. But as Lyngb3'e does not mention it in Hydrophytologia and as
no specimens from the Færoes are to be found in Lyngbye's Herbarium and as
furthermore this species was not found during the researches of the later years
it cannot with any certainty be added to the list of the algæ from the Færoes as
Wille (1. c. p. 58) has done, though it is very probalile that this species may occur
in the Færoes it having been found in Iceland.

285. Chætosphæridium Ppingsheimii Kleb. formå conferta Kleb.
Plate VIII, fig. 5.

To this species I think I maj^ refer a small, interesting alga
which I found on some decayed Carex straws gathered from the
large lake near Sand (San do).

It forms rather large discs consisting of roundish, sometimes
somewhat angular cells, the angles being formed by the cells pres-
sing against each other, all the cells have on their npturned side
a long, unjointed hair, which is enclosed in a sheath at the bottom.
Sometimes only the sheath has been found, the hair had probably
been broken off. Spiral hair did not occur (cfr. Klebahn in
Pringsheim's Jahrbiicher tome 24, tab. 4, fig. 14). Mucilage has never
been found and I have not seen the alga growing together with
Coleochæte. The processes connecting the cells figured and fully
described by Klebahn, were usually wanting or very little developed ;
yet a few isolated examples, loosely built, with less compact cells,
were sometimes found with well developed connecting processes
(fig. 5 b) which however did not attain to the size given by Klebahn
as that of the connecting processes of the typical Chætospæridiiim
Pringsheimii. Moreover, the contents and division of the cells judging
from the material preserved in spirit answer exactly to Klebahn's
description of »formå conferta«.

Order XX. OEDOGONIACEÆ. ^

286. Oedogonium cryptoporum Wittr.
Frodebo (S yd. I

287. O. capitellatum Wittr.

Skopen (San do).

288. O. psægmatosporum Nordst.

Grothusvatn (S a n d 6).

^ The determination of the Oedogoniaceæ 1 owe to Miss E. Hal las.

249

289. O. vernale (Hass.) Wittr.

The lake near Ejde (Ost.); Sand (San do).

290. O. crispum (Hass.) Wittr.
Kvalboejde (Syd.!.

291. O. platygynum Wittr.

Grotliusvatn (S a n d 6).

292. O. Rothii (Le Cl.) Pringsh.
Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

293. O. decipiens Wittr.

»Gjov« at Tværaa (Syd.).

294. O. rugulosum Nordst.

Frodebo (Syd.).

295. O. Areschougii Wittr.

»Gjov« at Tværaa (Syd.).

296. O. irregulare Wittr.

The large lake near Ejde (Ost.). «

297. O. macrandrum Wittr.

Grotliusvatn (,Sand6); Frodebo, Kvalboejde and »Gjov« at Tværaa

(Syd.).

298. O. rufescens Wittr.

Frodebo (Syd. .

299. Bulbachæte intermedia De Bary.

Sand (S an do); Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

300. B. crenulata Pringsh.
Grothusvatn (S an do).

301. B. mirabilis Wittr.

Grothusvatn San do); Kvalboejde (Syd.).

302. B. setigera (Roth) Ag.

Mentioned by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 88) as follows: »Vaago on Fonti-
nalis antipyretica. A watercourse near Thorshavn on Hypnum scorpioides-^.

303. B. megastoma Wittr. et Lund.
Sand (Sando).

304. B. pygmæa (Pringsh.) Wittr.
Grothusvatn (^Sando).

305. B. reticulata Nordst.
Much smaller than usual.
Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

250

306. B. pectangularis Wittr.

Frodebo (Syd.); Sand and Grothusvatn (San do).

307. B. gpacilis Pringsh.

Grothusvatn (Sand 6).

Order XXI. COLEOCHÆTACEÆ.

308. Coleochæte scutata Bréb.

Found growing on different fragments of piants in gatherings from
Grotliusvatn (San do); and tlie lake in Kvalbo Ejde (Syd.).

309. C. Nitelleapum Jost.

On Nitella opaca from different localities. Dr. O. Nordstedt de-
tected tilis species in some material of Nitella which I had sent to him
to determine.

Order XXII. CLADOPHORACEÆ.

310. Cladophora glomerata (L.) Kiitz.

Lyngbye (Hydrophyt. p. 154) mentions this species under the
name of Conferva glomerata and says it occurs »in rivilis Færoen-
sibus«. In Lyngbye's Herbarium there are two specimens labelled
Conferva glomerata of which one was collected : in rivulo ad Qvalbo
and the other: ad Vaag, Sudero; I take both to be this species.

Formå macrogonia Lyngb.

Hydrophyt. p. 154, tab. 53. In Lyngbye's Herbarium there are
three specimens of which two were collected in a lake near Kvalbo
and one is labelled: »in lacubus alpinis, Færoæ«. A form which
quite agrees with Lyngbye's figure I have found in a gathering
collected by Professor Warming on Kalso. It forms small, dense,
erect tufts; the cells are 50 — 60 fi thick.

Another specimen was collected by Ostenfeld in the lake in
Kvalbo Ejde, i. e. perhaps in the same locality whence Lyngbye
gathered his material, but it differs from it in being more unilate-
rall}^ ramified and in the cells being somewhat shorter. Lastly on
Hesto I found a form which bears a close resemblance to Lyngbye's
figure and has rather thick cell-walls.

311. C. fracta (Dillw.) Kiitz.

Mentioned by Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 87) as common in the Færoes.
I have not found this species in the material which I had for exami-
nation.

251

312. C. Lyngbyei, nov. sp. Plate IX, figs. 1 and 1'.

Plantula parva 2 — 4 ctm. vix superans in cæspitibus inter
muscos crescens; caulibus cellula basali rhizoidiformi, ramificalione
parva et sparsa instruclis, sæpe simplicibus, insertionibus irregula-
riter sitis septis sæpe provectis.

Lat. cell. = 28 //; long. cell. — 5 — 10 plo. long.

This small Cladophora was found amongst moss gathered by
Professor Warming in a ravine near Trangis vaag. Judging from
the material coUected it forms clumps of entangled filaments. At
first I took it to be Rhizoclomiim as single individuals were not
ramified along tbeir greater lengths. But on a closer investigation
I found examples witb short or shortish branches here and there.
The figure 1 (plate IX) represents different parts of a single plant.
Fig. 1 a shows the basal part with the rhizoid-like cell which
doubtless serves to attach the plant. This cell has irregularly
sinuate walls and is devoid of chlorophyl. Then follows a very
long and not ramified filament (a longer portion of it is omitted
in fig. 1) consisting of long cylindrical cells, and lastly midway
between the base and the apex there occurs a comparatively richly
ramified part (fig. 1 b). The starting point of this ramified part of
course varies in different examples, being sometimes nearer the
basis of the plant, sometimes nearer the apex. But such richly
ramified examples seldom occur, in faet branchless ones are far
from rare. The ramification is characterized by considerable variety
in the situation of the basal wall of the lateral branches, which is
sometimes situated at its basis, sometimes — in faet very often —
far out on it ^. The starting point of the lateral branch also varies;
it may emerge from directly under a cross-wall at the top of the
mother-cell, or above a cross-wall at the basis of the mother-cell,
or from anywhere between these two points. Over this richly
ramified part (fig. 1 b) the plant shown in fig. 1 consists first of a

^ Cfr. Cladophora profunda Brand. Hedwigia 1895, p. 222, and Brand: Cla-
dophora Studien in Bot. Centralblatt 1899, vol. 79. where a full description is given
of the peculiar mode of brancliing, which according to Brand is occasioned b}^
what lie terms evection'. Hosen vinge has already partialh^ treated this subject
in his: ^'æxtforhold hos Cladophora og Chætomorpha (Bot. Tidsskrift, vol. XVIII,
1892). According to the latter paper by Brand — which came out after I had
finished writing this paper — it is possible that our species is perhaps a phase
of dcvelopement of a species already known, but which species I cannot say. It
seems to me at all events that it can hardly be refened to any of the numerous
varieties and forms of Cladophora fracta and glomerata mentioned by Brand.

252

shorter not ramified part, then a single lateral branch occurs (lig. 1 c),
then again a longer not ramified part; the topmost cells in the
apex of the plant were dead or more or less disorganized.

The plant here figured is nearly 3 cm. long. The breadth
varies, with an average of about 28 fi\ the length of the cells is
ten times the breadth.

313. Ægagropila Martensii Menegh. Plate X, fig. 1.

Unfortunately I have only had dried material for examination ;
it was collected bj^ Ostenfeld in Sandsvatn on S an do where it
was floating about in the water. The size of the single colonies
[Cænohia cfr. K j e 1 1 m a n ^) varies from that of a pea to that of a
hazel-nut. The single larger specimens which occur occasionally
are no doubt made up by the pressing together during desiccation
of smaller specimens, at any rate they are very easily separated
and Ostenfeld also tells me that he does not remember having seen
any larger than a hazel-nut.

At the time of gathering the single cænohia were doubtless
nearly spherical, though somewhat irregular in form, some of the
apices of the branches having here and there protruded beyond
others. The filaments of cells are somewhat rigid and loosely
connected so that the whole cænobium has a less compact appear-
ance. The colour of the dried plant is a dark dingy olive green,
and according to Ostenfeld that of the living plant was the same.
The cells were so opaque that it was necessary to soak the mate-
rial in potassium hydrate in order to render it transparent for mi-
croscopic examination.

When placed under a microscope and slightly magnified the
cænobium presents the following features: — from a certain point
on the cænobium — a point sometimes in the middle and some-
times nearer the margin — numerous copiously ramified branches
or individuals radiate; in younger piants these must be regarded
as branches belonging to the same plant, but in older specimens
they occur as independent individuals, the more or less copiously
ramified branches having become separated through the death of
the older cells in the middle of the cænobium. All these indivi-
duals are kept together partly by the entangling of the branclies,
and partly and mainly by means of the rhizoid-like branches, which

^ F. R. Kjellman: Zur Organographie und Systematik der Ægagropilen in
Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Ups. Ser. 111. 1898.

253

commonly proceed from the lowest cells in the branches and are often
just like hånds catching other filaments. Sometimes also the apices
of the branches terminate in such rhizoid-Uke branches (fig. 1 c
plate X); the cells in these branches do not contain so much chlo-
rophyl as the other cells. I have not found in this species any
differentiation of variously developed specimens such as is men-
tioned by Kjellman in his exhaustive description of the Ægagropila
canescens.

The basal bodies of gonidial character described by Kjellman
also appear to be of but rare occurrence here. I have only once
seen some cells at the base of a filament which I thought were
identical with Kjellman's basal bodies (fig. 1 b plate X), they con-
sisted of two cells, the contents of which were dark-green and they
were distinguished by their rather thick walls. From both the
cells proceeded richly ramified filaments.

Empty cells in the apices of branches have also generally been
found here as well as in the species examined bj^ Kjellman, but
if they are due to the formation of swarm-spores or are occasioned
by mere outer mechanical causes I cannot tell, at all events I have
not seen holes in the wall.

The branches are sometimes opposite and sometimes spreading
and the ramification is altogether very irregular as the main filament
is often undeveloped. The cells are sometimes nearly cylindrical
and sometimes — and this applies parlicularly to the older cells
— inflated at the apex (Fig. 1 a Plate X). The thickness of the
cylindrical cells varies with an average of about 60 /a, the length
is about 5 — 10 times greater. The cell-walls of the older cells attain
rather a considerable thickness, up to 8 i^.

If we now compare this Færoese species with those of Kjell-
man's in his above-mentioned work, I think it is nearest to Æga-
gropila Martensii. The specimens in Nordst. and Wittr. Exsic. No. 112
bear a very fair resemblance in habit to those from the Færoes,
but a closer examination shows some smaller differences of which
I shall especially point out that the cells of Æ. Martensii in N. and
W. Exs. are considerably more inflated, even the younger cells,
furthermore, that the cells are throughout proportionally shorter
and lastly that the cell-wall is considerably thicker than in the
specimens from the Færoes.

As to the faet of my having seen among the Færoese specimens
an individual in the cænobium proceed from a basal body which

254

according to Kjellman are wanting in Æ. Martensii I must remark
that though I have had many cænobia for examination I have, as
mentioned above, only once come across such a basal body, this,
at all events proves that they are rare.

To this species I think we may furthermore refer the Færoese
species which are to be found in Lyngbye's Herbarium under the
name of Conferva ægagropila and with regard to vs^hich Lyngbye
(l.c. p.l51) writes: »In lacu prope Vay Suderoe Færoæ copiosissime,
totum fundum lacus, quantum e ripa videre licuit, globulis suis
numerosissimis denso crassoque velamine ubique tegens, etiam in
ripam ejecta, sed nunquam in aquæ superficie natans«. True,
Lyngbye's description also suits Cladophora Saiiteri to which spe-
cies Wille (1. c. p. 59) has referred Lyngbye's Conferva ægagropila,
but the faet is that Lyngbye has mentioned several species collec-
tively under this name, also Ægagropila Saiiteri, as specimens of
this species are to be found in his herbarium (from the well-known
habitat in the lake of Soro) and it is to these specimens that his
description and figures at least partly refer.

314. Rhizoclonium hieroglyphicum (Ag.) Kiitz.

Lat. fil. - 20—26 ^.

Found in material from Midvaag (Vaago); and in a gattiering from
mountain heights on Bordo (450 m.;.

315. R. pachydepmum Kjellm. /3 tenuior Kjellm. Plate X, tig. 2.
Kjellman: The Algæ of the Arctic Sea p.310. Rovenvinge: Grøn-
lands Havalger p. 911.

Amongst moss in a ravine near Tværaa Professor Warming
has collected a Rhizoclonium which I think may be referred to
the above -named species. This alga, which Kjell man found
on the shores of Nova Zembla and Wormskiold — according to
Rosenvinge ^ in Greenland (unfortunately the specimens in the
herbarium in Copenhagen is wanting in nearer indication of habitat
and way of growth), occurs in the Færoes in freshwater. This fresh-
water form from the Færoes agrees on the whole with Kjellman
and Rosenvinge's descriptions, but some smaller differences are to
be found of which I shall especialiy mention that the cells are
generally longer, the cell-walls thinner and the breadth of the fila-
ments smaller. The breadth of the older filaments varies with an
average of about 30 jw, often smaller than broader. In the older
filaments the cell-wall attains a thickness 3—4 /^, but is considerably

255

thinner in the younger. The length of the branches varies also
considerably passing with even stages from quite short to long all
of which again are sometimes more or less branching, the short
branches can therefore Iiardly be called rhizoids (as also pointed out
by Rosenvinge) as Kjellman calls these short branches of the main
form. True rhizoids do not occur in the specimens from the Færoes.
The ramification is besides very irregular, sometimes longer
portions of the filaments are quite branchless (hg. 2 a) and sometimes
thej' are richly ramified in the characteristic irregular way men-
tioned by Kjellman, Gay, Rosenvinge and others (fig. 2 c), most
frequently the basal wall of the lateral branch occurs straight in
front of the cross- wall in the main filament, but its position as
shown in fig. c can vary considerably.

316. R. sp. Plate X, fig. 3.

In 1896 I found on damp rocks near Klaksvig a Rhizoclonium
which together with sterile Oedogonia and Zygnema, etc. formed a
green covering on moss.

Tilis Rhizoclonium is rather remarkable and doubtless deserves
to be regarded as a distinct species. Being ramified it puts one in
mind of R. pachijdermiim, but it was not however so richly ramified
as the latter species, such ramified parts as shown in fig. 3 a and b
occurred only now and then. Branchless filaments were most fre-
quent, fig. 3 c and d are smaller portions of such filaments. Here
and tliere thick, short rhizoids occurred, always without dissepiment
in open connection with the mother-cell. I have not seen multi-
cellular rhizoids. The filaments were often geniculated at the
rhizoids. The ramification was as usual irregular, as shown in the
figures. The thickness of the cells varied with an average of about
35 /' and the length of the cells was about IV2 — 3 times longer.
The cell-wall was rather thin, in older cells it sometimes attains
to a thickness of 5 ft.

This species can hardly be referred to any of the 5 species
mentioned by Stockmayer in his paper: »Ueber die Algengattung
Rhizoclonium«'^, only two of them are ramified, R. pachydermum and
R. Hookeri, and it is quite distinct from both of them. In »Grøn-
lands Havalger« (p. 913) Rosenvinge mentions Rhizoclonium riparum
var. polyrhizum Rosenv. which sometimes has unicellular rhizoids
without dissepiment, but unicellular rhizoids with dissepiment as

^ Verhandl. der Zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien 1890, p. 571.

256

well as multicellular rhizoids have also been found, and even if
the above-mentioned Rhizoclonium partly resembles this, yet it seems
to me to differ so much from it that it cannot be referred to it.

Order XXIII. VAUCHERIACEÆ.

317. Vaucheria pachyderma Walz.

This species seems to be rather common in the Færoes.

The specimens from the Færoes are very near to the variety
islandica described by me (Bot. Tidsskrift Bind 22, p. 137), though
they are considerably smaller.

Long. oospor. = 150 !a\ lat. oospor. =: 139 n.

Specimens were found on Nolso; Nordredal (Str.); and Tran-
gisvaag (S yd. I

Lyngbye found this species and mentions it under name of
V. DiUivijnii in Hydrophyt. p. 77, tab. 21, but as he liere only writes:
»Habitat in umbrosis terrestribus sat frequens« and does not parti-
cularly mention the Færoes as its habitat Rostrup and Wille have
not included this species in their list. In Lyngbye's Herbarium
specimens are found from Thorshavn (Str.); Eldevig (Ost.); and
Sumbo (Syd.).

True Vaucheria sessilis corrcsponding to Walz and Hans Gotz's descriptions
(Flora 1897) I have not seen in the collections 1 have examined.

318. V. hamata (Vauch.) Lyngb.
H. Gotz 1. c. p. 109, fig. 31.

Næs (Ost.).

319. V. coponata Nordst.
Midvaag (Vaago).

Lyngbye's V. aquatica in Hydrophyt. p. 79 with regard to which
he writes: »Ad Gasterosteum aculeatum in lacu subalpino prope
Næs Osteroe Færoæ emortuum ipse vidi«, is as Walz has already
pointed out a Saprolegniacea.

Order XXIV. CHARACEÆ. ^

320. Chara fragilis Desv. subspec. delicatula (Ag.) f. verrucosa Itzigs.
Rostrup (Fær. Fl. p. 72) calls this species Chara fragilis formå

capillacea.

Found in watercourses and bog pools on Sando; Nolso; and
Hove (Syd.); and reported by Rostrup from Sando; and from tårns
on Hesto.

^ Determ. O. Nordstedt.

257

321. Nitella opaca Ag.

Foiind in Leinumvatn (Str."); Norbes Ejde and Kvanhauge (Syd.);
Grothusvatn (San do); and by Rostrup on San do; and Hesto.

III. Phæophyceæ.

Order XXV. HYDRURACEÆ.

322. Hydrurus fætidus (Vill.) Kirchn.

Found by Lyngbye; in Hydrophyt. p. 203 he calls it Palmella
Mgosurus and gives an excellent description of it. Willi regard to
its habitat Lyngbye writes: »Habitat in rivulo alpino leniter fluente
ad rnpem Slatteratind prope Eide Osteroe Færoæ saxis adnata,
copiosissime«.

IV. mLodophyceæ.

Order XXVI. HELMINTHOCLADIACEÆ.

323. Chantransia Hermann! (Roth.).

In 1896 I found in a small stream near Molen at Ejde (Ost.)
Fontinalis quite covered with a small Chantransia-like plant which
I relying on Kirchner's description in Alg. Schles. p. 46 and on
Kiitzing's figure (Tab. phycol. V, tab. 43) feel justified in referring to
the above-named species.

The cells in the apices of the main filaments as well as in
the apices of the nearly straight stiffly erect lateral branches often
terminale in a rather long colourless hair.

As is well-known the greater part of the Chantransia-si^ecies
must be regarded as more or less highly developed stages of Ba-
trachospermnm, Lemanea, Thorea, etc. (cfr. F. Brand: Ueber Chan-
transia ^) and we might therefore expect to find some of these genera
in the Færoes. Accordingly I was very much interested in finding
a small fragment of a Batrachospermum sp. in Plankton from Sor-
vaagsvatn.

The fragment which I found corresponds very closely to one
of the lateral branches in Cooke's figure (Brit. Freshw. Algæ pi. 122)
of B. moniliferum Roth. var. proliferum Carm.

This paper was finished in December 1898.

1 Hedwigia 1897, vol. XXXVI. p. 300.

Botany of the Færoes 17

258

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate VII.

Fig. 1. Eiiastnim crassiim (Biéb.) Ralfs: a semicell in front view; c and
c' end view of semicells with more or less well-marked protu-
berances on each side of the semicells; 1' var. scrobiciilata Lund.

Fig. 2. E. verrucosiim Ehrenb.: two difTerent forms of this species.

Fig. 3. E. ampiillaceiim Ralfs var. scrobiculata Nordst.

Fig. 4. E. inerme (Ralfs) Lund.

Fig. 5. E. Lyngbyei nov. sp.

Fig. 6. Cosmariiim perforatam Lund. var. rotnndata nov. var.

Fig. 7. C. Schubelerii Wille. Formå.

Fig. 8. C. pseiidopij ramidatiim Lund. *maxiina nov. subsp.

Fig. 9. C. decedens Reinsch.

Fig. 10. C. boreale nov. sp.

Fig. IL Xanthidiiini aciilealiim Ehrenb.

Fig. 12. — — — formå brevispina.

Fig. 13. X. qimdricorniitiim Roy & Biss. formå longispina n. f.

Fig. 14. Stanrastriim horametnim Ro}' & Biss. \ar. færoénsis n. v.

Fig. 15. S. rostelhim Roy & Biss.

Fig. 16. S. crcniilatiim (Nagl.) Delp.

Fig. 17. S. Pseudosebaldi Wille.

Fig. 18. Cosmariiim Regnesi Reinsch.

Plate VIII.

Fig. 1. Stanrastriim jaciiliferiim West: a cell with 3 spines on each
semicell seen in side view; b cell with 3 spines on the top
semicell and 4 on the bottom one seen in side and vertical
view; c two individuals formed by division, but not yet sepa-
rated from each other. One of the semicells of the topmost
individual has 2 spines marked 2) and the other 3 ; d, a two-
sided specimen seen in front, side and vertical view.

Fig. 2. S. megacantha Lund. formå.

Fig. 3. S. oxyacantha Arch. formå torta.

Fig. 4. S. inconspiciiiim Nordst.: a several cells connected together; c
end view of a semicell.

Fig. 5. Chætosphæridiiim Pringsheimii Kleb. forvna conferta K\eh.: a plant
with cells firmly bound together; b more loosely connected
piant, the connecting-tubes between the cells quite distinct; c
cells seen in side view; rf, e, f and g young individuals.

Fig. 5. Enteromorpha micrococca formå siibsalsa Kjellm.: o portion of
thallus slightly magnified; b a thin fdament more highly mag-
nified; c portion of thallus more highly magnified; d transverse
section of a filament.

Plate IX.

Fig. 1. Cladophora Lyngbyei nov. sp. : a, b, c parts of the same plant;
a basal part with rhizoids; b more branching centre part; c

259

topmost part. Between each of these parts longer branchless

parts have been omitted; 1' base of a smaller plant.
Fig. 2. Prasiola crispa (Lightf.) Kiitz.: a, b, c parts of a young plant;

a base (2 a the same more highly magnifled), at r rhizoids;

b centre part; c topmost part of thailus.
Fig. 3. Enteromorpha compressa (h.) Grev. From Kirkebokamp (Str.) (leg.

Lyngbye"): a portion of thallus slightly magnified; b, a similar

portion with curly surface; c transverse section of thallus; d

portion of thallus more highly magnified.
Fig. 4. Enteromorpha compressa (L.) Grev. From Fugl 6: a portion of

thallus slightly magnified; b portion of thallus more highly

magnified; c transverse section of thallus.

Plate X.

Fig. 1. Ægagropila Martensii Menegh.: a portion of filament with rhi-
zoids; b portion of filament with basal body; c portion of fila-
ment with the apex differentiated into a rootlike organ of at-
tachment.

Fig. 2. Rhizocloniiim pachydermiim Kjellm. ^ tenuior Kjellm.: a, b more
or less richly branching filaments; c richly branching portion
more highly magnified.

Fig. 3. Rhizocloniiim sp.: a, b portions with branches; b, c, d portions
of filaments with rhizoids.

Fig. 4. Arthrodesmiis Inciis (Bréb.) Hass. formå.

Fig. 5. Scenedesmus denticulatus Lagerh.

17*

FRESHWATER DIATOMS

ERNST OSTRUP.

THE following notes on tlie freshwater Diatoms of Ihe Færoes
are based on the freshwater Algæ material — 135 gatherings,
four of which contained Plankton — coUected by Mr. Borgesen,
Mr. Jensen, Mr. Ostenfeld and Prof. Warming on the Danish Ex-
peditions to the Færoes in 1895 — 1899.

Placochromaticæ.

AMPHIPRORA Ehr. 1843. Cl. Syn. I, p. 13.

1. Amphiprora paludosa W. Sm. var. hyperborea Grun., Cl. &
Grun. arc. D. tab. V, fig. 86.

Plankton from »the mouth of Sandsvatn« ^Sando).

PLEUROSIGMA W. Sm. 1852. Cl. Syn. I, p. 32.

2. Pleurosigma angulatum Quekett var. finmarchica Cl., Cl. &
Grun. arc. D. tab. III, fig. 67.

Plankton from the mouth of Sandsvatn« (San do).

CALONEIS Cl. Syn. I, p. 46.

3. Caloneis lepidula Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XIV, fig. 42.
Not rare in a gathering from Hojefjæld on Bor do.

4. C. bacillaris Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XII, fig. 27.
Nolso.

5. C. fasciata Lgst., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. II, fig. 11, V. H. Syn.

tab. XII, figs. 31—34.

Here and there.

I agree with Cleve (Syn. I p. 50) in including Nav. fonticola, fonti-
nalis and Laciinarum under Nav. fasciata Lgst.

261

Var. lenticularis m. Fig. 29 ^^'^/i. å

L. 0,018 mm., B. 0,005 mm. Valve lenticular. Apical area lj

distinct; rather broad transpical fascia. Striæ veiy delicate, \!/

at right angles to the raphe. Fig. 29.

This small species which appears in a gathering from Bosdalafos

(Vaago) is undoubtedly related to Nav. fontinalis Grun. V. H. Syn. tab.

XII, fig. 33 which P. T. Cleve (Syn. I p. 50) refers to Caloneis fasciata Lgst.

6. C. Silicula Ehr. var. alpina Cl., V. H. Syn. tab. XII, fig. 21.
Var. gibberula Kiitz., V. H. 1. c, fig. 19.

Var. ventricosa (Ehr.?) Donk., V. H. 1. c, fig. 24.
Found dispersed in the material, but not in considerable quantity
in any single gathering. The variety Tgibbenilai^ in Plankton.

7. C. alpestris Greg., V. H. Syn. tab. XII, fig. 30.
Trangisvaag (Sydero).

8. C. obtusa W. Sm., Donk. Br. D. tab. III, fig. 12.

Trangisvaag (S yder 6).

9. C. formosa Greg. var. holmiensis Cl., V. H. Syn. tab. XI, fig. 2.
Trangisvaag (Sydero).

10. C. amphisbæna Bory var. subsalina Donk., V. H. Syn. tab.
XI, fig. 6.

Rare (Hest 6).

11. C. brevis Greg., V. H. Syn. tab. XI, figs. 18— 19.
Trangisvaag (Sydero).

The form found by me stands with regard to its outline between
the two above-mentioned figures by Van Heurck, of which Cleve (Syn. I
p. 61) refers fig. 18 to the variety: vexans Grun.

NEIDIUM Pfitzer 1871. Cl. Syn. I, p. 67.

12. Neidium bisulcatum Lgst., A. S. All. tab. XLIX, fig. 15.
Here and there. Plankton.

13. N. affine Ehr. var. amphirhynchus Ehr., A.S. Atl. tab. XLIX,
fig. 27.

Here and there.

Var. genuina Cl. formå minor, A. S. 1. c, fig. 23.

Here and there.

14. N. dubium Ehr., A. S. Atl. tab. XLIX, fig. 24.
Nels 6.

DIPLONEIS Ehr. 1840. Cl. Syn. I, p. 76.

15. Diploneis interrupta Kiitz., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. II, fig. 16.
Found dispersed, and usuall}' more isolated; not rare in a gathering

from Trangisvaag. Plankton.

262

16. D. didyma Ehr., V. H. Syn. Suppl. B, fig. 20.
Trangisvaag (Sy der 6).

17. D. elliptica Kutz., A. S. Atl. tab. VII, figs. 29 and 32, V. H.

Syn. tab. X, fig. 10.

Found dispersed in most of ttie gatherings, but never in consider-
able quantity. (Plankton). Varies somewhat in size. In gatlierings
from Hojefjæld (Bord 6) and Viderejde (Vider o) I liave found smaller
forms, which agree most closely to D. Paella (Schum.?) Cl. V. H. Syn.
tab. X, tig. 11, and are undoubtedly only variations of D. elliptica (cfr.
Cl. Syn. I, p. 92).

18. D. ovalis Hilse., A. S. Atl. tab. VII, fig. 33.

Not rare in a gathering, labelled: »Algæ, in slowlj^ running water
near Bosdalafos« (Vaago).

19. D. Smithii Bréb., Grun. Vz. Jos. L. tab. I, fig. 41.
Trangisvaag (Sy de ro).

GYROSIGMA Hassall 1845. Cl. Syn. 1, p. 112.

20. Gyposigma acuminatum Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXI, fig. 12.
Rare. Tværaa (Sy der 6) and in Plankton from the lake in Vaags

Ej de (Vaago).

FRUSTULIA Ag. 1824. Cl. Syn. I, p. 122.

21. Frustulia vulgaris Thw., V. H. Syn. tab. XVII, fig. 6.

22. F. rhomboides Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. XVII, figs. 1-2.
Var. saxonica Rbh., V. H. 1. c, fig. 4.

Var. viridula Bréb., V. H. 1. c, fig. 3.

The above-mentioned species and variations of Frustulia occur rather
often in the material. F. rh. saxonica appears to be the most frequent,
it, however, varies in having apices more or less capitate.

23. F. vitrea m. Fig. 30 ^^^/i.
L. 0,02— 0,024 mm., B. 0,0055 mm. Valve nearly

linear; apices truncate. Central pores comparatively

distant. Striæ exceedingly delicate, just visible on

applying Zeiss' Apochromate 2 mm.; they appear to

Fif 30. be at right angles to the raphe. I think I have seen

two longitudinal lines close to and parallel with the margin, but I

am not quite sure of it.

The reason why 1 have placed this small hyaline form under
Frustulia is mostly on account of the appearance of its central nodule.
It may perhaps be related to Navicula El Kab O. M. (Bacil. a. d. Natron-

263

thålern El Kah tab. XII, fig. 22) which the author ])laces under the iVo-
viciila cnsi)idala group.

Herc aiici Ihcre. More conspicuous in a galhering labelled: »Gover-
ing bare spols on peaty ground . South side ol'Trangisvaagfjord (Sydero)^.

AMPHIPLEURA Kiitz. 1844. CI. Syn. I, p. 125.

24. Amphipleura pellucida Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XVII, figs. 14—15.
Only one example occurred in Plankton from the lake in Kvalbo-

Ejde (Sy de ro).

NAVICULÆ MESOLEJÆ Cl. Syn. I, p. 127.

25. Navicula Rotæana Rbh., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. I, fig. 13, V. H.
Syn. tab. XIV, ligs. 17—19.

Found dispersed in several of the gatherings. Plankton.

Var. oblongella Grun., V. H. 1. c, lig. 21.

Found intermingled with the main species in gatherings from Tran-
gisvaag (Sydero).

26. N. bacilliformis Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XIII, fig. 11.
Kirkebokamp (Str6m5).

27. N. Pupula Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XIII. fig. 15.
Sand (San do); Trangisvaag (Sydero).

NAVICULÆ ENTOLEJÆ Cl. Syn. I, p. 131.

28. Navicula contenta Grun. var. biceps Arnott, V. H. Syn. tab.
XIV, fig. 31 b.

Here and there. Not rare in a gathering from Hojefjæld on Bordo.

29. N. perpusilla Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XIV, figs. 22— 23.
Trangisvaag, Vaag (Vaago); Hojefjæld (Bord ol In the latter ga-
thering, not rare.

NAVICULÆ DECIPIENTES Grun. 1880. Cl. Syn. I, p. 138.

30. Navicula Semen Ebr., Grun. Fz. Jos. L. tab. I, fig. 34.
Rather rare. Nol so; Tværaa (Sydero).

31. N. Integra W. Sm., V. H. Syn. tab. XI, fig. 22.
Rare. Trangisvaag Sydero).

^ Since writing this paper I have found a Frnstiilia vitrea in i Surtarbrand ^
from Illagil, Iceland. In - Meddelelser fra dansk geologisk Forening' No. 6, p. 27
it is reported as Navicula sp. nav. with reference to my present paper on the
Færoese Diatoms.

264

32. N. subtilissima Cl., Cl. Diat. Fini. tab. II, fig. 15.
Rather rare. Trangisvaag (S yd er 6); Thorshavn (S trom 6).

NAVICULÆ MICROSTIGMATICÆ Cl. Syn. I, p. 141.

33. Stauponeis anceps Ehr. var. linearis Ehr. , V. H. Sjai. tab.
IV, figs. 7—8.

Nolso; Trangisvaag (S yd er 6).

Var. amphicephala Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. IV, figs. 4 — 5.

Not rare.

34. S. Phoenicenteron Ehr. var. amphilepta Cl., Herib. Diat.
d'Auv. tab. III, fig. 18.

Here and there.

35. S. parvula Grun. var. prominula Grun., Cl. Syn. I, p. 149.
Rare. Trangisvaag (Sy der 6).

Var. producta Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. IV, fig. 12.

Not common. Nolso; Viderejde (Vi der 6); Trangisvaag (Sy der 6).

36. S. Legumen Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. IV, fig. 11.
Nolso; Ornefjæld (Sydero). Plankton.

37. S. Smithii Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. IV, fig. 10.
Rare. Sand (San do).

38. S. javanica Grun., Pant. III tab. VIII, fig. 143.
Rare. Nolso.

39. S. acuta W. Sm. var. densestriata m. Fig. 31 ^^o/^.
L. 0,056 mm., B. 0,01 mm. Striæ at least 25 in 0,01 mm.

Valve rhombic-lanceolate. The apical area dilated in the

central part of the valve. Stauros broadening towards and

reacliing Ihe margin, which shoM^s a slight incurvation at

this point. Striæ delicate and obscure, distinct only at the

stauros.

In spite of the delicacy of its striæ and the somewhat
different aspect of its central part I regard this form as a va-
riet}' of S. acuta W. Sm. With regard to the niimber of striæ
gj it approaches more closely to S. Frauenfeldiana (Grun. Nov. Exp.
tab. I, fig. 13), but judging from Grunow's flgure of it, S. Frauen-
feldiana and the form in question are doubtless two distinct species.
Found in a gathering labelled: »Green algæ from a swamp on Nolso«.

CYMBELLA Ag. 1830. Cl. Syn. I, p. 156.

40. Cymbella microcephala Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. VIII, fig. 36.
Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

265

41. C. Cesatii Rbh., V. H. Syn. tab. VIII, fig. 35.
Rare. Kirkebokamp, Thorshavn (vStromo).

42. C. angustata W. Sm., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. II, Hg. 10.

Rare. Orneljæld (.Sydero). Plankton.

Fig. 32 ("^^"/i) shows a Cymbella angustata W. Sni. which
difTers from tlie typical form in having a distinct central area.
It was found in a gathering from Kirkebokamp (S trom 6).

Fig. 32.

43. C. alpina Grun. var., Ost. Danske Diat. All. tab. II, fig. 18.
Rare. Kirkebokamp (Stromo), between Ornefjæld and Trangisvaag

(Sydero).

44. C. austpiaca Grun.? var. densestriata Ost., Ost. Danske Diat.
Afl. tab. II, fig. 6.

Kirkebokamp Stromo).

45. C. amphicephala Naegeli, A. S. Atl. tab. IX, fig. 65.
Ornefjæld (Sydero); Midvaag (Vaago).

46. C. naviculiformis Auersw., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 5.
Ornefjæld, Trangisvaag (Sydero); Nol so.

47. C. cuspidata Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 3.
Rare. Sand S and 6).

48. C. turgida Greg., V. H. Syn. tab. III, fig. 12.
Kirkebokamp (Stromo).

49. C. ventricosa Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. III, figs. 13, 15 and 18.
Rather common. Plankton.

50. C. hebridica Grun., Cl. Diat. Fini. tab. II, figs. 16—17.
Hojvig (Stromo.

51. C. gracilis Rbh., V. H. Syn. tab. III, fig. 23.
Thorshavn (Stromo); Hojefjæld (Bor do).

52. C. incerta Grun. var. naviculacea Grun., Cl. Gronl. & Argent.
tab. VI, fig. 11.

Here and there.

53. C. æqvalis W. Sm., V. H. Syn. tab. III, fig. 2.
Here and there.

54. C. sinuata Greg., V. H. Syn. tab. III, fig. 8.

Rather rare. Kirkebokamp Stromo); Trangisvaag (Sydero).
Var. antiqva Grun.?, Ost. Danske Diat. Afl. tab. II, fig. 10.
Thorshavn (Stromo).

266

55. C. affinis Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 19, A. S. Atl. tab. X,

fig. 27.

Not rare. In some of the gatherings, e. g. from Ejde (Ostero) and
Tværaa (Sy de ro) very common. Plankton.

56. C. parva W. Sm., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 14.
Kvalbo, Trangisvaag, Famievatn (Sydero).

57. C. Botellus Lgst., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. II, fig. 22.
Thorsliavn (S trom 6).

58. C. cymbiformis (Ag.?) Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 11a, b, c.
Here and there.

59. C. Cistula Hempr., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 12, A. S. Atl. tab.
X, fig. 1.

Not rare in many of the gatherings. Plankton.

60. C. lanceolata Ebr., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 7.
Here and there. Plankton.

61. C. helvetica Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 15, A. S. Atl. tab.
X, fig. 23 and tab. LXXI, fig. 19.

Found dispersed. Plankton.

62. C. aspera Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 8.

Found scattered about in the material, often as a transitional form
to Cymbella lanceolata.

In a gathering from Nol s o I found a Cymbella aspera, the valve
measures about 0,24 mm. in length and 0,045 mm. in breadth. Dorsal
striæ 6 in 0,01 mm., more distant in the middle, somewhat doser to-
wards the apices. Vcntral striæ 6 in 0,01 mm. in the middle, thcn in-
creasing in number to about 10 in 0,01 mm. towards the apices. Striæ
moniliform, puncta on the dorsal side 6 in 0,01 mm., on the ventral side
10 in 0,01 mm. With regard to its size this form comes near to C. gigantea
Pant. (Pant. III, tab. XXI, fig. 321) and rather near to C. gastroides Kiitz. in
A. S. Atlas tab. IX, fig. 1 (the latter measures 0,3 mm. in length). P. T. Cleve
(Syn. I, p. 175) refers both these figures to C. aspera Ehr.

GOMPHONEMA Agard 1824. Cl. Syn. I, p. 178.

63. Gomphonema parvulum Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXV, figs. 7—9.
Not rare.

64. G. angustatum Kiitz. var. producta Grun., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. I,
fig. 14, V. H. Syn. tab. XXIV, figs. 52—55.

Not rare.

65. G. intricatum Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXIV, figs. 28—29.
Trangisvaag, Ornefjæld (Sydero).

267

Var. dichotoma Kiitz., V. H. 1. c, figs. 30— 31.
Orneljæld (Sydero). Plankton.

66. G. gracile Ehr. var. naviculacea W. Sm., V.H. Syn. tab. XXIV,
figs. 13—14.

Not rare.

67. G. lanceolatum Ehr. var. insignis Greg., V. H. Syn. tab.
XXIV, tig. 39.

Hojefjæld (Bord 6).

Var. brevistriata m. Fig. 33 ^^^/i.

L. 0,038 mm., B. 0,008 mm. Striæ 10 in 0,01 mm.

By an interruption of the striæ a rather broad apical
area is formed, dilated in the middle of the valve to a round
space. Tilis variety approaches nearest to G. lanceolatum
insignis.

Found in a gathering labelled: »Trangisvaag (Sydero) at Fig. 33.
some 200 metres«.

68. G. subclavatum Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XXIV, fig. 1 and tab.
XXIII, figs. 38—41.

Var. montana Schum., V. H. Syn. tab. XXIII, lig. 36.

Not rare. The variety occurs intermingled with the main species.

69. G. acuminata Ehr. var. coronata Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. XXIII,

figs. 15—17.

Rather common, but generally does not occur in any considerable
quantity in any of the gatherings.

70. G. constrictum Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. XXIII, figs. 5—6.

Tværaa (^Sydero); Næs (Oster6)i Vedvig (Videro). Common in a
gathering from the latter locality.

71. G. geminatum Lyngb., W. Sm. Syn. tab. XXVII, fig. 235.

Here and there. Occurs in large quantity in a gathering labelled:
»Trangisvaag (Sydero), at the northern Hammer«.

72. G. olivaceum Lyngb., V.H. Syn. tab. XXV, figs. 20— 21.
Trangisvaag, Tværaa (Sj^dero); Nord reder.

73. G.? inflatum m. Fig. 34 ^''Vi.

L. 0,031 mm., B. in the middle 0,006 mm. Striæ 15 in
0,01 mm.

Valve slightly undulated, broadest in the middle. Nar-
row apical area. Central area orbicular, reaching half way
between the central nodule and the margin. Striæ more distant,
slightly radiant in the middle, but at the dorsal end of the Fig. 34.

268

apical axis at right angles to the raphe. Terminal nodules at a

little distance from the apices. No unilateral stigma.

I have referred this species to Gomphonema on account of the form
being somewhat unsymmetrical with regard to the transapical axis and the
diflferently directed striæ at its apices, the hitter character in particular
appears to point to Gomphonema. Perhaps it comes nearest to G. angu-
statiim Kiitz. as according to Cleve (Syn. I p. 181) the unilateral stigma
of the latter is »indistinct«, and sometimes it even appears to be wanting.
Gfr. G. angustatiim var.? lapponica A. Cl. in A. Cl. Lule Lap., fig. 20.

ANOMOEONEIS Pfltzer 1871. Cl. Syn. II, p. 5.

74. Anomoeonels serians Bréb., V. H. Syn. tab. XII, fig. 7 and
Supl. B, fig. 31.

75. A. brachysira (Bréb.) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XII, figs. 8 — 9.

76. A. exilis (Kiitz.) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XII, figs. 11 — 12.

Var. thermalis Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 10.

The above species or varieties of A. serians are fairly common in
the material. Plankton. A variety which was found intermingled with
them agrees most closely with Van Heurck's fig. 12, but the capitate
apices shown in this figure are wanting.

77. A. zellensis Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XII, fig. 14.
Rather rare. Vaag iSjdero); Hojefjæld (Bord 6).

NAVICULÆ HETEROSTICHÆ. Cl. Syn. II, p. 8.

78. Navicula cocconeiformis Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XIV, fig. 1.
Occurs in several of the gatherings, but rarely in any considerable

quantity.

NAVICULÆ LINEOLATÆ. Cl. Syn. II, p. 10.

79. Navicula cryptocephala Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. VIII, fig. 5.
Here and there.

Var. exilis Kiitz., V. H. 1. c, fig. 2.
Thorshavn (Stromo); Trangisvaag (Sydero).

80. N. rhynchocephala Kiitz. var. amphiceros Kiitz., V. H. Syn.
tab. VII, fig. 30.

Sand (San do).

81. N. vipidula Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. VII, fig. 25.
Var. slesvlcensis Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 26.

Var. rostellata Kiitz., V. H. 1. c, figs. 23—24.

Not rare. The variety slesuicensis occurs more frequently than the
main species; I have found rostellata in gatherings from Midvaag (Vaag 6)
and Sand 6.

269

82. N. hungarica Grun., Grun. Ost. Ung. tab. XXX, fig. 42.
Rare. Planklon from »the mouth of Sandsvatn (Sando).
Var. capitata Ehr., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. II, fig. 5.

Rare. Sand (Sando).

83. N. cincta Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. VII, figs. 13—14.
Midvaag Vaago).

Var. Heufleri Grun., V. H. 1. c, figs. 12 and 15.
Midvaag (VaagoX mixed witli tlie main species, Thorshavn (Stromo).
Var. angusta Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 17.

Found dispersed in some of the gatherings, but never in large
quantities.

84. N. radiosa Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. VII, fig. 20.
Scattered about in the material, but rarely in large quantities.
Var. tenella Bréb., V. H. 1. c, fig. 21.

Kirkebokamp (S t r o m 6 ).

85. N. gracilis Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. VII, figs. 7— 8.
Trangisvaag (Sy der 6).

86. IM. peregrina Ehr., A. S. Atl. tab. XLVII, figs. 57-60.
Trangisvaag (Syde ro); Ejde (O s ter 6).

Var. Meniscus Schum., V. H. Syn. tab. VIII, fig. 19.
Trangisvaag, Tværaa (Syd er 6).

Var. Kefvingensis Ehr., A. S. Atl. tab. XLVII, fig. 62.
Trangisvaag (^Syderoj.

87. N. peregrina Ehr. var. Menisculus Schum.? Fig. 35 ^^Vi-
L. 0,035 mm., B. 0,01 mm. Striæ 10 in 0,01 mm.
Val ve ellipticallanceolate with obtuse apices. Striæ ra-
diale in the middle, convergent towards the apices. Apical
area narrow; central area small, orbicular. I have some
doubts about regarding this form as a N. peregrina Menisculus.

Found in a gathering labelled: »Algæ from Kvanhaugen«,
Trangisvaag (Sy der 6). Fig. 35.

88. N. digitoradiata Greg., V. H. Syn. tab. VII, fig. 4.
Trangisvaag (Sy der o).

89. N. dicephala (Ehr.?) W.Sm., V.H. Syn. tab. VIII, figs. 33-34.
Here and there.

Var. subcapitata Grun., Grun. Foss. Diat. Ost. Ung. tab. XXX,
fig. 54.

Hvidenæs (Stromo).

270

90. N. Gastrum Ehr. var. exigua Greg., V. H. Syn. tab. VIII,
fig. 32.

Kvalbo, Trangisvaag (S 3^ de ro).

91. N. Placentula Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. VIII, fig. 28.
Plankton from »the mouth of Sandsvatn« (S and 6).

NAVICULÆ PUNCTATÆ Cl. Syn. II, p. 37.

92. Navicula scutelloides W. Sm., var. minutissima Cl., Cl. Gronl.
& Argent. tab. XVI, fig. 10.

Rare. Sand, Plankton from »the mouth of Sandsvatn« (S and 6).

93. N. pusilla W. Sm., V. H. Syn. tab. XI, fig. 17.
Hero and there.

Var. lanceolata Grun., Strose Kl., fig. 10.
Plankton from »the mouth of Sandsvatn« (San do).

94. N. humerosa Bréb., V. H. Syn. tab. XI, fig. 20.
Plankton from »the mouth of Sandsvatn« (S and 6).

95. IM. amphibola Cl., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. II, fig. 7.
Rare. Nol so; Trangisvaag (Sydero).

NAVICULÆ LYRATÆ Cl. Syn. II, p. 52.

96. Navicula pygmæa Kutz., A. S. Atl. tab. LXX, fig. 7.

Trangisvaag (S 3^ de ro). Only found in one gathering where it was
rather common.

NAVICULÆ LÆVISTRIATÆ Cl. Syn. II, p. 96.

97. N. elegans W. Sm., Donk. Br. Diat. tab. IV, fig. 1.
Rare. Trangisvaag (Sydero;. Plankton.

98. N. palpebralis Bréb. var. Barclayana Greg., Greg. Diat. Cl.
tab. IX, fig. 9.

Rare. Trangisvaag (Sydero).

Var. obtusa V. H., V. H. Syn. tab. XI, fig. 8.

Rare. Ornefjæld (S3'der6).

99. N. tubulata m. Fig. 36 ^oo/i.
L. 0,026 mm., B. 0,011 mm. Striæ about 20 in 0,01 mm.
Valve lanceolate with apices obtuse, truncate. Terminal

nodules small, situated at the apices. Striæ parallel, absent
from the centre. This unstriated part is oval on the one
side of the raphe and extends right to the margin, while
Fig. 36. Qj^ ^j^g other side it only reaches about half way between

271

the central nodule and the margin. An elevated apical part oc-
curs on both side of the raphe. Tliis species bears a fairly close
resemblance to N. carinifcra Griin. A. S. Atl. lab. III, fig. 2 from
Campeche Bay, but the striæ are much closer and, as far as I can
see, not punctate.

Found in a galhering from Midvaag (Vaago).

PINNULARIA Ehr. 1843. Cl. Syn. II, p. 71.

Gracillimæ Cl. Syn. II, p. 74.

100. Pinnularia undulata Greg. var. subundulata Greg., Van Heurck:
Types Nr. 140.

Rare. Nordreoer.

101. P. sublineapjs Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. VI, fig. 25.
Kirkebokamp, Thorshavn (Stromo).

102. P. leptosoma Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XII, fig. 29.
Kvalbo (Syd er 6).

Capitatæ Cl. Syn. II, p. 75.

103. Pinnularia appendiculata Ag., V. H. Syn. tab. VI., figs. 30—31.

Nolso; Kirkebokamp (Stromo); Trangisvaag (S yd er 6). Not rare
in a gathering labelled: »Covering bare spots on peaty ground«, south side
of Trangisvaagfjord (Syde ro).

104. P. subcapitata Greg., V. H. Syn. tab. VI, fig. 22, A. S. Atl.
tab. XLIV, fig. 53.

Not common. Thorshavn (Stromo).

105. P. Interrupta W. Sm. formå stauroneiformis, O. M. Riesen-

geb. tab. III, fig. 18.

Klakken (Bord 6). Common in a gathering from Trangisvaag
(Sydero).

106. P. mesolepta Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. VI, figs. 10— 11.
Trangisvaag (Sydero); Midvaag (Vaago); Nolso.

Var. stauponeiformis Grun., A. S. Atl. tab. XLV, figs. 52 — 53.

Nolso; Sydero.

Var. angusta Cl., A. S. 1. c, fig. 63.

Midvaag (Vaago).

Var. polyonca Bréb., O. M. Riesengeb. tab. III, fig. 20.

Nolso.

In a gathering from Sydero I found a small triundulated Pinnularia
with apices capitate. It approaches P. mesolepta stauroneiformis in size,

272

form and number of striæ, but its transapical fascia is bordered by
two stronger striæ such as O. Muller (Bac. a. d. Hochs Riesengeb. p. 23)
has noticed in P. Brchissonii and P. microstanron. Perhaps this small
form might therefore be referred to P. microstanron.

107. P. microstauron Ehr., A. S. Atl. tab. XLIV, fig. 14, Herib.
Diat. d'Aiiv. tab. IV, fig. 1.

Nolso; Trangisvaag (Sydero); Sand (Sando); Hojvig, Kirkebokamp
(S t r 6 m 6 ).

108. P. termitina Ehr., A. S. Atl. tab. XLV, fig. 64.
Trangisvaag (Sydero).

109. P. Oculus Ost., Ost. Ferskv. Diat. Ostg. tab. I, fig. 6.
Trangisvaag (Sydero^; Sand (Sando).

This species, Vi'hich has been found in the Færoes only in the two
gathcrings richest in saltwater forms, has also been met with in East
Greenland in a locality which seems to suggest that it is a saltwater
form (cfr. 1. c. p. 269).

Divergentes Cl. Syn. II, p. 77.

110. Pinnularia divergentissima Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. VI, fig. 32.
Here and there.

A small Pinnularia occurs in a gathering from Midvaag (Vaago).
L. 0026 mm., B. 0,004 mm., Striæ 12—13 in 0,01 mm. Ils strongly radiant
and convergent striæ proves its relationship to P. dinergentissima, but
it differs from this species in being altogether linear.

111. P. Brébissonii Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. V, fig. 7.
Kirkebokamp, Hvidenæs Stromo.

Var. diminuta V. H., V. H. 1. c, fig. 8.
Viderejde (Vi der 6).

112. P. Legumen PZhr., V. H. Syn. tab. VI, fig. 16.
Nolso; Kirkebokamj) Stromo); Trangisvaag (Sydero).
Formå vix undulata, V. H. 1. c, fig. 17.

Nolso.

113. P. platycephala Ehr., Cl. Diat. of Fini. tab. II, fig. 1.

Næs (O s ter 6). Found one example only, it differs from the typical
form in being somewhat shorter and comparatively broader.
L. 0,078 mm., B. 0.019 mm.

114. P. divergens W. Sm., W. Sm. Syn. tab. XVIII, fig. 177.
Not rare.

Var. elliptica Grun., A. S. Atl. tab. XLIV, figs. 6—7.
Kirkebokamp (S tro m 6 ;.

Formå minor, O. M. Riesengeb. tab. III, fig. 9.
Famievatn (Sydero).

273

115. P. diversa m. Fig. 37 ^''Vi-
L. 0,039 mm., B. 0,006 mm. Striæ 15 in 0,01 mm.
Valve narrow, rhombic-lanceolale. Striæ radiant, but about

midway between the centre and tbe apices suddenly conver-
gent. Tbe apical area dilated towards the middle and liere
forming a transapical fascia. This species undoubtedly comes
very near to tbe form — witbout name — from »Grim Brigs f'« 37.
Aberdeen« figured in A. S. Atlas tab. 44, fig. 52, but its striæ are
closer.

Rare. Vidcrejde (Videro).

Distantes Cl. Syn. II, p. 80.

116. Pinnularia intermedia Lgst., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. I, fig. 3.
Here and there, but never in any considerable quantity.

117. P. Balfourlana Grun., Cl. Syn. II, tab. 1, fig. 18.

Not common. Trangisvaag (Sy de ro); Ejde (Oste ro); Hojefjæld
(Bord 6).

118. P. borealis Ebr., V. H. Syn. tab. VI, fig. 3.
Scattered about in the material.

119. P. lata Bréb., W.Sm. Syn. tab.XVIII, fig. 167.

Not rare, but never in large quantity in any of the
gatherings.

In fig. 38 i^^'^/i) I have figured a fragment of P. lata
which is distinguished by its size and linear form. For,
while P. lata (cfr. Cl. Syn. II, p. 81) is said to attain a
length of 0,13 mm., the specimen in question would when
complete measure at least 0,192 mm. Unfortunately I
have only succeeded in finding this incomplete specimen;
it occurred in a gathering from Kvanhaugen (Sydero.

120. P. alpina W.Sm., Donk. Br. Diat. tab. IV,

fig. 6.

Found dispersed in the gatherings as the preceding
species, but not in great numbers. Plankton.

Fig. 38.

Tabellarieæ Cl. Syn. II, p. 81.

121. Pinnularia stauroptera Grun., Donk. Br. Diat. tab. XII, fig. 3.
Trangisvaag, Kvalbo (Sy der 6); Hojvig (S trom 6).

Var. interrupta Cl., V. H. Syn. tab. VI, figs. 6—7.
Næs (Oste ro); Kirkebokamp (S trom 6).

122. P. stomatophora Grun., A. S. Atl. tab. XLIV, figs. 27-29.
Found dispersed, but not rare.

Botany o( the Færoes 18

274

In a gathering from Trangisvaag a P. stomatophora occurred in which
the transapical fascia was reduced to a verj' narrow area, formed by
the absence of a single stria on each side of the central nodule, and
thus it forms a transitional form to f. continna Cl.

123. P. mesogongyla Ehr., Cl. Vega Exp. tab. XXXVI, fig. 20.
Trangisvaag (Sydero).

Brevistriatæ Cl. Syn. II, p. 85.

124. Pinnularia brevicostata Cl., Cl. Diat. Fini. tab. I, fig. 5.
Thorshavn (S tro m 6 ).

125. P. acrosphæria Bréb. formå genuina, A. S. Atl. tab. XLIII,

fig. 16.

Nolso; Kirkebokamp, Thorshavn (S trom 6); Trangisvaag (Sy der 6).
Rather rare in gathcrings from these localities.

126. P. nodosa Ehr. formå genuina, A. S. Atl. tab. XLV, figs.
57—58.

Kvanhangen (Sydero).

127. P. parva (Ehr.) Greg. var. Lagerstedtii Cl., Lgst. Spetsb.
tab. II, fig. 4.

Rather rare. Tværaa, Trangisvaag (Sydero).

Majores Cl. Syn. II, p. 88.

128. Pinnularia major Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. V, fig. 3, A. S. Atl.
tab. XLII, fig. 8.

Not rare. Plankton.

129. P. Dactylus Ehr., A. S. Atl. tab. XLII, figs. 3, 4, 6.

Here and there. Common in a gathering labelled: »Algæ from a
stream at the head of Trangisvaagfjord« (Sydero).

Cnmplexæ Cl. Syn. II, p. 90.

130. Pinnularia viridis Nitzsch, V. H. Syn. tab. V, fig. 5.
Var. intermedia Cl., A. S. Atl. tab. XLII, figs. 9—10.

Var. commutata Grun., W. Sm. Syn. tab. XVIII, fig. 163 a.

Var. leptogongyla (Ehr.?) Grun., Donk. Br. Diat. tab. XII, fig. 4.

Var. rupestris Hantzsch, A. S. tab. XLV, fig. 44.

Scattered abont in the whole of the material, the varieties mixed
together with the main species.

131. P. distinguenda Cl., Cl. Diat. Fini. tab. I, fig. 1.
Plankton from »the month of Sandsvatn« (Sando).

132. P. gentilis Donk., A. S. Atl. tab. XLII, fig. 2.

Here and there. Not rare in a gathering from Næs (O s te ro).

275

133. P. nobilis Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. V, lig. 2.
Here and there.

134. P. streptoraphe CI. var.subconstricta m. Fig.39 ^*^Vi-
L. 0,102 mm., B., greatcst, 0,017 mm.; in tlie middle

0,015 mm. Striæ 6 — 7 in 0,01 mm.

Differs from the typical P. streptoraphe in being slightly
constricted in the middle.

Nolso.

135. P. isostauron (Ehr.?) Grun., Cl. & Grun. arc. D.
tab. I, lig. 14.

Not common. Nolso.

Fig. 39.

Marinæ Cl. Syn. II, p. 94.

136. Pinnularia cruciformis Donk. var. Færoensis m.
Fig. 40 660/1.

L. 0,029 mm., L. 0,01 mm. Striæ 10 in 0,01 mm.

Valve oval, almost linear; apices obtuse, truncate.
Striæ radiant in the middle, convergent towards the apices.
Transapical area rather broad. This variety comes nearest
to P. cruciformis Donk. var. brevior Cl. (Vega Exp. tab.
XXXV, fig. 18), but it is comparatively broader, more linear,
and the striæ are more distant.

Arge (S trom 6); Trangisvaag (Syde ro). Fig. 4o

P. sp. formå anormalis. Fig. 41 ^^Vi-
Found in a gathering from Nolso.

AMPHORA Ehr. 1840. Cl. Syn. II, p. 99.

137. Amphora ovalis Kiitz. var. libyca Ehr., V. H. Syn.
tab. I, fig. 2.

Found in several of the gatherings, but always only in
small quantities.

138. A. perpusilla Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. I, figs. 8—9.
Here and there. Fig.«

Halamphora Cl. Syn. II, p. 117.

139. Amphora acutiuscuia Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. I, fig. 18.
Rather rare. Trangisvaag (Sydero); Sand (Sand 6).

140. A. Terroris Ehr., A. S. Atl. tab. XXV, fig. 18.
Rare. Trangisvaag (Sydero).

18*

276

MASTOGLOIA Thwaites 1848. Cl. Syn. II, p. 142.

141. Mastogloia Smithii Thw. var. lacustris Grun., V. H. Syn.
tab. IV, fig. 14.

Rare. Ejde (Stromo).

Var. amphicephala Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 27.

Ornefjæld, Trangisvaag, F'rodebo (Sj'dero); Sand (San do).

142. M. elliptica Ag., A. S. Atl. tab. CLXXXV, fig. 19.
Ejde (Ostero).

Var. punctata Cl.

Rare. Thorshavn (Stromo).

ACHNANTHEÆ Cl. Syn. II, p. 163.

Rhoicosphenia Grun. 1860. Cl. Syn. II, p. 163.

143. Rhoicosphenia curvata Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXVI, figs. 1—3.
Hesto; Nord reder. Plankton.

Cocconeis Ehr.) Cl. Syn. II, p. 168.

144. Cocconeis Pediculus Ehr., V.H. Syn. tab. XXX, figs. 28-30.
Here and there.

A Cocconeis which appears in a gathcring from Kvanhaugen
(Sy der 6) mu.st, as far as I can see, be regarded as

§a variety of C. Pediculus Ehr. As it, however, does not
quite agree with any of the figures which Cleve refers
to this species, I have given a figure of it in fig. 42
(•^"Vi'- L. 0,022 mm., B. 0,01 mm. Striæ 15—20 in
0,01 mm. On the hypothcca the striæ are only visible
Fig. 42. nt the margin.

145. C. Scutellum Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. XXIX, figs. 1—2.
Trangisvaag (Sy der 6).

Eiicocconeis Cl. Syn. II, p. 172.

146. Cocconeis flexella Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXVI, figs. 29-31.
Not rare. Plankton.

In a gathering from Sand I found a form which excepting its size
corresponds exactly to Achnanthidinm maxiiniim A. Cl. (A. Cl. Lule Lapm.
fig. 23), and as in A. maximiim the pseudoraphe in almost rectilinear.
L. 0,046 mm., B. 0,015 mm. I only saw the epitheca.

147. C. minuta Cl., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. II, fig. 16.
Here and there together with the above-mentioned.
Var. alpestris Br., Le Diatomiste II, tab. V, lig. 15.
Rare. Ornefjæld (Sydero); Thorshavn (Stromo).

277

Heteroneis Cl. Syn. II, p. 182.

148. Achnanthes gibberula Grun., V. H. Syn. Uih. XXVII, figs.
47- 49.

Kirkebokamp (S trom 6).

149. A. Liljeborgii Grun., Le Diatomiste II tab. III, fig. 19.

Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago. Onlj^ one example
of the epitheca was found. As it does not exactly correspond
to the above-mentioned figure of Cleve I have given a ligure
of it in fig. 43 i^^Vi). Kig. 43.

Microneis Cl. Syn. II, p. 187.

150. Achnanthes minutissima Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXVII, figs.
35—38.

Var. cpyptocephala Grun., V. H. 1. c, figs. 41 — 44.

The main species as w^ell as the variety are rather common in
many of the gatherings. In one gathering from Ornefjæld i Sy der 6)
the var. cryptocephala occiirs most frequently.

151. A. linearis W^. Sm. var. pusilla Grun., V. H. Syn. tab.
XXVII, fig. 33.

Thorshavn (S t r 6 m 6).

152. A. delicatula Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXVII, figs. 3—4.
Midvaag (Vaago); Trangisvaag (Sy der 6).

Achnanthidium (Kiitz. 1844) Heib. 1863. Cl. Syn. II, p. 191.

153. Achnanthes lanceolata Bréb., V. H. Syn. tab. XXVII, figs.

8—11.

Not rare in many of the gatherings. Occurs abundantly in a gathering
labelled: »Algæ in slowly running water near Bosdalafos« (Vaago).

Var. Færoensis m. Fig. 44 ^^^ji.

L. c. 0,03 mm., B. 0,007—0,008 mm. Striæ aboiit
12 in 0,01 mm.

Valves narrow, lanceolate ; epitheca wilh horseshoe-

like mark ; hypotheca with transapical fascia nearly

reaching the margin. Otherwise both the valves of Fig. 44.

about the same form and size.

Not rare in some of the gatherings. Occurs rathcr abundantly
in a gathering labelled: »Algæ in slowly running water near Bosdalafos«
(Vaago).

278

154. A. coarctata Bréb., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. I, fig. 16.

Here and there, but in the gatlierings in wliich they occur, gene-
rally occurring in a few examples only. Plankton.

155. A. brevipes Ag. var. intermedia Kiitz., V.H. Syn. tab. XXVI,
figs. 21—22.

Rare. Midvaag (Vaago).

EPITHEMIA Bréb. 1838. V.H. Syn., p. 138.

156. Epithemia tupgida (Ehr.) Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXI,
figs. 1—2.

Here and there.

Var. Westermannii Kiitz., V. H. 1. c, fig. 8.

Var. granulata Grun., V. H. I. c, figs. 5—6.

Both the varieties interniingled with the main species.

157. E. Sorex Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXII, figs. 7—8.

Trangisvaag (Sydero); Nordreoer. In a gathering from the latter
locality this species occurs in considerable quantity. Plankton.

158. E. Apgus Kutz., V.H. Syn. tab. XXXI, figs. 15— 17.
Here and there.

159. E. Zebra (Ehr.) Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXI, figs. 9, 11—14.
Not rare in manj'^ of the gatherings.

Var. proboscidea Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 10.
Trangisvaag (Sydero).

Var. longicornis M. Per. et. F. Herib., Herib. Diat. d'Auv. tab.
III, fig. 13.

Selletræ (Ostero).

Var. longissima M. Per. et. F. Herib., Herib. 1. c, fig. 14.

Nordreoer.

160. E. sp. Fig. 45 660/^.

L. 0,06 mm., B. 0,012 mm. Costæ 11—12 in 0,01 mm.
Dorsal side of valve irregularly undulated. Costæ

slightly radiant alternating with a — as far as I can see
— double row of exceedingly small puncta. As I have
seen one example only, and have not seen this form from
the pleura-side I have not felt justified in introducing it
as a new species.

Grothusvatn near Sand (Sando). Fig. 45.

279

RHOPALODIA O. Muller. Engl. Bol. Jahrb. XXII, 1895.

161. Rhopalodia gibba (Kiitz.) O. M., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXII,
figs. 1 — 2.

Not rare in many of the gatherings I have had for examination.

162. R. ventricosa (Grun.) O. M., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXII, figs.
4-5.

Frequently interniingled with the above.

163. R. parallela (Grun.) O. M., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXII, fig. 3.
Here and there mixed with the two above -mentioned. A short

form of R. parallela appeared in a gathering labelled: »Algæ, ravine
near Vaag« (Sy der 6).

164. R. gibberula (Ebr.) var. rupestris (Grun.) O. M., Sm. Syn.
tab. I, fig. 12.

Not rare, but never in large quantities in any of the gatherings.

EUNOTIA Ehr. 1837. V. H. Syn., p. 141.

165. Eunotia Arcus Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXIV, fig. 2.
Kirkebokamp f S t r 6 m 6).

Var. uncinata Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 13.
Thorshavn (Stromoi.
Var. bidens Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 7.
Thorshavn, Kirkebokamp (S trom 6).

166. E. impressa Ehr. var. angusta Grun., V.H. Syn. tab. XXXV,
fig. 1.

Kvalbo (Sydero).

167. E. major (W. Sm.) Rabh., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXIV, fig. 14.
Here and there.

Var. bidens (Greg.) W. Sm., V. H. 1. c, fig. 15.
Thorshavn (S trom 6).

168. E. gracilis (Ehr.) Rabh., W. Sm. Syn. tab. XXXIII, fig. 285.
Not rare.

169. E. exigua Bréb., V.H. Syn. tab. XXXIV, fig. 11.

Not rare, but generally occurs only in small quantities in the gatherings.

170. E. Nymanniana Grun., V.H. Syn. tab. XXXIV, fig. 8.
Not rare in a gathering from Hojvig (Stromo).

280

171. E. pectinalis(Kutz.)Rbh., V.H.Syn. tab.XXXIII, figs.15 — 16.

Found scattered about in many of the gatherings. A single gathering
from Vatnsdal (Sy der 6) consists almost exclusively of this species.

Var. stricta Rbh., V. H. 1. c , fig. 18.

Var. minor Rbh., V. H. 1. c, figs. 20— 21.

These two varieties occur rather often mixed with tlie main species.
The form Himantidiiim Soleirolii Kiitz. W. Sm. Syn. tab. XXXIII, lig. 282 b'
occurs rather often intermingled with the typical form and forming parts
of the bands.

In lig. 46 (^^Vi) I have figured an Eiinotia which I found in a
gathering labelled: »Freshwater algæ from a stream near Kedlerne«
near Thorshavn«. L. 0,044 mm., B. 0,01 mm. Striæ 15 in 0,01 mm.,
S^ delicate, transversely lineate, radiant, in the middle more distant.
^ Terminal nodules situated at the ventral side. This somewhat
short and proportionally broad form perhaps ought most properly
to be regarded as a variety either of E. monodon Ehr. or of
E. pectinalis. In Lule Lapm. p. 31 A. Cleve mentions an E. pect. var.
compacta v^diich with regard to its dimensions agrees falrly w^ell
Fig. 46. with the species in question; it is not figured.

172. E. incisa Greg., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXIV, fig. 85 a.
Here and there.

Var. obtusiuscula Grun., V. H. I. c, fig. 35 b.
Sand (San do).

173. E. tridentula Ehr. var.'? perminuta Griin., V. H. Syn. tab.
XXXIV, fig.s. 29—30.

Kirkebokamp (Stromo); Sando Bæk (San do).

174. E. prærupta Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXIV, fig. 19.
Rare. Kirkebokamp (Sando.

Fornia curta, V. H. 1. c, fig. 24.

Occurs in several of the gatherings, but ahvays onlj' sparingly.

Var. bidens Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 20.

Here and there, mixed with the above.

175. E. robusta Ralfs var. Papilio Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXIII,

fig. 8.

Kirkebokamp (S trom 6); Trangisvaag (Sydero). Onh' a few ex-
amples from both piaces.

Var. Diadema (Ehr.) Ralfs, V. H. 1. c, fig. 12.

Ornefjæld (Sydero); Næs (Oster 6); Sand (Sando). As the above,
sparingly only.

176. E. Triodon Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab.XXXIII, fig. 9.
Rare. Klakken (Bord 6).

281

177. E. Diodon Ehr., V. H. Syn. lab. XXXIII, fig. 6.
Kirkehokaiiip, Thorshavn, Hojvig (S trom 6).

Formå minor, V. H. 1. c, fig. 5.
Gjerdumrejn (Bor do).

178. E. lunaris (Ehr.) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXV, figs. 3—4.
Hcre and there.

179. E. flexuosa (Kiitz.) var. pachycephala Grun., V. H. Syn.
tab. XXXV, fig. 7.

Rare. Svartafos (S trom 6), Ejde (Ostero).

CERATONEIS Ehr. 1840. V. H. Syn., p. 148.

180. Ceratoneis Arcus Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXVII, fig. 7.

Not rare in many of the gatlierings, one from I3osdalafos (.Vaago)
consists mainly of this species.

SYNEDRA Ehr. 1831. V. H. Syn., p. 149.

181. Synedra pulchella Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. XL, fig. 27.
Here and tliere. Plankton.

Var. Smithii Ralfs, V. H. Syn. tab. XLI, fig. 4.
Nol so; Bosdahifos (Yaago'.
Var. lanceolata O'Meara, V. H. 1. c, fig. 7.
Hest 6; Trangisvaag (Sj^dero).

182. S. UIna (Nitzsch.) Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXVIII, fig. 7.
Var. danica Kiitz., V. H. 1. c, fig. 14 a and b.

Var. vitrea Kiitz., V. H. 1. c, fig. 12. Il

Synedra Ulna is one of the commonest Diatoms of the
Færoes; most frequent is the variety danica, fig. 14 a of Van
Heurck. It occurs abundantly in several of the gatlierings, e. g.
from Trangisvaag (S3'derd), Vedvig (Videro), Vestmanhavn and
Kirkebokamp (S trom 6). Plankton.

Var. contpacta m. Fig. 47 '^'^Vi.

L. 0,112 mm., Br., greatest, 0,075 mm., in the middle
0,06 mm. Striæ 9 in 0,01 mm.

Sfightly constricted. Striæ absent from the centre. This
variety must doubtless be regarded as a transitional form
of Sijnedrn Goiilardii Bréb. in Htt. (Cl. & Grun. arc. Diat.
tab. VI, fig. 119), which is, however, shorter and broader.
S Goiilardii has been found in Buenos Ayres, Porto Rico,
Kamtchatka and near Jenisei.

Found in a gathering from the Færoes labelled: »Green
algæ from a swamp on Nol so«. Fig. 47

282

183. S. oxyrynchus Kiitz. var. undulata Grnn., V. H. Syn. tab.
XXXIX, fig. 2.

Hvidenæs (S trom 6).

184. S. Acus (KiUz.) V. H. Syn. tab. XXXIX, fig. 4.
Kirkebokamp (^S trom 6).

185. S. delicatissima W. Sin. var. mesoleja Grun., V. H. Syn.
tab. XXXIX, fig. 6.

Here and there. Rather comnion in a gatliering from Bosdalafos
(Vaago). Plankton.

186. S. Gaillonii Ehr., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXIX, fig. 18.
Rare. Trangisvaag (Sy der 6).

187. S. austriaca Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXIX, fig. 16a and b.
Midvaag (Vaago).

188. S. faliax Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXIX, fig. 16 c.
Kirkebokamp (Stromo).

189. S. pumpens Kiitz. var. fragilaroides Grun., V. H. Syn. tab.
XL, fig. 12.

Tværaa (Sydero); Nolso; Thorshavn, Kirkebokamp (Stromo).

These tliree species undoubtedly comes very near to Fragilaria
internu'dia Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XLV, figs. 9-11. (Cfr. V. H. Syn. des-
criptions of tab. XXXIX, XL and XLV).

ASTERIONELLA Hassafi 1855. V. H. Syn., p. 154.

190. Asterionella formosa Hass., V. H. Syn. tab. LI, figs. 19-20.
Planlvton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

NITZSCHIA Hassall 1845. Cl. & Grun. arc. Diat., p. 67.
Tryblioiiella (W. Sm.) Grun. Cl. & Grun. 1. c, p. 67.

191. Nitzschia debilis Arn. & Ryl., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. II, fig. 3.
Midvaag (Vaago).

192. N. Tryblionella Hantzsch var. Victoriæ Grun., V. H. Syn.
tab. LVII, fig. 14.

Rare. Hesto.

193. N. angustata (W. Sm.) Grun. var. hantzschioides m.
Fig. 48 660/1.

L. 0,045 mm., B. 0,007 mm. Striæ 15 in 0,01 mm.
Hantzschia-formed, sometimes nearly linear. Striæ de-
Hcate, transversely lineate.

Found disperscd in the material.

283

Apiciilatæ Cl. & Grun. 1. c, p. 72.

194. Nitzschia apiculata (Greg.) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. LVIII,
figs. 26—27.

Not rare in a gathering from Hojefjæld (Bor do).

Dnbiæ Cl. & Grun. 1. c, p. 77.

195. Nitzschia thermalis Kiitz. var. miner Hilse, V. H. Syn. tab.
LIX, fig. 22.

Vaags Ej de, Trangisvaag (Sydero),

Bilohatæ Cl. & Grun. 1. c, p. 79.

196. Nitzschia biiobata W. Sm. var. minor Grun., V. H. Syn.
tab. LX, figs. 2-3.

Here and there, but never in large quantity in any of the gatherings.

Griinovia Cl. & Grun. 1. c, p. 82.

197. Nitzschia Denticula Grun., V. H. tab. LX, fig. 10.

Ornefjæld (Sydero ; No lsd; Vaag (Vaago). Not rare in a gatliering
from the latter localit3^

198. N. sinuata (W. Sm.) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. LX, fig. 11.
Here and there.

Dissipatæ Cl. & Grun. 1. c., p. 90.

199. Nitzschia dissipata (Kutz.) Grun., V.H. Syn. tab. LXIII, fig. 1.
Kirkebokamp, Tliorshavn (Stromo); Midvaag i Vaago).

Sigmoideæ Cl. & Grun. 1. c, p. 90.

200. Nitzschia vermlcularis (Kutz.) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. LXIV,

fig. 1.

Thorshavn, Kirkebokamp (Stromo); Ejde (Os te ro).

Sigmata Grun. Casp. S., p. 118.

201. Nitzschia Sigma W. Sm., V. H. Syn. tab. LXV, fig. 7.
Trangisvaag (Sydero); Bosdalafos (Vaago).

Var. rigida (Kiitz.) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. LXVI, fig. 2.

Rare. Trangisvaag (Sydero).

Var. diminuta Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 9.

Midvaag (Vaago).

202. N. Clausii Hantzscb, V. H. Syn. tab. LXVI, fig. 10.
Midvaag (Vaago).

284

Lanceolalæ Cl. &. Grun. arc. Diat., p. 94.

203. Nitzschia gracilis Hantzsch., V. H. Syn. tab. LXVIII, figs.
11 — 12.

Nol s o.

204. N. Palea W. Sm., V. H. Syn. tab. LXIX, fig. 22 b.
Kirkebokamp (Stromo); Nolso; Sy de ro.

205. N. KiJtzingiana Hilse, V. H. Syn. tab. LXIX, figs. 24-26.
Bosdalafos (^Vaago).

206. N. communis Rbb. var. abbreviata Grun., V. H. Syn. tab.
LXIX, fig. 35.

Kirkebokamp (S tro m 6).

207. N. Frustulum (Kiitz.) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. LXVIII, figs.
27—29.

Here and there.

Var. minutula Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. LXIX, fig. 5.
Nolso.

208. N. Hantzschiana Rbh., V. H. Syn. tab. LXIX, figs. 1—2.
Nolso.

Var. glacialis Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 9.
Hojefjæld (,Bord6); Nolso.

HANTZSCHIA Cl. & Grun. arc. Diat., p. 103.

209. Hantzschia amphioxys Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. LVI, figs. 1 — 2.
Rather rare. Nolso.

Var. leptocephala Ost., Ost. Ferskv. Diat. Ostg. tab. I, fig. 8.
Rare. Nolso.

210. H. elongata (Hantzsch) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. LVI, figs.
7—8.

Nolso.

STENOPTEROBIA Bréb. O. M. Riesengeb., p. 33.

211. Stenoptepobia anceps (Lewis) Bréb., O. M. Riesengeb. tab.

III, figs. 35—37.

Here and there in a gathering from Trangisvaag (Sy der o); single
examples in a gathering from Hojvig (Stromo) and in Plankton.

285

CYMATOPLEURA W. Sm. 1855. V. II. Syn. p. 167.

212. Cymatopleura Solea (Bréb.) W. Sm., V.H. Syn. tab. LV, fig.5.
Rare. Plankton from »thc mouth of Sandsvatn« (San do).

CAMPYLODISCUS Ehr. 1841. V.H. Syn., p. 189.

213. Campylodiscus noricus Ehr., A. S. AH. tab. LV, fig. 8.
Rare. Planklon from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaaso).

SURIRELLA Turpin 1826. V.H. Syn., p. 186.

214. Surirella Smithii Ralfs., W. Sm. Syn. tab. VIII, fig. 59.
Trangisvaag (Syderol

215. S. biseriata Bréb., A. S. Atl. tab. XXII, figs. 12—13 and

tab. XXIII, fig. 2.

Scattered about in several of tlie gatlierings. It occiirs in great
numbers in a gathering from Tliorsliavn (Stronio; and varies somewhat
with regard to its outline.

216. S. linearis W. Sm., A. S. Atl. tab. XXIII, figs. 26 and 29,
W. Sm. Syn. tab. VIII, fig. 58.

Found dispersed in many of tlie gatlierings, varies somewhat.

217. S. Lagerheimii A. CI., A. Cl. Lule Lapm., fig. 27.

Very rare. Only one example occurred in a gathering from Tliors-
liavn (Stromo).

218. S. Moelleriana Grun., A. S. Atl. tab. XXIII, fig. 36 and tab.
LVI, figs. 21—23. Fig. 49 ""^Vi.

L. 0,032 — 0,066 mm., B. 0,014 — 0,016 mm.
Striæ 14 — 15 in 0,01 mm., canaliculi 3 in 0,01 m.

Valve rhombic-lanceolet or linear with apices

cunate, in the latter case slightly constricted in

the middle.

Tilis characteristic Surirella is recorded by
A. Schmidt from three localities: Holstein: Pensacola;
Scotland: Lodgie Coldstone. As de Toni (Syll. p. 595)
nientions it as occurring »ad« Holstein tliese three
localities are doubtless salt or brackish-water loca-
lities. From the Færoes it appears scattered about in
manj' of the gathcrings and it suits the form figured
in A. S. Atl. ligs. 21 and 22 on tab. LVI so perfectly that I do not hesi-
tate in placing it under this species.

Fig. 49.

286

219. S. ovalis Bréb. var. ovata Kutz., V. H. Syn. tab. LXXIII,
figs. 5—6.

Found dispcrsed in the material.

Var. minuta Bréb., V. H. 1. c, fig. 10.

Lej num (S t r 6 m 6).

In a gathering from Bosdalafos (Vaago) I found a small almost
circular Surirella, the valve measures 0,02 mm. in length and 0,018 mm.
in breadth. The canaliculi — ten on each side — extend far towards the
central line, so that the breadth of the area is reduced to 0,004 mm. It
corresponds most closely to the form figured in A. S. tab. XXIII, fig. 54
under tiie name of S. ovata Kiitz.

220. S. Brightwellii W. Sm., A. S. All. tab. LVI, figs. 17—18.
Bosdalafos (V a a g 6).

Coccochromaticæ.

MERIDION Ag. 1824. V. H. Syn. p. 161.

221. Meridion circulare Ag., V. H. Syn. tab. LI, figs. 10— 15.
Scattered about in niany of the gatherings, but never in large quantity.

DENTICULA Kiitz. 1844. V. H. Syn., p. 159.

222. Denticula tenuis Kiitz. var. frigida Grun., V. H. Syn. tab.
XLIX, figs. 35—38.

Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (^Vaago).

DIATOMA De Cand. 1805. V. H. Syn., p. 159.

223. Diatoma elongatum Ag., W. Sm. Syn. tab. XLI, fig. 311,

V. H. Syn. tab. L, figs. 14, 18—22.

Scattered about in many of the gatherings. In one from Skopen
(Sand 6) more common. Varies somewhat in size. Plankton.

224. D. hiemale (Lyngb.) Heib., V. H. Syn. tab. LI, figs. 1—2.

Var. mesodon Kiitz., V. H. 1. c, figs. 3 — 4.

Very common in the material 1 have had for examination. Several
of the gatherings, e. g. from Klakken (Bord6\ Nolso and Sando Bæk
(San do) consist mainly of this species. The variety occurs intermingled
with the main species.

FRAGILARIA Lyngbye 1819. V. H. Syn., p. 155.

225. Fragilaria virescens Ralfs, V. H. Syn. tab. XLIV, fig. 1.
Not rare. In gatherings from Skjælling (S trom 6) and Nolso, common.

287

Var. exigua Grim., V. H. 1. c, figs. 2 — 3.
Kirkebokamp (S trom 6).
Var. subsalina Griin., V. H. 1. c, fig. 5.
Sand Sa ndol

226. F. undata W. Sm., V. H. Syn. tab. XLIV, fig. 9.
Næs (O s ter oh Sand (San do); Trangisvaag (Sy der o).

227. F. capucina Desm., V. H. Syn. tab. XLV, fig. 3.
Var. acuta Grun., V. H. 1. c, tig. 4.

Var. lanceolata Grun., V. H. 1. c, fig. 5.

Not rare in many of tlie gatiierings. Tlie varieties, liowever — es-
pecially lanceolata — occur almost as frequently as the main species.

228. F. intermedia Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XLV, figs. 9— IL

Not rare in several of the gatiierings. In some gatiierings, e. g. from
Trangisvaag, Kvanhaiigen (Sydero) and Thorshavn (Stronio), common.

229. F. æqvalis Hub. var. producta Lgst., Lgst. Spetsb. tab. I, fig. L
Kirkebokamp S trom 6); Klaksvig (Bord 6).

230. F. mutabilis (W. Sm.) Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XLV, fig. 12.
N o 1 s 6.

Var. elliptica Schum., V. H. 1. c, figs. 15-17.
Here and there.

231. F. construens (Ehr.) Grun. var. Venter Grun., V. H. Syn.
tab. XLV, fig. 26.

Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

232. F. parasitica (W. Sm.) Grun., W. Sm. Syn. tab. LX, fig. 375.
Kirkebokamp S trom 6).

233. F. pacifica Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XLIV, fig. 22.
Trangisvaag, Kvalboejde (Sydero); Hesto.

234. F. lævissima Cl. var. undulata m. Fig. 50 ^^^/i, cfr. ^
Cl. Fz. Jos. L. p. 9, fig. 9. \

L. 0,018 m., B. 0,005 m. \J

In »Diatoms from Franz-Josef Land« P. T. Cleve mentions a
new Fragilaria, L. 0,011—0,016 mm., B. 0,004 mm. He names '■'^■•"''•
it F. lævissima as he has not seen any transverse striæ. It has been
found abundant in one sample fra Cape Flora«. Through the kind-
ness of Professor Cleve it has been possible for me to compare the
form found here with the original specimens of F. lævissima to which
it corresponds fairly well, excepting that it is slighth^ undulated. I have
just been able to catcli a glinise of the striæ, they are exceedingly de-
licate and. as is generally the case in Fragilaria, are transverseh' parallel.

In a gathering from Hojefjæld on Bord 6, ratlier rare.

288

PERONIA Bréb. & Arn. 1868. V. H. Syn., p. 145.

235. Peronia erinacea Bréb. & Arn., V. H. Syn. tab. XXXVI,
fig. 19.

Trangisvaag (Sy de ro); Hesto; Kirkebokamp (Stromo).

TABELLARIA Ehr. 1839. V. H. Syn., p. 162.

236. Tabellaria fenestrata (Lyngb.) Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. LII,

figs. 7—8.

Occurs in many of the gatherings, but only cxceptionally in large
qiiantities. Plankton.

237. T. flocculosa (Roth.) Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. LII, figs. 10—12.

Very common. In some gatherings, e. g. from Hojefjæld (Bord 6)
and Svartafos (Stromo), abundant. Plankton.

DIATOMELLA Grev. 1855. De Toni Syll. II, p. 742.

238. Diatomella Balfouriana W.Sm., W.Sm. Syn. tab. LXI, fig. 383.
Found dispcrscd in several of the gatherings. Common in two

gatherings only — one from Trangisvaag (S 3^ der 6) and one from
Hojefjæld (Bord 6).

RHABDONEMA Kiitz. 1844. V. H. Syn., p. 165.

239. Rhabdonema arcuatum (Ag.) Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. LIV,
figs. 14—16.

Rare. Trangisvaag (Syde ro).

TETRACYCLUS (Ralfs) Grim. 1862. V. H. Syn., p. 166.

240. Tetracyclus emarginatus W. Sm., Herib. Diat. d'Auv. tab.
fig. 27.
Here and there, but not common in any of the gatherings.

III, fig. 27

MELOSIRA Ag. 1814. Y. H. Syn, p 197.

241. Melosira varians Ag., V. H. Syn. tab. LXXXV, figs. 10, 11

and 14, 15.

Not rare. Common in gathetings from Thorshavn and Kvanhaugen
(S yd er 6); a gathering from Bosdalafos (Yaago) consisted mainly of it.

242. M. Roeseana Rbh., V. H. Syn. tab. LXXXIX, figs. 1—3.
Rather rare and occurring only in a few examples. Nol s 6; Vaag

(Yaago); Hojefjæld (Bord 6).

289

243. M. distans Kiitz. var. nivalis W.Sm., V. H. Syn. lal). LXXXVI,
ligs. 25—27.

Kirkebokanip, Thorshavn (S I r 6 m 6) ; Midvaag (VaagoX

244. M. crenulata Kiilz., V. H. Syn. lab. LXXXVIII, ligs. .3—5,

W. Sm. Syn. lab. LUI, fig. 337.

Not rare. Occiirs abundantly in ifalhcrings from Ilvidcnæs iStromo);
Trangisvaa}^ (Syd er 6) and Bord 6.

245. M. (Paralia) sulcata (Kbr.) Kiilz., W. Sni. Syn. lal). LUI,
fig. 338.

Midvaag (Vaago).

Var. coronata, A. S. All. lab. CLXXVI, fig. 20.

Rai^e. Trangisvaag (Sy de ro).

CYCLOTELLA Kiitz. 1833. V. II. Syn., p. 213.

246. Cyclotella comta (Ehr.) Kiilz. var. radiosa Grun., V. H.
Syn. lab. XCIII, fig. 2.

Rare. Bosdalafos, Midvaag (Vaago).

247. C. antiqva W. Sm., V. H. Syn. lab. XCII, fig. 1.
Plankton from Sorvaagsvatn (Vaago).

BIDDULPHIA Greg. 1871. V. H. Syn., p. 203.

248. Biddulphia aurita (Lyngb.) Bréb., V. H. Syn. tab. XCVIII,
ligs. 4—9.

Rare. Trangisvaag (Sy der 6).

From Lyaigbye's Herbarium in tlie Bolanical Gardens,
Copenhagen, I have had six sheets for examinalion and onlj?^
three of Ihese sheets coillained frcshwater species and nmong these
Ihe following forms occurred: —

Friistulia viih/aris Thw., V. H. Syn. tab. XVII, fig. 6.
Cymbella ventricosa Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. III, tig. 14.

— cymbiformis (Ag.) Kiitz., V. H. Syn. tab. II, fig. 11.
Naviciila viridis Kiitz. var. slesvicencis Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. VII, lig. 26.
Gomphoncma (fciuinatiim Lyngb., \V. Sm. Syn. tab. XXVII, fig. 235.
Achnanlhcs iniiiiilissinui Kiitz. var. cvyploccphala Grun., V. II. Syn. tal).

XXVII, ligs. 41 44.
Juiiiotid piwnipla Ehr. var. ciirla Grun., V. II. S\ n. lab. XXXIV, lig. 24.
Syiu'dra rimi (Nitzsch.) Ehr., V. H. Syn. lab. XXXVIII, lig. 7.
Diatoiua eloiiyaliini Ag., W.Sm. Syn. tab. XL and XLI, lig. 311.
, — hicmalc Lyngb.) Ilcib., V. II. Syn. lab. LI, ligs. 1 2.

Botany of tlic l";iT()es 19

290

Fragilaria uiresceiis Ralfs, V. H. Syn. tab. XLIV, fig. 1.

— inlermedia Grun., V. H. Syn. tab. XLV, 11^,11.
Tabellaria flocciilosa Kiilz., W. Sni. Syn. tab. XLIII, lig. 316.

The following freshwater species are menlioned in Rostrup' s
list in Bot. Tidsskr., vol. IV: —

Siirirella ovala Ki'ilz. Found among Conferva implcxii from a larger

stream on Stronio.
Cocconeis commiiius Heib. Tbis and all tbe following Diatoms wbich

are given witlioiit habitat were found in a large stream near

Thorshavn.
Ceratoneis Arciis (Ebr.) Kiitz.
Cymbella uariabilis (Cramer) Heib.
Himanthidiiim Arens (Ebr.) var. bidens Ebr.
Epitheniia gibba Ebr.

— tniyidd Kiitz. Tborsbavn; coasl of Skuvo.

— So I -ex Kiitz.

— Zebra Kiitz.

Gomphonema geminalnm (Lyngb.i Ag. Has already been reeorded by
Lyngbye as found in aljiine rivers at Arge and Skælling.
We found it near Thorshavn.
— aenniinalnm ICbr. Amongst Fontinnlis on Vaago.

Navienla ellij)liea Kiilz.

Tabellaria /loeenlosa (Hbb.") Kiitz. Amongsl Funlinalis Vaagii, and Sphag-
nnni, Slromo.

— feneslrala Kiitz. Witb tbe above.
Sgnedra splendens Kiitz.

— longissima \V. Sm.
Fragilaria peclinalis (Midi.) Lyngb. In slream on a(|unlic piants. Lyngb.
Diatoma hijemale (Lydgb."! Heib. Here and tbere in slreams. Lyngb.

We found it near Tborsbavn.
Melosira nivalis W. Sm. Amongst Sphagnnni, Slronu").
Pinnnlaria major Rbli. Witb tbe above.

— alpina W. Sm. Witb tbe two above-menlioned.

In a fragment of Didloinaceous silex picked u\) near Thorshavn
and examined by Mr. C. Hansen of Hover the following Diatoms
were found : —

Epithemia proboseidea Kiitz.

— hirgida Kiitz.

— Zebra Kiitz.
Cymbella variabilis (Cramer) Heib.
Navienla viridis Nitzscb.

— acnta W. Sm.
Tabellaria floeenlosa Kiitz.
Fragilaria parasitiea (W. Sm.) Heib.
Gomphonema geminalnm (Lyngb.) Heib.

PHYTO-GEOGRAPHICAL STUDIES

BASED UPON

THE FRESHWATER DIATOMS

BY

E. OSTRUP.

IN Ihe following table I have eniimerated the freshWater forms
roiiiul in Ihe malerial from tlie Færoes and eompared them
witli Ihe freshwater Diatom-flora of other countries. The reason
why I have not inchided about 40 forms from salt and brackish
water of which by far the greater part occurs in one single gather-
ing (labelled: »Algæ mixed with Ghjceria marilima, Trangisvaag«) is
simply because if they were inchided we should arrive at a mis-
leading conclusion as to the percentage. Those species which cannot
be regarded as rare are marked M'ith an *.

The abbreviations signify: G. Br. = Great Britain. Se. = The
Scandinavian peninsnla. R. — Russia. .1. M. = Jan Mayen. Sp. —
Spitzbergen. F. J. = Franz-Josef Land. E. Gr. = Flast Greenland.
W. Gr. — West Greenland. O. M. — »Die Hochseen des Riesengebirges«
investigated by O. Muller. Eu. = Europe, of course exclusive of
Great Britain, the Scandinavian peninsnla and Russia.

No.

Names

G.
Br.

Se.

R.

J.
M.

Sp.

F.
J.

E.
Gr.

W.
Gr.

0.
M.

Eu.

1
2

Caloneis lepidiila *

C. bdcilhiris

-

_

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3*
4*
5*
G*

C. fasciatn .

C. Siliciila alpina

C. — gibbcriila

C. — vcnlricnsa

-

7

C. alpcsli'is

8

C. obtusa

9*

Xeidiiiiii bisiilcatiuu

l'J-

292

No.

Names

G.
Br.

Se.

R.

Sp.

F. E. W.
J. Gr. Gr,

O.
M.

Eu.

10* Neidiiim offine aiuphir]i!inclius .

11* N. — geniiina niinor .

12 JV. diiMiim

13 Diploneis intcrrupla

14* D. elliptica ,

15 D. ovalis

16 Gijrosigma aciimindtiim ,

17* FriistnUa vulgaris

18* F. rhomboides

19* F. — saxonica

20* F. — viridnla

21 Amphiplcura peUucida ,

22* Naviciila Rotæana

23 N. — ohhmgcUa . .

24 N. bacilliformis

25 N. Piipula

26* N. contenta bicej>s

27* N. perpiisilla

28 N. Semen

29 N. integra

30 N. siiblilisshna

31 Staiironeis anccps linearis

32* S. — amphicephala

33* S. Phoeniceutcron amphilcpla .

34 S. parvnla prominuUi

35 S. — prodiicla

36 S. Legiimen

37 S. Smitbii

38 S. jaiHinica

39 Cgmbella microccpb(d(i

40 C. Cesaiii

41 C. angiistata

42 C. ampbicephala

43 C. n(ti>iciiUformis

44 • C. ciispidnta

45 C. tiirgida

46* C. ventricosa

47 C. hebridica

293

No. Names

48* Cymbvlld (jntcilis

49* C. iiicerht iidviciilaced .

50* C. (fqi'dlis

51 C. siiuKtld

52* C. af/inis

53* C. pdri'd

54 C. Bolcllns

55* C. cymbiformis

56* C. Cisliild

57* C. lanccoldld

58* C. bdvclica

59* C. aspera

60* Goniphoncma pannihim

61* G. dugnsldld prodncta

62* G. inlricdliim

63 G. — dicholoiud

64* G. yrdcilc ndvicnlaced

65 G. Idiiccohdiim insiynis

66* G. siibchwdtiim

67* G. — moiitdiui

68* G. dciiiuiiidliim coroiidld

69* G. constrictitm

70* G. geminatiim

71* G. oUvaceiim

72* Anoinoeoneis scrians

73* A. brachysird

74* A. exilis

75* A. — thcrmdlis

76 A. zellensis

77* Navicidd cocconeifurmis

78* N. cryptocephald

79 N. — exUis

80 N. rhynchocephdld dmphicephala

81* N. virididd

82* N. — slcsvicensis

83 N. — rosteUdtd

84 N. hnnydiicd

85 N. — ccipiUdd

G.
Br.

Se.

Sp.

E.
Gr.

W.
Gr.

O.
M.

Eu.

294

No. Names

86 Naviciild cincla

87 N. ~ Hcuflcvi

88* N. — amjiisla

89* JV. radiosa

90 N. — Icndla

91 jV. gracilis

92* N. diccpluda

93 N. — snbcapilaki

94 JV. Gastriini cxiyna

95 N. Placcnlula

96 N. scntclloidcK ininutissiimi

97* N. piisilla

98 N. amphihohi

99 Pinnnlaria tindnldht sitbiindulata

100 P. snblincdris

101 P. leptusoina

102* P. appcmUcuUda

103 P. suhcapilida

104* P. inlcrriipln sldiiioncifonnis ....

105* P. mcsulcpta

106 p. — slaiironcifoniiis ....

107 p. — aiKjiisId

108 P. — poUionca

109* p. microfildiuoii

110 P. lermitina

111* P. divergenlissiina

112 P. Brcbissonii

113 P. — diiniiiidn

114* P. Lcgiimcn

115 P. platijcephala

116* P. divergens

117 P. — elliptica

118* P. iiitcrnicdid

119 P. Bdlfoiiridiid

120* P. boredlis

121* P. lala

122* P. dipina

123* P. stauroptera

Se. R.

J.

M.

Sp.

E.
Gr.

W
Gr.

O.

M.

Eu.

205

No.

Names

G.
Br.

Se.

Sp.

E.
Gr.

W.j O.
Gr. M.

Eu.

124 Pinniiliirid sl(iiiro])lcr(t inli'rnij)[a

125* P. stomdtophorci

126 P. mesogoiumld

127 /'. brciuc(>sl(d(t

128 P. acrosphtvrid

129 P. nodosa

130 /*. parva Laycrslcdlii

131* P. major

132* P. Daclijliis

133* P. viridis

134* P. — inlermcdid

135* P. — commulcda

136 P. — Icplotjongijla

137* P. — rupeslris

138 P. distiiujiienda

139* /'. (/entiUs

140* P. nobilis

141 P. isosldiiron

142* Amphora oiudis Ubijcd

143* A. pcrpiisilld

144 Mdslogloid Siuitliii kiciislris

145 M. clliplicd piinclcda

146 Rhoicosphcnid ciirvala

147* Cocconeis pcdicnhis

148* C. flexclla

149* C. minitla

150 C. — (dpcslris

151* Achiididhcs luinulissinui

152* ' A. — cnjploccphdla

153 A. liiicdiis ])iisUld

154 A. dcliatliild

155* A. lanccuhda

156* A. coarcLdla

157* Kpiihcmid turgidd

158* E. liiryidd Wcstcrnidiinii

159* I E. — (jranuldld

160* ; E. Sorcx

161* E. Anjas

296

No.

Names

G.
Br.

Se.

R.

J.
M.

Sp.

F.
J.

E.
Gr.

W.
Gr.

Eu.

162* Epilhcmia Zebra

1(53 E. Zebra proboscidca

164 E. — loiujicornis

165 E. — Ioii(ji.ssiin((

166* Rhopalodia gibba

167* R. reiitricosa

168 R. paralleln

169* /\'. gibberiila nipeslris

170 Ennotia Arens

171 E. — uncinala

172 E. — bidens

173 E. ini})ressa angnslata

174* E. major

175 E. — bidens

176* E. gracilis

177* E. exigna

178 E. Xgnianniana

179* E. peelinalis

180* E. — slriela

181* E. — niinor

182* E. incisa

183 E. — obtnsinsenla

184 E. Iridenlnla perntinnla

185 E. })r(eruj)la

186 E. — cnrla

187* E. — Mdens

188 E. robnsta Papilis

189 E. — Diadenut

190 E. Triodon

191* E. Diodon

192 E. — niinor

193* E. lunaris :

194 E. /lexnosa paehgeepluda . . .

195* Ceraloneis arens

196* Sgncdra pulchella

197 S. — Smilhii. . .

198 S. — laneeolala
199* S. Vlna

297

No.

Names

G.
Br.

Se.

Sp.

E. W.
Gr.iGr.

O.
M.

Eu.

200*

201*

202

203

204*

205

20«

207

208

209

210

211*

212

213

214

215*

216*

217

218

219

220

221

222*

223

224

225*

226

227

228

229

230

231

232

233

234

235

236*

237*

Siinctlid lliut (Uinicd

S. — vilrect

S., oxijrhfincluis iiiiduUda

S. Aciis

S. (Iclinttissinitt mcsolcjd

N. Anslriaca

.S. falht.v

S. iiiiiij)ci}s frdgildioidcs

Aslerionella forinosa

Nitzscbia dcbilis

N. Trijbiionclla Vicluriæ

iV. anciiislala

N. apiculata

X. tbcrnudis unnor

N. bilobata ininor

N. Denlicnia

N. siniKiUi

N. dissijxda

iV. iH'iiuicnhtris .

iV. Sigma diiiiiiuda

jV. Chiiisii

,V. gracilis

N. Pcdcd

.V. Kidzingiana

iV. commiinis abbrcviala

N. Fruslalnm

N. — minutida

.Y. Ilanlzscbiana

.V. — glacialis

Ilaidzscbia amphioxys

H. — leploccpbahi

II. — clongala . .

SI('no])lcrnbi(i (incc])s

Cgmaloplcura Solca

Cam])!iludisciis noriciis

Sniindla Smitlbii

S. biscricda

.S. lincaris

298

No.

Names

Br.

Se.

Sp.

F.
J.

E.
Gr.

W.
Gr.

O.
M.

Eu.

238 Siirirclla Lar/erheiinii

239* S. orctlis ovaUt

240 S. — Brighiivcllii

241 S. — mimila

242* Meridion circiilaiT

243 Denticnla Icituis friijidd. . . .

244* Dialoma clongdlnm

245* D. hicmalc

246* D. — mcsodon

247* FragiUirid uircRccns

248 F. — c.vigiKi.

249 F. iiiuhtla

250* F. capiicina

251* F. — (icula

252* F. — hmcculalii

253* F. iulvnncdia

254 F. æqvalis prodiiclcc

255 F. mntabilis

256 F. — cUi])lica

257 F. constriicns Vcnlcr

258 F. parasiticd

259 Peronia erinacca ...

260* Tahcllaria fciicslidld

261* r. /locnilosa

262* Dialomella Bulfouriaiui . . . .

263* Telracijcliis cnuiigiiKtliis . . .

264* Mclosira ixirians

265 M. liocscdiia

266* M. disldiis niiudis

267* M. crenuldld

268 Cijclotclld coiuld rddiosa. . .

269 C. diiliqiHi

269 Total

130 Of these: not rare

197

108

213
116

158
97

31
20

67
40

29

96
54

91
43

224
120

299

If wc iiow coiiipare Ihe species and variclics incliulcd in Ihe
abovc lahlc, Ihen wilh rcgard lo Ihe lolal suin of IVeslnvatcr forms
the result we arrive at is, that the F'æroes have all in all 209 species
common with Europe 224 = 83 *^/o

— — Scandinavia 213 = 79«/o
— Great Britain 197 = 73%

— — Russia 158 = 59%

— — East Greenland 96 = 36%

— — West Greenland 91 = 34%

— — Riesengebirge 91 = 34 '^/o

— — Spitzbergen 67 = 25%

— — Franz-Josef Land 52 = 19%

— — Jan Maven 31 = 12%.

If we only compare those forms which cannot be regardcd
as rare, but which, however, are frequently found dis-
persed in the Færoese materiaP then it gives the following
result: —

Of 130 not rare forms the F'æroes have

common with Europe 120 = 92%

— — Scandinavia 116 = 89%

— — Great Britain 108 = 83 'Vo

— — Russia 97 = 75%

— — Riesengebirge 57 = 44%

— — East Greenland 54 = 42%

— — West Greenland 43 = 33%

— — Spitzbergen 40 = 30%

— — Franz-Josef Land 29 = 22%

— — Jan Mayen 20 = 15%.

Both thcse comparisons show then thai the Dialom flora of
the Færoes has a European, especially North European cha-
racter, but on the othcr band il cannot be regarded as arctic or
decidedly alpine.

As the Færoes, however, are a group of islands, formed exclu-
sively of rocks, which somelimes atlain a ralher considerable height,
il seems natural to inquire whelher the Dialom flora may not have
a subalpinc character, and the live small ponds in Riesengebirge
investigated by Dr. Otto Muller have alTorded suitable material

^ In tlic table sucli forms are marked with an *.

300

for comparison. These ponds are sitiiated aboiit 1200 metres above
sea-level, and diiring the summer the temperaliire may be as low
as 5,5^ C. and the warmest rarely more Ihan 12,5*' C. Otto
Mil 11 er has found 193 species, and 91 — e. g. about one half —
of them occur in the Færoes, constituting 34^ 7o of the entire number
of the Færoese species. Of the 130 more common Færoese species
57 — 44^/0 occur in Riesengebirge, but only 42 = 32% are common
in Riesengebirge, constituting 22 Vo of the species found in Riesen-
gebirge. This then shows that according to the percentage the
Færoese flora does not appear to be of particularly subalpine cha-
racter. If we now compare the genera which characterize both
localities then we shall arrive at the following conclusion: —

Very common in the Færoes are: Synedra Ulna, Tabellaria
flocciilosa and Diatomn hiemale. Frequent are different forms of
Fragilaria, Tabellaria feiwstrata, Eunotieæ and Melosira (cremilata),
the latter generally occurs abundantly wherever it is found. Further
of Naincnlaceæ: FriistiiUa, Cijmbella, Gomphoncma, Anomoeoneis and
small Acbnanthes. Pinniilaria are rather frequently met with, but
seldom occur in considerable quantity in any of the gatherings.
Ceratoneis Arens and Rhopalodia gibba are both frequent. Of these
forms, characteristic of the Færoese material, Synedra is quite wanting
in Otto Miiller's list, Cymbella (excepting C. /^en/r/coso) are poorly
represented, Gomphonema, Achnanthes and Epithemia not common.
Tabellaria flocciilosa and Diatoma hiemale are frequent in gatherings
from two of the ponds; Fragilaria virescens and capiicina frequent,
also Snrirella and Anomoeoneis. Pinniilaria abundant. The most
characteristic dilTerence then is this, that Synedra, Gomphonema,
Cymbella and Achnanthes are, so to say, absent in Riesengebirge.
As, moreover, the remaining species do not correspond very closely
it cannot be said that the Diatom-flora of the Færoes taken as a
whole is subalpine. If on the other hånd we compare the Færoes
with Lule-Lappmark then the resemblance will prove to be greater.
In Lule-Lappmark the following genera are richly represented:
Pinniilaria, Frnshilia, Cymbella, Gomphonema, Eiinotia and Tabellaria.
These genera are also numerous in the Færoes, while Synedra
w^hich is extremely conspicuous here occurs only occasionally among
the Diatoms of Lule-Lappmark. A. Cleve mentions the following
genera as absent (o) or sparsely represented in Lule-Lappmark:
Amphora, Pleurosigma (o), Cocconeis, Rhoicosphenia (o), Snrirella,
Cymatopleura (o), Campylodiscus (o), Epithemia and Stephanodisciis.

301

Of these Stephanodisciis is absent in the Færoes ; of Pleurosigma,
Cymatoplciira and Campijlodisciis I have only occasionally niet with
a solitary specimcn; Amphora, Cocconcis and Rhoicosphcnia occur
at intervals; Siirirella and Epilhcmia are not rare. In Ihe Færoes
I have found a specimen of Siirirclla Lagerheimii which has hitherto
only been known from Lule-Lappmark.

If we now ask, whether also in the Færoes there is a greal
difference in the gatherings from the dilTerent localities, then the
answer will be that taken as a whole the material is fairly homo-
geneons, sometimes, however, several species predominate in different
gatherings.

In five gatherings labelled »waterfall« I have noticed the following
more conspicuous species: —

Bosdalafos (Vaago), 3 gatherings.

In No. 1: Ceratoneis Arens main part; Si/nedra delicatissima
mesokja, Fragilaria capiicina common; Diatoma tenue, Gomphonema
angiistata prodiicta, Cymbella affinis, Synedra Ulna not rare.

In No. 2: Melosira varians main part; Nitzschia Palea, Cym-
bella ventricosa not rare.

In No. 3: no Diatoms.

Trangisvaag (Sydero).
Epithemia Zebra, Rhopalodia gibba common.

Svartafos (S trom o).
Tabellaria floccnlosa.

In gatherings from different heights. (The heights are parti-
cularly mentioned on the gatherings.)

100 metres, 3 gatherings: Tabellaria floccnlosa, Anomoeoneis
brachysira, A. exilis, Frnstnlia viridnla, Achnanthes winntissima
cryptocephala.

200 metres, 2 gatherings: Diatoma leune, Tabellaria floccnlosa,
T. fenestrata, Synedra Ulna, Fragilaria virescens, F. capncina, F. ca-
pncina lanceolata.

2o0 metres, 3 gatherings: Tabellaria floccnlosa, Diatoma hiemale,
Achnanthes minntissinia cryptocephala, Fragilaria intermedia, F. mn-
tabilis elliptica.

302

300 metres, 4 gatherings: Siinedra Ulna , TabeUarin flocculosa,
Cijmbella parua, Achnantlws lanceolata, Fragilaria capucina, Meridian
circiilare, Frustiilia inilgaris, F. saxonica, Eiinolia impressa, Diatoma
hiemale.

375 metres, 1 gathering: Melosira creimlala.

450 metres, 1 gathering: Dialoinn Balfouriana, Tabcllaria floccu-
losa, Achnantlies niinutissiina, Nauicnia per])usilla, Eiinotia incisa,
Naviciila trin. biceps, Caloneis lepiduln.

550 metres, 1 gathering: Navicula Rotæana, Eunotia Diodon minor.

The only one of these gatherings which appears lo me to have
a more decidedly polar or alpine character is the gathering from
450 m. from Hojcljæld on Bordo, it is especially characterized l)y
the freqnent occurrence of Diatoma Balfouriana; of olhcr polar or
alpine species it contains: Nauicula Irinod. biceps, Nanicula lepidula,
Anomoeoneis zeltensis and Fragilaria lævissima var. undulala. Fra-
gilaria lævissima is a new species llrst fonnd hy P. T. (Meve in a
gathering from Cape Flora and descrihed and ligured hy him in
his »Diatoms from Franz-Josef Land« 1898.

As menlioned ahove the species and varieties from salt and
brackish water included in this paj)er have heen mel witli in a
few gatherings only, but such forms also occur dis})ersed in ga-
therings which are evidently collected from pure freshwaler. Such
a form is particularly Surirella Moelleriana. A. Schmidt mentions
this species as occurring in three different piaces: Holstein; Pensa-
cola and Lodgie Coldstone (Scotland). De Toni says (Syllog. p.595)
ad Holstein, in portu Pensacola and ad o ras Scoliæ. Therefore
it appears to be a saltwaler form. I do not know if it occurs
along the coasts of the Færoes, if it is found Ihere we may pre-
sume that it has ])een carried thilher by the Gulf Stream; but as
is the case with other marine forms which are fbund dispersed in
gatherings of freshwater forms it may also have been conveyed
thither by the agency of the birds, perhaps in their dung. But it
is possible that Surirella Moelleriana is a freshwater form and that
it has been carried out into the sea along the coasts by the fresh-
water, the faet of ils having been found in the three above-mentioned
localities may therefore be thus explained. Surirella Moelleriana
occurs in Van Heurck's Types No. 17 which consists of strictly
freshwater forms from Caermarthen in England. In the list of
names il is menlioned as Surirella Mdlleri.

303

I have had foiir gatherings of Plankton for examination, viz.
from Sorvaagsvaln ncar Bosdalafos; mouth of Sandsvatn ; thc lake
in Vaags Ejde; and the lake in Kvalbo Ejde. Asterionella fonuosa
is Ihe only Irue form of freshwater-Plankton-Diatom. Here I may
remark Ihal species have hccn found in Plankton which do not
occiir in thc rest of the malerial, but thcsc occur only as single
specimens, e. g. Amphipleiira pelliicida, Cijmalopkiira Solea, Cainpy-
lodisciis noricns.

A

FUNGI

BY

E. ROSTRUP.

bbreviations of tlie discoverers' names: C. O. -= Ostenfeld and
Hartz; E. R. -- E. Rostrup; E. W. =^ E. Warming.

CHYTRIDIACEAE.

1. Cladochytrium Menyanthis de Bary.

O s te 1' o: Næs (.C. O. .

PERONOSPORACEAE.

2. Cystopus candidus (P.) Lév.

On Cakile niaritima. San do: liie dunes at Sandsvaag (E. W.). —
On Capsella b. p. Os te ro: Gote (E.W.). — On Cardaniine prat. Stromo:
rividenæs (E. R.\ — On Draba incana. Nol so; Sj^dero: Trangisvaag
(E.W.). — On Arabis petræa. Videro: Malinsfjæld (CO.)

3. Plasmopara nivea. (Ung.) Schroet.

Found growing on Angelica silvestris. O s ter o : Gote; Sy der o:
Trangisvaag (E. W.).

4. P. densa (Rbh.) Schroet.

On Alectorolophus minor. Videro: Viderejdc; Stronio: Oi-eenge;
Sydero: Frodebo, Trangisvaag (C. O.).

5. Peronospora Alsinearum Casp.

On Cerastium viscosum. Sydero: Frodebo. On Stellaria media.
Videro; Stromo: Gjov (C. O.).

6. P. VIciae (Berk.) de Bary.

Found on Vicia Cracea. Nol s o (C. O.).

7. P. Ficariae Tul.

On Ranunculus repens. Sydero: Porkere (C. O.). — On Ranunculus
Flamniula. Videro: Viderejde; Sydero: Kvalbo, Trangisvaag (C. O.).

8. P. Rumicis Corda.

On P.umex Aeetosa. Videro: Viderejde (C. O.); Ostero: Gote (E.W.).

305

PROTOMYCETACEAE.

9. Ppotomyces macrosporus Unger.

On Angelica silvestris. Kun 6; Stromo: Vestmanhavn; S yd er 6:
Vaag (C. O.).

USTILAGINACEAE.

10. Sphacelotheca Hydropiperis (Schum.) de Bary.
Found on Pol3'gonum viviparum. Fugl 6 (C. O.).

11. Doassansia Martinoffiana (Thiim.) Schroet.

On stems of Potaniogeton natans. San do (E. W.).

12. Entyloma Ranunculi (Bon.) Schroet.

On Ranunculus acer. Ostero: Svinaa (C. O.). — On I^anunculus
repens. Ostero: Gote (E.W.); Sydero: Trangisvaag (C. O.).

13. E. caricinum Rostr.

Found on Carex flava. Sando (C.Jensen).

14. Ustilago filiformis (Schrank) Rostr.

On Glyceria fluitans. Sydero: Famien (CO.).

15. U. Hordei (P.) Bref.

Not rare on Ilordeum vulgare. — On Hord. distichum. Sydero:
Kvalbo, Tværaa (E. R.).

16. U. Avenae (P.) Rostr.

Found on Avena sativa. Stromo: Tliorshavn (E. R.).

17. U. Caricis (P.) Fuckel.

On Carex echinata. S vin 6 (CO.); Ostero: Svinaa, Selletræ (CO.).
— On Carex panicea. Kuno (E. W.); Sando: Slvopen; Ostero: Svinaa
(CO.). — On Carex rigida. Bordo: Skopen (CO.).

18. U. violacea (P.) Fuckel.

On Melandrium diurnum. Common (E. R.). — On Lychnis fl. cue.
Kuno (E.W.); Videro: Viderejde (CO.). Sydero: Skarvetange, Trangis-
vaag (E.W.). — On Silene acaulis. Sydero: Ordevig, Trangisvaag (CO.).

19. U. Pinguiculae Rostr.

On Pinguicula vulg. Videro: Malinsfjæld; Stromo: Lejnumvatn;
Sydero: Tværaa, Trangisvaag (CO).

20. U. vinosa (Berk.) Tul.

On Oxyria digyna. Fuglo; Videro: Bergsmunna; Bordo: Holga-
Qæld (CO.); Nols'o (E. \V.).

21. U. Warmingii Rostr.

On Rumex. Kuno; Kalso: Mj^ggedal; Bordo: Klaksvig ^E.W.). —
On Rumex obtusifolius. Ostero: Selletræ, Næs; Stromo: Kirkebo. —
On Rumex Acetosa. Ostero: Næs (CO.).

Botanj' of the Fa?roes 20

306

22. Tilletia decipiens (P.) Kke.

On Agrostis vulgaris. Common (E. R.). — On Agrostis canina. Thors-
havn and several other piaces (E. R.)-

23. Urocystis sorosporioides Kke.

On Thalictrum alp. Fugl 6 (CO.).

24. Sorosporium Montiae Rostr.

On Montia rivularis. Hesto (F. Borgesen). Ostero: Svinaa (C. O.).

25. Entorrhiza Cypericola (Magn.) de Toni.

Upon roots of Scirpus pauciflorus. Sydero: Trangisvaag (C. O.).

26. E. Casparyana (Magn.) de Toni.

Upon roots of Juncus lampocarpus. Sando: Sandsvatn (C. O.).

UREDINACEAE.

27. Uromyces Polygon! (P.) Fuckel.

Found on Polygoniim aviculare. Sydero: Kvalbo (E. R.).

28. Puccinia Calthae Link.

Common on Callha palustris (E. R. and C O.).

29. P. Violae (Schum.) D. C.

Common on Viola silvatica (E. R. and C. O.).

30. P. variabilis (Grev.) Plowr.

On Taraxacum. Ostero: Svinaa; Sydero: Tværaa, Vaag (CO.);
Sando (E.W.). — The æcidia and the teleutospores are developed at the
same piaces on the stalks, which thereb}^ attain a monstrous size.

31. P. Rubigo D. C.

On Holcus lanatus. Ostero; Svino (CO.).

32. P. Poapum Nielsen.

Onl}^ the æcidia (Aecidium Tussilaginis) are found at Kvalbo on
Sydero (E. R.)

33. P. obscupa Schroet.

On Luzula multitlora. Videro: Viderejde; Sydero: Tværaa, Tran-
gisvaag (C. O.). — Æcidia on Bellis perennis (Aecidium Bellidis Thiim.)
at Thorshavn (Arthur Feddersen); Sydero: Kvanhauge (CO.).

34. P. borealis JueL

On Agrostis sp. Stromo: Oreenge (CO.). — The æcidio-form (Aeci-
dium Thalictri Grev.) on Thalictrum alpinum at Viderejde (Videro), Lej-
num Stromo) and Kvanhauge (Sydero) (CO.).

307 /'

3o. P. septentrionalis Juel.

()n Polygonuni viviparum. Sydero: Præstefjæld (E. R.). — The
æcidiospores lAecidiuni Sonimerfellii Joh.) on ThaHctrum alpinum on
Vi de ro: Malinsfjæld, Mornefjæld; Sydero: Ornefjæld IC. O.); Nol so
(F. Borgesen).

36. P. Hieracii Mari.

On Ilieraciiini. S trom o: Aalekær (E. R.), Hojvig (E.W.); Sydero:
Trangisvaag, Vaag (C. O.).

37. P. Taraxaci Plowr.

Found on Taraxacuni. Ostero: Svinaa (C. O.).

38. P. Acetosae (Schiim.) Kke.

On Rumex Acetosa. Ostero: Lervig; Stromo: Vestmanhavn (E.W.);
Sando E. R.\

39. P. Epilobii D. C.

On Epilobium palustre. Stromo: Aalekær (E.R.); Sydero: Tværaa
(CO.). — On Epilob. alsinifolium. Sydero: Trangisvaag, Vatnsdal iC. O.,
E. W.).

40. P. Saxifraga Schlect.

On Saxifraga stellaris. Videro: Mornefjæld; Ostero: Svinaa fC. O.).

41. P. Oxypiae Fucke!.

Found growing on Oxyria digyna. Nolso (.Cl. O.).

42. P. Schneider! Schroet.

On Thymus Serpyllum. Videro: Bergsmunna; Ostero: Næs;
Vaago: Midvaag C. O.i.

43. P. Fergussonii Berk.

On Viola palustris. Thorshavn (E. R.).

44. Trachyspora Alchimillae (P.) Schroel.

On Alchimilla vulgaris. Stromo: Skjællingfjæld (E. R.). Vestman-
havn EA\. ■ Sydero: Kvalbo E. R.), Tværaa (CO.).

45. Melampsopella Cerastii (P.) Schroet.
Common on Orastium vulgatum (E. R. and C 0.\

46. Melampsora Lini (P.) Tul.

Common on Linum catharticum ',E. R. and C. O.).

47. M. arctica Rostr.
Common on Salix herbacea E. R.).

48. M. pustulata (P.) Schroet.

On Epilobium palustre. Bord o: Klaksvig ^A. Feddersen); Stromo:
Sandegærde (E.R.j; Sydero: Trangisvaag (CO.). — On Epilob. alsinefolium
Ostero: Næs; Sj'dero: Trangisvaag C. O.). — On Epilob. montan.
Ostero: Næs (C. 6.).

20*

308

49. M. Vacciniorum (Lk.) Schroet.

Found in several localities on Vacc. Myrtillus (E. R.).

50. Uredo Pyrolae Mart.

On Pjrola niinor. Bor do: Holgafjæld, Klaksvig (CO.).

51. U. Saxifragae Strauss.

On Saxifraga cæspitosa. Ostero: Slattaratinde (C.Jensen).

52. U. Polypodii Pers.

On Cystopteris fragilis. Videro: Mornefjæld (C. O.); Ostero: Næs
(E. R.), Svinaa (CO.); Sydero: Skaalefjæld (C Jensen).

DACRYOMYCETES.

53. Dacryomyces stillatus Nees.

On a boatliouse. Stromo: Sandegærde (E. I^.j.

HYMENOMYCETES.

54. Clavaria Ligula SchaefF.

In a few localities amongst moss (E. R.).

55. C. fusiformis Sow.

In dense tufts amongst moss (E. R.).

56. Cantharellus muscigenus (Bull.) Fr.

Stromo: Gliversnæs (E. R.).

57. Coprinus fimetarius (L.) Fr.

Recorded by Svabo and Landt as growing on dunghills.

58. Hygpophorus miniatus Fr.

Common amongst moss and grass in damp localities (E. R.).

59. H. conicus (Scop.) Fr.
Rather common (E. R.).

60. Russula fragilis (P.) Fr.
Habitat not given lE. R.).

61. Marasmius androsaceus (L.) Fr.

Found on the branches of the heather at Toftevatn on Ostero (E.R.).

62. Panaeolus oampanulatus (L.) Fr.

Sydero: Trangisvaag (CO.).

63. Anellaria scparata (L.) Karst.
Common on dung (E. R.).

64. A. semiglobata (Batsch) Schroet.
Sydero: Trangisvaag (C. O.).

309

65. Psalliota campestris (L.) Fr.

Trodiim on San do and scvcral othcr piaces (E. R.); Sydero:
Kvalbo (C. O.); Ostero: Ejdc, Skaaletjordsbotn (CO.).

66. Galera hypnorum (Schrank) Karst.
Sydero: Trangisvaag [^C O.).

67. Omphalia umbellifera (L.) Fr.
Common on Sphagnum (E. R.).

68. Collybla murina (Batsch) Fr.

Sydero: Trangisvaag (('..O.).

69. Tricholoma sulfureum (Bull.) Fr.

Sydero: Trangisvaag [C O.).

70. Lepiota granulosa (Batsch) Fr.

Sydero: Trangisvaag ((10.).

71. Amanita muscaria (L.) Pers.
Mentioned by Landt.

GASTEROMYCETES.

72. Lycoperdon Bovista (L.) Fr.

Bor do: Skaaletofte (Svabo).

TAPHRINACEAE.

73. Magnusiella Potentillae (Farl.) Sadebeck.

On Potentilla erecta. Sydero: Trangisvaag (C. O.).

ERYSIPHEACEAE.

74. Sphærotheca Castagnei Lév.

On Alchiniilla vulgaris. Sando (C. O.).

75. Erysiphe graminis D. C.

On Hordeum vulgare. Nolso fC. O.).

76. E. Ulmariae Pers.

On Spiraea Ulmaria. Thorshavn (E.W.).

PERISPORIACEAE.

77. Asterina Veronicae (Lib.) Cooke.

On Veronica offic. Ostero: Svinaa ; S v de ro: Fanden (1.0..

310

SPHAERIACEAE.

78. Physalospora Empetri n. sp.

Perithecia epiphylla, sparsa; asci cvlindracei; sporæ octonae,
monostichae, ellipsoideae, simplices, hyalinae, longit. 18 — 20 ;«,
crassit. 10 — 12 fj.

In foliis Empetri nigri. Sydero: Frodebo (E R.

79. Laestadia rhytismoides (Berk.) Sacc.

On Dryas octopetala. Vid er 6: Malinsfjæld H. {'.. Muller); Ost er 6:
Kodlen at Ej de (C Feilberg).

80. L. perpusilla (Desm.) Sacc.

On Agrostis. Stromo: Oreenge (C. O.).

81. Colepoa Achimillae (Grev.) Wint.

On Alcliimilla sp. Stromo: Skjællingfjæld (E. R. . — On Alchimilla
Wichurae Buser. Ostero: Fuglefjordsfjæld ; Fuglo (C. 0.\

82. Venturia islandica Joh.

On Dr^as octopetala. Fuglo (('..O.).

83. Didymella glacialis Rchm.

On Poa alpina. Nol so E.W.\

84. Sphaerella Dryadicola n. sp.

Perilhecia epiphylla, subgregaria, atra. Asci ovoideo-oblongi,
longit. 30 — 4:0 fi, crassit. 7 — 9 ;M. Sporae cylindricae, longit. 10 — 14//,
crassit. 3 — 4 f*, hyalinae, initio guttulatae, dein 1-septatae.

In foliis Dryadis octopetalae. Fuglo ^C. O.).

85. S. minor Karst.

On stems of Saxifraga nivalis. Sj'dero: Trangisvaag (C. O.).

86. S. Stellarianearum (Rbh.) Karst.

On Cerastium Edmondstonii and C., trigynum. Videro: Villingedals-
fjæld (C. Feilberg).

87. S. Rumicis (Desm.) Cooke.

On leaves of Humex. Sydero: Kvalbo (E.W.).

88. S. Iridis Awd.

On Iris Pseudacorus. Garden at Sand on Sand o E. W.).

89. S. Tassiana de Not.

On Festuca rubra. Sydero: Trangisvaag (CO..

90. S. Wichuriana Schroet.

On Carex Goodenougbii. Stromo: Arge (E. R. .

91. Stigmatea confertissima Fuckel.

On Geranium silvaticum. Garden in Thorshavn (E.W.).

311

92. Massaria Pupula (Fr.) Tul.

On tlie branch ol' a trce in a garden in Thorshavn (A. Feddersen).

93. Leptosphæria Doliolum (P.) de Nol.

On dry stems of Archangeliea and Angelica. V i d e r o : Viderejde (E.W.) ;
Nolso; Sj'dero: Kvanhauge (C. O.), Trangisvaag (E.W.), Vaag (R. R.).

94. L. littopalis Sacc.

On Agro])yrum junceum. Sando; dunes al Sand (E. R.).

95. Pleospopa herbarum (P.) Rbh.

On Planlago marilinia. Bordo (CO.). — On Draba incana. Sy-
dero: Vaag (C. O.). — On Draba hirla. Slronio: Lejnum (C. 0.\ — On
Poa glauca. Svino: Oslerhodda (C O.).

96. P. pentamera Karst.

On Poa nenioralis. Ostero: Svinaa (('..O..

97. P. polytricha Tul.

On Agropyruni junceum. Sydero: Kvalbo (E. R.'.

98. Melanamma Pulvis pyrius (P.) Fuckel.
On Salix glauca. Videro: Malinsfjæld (CO.).

HYPOCREACEAE.

99. Claviceps microcephala (Wallr.) Tul.

Common on Anlhoxanthum odoratum (E. R.). — On Alopecurus
pratensis. Thorshavn. — On Nardus stricta. Sando: Sandsvatn (CO.).

100. Epichloé typhina (P.) Tul.

On Agroslis slolonifera. Slromo: Gliversfjæld (E. R.\

101. Nectria cinnabarina (Tode) Fr.

On Ihe branches of Sorbus and Alnus. Thorshavn (E. W.j. — On
Acer campeslre. Thorshavn (E. R.).

102. N. Ribis (Tode) Rbh.

On Ribes rubrum. Slromo: Kirkebo Ruin (CO.).

DOTHIDEACEAE.

103. Phyllachora Junci (Fr.) Fckl.

On Juncus effusus. Sydero: Trangisvaag (('. O. .

104. Eupyaehopa stellaris (P.) Fckl.

On (>ampanula rotundifolia. Ostero: Svinaa (CO.).

105. Dothidella thoracella (Rutstr.) Sacc.
On Rhodiola. Slromo: Veslmanhavn E. W. .

312

106. D. Laminariæ Rostr.

Conimon on Laminaria, e. g. Kuno (H. Jonsson), Sundelaget (F.
Borgesen) on L. færoensis.

107. Plowrightia Ribesia (P.) Sacc.

On Ribes rubruni. Stromo: Kirkebo Ruin (C. O.).

HYSTERIACEAE.

108. Hypodepma commune (Fr.) Diiby.
On Rhodiola. Stromo: Gliversnæs (E. R.).

109. Lophodermium juniperinum (Fr.) de Not.

On Juniperus. Stromo: Glivernæs (E. R.); Ostero C. O.).

110. L. caricinum (Desm.) Duby.

On Carex binervis. Ostero: Selletræ (C. O.). — On Carex rigida.
Bordo: Klaksvig; Sy der 6 (CO.).

111. L. arundinaceum (Schrad.) Chev.

On Festuca rubra. In several localities (E. R.). — On Psanima aren.
Sando: Sand (C. O.). — On Poa alpina. Nolso (E.W.).

PHACIDIACEAE.

112. Rhytisma salicinum (P.) Fr.

Common on Salix herbacea (E. R.). — On Salix glauca. Videro:
Malinsfjæld; Kuno (CO.).

113. R. Empetpi White.

On the stem of Empetrum. Found in many localities (C. O.).

114. Trochila fuscelia Karst.

On Carex atrata. Videro: Malinsfjæld ((^. O.).

115. T. diminuens Karst.

On Carex rigida. Bordo (CO.).

116. P. Juncicola Rostr.

On Luzula arcuata. Bordo (CO.).

117. Celidium Peltigerae (Nyl.) Karst.
On Peltigera canina. Thorshavn (E. R.).

DERMATEACEAE.

118. Ephelina Rhinanthi (Phill.) Sacc.

Common on the basal parts of the stems of Alectorolophus and
Euphrasia (E. R. and C. O.). (Cfr. E. Rostrups »Færoernes Flora« p. 48,
Note).

313

PATELLARIACEAE.

119. Heterosphaeria Patella (Tode) Grev.

Comnion on Ihc stems ol" Angelica (E. R. and C O.). ~ On Spiræa
Ulmaria. Sydero: Vaag (E. R.). (In E. Rostrup's »Færoernes Flora« it
is wrongly named »Peziza Nidulus«).

PEZIZACEAE.

120. Pyponema omphalodes (Bull.) Fckl.
Sydero: Kvalho (1.0..

121. Lachnea brunnea (A. et S.).
Habitat not given (E. R.).

122. Phialea cyathoidea (Bull.) Gill.

On Archangelica. Vi de ro: Viderejde (E.W.).

123. P. Juncicola Rostr.

On Juncus triglumis. S trom o: Vardebakke (E. R.).

124. Cyathlcola coronata (Bull.) de Not.
On Archangelica. Sydero: Vaag (,C. O.).

125. Mollisia cinerea (Batsch) Karst.

On tlie branches of the lieatlier at Toftevatn on Ostero (E. R.).

HELVELLACEAE.

126. Geoglossum ophioglossoides (L.) Sacc.
Vi de ro C. O.).

SPHÆROPSIDEAE.

127. Phoma Saginae n. sp.

Perithecia hypophylla, subgregaria, minuta, atra; sporae cylin-
draceae, longit. 14 — 16 fi, crassit. 3 — 4 fx.

In foliis Saginae subulatae. Stromo: Gliversnæs (E. R.).

128. P. muralis Sacc.

On Rhodiola. Stromo: Kirkebo (E. R.).

129. P. subordinaria Desm.

Found on Plantago lanceolata. Sydero: Trangisvaag (E. \V.).

130. P. Caricis (Fr.) Sacc.

On Carex salina. Sydero: Skarvetange (C. O.).

131. P. fusispora n. sj).

Perithecia gregaria , subcutanea , depressa, epiphylla; sporae
dislincte fusoideae, 1-guttulatae, longit. 12 — 16 fi, crassit. 3 — 4 ju.
In foliis Psammae arcnariae. Sando (E. R.).

314

132. P. graminella Sacc.

On Festuca rubra. Vid er o E.W.). — On Agropyrum junceum. Sy-
dero: Kvalbo (E. R.). — On Hordeum. Sand o: Skopen (CO.).

133. P. complanata (Tode) Desm.

On dricd stems of Angelica and Alectorolophus in several loca-
lities (E. R. .

134. Cytospopa microspora (Corda) Rhh.

On the branches of (^ratægus. Kirkclio Ruin (C. O. .

135. C. macrobasis Sacc.

On the branches of Salix phylicifolia. Sy de ro: Trangisvaag (C. O.).

136. C. salicella Sacc.

Found on branches of willow in a garden in Thorshavn (E.W.i.

137. Coniothyrium scapisedum Sacc.

On Phintago niaritima. Sydero: Vaag (C. O.).

138. Ascochyta Lini n. sp.

Perithecia sparsa, exigua, atra: sporae oblongae, utrinque ob-
tusae, constricto— 1-septatae, longit. 10 fi, crassit. 5 /x.

In caulibus Lini cathartici. Sydero: Trangisvaag (Helgi Jonsson).

139. Darluca filum (Biv.) Gast.

Found parasitic on Puccinia Epilobii. Sydero: Trangisvaag (CO.).

140. Diplodina graminea Sacc.
Found on Hordeum. Videro (CO.).

141. Dilophospora graminis Desm.

On Poa ])ratcnsis. Ostero: Næs (CO.).

142. Septoria Melandrii Pass.

On Melandr. diurn. Stromo: Thorshavn E.W.

143. S. Stellariae Rob.

On Stellaria media. Videro: Villingcdal E.W.).

144. S. cercosperma Rostr.

On Papaver radicatum. Fugl o (C O.).

145. S. semilunaris Joh.

On Molinia coerulea. Bordo: Klaksvig fC O. .

146. S. Tritici Desm.

On Hordeum. S a n d o : Skopen -^C. O. .

147. S. arundinacea Sacc.
On Elvmus. Sando (CO.).

315

148. Camarosporium salicinum Sacc.

Found on branches of willow in a garden at Thorshavn (E. R. .

149. Melasmia Dryadis Rostr.

On Dryas octopetala. Videro: Malinstjæld (CO.).

EXCIPULACEAE.

150. Excipula Empetri Fr.

On Empetrum. Ostero: Næs (E.W.); Stromo: Thorshavn (CO.).

151. Discella carbonacea (Fr.) Berk.

On branches of wiHow at Kirkebo Ruin (Stromo) ((^ O.).

152. Discula microsperma (Berk.) Sacc.

On branches of wiUow in a garden at Thorshavn (Stromo) (E.W.;.

HYPHOMYCETES.

153. Ovularia obliqua (Cooke) Oud.

On Rumex obtusifolius. Videro: Viderejde; Bor(io: Klaksvig; Sy-
de ro: Trangisvaag, Frodebo (CO.).

154. O. Saxifragae Rostr.

On Saxifraga cæspitosa. Sydero: Trangisvaag (1.0.).

155. Ramularia Taraxaci Karst.

On Taraxacum. Ostero: Gote (E. W.).

156. Bostrichonema alpestris Ces.

On Polygonum vivi])arum. Sydero: Trangisvaag, Ornefjæld (CO.).

157. Botrytis vulgaris Fr.

Found on potato-leaves. Stromo: Thorshavn (E. W.).

158. Cercospora Montiae n. sp.

Amphigena, folia nigrefacta totum occupans; hyphae repentes,

pauci-septatae, tortuosae, brunneae; conidia sursum attenuata,

long. 60 — 100 fi, crassit. deorsum 10 — 12 fi, sursum 3 — 4 n, fusca,

apice hyalina.

In foliis Montiae minoris. Sydero: Trangisvaag; Videro: Vider-
ejde (C O. I

159. Cladosporium herbarum (P.) Lk.

Common on diilerent decaying portions of phints (E. R.).

160. C. gpaminum Lk.

On Molinia coerulea. Bor do: Khiksvig (C O.). — On Elymus.
San do: the dunes at Sand (CO.). — On Festuca rubra. Videro (E.W.)

316

161. Scolecotrichum graminis Fuckel.

On Glycerin disians. S trom o: Thorsliavn cC. O.).

162. Napicladium Ossifragi n. sp.

Cæspituli dense aggregat! , fusci; conidia oblonga vel clavata,
dilute liitea, 1— 3-septata, longit. 20—28 |U, crassit. 7—8 i^.

In foliis Narthecii ossifragi. Videro: Viderejde; Ostero: Svinaa
(C. O.).

163. Helminthosporium gpamineum Rbh.

On Hordeum. Svino (Eft'erso); Vaago: Midvaag (C. 0.\

164. Sporidesmium myrianum Desm.

On Elymus. Sando: the dunes at Sand (C. O.).

165. Macrosporium heterosporum ,Desm.

On Elymus. Sando: the dunes at Sand (E.W.).

166. Goniosporium puccinioides (K. et S.) Lk.

Found growing on (^arex llacca. Vaago: Bosdalafos; Sydero:
Vaag (C. O.).

167. Isariopsis alborosella (Desm.) Sacc.

On Cerastium vulg. Sydero: Kvanhauge (E.W.).

168. Illosporium muscorum Rostr.

On Sphagnum and Hypnum. Nol so (F. Borgesen).

LICHENES

J. s. DE IC HM ANN BRANTH.

THE order and nomenclature of the following list is much the
same as in Rostrup's »Færoernes Flora« 1870 ^ In the nnme-
rons cases where I can neither accept the conventional nor the new
species as true species — i. e. as distinct and not transitional -
but must regard them as confluent, they are marked with either of
the letters (a, b, c, d, etc.) in parentheses and placed after the number,
much in the same way as in Tuckerman's »Synopsis of the North
American Lichens, 1882«, so that the letter (a) placed in front of
a species generally indicates that the species is considered as the
principal or normal one. Many of the original specimens of the
lichens collected and enumerated by Dr. Rostrup were not to be
had for examination and some were but in an indeterminable state.
This evident drawback has however been diminished by the faet
of the Dr.'s Nylander and Th. Fries having revised the determinations
of many of the critical forms before the publication of Dr. Rostrup's
list. An R. within parentheses placed after the name of a locality
signifies that it is taken from the above-mentioned list by Dr. Rostrup ;
.' within parentheses indicates that the localities are those mentioned
in the collections of Mr. J. Hartz and Mr. C. H. Ostenfeld; some
material — marine species — has been collected by Mr. Borgesen
and one species (marked C. J.) was found by Mr. C. Jensen. In
»Botaniska Notiser«, 1896 p. 74 Simmons has recorded a few
lichens from the Færoes.

^ Botanisk Tidsskrift, Bd. 4, Kjobenhavn 1870.

318

I. CoUemaceae.

1. Ephebe pubescens (L.). Bangia atrovirens Lyngbye, Hydro-

phyt. p. 85.

Here and there, and sometinies abundant on damp or shady rocks
and boulders (Lyngbye, R., !).

2. Lichina confinis Ag. Gelidium pygmaeiim Lyngbye, Hydro-
phyt. p. 4L

Here and there on rocks at the sea near the water (Lyngbye, R., !).

3. Pyrenopsis granatina (Sommerf.).
On rocks. Ostero: Slattaretinde (R.).

4 (a). Collema pulposum (Bernh.).

On the ground. Sy de ro: Famievatn (!); Stromo: Kirkebo (R.).

5 (b). C. crispum (L.).

On rocks and old walls aniong mosses. NoLso: near the church
(R.); Stromo: the redoubt of Thorshavn (R.).

6. C. flaccidum Acb.

Common in damp localities in ravines (R., !).

7. Leptogium saturninum (Dicks.).

Among mosses. Vaago: Rensatinder (R.).

8 (a). L. lacerum (Sw.).

Rather common in shady localities among mosses (R., !).

9 (b). L. scotinum (Acb.).

The same localities and distribution as above (R., !).

10. L. subtile (Schrad.).
Rather frequent according to R.

11. Polychidium muscicola (Sw.). Leptogium nuiscicola Fr., Rostr.
p. 93.

On rocks among mosses. Svin o (!); Sydero: Famien (R.); Vaago:
Rensatinder (R.).

Nos 3, 7, 9 11 only are found with apothecia.

II. Lichenaceae.

1. FRUTICULOSAE.
Usnea hirta (L.).
Recorded in Trevelvan's list, but not found again.

319

12 (a). Alectoria jubata (L.).

Oii bouldcrs iiiid pcbbles :iinon<> mosses. Rather t're([iient in various
forms ^H., !).

The paler thallus [implexa Hoffm.) changes into yellow when

treated with hydrate of potash, but the darker one [chahjheiformis

Ach.) does not change. If these colours have specific vahie, it

shall be quite unnecessary to await the chemical reaction, because

the natural colours show siniilar difTerences.

13 (b). A. bicolor (Ehrh.).
S t r 6 m 6 : Kirkcbofjæld (R.).

14. A. nigricans (Ach.).

On rocks and ground. S trom 6: (lliversrejn R.); Videro (!);
Ostero: Næs (R.).

Å. ochroleuca has not been found in the Færoes, and in Scot-
land it has been met with in one locality only, while A. nigricans
often occurs there on the mountains, and usually abundanth^
Perhaps the latter species can better endure strong cold as well as
damp air, since it is also rather common in Spilzbergen and East
Greenland, while ochroleuca is very rare.

15. Cornicuiaria aculeata (Ehrh.).

On dry gravelly ground, common (R., !).

16. C. tristis (Web.).

S. E. side of I\ u n 6 (!).

Cystocoleus rupestris (Pers.). C. ebeneus Thw., Racodinm Pers.
Stromo: Kirkebofjæld (!).

17 (a). Ramalina scopulorum (Retz.).

On rocks by the sea, common and abundant ;R., !\
Has sometimes a vigorous growth, but more often the thallus
is weakly developed, almost round. Neither the cortex nor medulla
gives any distinct reaction when treated with hydrate of potash,
and consequently the specimens as not being colorated ought to
be referred to K. cuspidata Nyl. They have often soredia as the
foUowing species.

18 (b). R. farinacea (L.).

On the mountains, and in the interior of tlie Islands, common ,R., !).

In the Herb. Horti Hafn. ihere is a specimen from the Færoes,
named var. canalicnlata (Fl. dan. 263G, 2), and certainly approaching
this variety. Other specimens collected bj' Simmons and named
R. siibfarinacea Nyl.?, which when treated with hydrate of potash

320

ought to give a yellowish and then rusly-red reaction of medulla
and soredia, do not do so at all and must consequently be referred
to R. farinacea, also by those who give importance to chemical
reactions as specific characters.

19 (a). Stereocaulon coralloides F^r.

Here and there, in crevices, on rocks and pebbles, but weakly de-
veloped (R., !).

20 (b). S. denudatum Fik. and var. pulvinatum Schaer.

On pebbles and gravelly ground, very comnion; the specimens often
very low, 1—2 mm. only (R., !).

21 (c). S. tomentosum Fr.

On gravelly ground, here and there (R., !).

Var. alpinum (Laur.).

As above. Sydero: Præstefjæld (R.).

22 (d). S. paschale (L.).

As above. Rordo: Helgefjæld; Stromo: Navnefjæld (!).

23. S. cereoHnum Ach.

On boulders. Nol so (R.); Stromo: Sandegærde (R.).

24 (a). Cladonia gracilis (L.).

On gravelly and peaty ground. Here and there (R.. !).

25 (b). C. alcicornis (Lightf.).

On heath. Bord 6: Gerdumrejn (!); Stromo: Flojvig (!); Sydero:
Kvalvig (!).

The laciniae attain a centim. in length, and occur more fre-
quently with apothecia than the other phaeocarpous Cladoniae of
the Færoes.

26 (c). C. cervicopnis Ach.
Perhaps the most common (R., !).

In the specimens from Trangisvaag (!) the leaves are turgid,
almost bladdery, probably a monstrosity. The Færoese specimens
give no yellow reaction on application of hydrate of potash and in
Nylander's nomenclature they are to be cailed C. sobolifera Del.

27 (d). C. decorticata (Fik.).
Here and there (R., !).

C. degenerans and its var. lepidota (Færoernes Flora p. 94) I refer
to this type.

28 (e). C. pyxidata (L.).

Very common on rocks aniong mosses and on the ground (R., !).

321

29 (f). C. fimbriata (L.).

On rotten niosses and twigs. Stronio: Thorshavn (R.\ Hojvig (!);
Sy der 6: Kvalbo (R.l.

30. C. turgida (Ehrh.).

Together with C. gracilis. Stromo: Betwecn Thorshavn and Velbe-
stad (Sinimons). I have not seen the speciniens.

31 (a). C. furcata (Schreb.).
Here and there {K, !).

Var. subulata (L.).

Common ( R., ! i.

Var. pungens (Ach.).

Here and there (R., !).

Var. muricata Del.

Sydero: at Kvalbo (R.); determined by Nyl.

32 (b). C. squamosa (Hoffm.).
Stromo: Velbestad (R.).

33 (a). C. cornucopioides (L.).

On heath and boulders, common (R., !).

34 (b). C. Floerkeana Fr.

The same habitat as above, but not common. Stromo: Oreenge (!);
Svind (!): Ostero: Toftevatn.

Sometimes a form occurs, rather like C. digitata f. brachytes

Ach.; intermediate.

Sando: Skopen (! ; S vin 6 (!).

35 (c). C. bellidiflora (Ach.).

The same habitat as above, here and there, but not vigorous (R., !).

36. C. rangiferina (L.) et var. silvatica (Hoffm.).

On moorland and mountains, frequent (R., !).

37. C. uncialis (L.).

The same habitat as above, frequent (R., !).

38. Thamnolia vermicularis (L.).

On the higher mountains, rather frequent, but occurs very sparsely
and singly (R., !;.

2. FOLIOLOSAE
(excl. Xanthoria parietina et elegante).

39 (a). Peltigera canina (L.) et var. rufescens (Weis.).
Among mosscs, common (R., !).

Botany of the Færoes 21

322

40 (b). P. polydactyla Hoffm.
Among mossos, common i R., !).

41 (c). P. aphthosa (L.).

Among mosses, hero and there (R., !).

42. P. venosa (L.).

Kai so: Blankeskaalefjæld (!).

43. Nephroma lusitanicum (Schaer.).

• In ravines and on ledges, here and there (R., !).

All that I have seen from the Færoes under the name of N.
laevigatum, belongs to this species (medulla yellow, purplish when
treated with hydrate of potash). Its var. Hiherniciim Nyl. has also
been found (medulla white, purplish when treated with hydrate of
potash), giving room to the question; which is to be considered
most important, the natural colour or the artificial? The lusitanicum
is more common on all the Atlantic shores than laevigatum, but
perhaps it is not really a different species.

44. N. tomentosum (Hoffm.).

Among mosses. Vaago: Rensatinder C. .1.).

45. Solorina cpocea (L.).

On the ground in the mountains. Kalso: Blankeskaalefjæld (!);
Stromo: between Kalbakfjord and Skjællingtjæld (R.); Sydero: Axlen(R.);
Vaago: Rensatinder (R."!; Ostero: Rejafjældstindc f!\ Slattaretinde (R.l.

46. S. saccata (L.).
Sporae 4-nae, 40 — 50 fj.

On the ground. Sydero: Kvanhaugen (!), Trangisvaag (!).

47. S. bispopa Nyl.
Sporae 2-nae, 70 — 80 /w.

F u g 1 6 (!) ; Kalso: Blankeskaalefjæld (!) ; K u n 6 (!) ; Stromo: ravine
at Gjanore (!); Vide ro: Vedvig (!).

Both S. saccata and S. bispora are found in Iceland. In Green-
land S. bispora is the more frequent. At Scoresby Sound there
occurs a var. octospora, otherwise quite similar to the others. S. bi-
spora has not usually a larger thailus and more urceolate apothecia
than S. saccata; the latter can vary from slightly impressed to
deeply urceolate.

48. Sticta amplissima (Scop.).

On large boulders with S. herbacea. Svino: near the village (!);
Ostero: Toftevatn (!).

The interior of the sinus between the lobuli usually forms the
little circular aperture like that of a button-hole which is charac-
teristic of this species.

.323

49. St. herbacea (Huds.).

Sydero: Skarvetange (R.); Vaago: Vaag Gjov '!); Si)ec. fert. in Mus.
Hafn. from 1817 (Lyngbye); Oster 6: Toftevatn i!).

50. St. pulmonaria (L.) (not .S. linita).
Nolso: a rocky ledge at about 250 m. (!).

51. St. fuliginosa Dicks.

On rocky letlges and in damp localities in ravines. Nolso (!);
Stromo: ravine near Vestmanhavn (R., !), Kirkeb6(R.); Sydero: Frode-
bo and Ordevig (R.\

Var. limbata (Sm.).

Sydero: Hovedalen (!); Oster 6: Toftevatn (!).

52. Cetraria islandica (L.).

Amongst mosses; ratlier common, but not abundant.

Var. crispa Ach.

The most common (R., !).

52. C. saepincola var. chiorophyila (Humb.).

On large boulders. San do: Skopen (!); Ostero: Toftevatn (!).

? Evernia furfuracea (L.).

Mentioned by Landt and Lyngbye, but not found later.

54. Parmelia saxatilis (L.).

On rocks, over mosses and twigs; very common (R., !).

Together with its varieties, especially omphalodes (L.), but also
others, e. g. var. laevls Nyl., var. panniformis Ach., var. furfuracea
Schaer., etc.

55. P, olivacea (L.).

On rocks and boulders, rare (R, !).

Var. prolixa Ach.

Sando: Sand; Stromo: Sandegærde (R.), Skansetangen (!); Ostero:
Næs (!).

Var. fuliginosa (medulla, when treated with hypochlorite of
Hme, red).

Stromo: Kirkebo (!); Vide ro: Vedvig (,!).

56. P. lanata (L.).

On boulders. Hcre and there (R., !).

57. P. alpicola Th. Fr.

Fragments on rocks (!). It is likely, that both P. physodes and P.
encaiista of previous authors are this species or variety as one chooses
to consider it.

21*

324

58. Physcia ciliaris (L.) var. saxicola Nyl. Anapti]chia ciliaris

f. melanosticta Simmons p. 74.

Rocks on sea-shore, rare. Nolso (Simmons); S and 6: Troldhoved
(R.); Syde ro: Kvalbo Ejde (!).

59. Ph. aquila (Ach.).

Rocks near the sea, rather common (R., !).

60. Ph. pulverulenta var. muscigena Ach.

On the groLind over rotten twigs. S yder 6: Vaags Ejde (!;; rndi-
mentar^^

61. Ph. stellaris (L.).

On rocks, rare. Sando: Sandsvatn (!); Sy der o: Famievatn (.!);
Vaago: Sorvaagsvatn ;I\ On Ribes; Stromo: Kirkebo (!), Thorshavn (R.).

Var. aipolia Ach.

Sj^dero: Vaags Ejde on drift-wood (!).

Var. leptalea Ach.

On rocks.

Var. caesia Hollm.

S y d e r o : Frodebo (R.).

62. Gypophora hyperborea (Hoffm.).
On rocks. S vin 6 i^!).

Var. arctica Ach.

Mentioned from the Færoes in Fl. dan. t. 2450.

63. G. proboscidea (L.).

Fugl 6 (!;; Kai so: Blankeskaalefjæld (!); Stromo: Skjællingfjæld;
Vi der o: Villingedalsfjæld (!); O s ter 6: RejaQældstinde (!).

64. G. cylindrica (L.).

Especially on boulders; the most common of the genus ;R., !).

? G. hirsuta Ach.

Mentioned b}' Lyngbye from the top of Skjællingfjæld. Perhaps
G. proboscidea.

3. XANTHOCARPAE (sporis biloculatis).

65. Xanthoria parietina (L.).

On Ribes. Stromo: Thorshavn and Kirkebo (,R., !;. On wood.
Sydero: Kvalbo, Vaag (!).

Var. aureola Ach.

On rocks by the shore, common (R., !).
Var. lychnea Ach.
Sydero: F'amievatn (!).

325

V X. elegans (Link.).

There are no good s])cciniens Iroiii tlie Færoes, and Ihc inipcrfect
ones maj' be X. elegans, but that, however, is doul)tful.

66. Placodium muporum (HolTm.).

Rocks on sca-sboro. San do i^!) ; Sku o (H.).
Var. obliteratum Pers.

Near the sea ; S a n d 6 : Grothusvatn [1) , together with Verrucaria
inaiira, Lecanora helicopis and poliophaea; S trom 6: Kirkebo (!).

67. P. vitellinum (Ehrh.).

Roclvs by tbe shore. Ratber common (R., !).

Var. octospora Nyl.

Rare.

68 (a). P. cepinum (Ehrh.).

Os ter 6: Selletræ, on rocks near the sliore (!).

()9 (b). P. aurantiacum (Lightf.).

Stem of Salix herbacea. Stromo: Hojvig (R.).

• 70 (c). P. jungermanniae (Vahl).
On tlie ground. Sy der 6: Famien (R.).

71 (d). P. pypaceum (Ach.).

On rocks and stones. San do i^I); Stromo: Kirkebo (!); Vaago:
Sorvaagsvatn (!).

Properly speaking Nos. 70 and 71 dilTer with regard to habitat

only.

72 (e). P. ferrugineum (Huds.).

On rocks and stones, common, particularly on tlie sea-shore.

4. CRUSTULOSAU
a. Lecanoreae.

73 (a). Pannapja bpunnea (Sw.).
On tlie ground, common (R., !).
Var. demissa Th. Fr.

Sando (R.l

74 (b). P. nebulosa (Hoffln.).

Stromo: Vestmanliavn, over Scapania nemorosa (R.).

75. P. micpophylla (Sw.).

On rocks, rarely on the ground i^R., !).

76. P. Hookepi (Sw).

On rocks, bere and tbere (R., !).

326

77. P. elaeina (Wahlenb.).

On rocks. Kun 6: near the village (!); Sydero: Famievatn (!);
Vaago: Rensatinder (R.\ Sandevaag (!).

78. Squamaria gelida (L.).

On rocks, especiallj' on pebbles on the mountains, verj' common ^R-, !>

79. S. straminea (Wahlenb.).

On rocks. Sydero: Famievatn (!); Vaago: Soi vaagsvatn (!).

80. S. chrysoleuca (Sw.).

On rocks. Sydero: Famievatn (!).

81. S. cartilaginea (Westr.).
On rocks, here and there (R., !).

82. S. saxicola (Poll.) et var. diffracta Ach. (an imperfect state).

On rocks. San do: Skopen (!), Grothusvatn (!); Stromo: Velbe-
stad (!), Kirkebo (!); Sj'dero: Famievatn (!).

83. Lecanora hypnorum (Vahl) et varr.

Among mosses on the ground, liere and there (R., !).

84. L. atra (Huds.).

Common on rocks. Apothecia attain 4 mm. in diam. (R., !).

85. L. galactina Ach. var. deminuta Stenh.

On rocks. Vaago: Sorvaagsvatn (!).

86 (a). L. subfusca (L.).

On trees at Thorshavn (R.), on rocks, hcrc and there (R., !).
Var. atpynea Ach.
Stromo: Gjanore; Sj'dero.

87 (b). L. sordida f. subcarnea Ach.

On rocks. Nolso (!); Stromo: ravine near Vestmanhavn (!).

88 (c). L. Hageni Ach.

On rocks. Stromo: Sandegærde and Kirkebo (R.).

To tilis species or variety belong some marine forms witii
variously incrassated thailus, whicli are also found in the Færoes,
mostly at Tliorshavn. Lecanora helicopis Wahlenb., L. subfusca
var. lainea Fr. and L. prosechoides Nyl. are — no doubt riglitly —
regarded as synonyms by Nyl. himself in Crombie's »Lichens of
Britain« p. 426 and the tj^pe must then retain its original name. It
was found by Mr. Borgesen. L. polioplmea Wahlenh. is found on
several of the islands (R., !) and is related to the three above
by a series of intermediate forms.

327

89 (a). L. polytropa (Ehrh.).

On rocks, ralher coninion (R., !). — In »SkaiKiselnngcn al Tliorshavn
it occurs with large tuberciilale ajjothecia (!), probahly var. conglobata
(Sommerf.). The form inlricala (Schrad.) is found on several of the
islands (!").

90 (b). L. sulphurea (Hoffm.).

On rocks. Nolso [}.); Sando: Grothiisvatn (!); Skuo (H.j; Stronio:
Kirkebo (R., !), Thorshavn (R.), Kirkebofjæhl (!); Videro: MaHnsfjæhl (!);
Oster 6: Næs (!).

The normal thailus sometimes appears dealhatcd and as if it
\vere worn.

91. L. frustulosa (Dicks.).

On rocks. Sando: Sandsvatn. — It does not diller from Arn.
Exs. 1162.

92. L oculata (Dicks.).

On rotten twigs on the ground, sterile. Sando: Skopen (!) ; Svind (!) ;
Videro: Malinsfjæld (!i.

93. L badia (Pers.).

On rocks. Bord 6: Klakken (!); Stromo: Lejnumvatn (!); Videro:
Viderejde (!); Ostero: Toftevatn (!,; Vaago: Sorvaagsvatn (!;.

The facies is that of L. atriseda, but the spores those of L. badia.

94. L. cyrtella (Ach.), L. erysibe f. albariella Nyl., Rostr. »Fær-
oernes Flora« == f. saxicola cyrtellae.

On rocks. Sando: Grothusvatn (!); Stromo: Thorshavn (R.); on
trees at Thorshavn (R.\

95. L. aipospila Wahlenb.
Sporae, 1-sept., 7 — 12 fx.
Sando: Sandsvatn (!).

96 (a). L. tartarea (L.) et f. grandinosa Ach.

On rocks and sometimes over mosses; very common (R., !).

97 (b). L. parella (L.).

On rocks only (R., !). The most common of the two, provided
the deciding character be absence of reaction in the margin on
treatment with hypochlorite of lime, but if the deciding character
be nudity of the disk in the apothecia, then tartarea is the more
common.

98 (a). L. cinerea (L.).

On rocks. Stromo: Oreenge (!); Sjdero: Famievatn (!,. The
specimen from Famievatn does not redden when treated with hj'drate
of potash excepl about the apothecia.

328

99 (b). L. gibbosa (Ach.).

On rocks and pebbles in tlie gravel. Very conimon and variable (R.,!).
Var. depressa Nyl.
Stromo: Hojvig (!).
f. obscurata Th. Fr.
Sy der 6: Famievatn (!).

100 (c). L. pelobotpya (Wahlenb.).

Togetlier with the above-mentioned, rather conimon (R., !). Margin
of the apothecia is sonietinies livid, and the disk dark red.

101. L lacustris (With.).

On rocks and stones in damp localities. Rather common (R., !).

102. L. phaeops (Nyl.).
Stromo: ravine at Vestmanhavn (!).

103. Rinodina sophodes var. exigua Ach.

Rocks and boulders. Rather common (R., !\ Sydero: driftwood
resembling mahoganj'; sometimes the exterior much resembles Lecanora
Hayeni (!).

104. R. turfacea (Wahlenb.).

Over mosses. Vaago: Rensatinder (R.).

105. Haematomma ventosum (L.).
Oste ro: Ostnæs (Næs-Reuk) (!).

106 (a). Acarospora cervina f. smaragdula (Wahlenb.).

On boulders and pebbles. Common, but rarely well-developed (R., !).

107 (b). A. giaucocappa (Wahlenb.).
Sydero: Ornetjæld (!), Famien (!).

Intermediate between A. cervina and eiicarpa. Apothecia naked
(var. nibricosa Ach., Th. Fr. Scand. p. 213).

108. Pertusaria xanthostoma Sommerf.

On twigs upon the ground. Svin o (!); Vi de ro: Malinsfjæld (!);
Vedvig (!).

b. Lecideeae.

109. Sphyridium placophyllum (Wahlenb.).

On the ground. Kai so: Blankeskaalefjæld !); Sydero: Ornefjæld
at some 400 m. {}.). The Karschia (Buellia) scabrosa (Ach.) grows on its
thailus.

110. S. byssoides (L.).

On the ground here and there, rarely fertile (R., !).

329

111. Biatora coarctata Sm. and var. elachista (Ach.), Lecidea

coarclata Nyl. Rostr. p. 99.

On rocks and i^ebbles, particularly in dani]) i)laces. Rathcr com-
nion (R., !).

112. B. vernalis (L.), Lecidea vernalis Ach. Roslr. p. 99.
Hesto (R.).

113. B. Berengeriana (Mass.), Lecidea miscella Ach. Rostr. p. 100.

On the ground. S tro ni 6: Thorshavn; Sydcro: Frodebo i R.).

114. B. sanguineo-atra (WuH'en), Lecidea saiujiiineo-afra Ach.

Rostr. p. 100.

On the ground. S tro ni 6: Thorsliavn; Sy de ro: Frodebo and
Ordevig (R.).

115. B. fuscorubens Nyl.

On rocks. S tro ni 6: Gjanore (!); Sydero: Ornefjæld (!). Hardly a
variety of the preceding.

116. B. uliginosa (Schrad.).

On earthen walls. Sando: Grothusvatn (I); peaty ground on Sj'-

dero (,!).

117. Lecidea parasema Ach. with its varr. latypea Ach. and

pilularis Dav.

The main species on trees at Thorshavn {R.\ The varr. conimon
on rocks R., !).

118 (a). L. contigua (Hoffm.) and its state flavicunda (Ach.). The

varr. platycarpa (Ach.), crustulata (Ach.) (often with sinuose para-

pliyses), cyanothalama Nyl.

On rocks and pebbles. All the forms common ; perhaps particularly
the main (R., !).

119 (b). L lapicida Ach.

On rocks. Stromo: Varden; Svin o (!); Sydero: Famien (!).

120 (c). L. lithophila Ach.
On rocks. Common (R., !).

L. paratropa Nyl. in Rostrup's Fær. Fl. p. 100 et Hue Addenda
No. 1240 has characters common both with L. lapicida and L. litho-
phila. Can hardly be well defined.

121 (d). L. polycarpa Fik.

On rocks. Vaago: Sorvaagsvatn (!).

The only specimens, in which the thallus gives red reaction
when treated with hydrate of potash.

330

122 (e). L. confluens (Web.).
On rocks (!).

The characteristic leaden-blue colour of the thallus is rather
common, but bhie reaction of the medulla on treatment with iodiiie
is very rare.

123 (f). L. speirea Ach.

On rocks. Sydero: Famien (!).

124 (g). L. Pilati Hepp.

On rocks. Stronio: Thorsliavn (!).

125 (h). L. plana Lahm.

On rocks. Sydero: Famien (!).

126 (i). L. auriculata Th. Fr.
On rocks. Sydero: Famien (!).

Tlie spores of the tj^pe are very variable, often elongate, but
in our specimens broadly elhpsoid.

All these variations from No. 118 to 126 — or if the greater
part of them be termed types, then certainly these types are nol
limited the one from the other. The L. contujua with its varieties
is most common, sometimes with large, ditl'orm or monstrously
lobed apothecia, as the L. siilmmhonata Nyl. on Malinsfjæld in
Videro (!).

127. L. elata Schaer.

On rocks. Sydero: Ornefjæld (!), Kvalbo (!\

Perhaps the L. theiodes from Thorshavn mentioned by Carroll
in Journal of Bot. 1867 is this species.

128. L. atroferrata Branth, Grenlands Lichen Flora (Meddel.

om Gronland, XVIII, p. 503), with the var. Dicksoni (Ach.).

On rocks. The species and var. on Bord 6: Ivlakken [1). The var.
on Sando (!); Videro: Malinsfjæld (!).

129. L. erratica Koerb., L. sarcogynoides Roslr. p. 100.
On rocks. Nolso; Stronio (R.).

130. L. sylvicola Flot.

On rocks. Vaago: Bosdalafos (!).

Very much like the above, in faet so much that it can hardly
be regarded as a distinct species.

131. L. pycnocappa Koerb.

On rocks. Sando: Grothusvatn (!).

831

132. L. alpestpis Sommerf., L. Dourensis Nvl. Rostr. p. 100.
On the ffround. Sydcro: Kvalbo (R).

133. L. assimilata Nyl.

On the ground. Hcre and therc (R., ! . In llie Færoes as elsewhere
more frequent than the abovc.

134. L. subconfusa Nyl. in Rostr. p. 101 et Hue Add. No. 1192.
On boulders. .Stronio: at Thorshavn (R.).

Nylander himself thinks that it is related to the above, but
that would really be ver}' confusing (it grows on stone).

135. Bilimbia squalescens (Nyl.); Toninia Tb. Fr. Scand. p. 340;

Lecidea simplicior and Diifonrei Nyl., Thalloidima riimilosiun Th. Fr.

Arct., Rostr. Færoernes Flora p. 99.

Among mosses on the ground. Stromo: SkjæUingfjæld (R); Sy-
d e r 6 : Ornefjæld (!) ; S v i n 6 (!).

136. B. cumulata (Sommerf.).

Among mosses on the ground. Bord 6: Khikken and Hojefjæld i I);
Kai so: Blankeskaalefjæld (!); Videro: Viderejde (!).

137. B. lenticularis (Acb.).

On rocks. Stromo: Skansetangen (!).

B. Slereocaiiloriim (Tb. Fr.) in Vaago on Stercocdiilon coralloides
(R.) is a parasite of the genus Sciitida. Also B. arthoniza (Nyl.) with
Lecidea parasema at Thorsbavn (R.) is a parasite, Conida intexta
(Alniqv.), attacbed to tbe apotbecia of tbe Lecidea.

138. B. sphaeroides (Dicks.).

Among mosses. Stromo: Tliorsliavn and Kirkebo (R.\ Rostrup
mentions a var. leiicococca Nyl. from Sydero: Norbes Ejde.

139. B. sabuletorum (Fik.), B. hypnophila Acb. Tb. Fr.
Among decayed mosses. Sydero: Kvalbo (R.i.

140. B. miiiiaria (Fr.).

On tlie ground. Sydero: Kvalbo (R.i; Stromo: Varden !1; Vi-
dero: Ved vig (!).

141. B. caudata (Nyl.), B. liigubris (Sommerf.) Tb. Fr.
On rocks. Kuno (!).

142. B. aromatica (Sm.).

On church-walls. Stromo: Kirkebo '!\

Altbougb Rostrup's specimens from tbe same peculiar locality
and habitat, which Nyl. bas determined as Lecidea Færdensis n. sp.,
are not to l)e bad for examination, yet according lo Ibe descriptions

332

in Rostr. Fær. Fl. and in Hue Add. Nr. 1029 tliey must probably be
referred to B. aromatica.

143. Gyalecta foveolaris Ach.

Over decayed niosses. S trom 6: Skansetangen (R.); Syde ro (!);
Ostero: Ejde ^R.).

144. Bacidia squarrosa (Ach.), B. sqiialida (Ach., Nyl.).

On ttie ground over decayed mosses. Bord 6: Hojefjæld (!); Vaago:
Sorvaagsvatn (!).

145. B. subfuscula Nyl.

Drift-wood, mahogany. Sydero: Vaag Ejde (!).

146. B. albescens (Arn.), B. arceiitina var. chlorotica Nyl. Rostr.
p. 102.

Sydero: Norbes Ejde (R.).

147. B. inundata (Fr.).

On stones. San do (R.j; Sydero (R.); Videro (!).

148. B. umbrina lAch.).

On boulders. Stromo: Tliorshavn (R.); Sydero: Faniievatn '!).
B. vacillans Th. Fr. et Almqv. on Sphyridiiim Injssoides at Kvalbo
on Sydero (R.) is a parasite, now cailed Mycobacidia Rehm.

149. Lopadium fuscoluteum (Dicks.).

On the summits of mountains on the ground over decayed mosses.
Bor do: Hojefjæld (!); Hest 6 (R.); Stromo: Bodlafjæld (!); Vaago:
Rensatinder (R.); Videro: Malinsfjæld (!).

This notable lichen is widel}^ but thinly scattered over the
subarctic zone near the sea, as Northern Norway, the Scotch
Highlands, the Færoes, Iceland, S. Greenland, the Behring Sea.

150. Bueilia disciformis (Ach., Nyl.).

Over decayed mosses. Iviino (!); Stromo: Velbestad (!).

151. B. coniops (Wahlenb.).

On rocks. Here and there on several of the Islands (!).

152. B. myriocarpa (D. C).

On rocks, rather common (R., !). On drift-wood, mahogany; on
Sydero: Vaag Ejde, with thick thailus and brownish margin (!).

153 (a). B. badioatpa (Fik.).

On rocks, also pebbles. Common (R., !).

154 (b). B. chiorospopa (Nyl.).
On rocks; here and there (!).

155 (a). B. spuria (Schaer.) Th. Fr.
Stromo: Thorshavn (!).

H38

156 (b). B. sororia Th. Fr.

S and 6: Grothusvatnj.

The two preceding diller only in the reaction of the medulla
when treated with iodine (presence of starcii) and oiight perhaps
more properly to be iinited under one name. B. urceolata Th. Fr.,
parasitic on various crusts (H.), must be considered as a Leciographa.

157. B. alboatra var. epipolia (Ach.).
Stromo: Ruin of the cliurch in I\irkebo (!).

158. B. geographica (L.).

On roclcs and stones. Ratlier common (R, !).

159 (a). B. petraea Wulfen.
On rocks. Common (R, !).

All the specimens from the Færoes are Rhizocarpon ohscuratam
according to the nomenclature of Th. Fr.

160 (b). B. amphibia (Fr.).

On rocks that are often wet. S^dero: Vaag Ejde (!).

161 (c). B. calcarea (Weis.).

On basaltic rocks. Sydero: Yaag (!).

162. B. Oederi (Ach.).
Stromo (R.).

c. Graphideae.

163. Opegrapha atra var. calcarea Turn.

Stromo: the redoubt at Thorshavn (!); Sj^dero: Famien (!).
f. virescens Nyl.

Skud R. ; Sydero: Skaalefjæld, Famien (R.).

164. O. vulgata f. lithyrga Nyl., Stizenb.

On basaltic rocks. Sydero: Vaag, in a ravine (!).
It has the aspect of O. herpetica\ Spores fusiform, 4 — 8 septate,
18—20 (i.

165. Arthonia radiata (Pers.).

On trees in gardens at Thorshavn (R.).

166. A. lapidicola Tayl.

On rocks on Sydero (R.).

d. Verriicarieae.

167 (a). Dermatocarpon miniatum (L.).
Here and therc on rocks (R., !).

334

Var. complicatum (Sw.).

Kalso: Blaiikeskaalefjæld (H; Sand 6: Grothusvatn (!); Stromo:
ravine at Gjanore !; Sydero: Faniien (R., !); Ostero: Andefjord (^R.);
Fugleljord !\

168 (b). D. fluviatile (Web.).

On rocks and boulders in the water. Kuno !); Nolso (!); Sand 6
(R.), decolorated through immersion.

169. D. rufescens (Ach.).

On gravelly ground among mosses. Hesto (R.); Sando (R., !);
Sydero: Vaag !), Porkere iR.); Ostero: Næs (!).

170. D. hepaticum (Ach.).
Sydero: Kvalbo (R.j.

171. Normandina laetevirens (Borr.).

On peaty ground. Nolso R.;; Svin 6 (!); Sydero: Punthavn (!),
Frodebo and Kvalbo R.^; Vaago: Sorvaagsvatn (!).

172. Endocarpon cinereum (Pers.), Verriicaria tephroides [Ach.) Ny].

Ground, particularly when peaty. Nolso (!); Stromo: Gjanore (!),
Sandegærde and Thorshavn (R.); Sj'dero: Norbes Ejde (R.), Tværaa,
Kvalbo and Vaag Ejde (!); Vaago: Sorvaagsvatn (!).

173 (a). Verpucaria rupestris (Schrad.) and C muralis Ach.

On rocks. Stromo: Thorshavn R.\ Kirkebo i!); Sydero: Vaag

Ejde (!).

174 (b). V. nigrescens (Pers.).
On rocks. Sydero: Ornefjæld (!).

175 (c). V. margacea Wahlenb.

On rocks by the shore. In some localities very common (R., !).

Its thailus can be spotted with dark olive and light grey. The
var. aethiobola Wahlenb. originates from this and the two above
types, and has generally a darker and thinner thallus. It is
often more common at a somewhat higher station than the true
margacea.

176 (d). V. maura (Wahlenb.).

Abundant everywhere on the rocks by the sea-shore.
Varies slightly, but has sometimes a brownish crust: var. fus-
cescens, or a rough punctated crust: var. aractina (Wahlenb.).

177 (e). V. mucosa Wahlenb.

On rocks below high-v^'ater line, common.

The type referred to by Wahlenberg has a thallus which varies
from brownish -grey to light olive. The latter is without reason
separated under the name of V. laetevirens.

335

178 (f). V. striatula Wahlenb.

Among Ihe above iii the sea, also on pcbbles.

The names halophila, microspora, vitricola, etc. are quite siiper-
fluous for this type.

The types 176 — 178 are more particularly marine. Most of the
material is collected by Mr. Borgesen in the neighl)ourhood of
Thorshavn. On the boulders on the calmer Danish shores of the
Baltic there is a naked zone extending from the ordinary level of
the sea to a height of 30 centim., and then there usually follows
a very regular zone of V. inaura of equal height; but on the open
shores of the Færoes, where the Miaves dash over the rocks to a
height of 10 metres or more, the spray rising miich higher, Mr.
Borgesen has foiind both V. maiira and green algæ at and above
the height to which the spray dashes.

179. V. epigaea Ach.

Ostero: Næs (R.).

180. Sagedia pyrenophora (Ach.), S. Spriicei Rostr. p. 104.
On rocks by the shore. Sku 6 (R.).

181 (a). S. grandis Koerb.
S trom 6: Thorshavn (R.).

182 (b). S. chiorotica (Ach.).

On rocks. S trom 6: Varden (R.); Sy de ro: Vaag Ejde (!).

183 (c). S. lectissima (Fr.).

On rocks. Xolso (^!j; S yde ro: Famien f.).

The specimens of the above-mentioned S. chiorotica from Sy-
dero come near lectissima.

184. Polyblastia umbrina var. clopima (Wahlenb.).

Spores 1 — 3, 25 — 45 /y.

On rocks Ijy tlie shore. Sku 6 (R.); Stromo: I\irkeb6 (!); Sydero:
Kvalbo, Famien (!).

185. P. theleodes (Sommerf.).

On rocks. Nolso (R.); Stromo: Thorshavn and Kirkebo (R.);
Sydero: Ornefjæld {!), Trangisvaag (!).

186. P. terrestris Th. Fr.

On the ground and on pebbles; common according to Rostrup.
Nolso !); Videro: Malinstjæld !).

187. P. Helvetica Th. Fr.

Stromo: Gliversrejn (R.), determined by Th. Fries.

336

188. P. intepcedens (Nyl.), P. Injperborea Th. Fr.

On rocks. Stromo: Skjællingfjæld (!), ravine near Vestmanhavn (!);
Sydero: Famievatn (!); Vaago: Sorvaagsvatn (!).

189. Microglena corrosa (Koerb.), Verriicaria gibhosiila Nyl.

On rocks. Sydero: Famievatn (!). Hardly diflering from M. re-
diicla Th. Fr.

190. Thelocappon epiboloides Nyl.

On the tiiallus of Sphyridiiim byssoides at Kvalbo on Sydero (R.).
»Est tantum formå Th. epibol.' Nyl.

191. Endococcus erraticus (Mass.).

On the thailus of various Lecideas (R., !).

192. E. gemmifer (Tayl.).

On Buellia badioatra at Thorshavn (R.).

III. Epiconiaceae.

193 (a). Sphaerophon coralloides Pers.

On rocks and ground. Rather common, but seldom vigorous (R., !).
The blue reaction of the medulla when treated with iodine is
usually faint or dubious.

194 (b). S. fragile Pers.

Often with the above, especially on the mountains (R., !).

When the preceding species — those that are numbered —
are summed up, the whole number amounts to 194. About a dozen
of the 142 species mentioned in Rostrup's list are excluded from
my present list, either because they are parasites or because they
must be regarded as varieties. If we follow Th. Fries in his limi-
tation of species, the number of Færoese species will amounl to
about 220, while if Nylander and Crombie be followed the total
sum will amount to about 300.

GENERAL REMARKS ON THE LICHEN -VEGETATION.

What strikes us most with regard to the fruticulose and folio-
lose species — especialh^ with those growing on the ground —
is that they seldom attain their normal size and development;
they rarely occur in large tufts, but generally have a rather
stunted look as of piants living under unfavourable conditions.

337

This may be accoiintod for more particularly by tbe faet that they
are kept down — as Mr. .1. Hartz observes — by tbe all-dominating
mosses, wbicb are still better adapted than tbe Hcbens to prolit by
tbe moist almospbere. It may also be tbat in a few locaHties tbe
violent winds exercise an unfavoiirable influence. Furtber, tbey
are nibbled l)y upwards of 100,000 sbeep tbat in tbe Færoes live
all tbe year round in tbe open air, and wbicb, naturally enougb,
eat wbatever is accessible; but tbe licbens, bowever, are not so
numerous tbat tbey can bave great importance as fodder, as when
tbey occur gregariously on licben-beatbs.

If we ask for floristic differences between tbe nortbern and
soutbern islands, they are found more particularh^ in tbe distribution
of pbanerogams and otber piants; regarding tbe licbens tbe only
observation to be made is tbat two very cbaracteristic species
Alectoria nigricans and Lopadiiim fiiscoliiteiim are found in tbe
nortbern islands only. Tbe former is more arctic tban subarctic
and tbe latter is more subarctic.

We may also compare tbe Licben- flora of tbe Færoes witb
those of tbe nearest counlries, Scandinavia, Great Britain and Iceland.
Two species are found in tbe Færoes and not in Scandinavia, viz.
Nephroma hisitaniciim and Soloria bispora. — Even if tbese types
are not really distinct species, yet tbey are notable and cbaracteristic.
Tbe former is decidedly Atlantic, tbe latter appears to be more
subarctic and arctic.

Four Færoese species are not found in Great Britain, viz.
Pannaria elaeina, Squamaria straminea, Rinodina tiirfacen, Bilimbia
cnmidata. Tbese species may be cbaracterized as subarctic and arctic.
Here we may remark tbat tbe faet of Crombie in »Licbens of Britain«,
I, 1894, baving bardly mentioned any localities from tbe Sbetlands,
Orkneys and Hebrides — tbougb otberwise be gives a great many
localities — seems to indicate tbat tbese islands must be unexplored
as far as tbeir licben-vegetation is concerned, and consequently w^e
may suppose Ibat tbe last-named licbens are to be found tbere.

Tbe following Færoese licbens bave not been found in Ice-
land: —

Leptogiiim saturninnni, Stereocaiilon coralloides,

— siibtUe, Nephroma Insildnicnm,

Alectoria bicolor, Sticta aniplissima,

Cornicularia Iristis, — herbacea,

338

Sticta pninionaria, Sphijridiiun placophijllum,

— fiiliginosa, Bilimbia (iromatica.

Sqiiamaria cartilaginea,

The majority of them is most fiequent in the woody tenipe-
rate regions of F^nrope.

By the term »snbarctic« I mean countries, analogons to the
subalpine, where but Httle of the soil is under cultivation, and
where the woods still are dense, but situated far apart and stunted
by cold and snow (not by wind and dry air) as is the case in Iceland
and Northern Scandinavia. As to the phyto-geographical position
of the Færoes, they may, also with regard to their lichen-vegetation,
be placed between the subarctic and the woody regions of Europe
with an element of Atlantic growlh, in perfect conformity with
their geographical position.

CORRIGENDA

Page 3,

line

16

— 9,

—

18
8

— 10,

—

2
2

— 12,

—

7

— 13,

—

15

— 14,

—

5

— 22,

—

14

— 29,

—

29

— 32,

—

11

— 42,

■—

2

- 52,

—

16

— 55,

—

16

— 60,

~

11

— 61,

—

7

— 64,

—

12

— — ,

—

15

— 66,

—

18

- 67,

—

3

7

— 76,

—

5
13

— 78,

—

1

— 86,

—

20

— — ,

—

4

— 88,

—

10

— 95,

—

2

— 97,

—

6

— 107,

—

16

— 112,

—

18

— 124,

—

6

— 133,

—

20

— 139,

—

12

— 150,

—

14

— 159,

—

6

— 175,

—

14

from bottom, for Aitg. 15 read Jiilij 15.

— - , - Sandsbngt read Sands Vaag.

— — ■ , - se read see.

— — , - on read in.

— top, for se read see.

— bottom, the sound is named not Sundelaget but Sundene.

— , for Ihc dale read thc vnlleij.

— — , - Vigs read Vige.

— top, for onhj the cattle and horses read onlg Ilte cattle.
Fig. 17, for ^>Slattaratinder« read ySlattaratinde«.

and 9 from bottom, for metereological read meteorologicai.
from bottom, for conveniance read convenience.

— — , - glabro.rsitg read glabrousity.

— top, for Lowers read Luwers.

— - , - facs. read fase.

— - , - developement read development.

— - , - rappele read rappelle.

— — , - Glyversrejn read Gliversrejn.

— - , - Hutschinsia read Hutchinsia.
for Sando read Stromo.

Skaruetange read Skaruatange.

TripoUum read Trifolium.
apinuni read (dpinum.
for Strendre read Strender.

- poll read pollen.

- vivaparous read viniparous.
Træraa read Tværaa.

- fiords read fjords,
this read these.

- stellaris read nivalis.

- crevises read crevices.
agrees read agrec.

- Floerkci read Floerkei.
succeedc in gelhing read succeed in gclling.
indicating eells read guides,
sheating read sheathing.
but read whcn.

bottom

top, for
bottom

top, for
top, for

Page 199, line 8 from top, for n few read a greal part.

— 287, — 7 — bottom, for fra read from.

— 288, — 1 — — , - (Vaago) read (Sydero).

Piates V and VI, for a C. Jensen del.'< read »H. Lindberg and C.Jensen del.«.

Pages 15, 23, 26 and througliout for Sands read Sand: pages 16, 48 etc. for
S(dli>igsi'(dn read Grothnsnatn: pages 70, 72 for Sunnbo read Snnd)6; for moiintains
heights by Borgesen read Hojefjadd.

At pages 12 and 14 (and likewise in tlie accompanying map) for Siindelagel
read Sundene, as Sundelaget is not tlie name of tlie sound whicli separates Stromo
and Ostero; the name of tliis sound is Sundene.

The spelling of tlie Fa-roese place-names is not fixed, iience somc of tlie
namcs in the accompanying mnp are spelt difTerentl}- to those in otlier maps of
tlie Færoes.

BOTANY OF TUE FÆROES.

PLATH II.

c. Jensen (Icl

BOTANY OF THE FÆROES.

PLATE III.

<: •lenscn del.

HOTANY OF THE FÆROES.

PLATE IV.

c. Ji'iisen tiel.

BOTANY OF THE FÆROKS.

PLATE V.

C. Jensen del.

BOTANY OF THE FÆROES.

PLATE VI.

t>hAo29

15 d.

C. Jensen del.

BOTANY OF THE FÆROES.

PLATE VII.

F. Borgesen del.

BOTANY OF THK FÆHOI-:S.

PLATE VIII.

F. Børgesen del.

BOTANY OF THE FÆROES.

PLATE IX.

F. Børgesen del

BOTANY OF THE FÆROES.

PLATE X.

F. Borgesen del.

"'^■t^i^-^C^ ^i.